Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Ajit Varma, Swati Tripathi, Ram Prasad, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the latest advances concerning symbiotic relationships between plants and microbes, and their applications in plant productivity and agricultural sustainability. Symbiosis is a living phenomenon including dynamic variations in the genome, metabolism and signaling network, and adopting a multidirectional perspective on their interactions is required when studying symbiotic organisms. Although various plant-microbe symbiotic systems are covered in this book, it especially focuses on arbuscular mycorrhiza (AM) symbiosis and root nodule symbiosis, the two most prevalent systems. AM symbiosis involves the most extensive interaction between plants and microbes, in the context of phylogeny and ecology. As more than 90% of all known species of plants have the potential to form mycorrhizal associations, the productivity and species composition, as well as the diversity of natural ecosystems, are frequently dependent upon the presence and activity of mycorrhizas. In turn, root nodule symbiosis includes morphogenesis and is formed by communication between plants and nitrogen-fixing bacteria. The biotechnological application of plantmicrobe symbiosis is expected to foster the production of agricultural and horticultural products while maintaining ecologically and economically sustainable production systems. Designed as a hands-on guide, this book offers an essential resource for researchers and students in the areas of agri-biotechnology, soil biology and fungal biology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: The Rhizobium-Plant Symbiosis: State of the Art
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Legume-Rhizobium Symbiosis for Root Nodulation
    1.3 Diversity of Legumes Depending on Rhizobium
    1.4 Taxonomy and Host Specificity of Rhizobium Species
    1.5 Factors Affecting Legume-Rhizobium Symbiosis
    1.6 Mechanism Behind Root Nodulation
    1.7 Role of Nitrogen and Mechanism of Root Nodulation
    1.8 Role of Ethylene in Preinfection Events
    1.9 Organogenesis of the Nodule
    1.10 Genetic Basis of Phytohormones During Root Nodule Development 1.11 Application of Rhizobia as Biofertilizers
    1.12 New Aspects of Plant-Rhizobia Symbiosis
    1.13 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Diversity and Importance of the Relationship Between Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi and Nitrogen-Fixing Bacteria in T ...
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Agroforestry Systems in the Mexican Tropics
    2.3 Functionality of Soil Microorganisms in AFS
    2.4 Soil Microorganisms in AFS in the Tropics of Mexico
    2.4.1 Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi
    2.4.2 Nitrogen-Fixing Bacteria
    2.5 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References 5.2 Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Development
    5.2.1 Asymbiotic Stage
    5.2.2 Mutual Recognition of Symbiotic Partners
    5.2.2.1 Strigolactones
    5.2.2.2 Regulation of Strigolactone Biosynthesis
    5.2.2.3 Fungal Signaling Molecules and Plant Receptors
    5.2.3 Formation of Appresorium/Hyphopodium
    5.2.4 PPA Formation
    5.2.4.1 Plant Genes Required for PPA Formation
    5.2.5 The Common SYM Pathway
    5.2.5.1 SYMRK
    5.2.5.2 CASTOR and POLLUX
    5.2.5.3 Nucleoporins
    5.2.5.4 CCaMK
    5.2.5.5 CYCLOPS
    5.2.6 Arbuscule Development
    5.3 Diverse Roles of AM Chapter 3: Nitrogen Fixation in a Legume-Rhizobium Symbiosis: The Roots of a Success Story
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Root Nodule
    3.2.1 Definition and Types
    3.2.2 Nodule Formation
    3.2.2.1 Preinfection Stage
    3.2.2.2 Infection Stage
    3.2.2.3 Nodule Organogenesis
    3.3 N2 Fixation in a Legume-Rhizobium Symbiosis
    3.4 Effect of Abiotic Stress on Legume-Rhizobium Symbioses and N2 Fixation
    3.4.1 Salinity Stress
    3.4.2 Drought Stress
    3.4.3 Heat Stress
    3.4.4 Soil Acidity/Low pH
    3.4.5 Soil Nutrient Deficiency
    3.5 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References Chapter 4: A Genome-Wide Investigation on Symbiotic Nitrogen-Fixing Bacteria in Leguminous Plants
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Rhizobia and Legume
    4.3 Nodulation Factors (NFs)
    4.4 Advances in Nitrogen-Fixing Root Nodule Symbiosis
    4.5 Genome-Wide Investigation of Nodule Forming Bacteria
    4.6 Conclusions and Future Prospects
    References
    Chapter 5: Symbiotic Signaling: Insights from Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Symbiosis
    5.1 Introduction
    5.1.1 Types of Mycorrhiza
    5.1.1.1 Ectomycorrhizae (ECM)
    5.1.1.2 Endomycorrhizae
    5.1.1.3 Arbuscular Mycorrhiza
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ajar Nath Yadav, Joginder Singh, Ali Asghar Rastegari, Neelam Yadav, editors.
    Summary: This book encompasses the current knowledge of plant microbiomes and their potential biotechnological application for plant growth, crop yield and soil health for sustainable agriculture. The plant microbiomes (rhizospheric, endophytic and epiphytic) play an important role in plant growth, development, and soil health. Plant and rhizospheric soil are a valuable natural resource harbouring hotspots of microbes, and it plays critical roles in the maintenance of global nutrient balance and ecosystem function. The diverse group of microbes is key components of soil-plant systems, where they are engaged in an intense network of interactions in the rhizosphere/endophytic/phyllospheric. The rhizospheric microbial diversity present in rhizospheric zones has a sufficient amount of nutrients release by plant root systems in form of root exudates for growth, development and activities of microbes. The endophytic microbes are referred to those microorganisms, which colonize in the interior of the plant parts, viz root, stem or seeds without causing any harmful effect on host plant. Endophytic microbes enter in host plants mainly through wounds, naturally occurring as a result of plant growth, or through root hairs and at epidermal conjunctions. Endophytes may be transmitted either vertically (directly from parent to offspring) or horizontally (among individuals). The phyllosphere is a common niche for synergism between microbes and plant. The leaf surface has been termed as phyllosphere and zone of leaves inhabited by microorganisms as phyllosphere. The plant part, especially leaves, is exposed to dust and air currents resulting in the establishments of typical flora on their surface aided by the cuticles, waxes and appendages, which help in the anchorage of microorganisms. The phyllospheric microbes may survive or proliferate on leaves depending on extent of influences of material in leaf diffuseness or exudates. The leaf diffuseness contains the principal nutrients factors (amino acids, glucose, fructose and sucrose), and such specialized habitats may provide niche for nitrogen fixation and secretions of substances capable of promoting the growth of plants.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Diversity, Plant Growth Promotion Attributes and Agricultural Applications of Rhizospheric Microbes (Gangavarapu Subrahmanyam, Amit Kumar, Sosanka Protim Sandilya, Mahananda Chutia, Ajar Nath Yadav)
    Chapter 2
    Culturable Endophytic Fungal Communities Associated with Cereal Crops and their Role in Plant Growth Promotion(Hira Saleem, Hareem Mohsin, Rabia Tanvir, Yasir Rehman)
    Chapter 3
    Current Perspectives on Phosphate Solubilizing Endophytic Fungi: Ecological Significances and Biotechnological Applications (Edla Sujatha, Kuraganti Gunaswetha, Pallaval Veera Bramhachari)
    Chapter 4
    Endophytic Microbes from Medicinal Plants and Their Secondary Metabolites for Agricultural Significances (Chanda V. Parulekar Berde, Prachiti. P. Rawool, Pallaval Veera Bramhachari, Vikrant B. Berde)
    Chapter 5
    Phyllospheric Microbiomes: Diversity, Ecological Significance, and Biotechnological Applications (Natesan Sivakumar, Ramamoorthy Sathish Kumar, Gopal Selvakumar, Rajaram Shyamkumar and Kalimuthu Arjune Kumar)
    Chapter 6
    Biofilms Forming Microbes: Diversity and Potential Application in Plant-Microbe Interaction and Plant Growth (Ajay Kumar and Joginder Singh)
    Chapter 7
    Actinobacteria: Diversity, Plant Interactions and Biotechnology Applications (Monnanda Somaiah Nalini, and Harischandra Sripathy Prakash)
    Chapter 8
    Phylogenetic Diversity of Epiphytic Pink-Pigmented Methylotrophic Bacteria and Role in Alleviation of Abiotic Stress in Plants (Ganapathy Ashok, Guruvu Nambirajan, Krishnan Baskaran, chandran Viswanathan and Xavier Alexander)
    Chapter 9
    Potassium Solubilizing Microbes: Diversity, Ecological Significances and Biotechnological Applications (Dheeraj Pandey, Ifra Zoomi, Harbans Kaur Kehri, Uma Singh, Kanhaiya L. Chaudhri and Ovaid Akhtar)
    Chapter 10
    Alleviation of Stress-Induced Ethylene-Mediated Negative Impact on Crop Plants by Bacterial ACC Deaminase: Perspectives and Applications in Stressed Agriculture Management (Hass an Etesami, Fatemeh Noori, Ali Ebadi, Narges Reiahi Samani)
    Chapter 11
    Halophilic Microbes from Plant Growing Under the Hypersaline Habitats and Their Application for Plant Growth and Mitigation of Salt Stress (Jai Prakash, Enespa, Prem Chandra)
    Chapter 12
    Microbes Mediated Drought Tolerance in Plants: Current Developments and Future Challenges (Iti Gontia-Mishra, Swapnil Sapre, Reena Deshmukh, Sumana Sikdar and Sharad Tiwari)
    Chapter 13
    Microbial Consortium as Biofertilizers for Crops Growing Under the Extreme Habitats (Chuks Kenneth Odoh, Kabari Sam, Nenibarini Zabbey, Chibuzor Nwadibe Eze, Amechi S. Nwankwegu, Charity Laku and Boniface Barinem Dumpe)
    Chapter 14
    Global Scenario of Plant Microbiome for Sustainable Agriculture: Current Advancements and Future Challenges (Simranjeet Singh, Vijay Kumar, Satyender Singh, Daljeet Singh Dhanjal, Shivika Datta and Joginder Singh)
    Chapter 15
    Current Aspects and Application of Biofertilizers for Sustainable Agriculture (Modhurima Misra, Ashish Sachan, Shashwati Ghosh Sachan)
    Chapter 16
    Plant Microbiomes for Sustainable Agriculture: Conclusion and Future Vision (Ajar Nath Yadav).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Célia Miguel, Tamas Dalmay, Inês Chaves, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the latest findings on the functions of microRNAs in the regulation of plant development and responses to the surrounding environment. MicroRNAs are an important class of molecules that can be found in diverse groups of organisms, including plants and animals, and the investigation of their roles is a highly dynamic and "hot" research topic. The respective chapters address four main aspects, namely: microRNA investigation and annotation, the regulatory roles of microRNAs in various developmental processes, in response to abiotic factors, and in the context of biotic stress response regulation. Systematically reviewing the most important findings in this field, the book offers an essential guide for undergraduate and graduate students, teachers, and plant science researchers. Due to the potential applications of microRNAs in crop breeding and plant protection, it also represents a valuable resource for scientists in academia and the private sector alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    Studying microRNAs in Plants
    1 Regulation of Plant microRNA Biogenesis
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Regulation of microRNA Biogenesis Via Regulation of Microprocessor Complex
    1.3 Regulation of microRNA Biogenesis Via pri-miRNA Splicing, Alternative polyA Site Selection and miPEPs
    1.4 microRNA Action and Turnover in the Cytoplasm
    1.4.1 Export of miRNAs from Nucleus to the Cytoplasm
    1.4.2 microRNA Strand Selection in RISC Complex
    1.4.3 Stabilization of microRNA in Cytoplasm 1.4.4 microRNA Mode of Action: mRNA Cleavage or Translational Inhibition?
    1.5 Conclusions
    References
    2 Technologies to Address Plant microRNA Functions
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Gain-of-Function Strategies
    2.3 Loss-of-Function Strategies
    2.3.1 Targeting Mature miRNAs
    2.3.2 Targeting pri/pre-miRNAs
    2.4 Expressing Cleavage-Resistant Target Genes
    2.5 Delivering TMs and STTMs or Overexpressing miRNAs in Plants Through Viral Vectors
    2.6 Studying Interactions of miRNAs
    2.7 Conclusions and Future Perspectives
    References 3 Strategies and Resources for the Identification of microRNAs in Non-model Plants
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Available Tools and Resources
    3.3 Further Considerations
    References
    4 microRNAs in the Formation of Epigenetic Memory in Plants: The Case of Norway Spruce Embryos
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Environmentally Induced Epigenetic Memory
    4.3 Identification of Conserved and Novel miRNAs in Spruce
    4.4 miRNAs and Their Targets Profiling in Spruce Embryos During Formation of an Epigenetic Memory
    4.5 Differentially Expressed miRNAs Targeting Epigenetic Regulators
    4.6 Conclusion 6.4 miRNAs in the Control of Embryo/Seed Maturation
    6.5 miRNAs Highlighted During Embryogenesis of Non-model Species
    6.6 miRNAs in the Induction and Development of Somatic Embryos
    6.7 Conclusions
    References
    7 Emerging of microRNAs as Key Regulators in Plant Secondary Metabolism
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 miRNA Roles in the Biosynthesis of Terpenoids
    7.3 miRNA Roles in the Biosynthesis of Flavonoids
    7.4 miRNA Roles in the Biosyhthesis of Alkaloids and Nitrogen-Containing Secondary Compounds
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by James Whelan, Monika W. Murcha.
    Contents:
    Isolation of intact mitochondria from the model plant species Arabidopsis thaliana and Oryza sativa / Monika W. Murcha and James Whelan
    Determining mitochondrial transcript termini for the study of transcription start sites and transcript 5' end maturation / Stefan Binder and Kristina Kühn
    Mitochondrial run-on transcription assay using biotin labeling / Kristina Kühn
    In vitro RNA uptake studies in plant mitochondria / Szymon Kubiszewski-Jakubiak [and five others]
    In vitro and in vivo protein uptake studies in plant mitochondria / Owen Duncan [and three others]
    Plant mitochondrial proteomics / Nicolas L. Taylor and A. Harvey Millar
    Identification of lysine-acetylated mitochondrial proteins and their acetylation sites / Markus Hartl, Ann-Christine König, and Iris Finkemeier
    Flowchart to analyze protease activity in plant mitochondria / Pedro F. Teixeira [and three others]
    Activity measurements of mitochondrial enzymes in native gels / Peter Schertl and Hans-Peter Braun
    Activity assay for plant mitochondrial enzymes / Shaobai Huang, Chun Pong Lee, and A. Harvey Millar
    Analysis of type II NAD(P)H dehydrogenases / Kathleen L. Soole and Chevaun A. Smith
    Assessment of respiration in isolated plant mitochondria using clark-type electrodes / Richard P. Jacoby, A. Harvey Millar, and Nicolas L. Taylor
    Micro-respiratory measurements in plants / Yun Shin Sew, A. Harvey Millar, and Elke Stroeher
    Improvements to define mitochondrial metabolomics using nonaqueous fractionation / Richard Fly [and four others]
    Mitochondrial markers of programmed cell death in Arabidopsis thaliana / Theresa J. Reape ... [et al.]
    Imaging and analysis of mitochondrial dynamics in living cells / Sanjaya B. Ekanayake [and four others]
    Analysis of plant mitochondrial function using fluorescent protein sensors / Stephan Wagner [and six others]
    In planta analysis of leaf mitochondrial superoxide and nitric oxide / Marina Cvetkovska and Greg C. Vanlerberghe
    Databases and informatics resources for analysis of plant mitochondria / Reena Narsai
    Expression and crystallization of the plant alternative oxidase / Benjamin May [and six others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ram Prasad, editor.
    Summary: An improved understanding of the interactions between nanoparticles and plant retorts, including their uptake, localization, and activity, could revolutionize crop production through increased disease resistance, nutrient utilization, and crop yield. This may further impact other agricultural and industrial processes that are based on plant crops. This two-volume book analyses the key processes involved in the nanoparticle delivery to plants and details the interactions between plants and nanomaterials. Potential plant nanotechnology applications for enhanced nutrient uptake, increased crop productivity and plant disease management are evaluated with careful consideration regarding safe use, social acceptance and ecological impact of these technologies. Plant Nanobionics: Volume 1, Advances in the Understanding of Nanomaterials Research and Applications begins the discussion of nanotechnology applications in plants with the characterization and nanosynthesis of various microbes and covers the mechanisms and etiology of nanostructure function in microbial cells. It focuses on the potential alteration of plant production systems through the controlled release of agrochemicals and targeted delivery of biomolecules. Industrial and medical applications are included. Volume 2 continues this discussion with a focus on biosynthesis and toxicity.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Author;
    Chapter 1: Recent Advancements and New Perspectives of Nanomaterials;
    Chapter 2: Recent Progress in Applied Nanomaterials; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Nanotechnology in Agriculture Sector; 2.2.1 Effect of Nanoparticles on Germination of Seed; 2.2.2 Nanofertilizer and Nanopesticides; 2.2.2.1 Macro- and Micronutrient Nanofertilizers; 2.2.2.2 Nanopesticides; 2.2.3 Role of Nanosensors in Agriculture; 2.3 Role of Nanoparticles in Food Sector; 2.3.1 Food Processing and Packaging; 2.3.1.1 Antimicrobial Packaging; 2.3.1.2 Barrier Packaging 2.3.1.3 Biodegradable Packaging2.3.2 Other Advantages of Nanomaterials in Food Industry; 2.3.2.1 Nanosensors; 2.4 Application of Nanomaterials in Manufacture and Electronics; 2.5 Applications in Environment; 2.6 Nanotechnology in Medicine; 2.6.1 Organic Nanoparticles; 2.6.1.1 Polymeric Nanoparticles Role in Therapeutics; 2.6.1.1.1 PLGA Nanoparticles; 2.6.1.1.2 Chitosan; 2.6.1.1.3 Dendrimers; 2.6.2 Liposomes; 2.6.3 Inorganic Nanoparticles; 2.6.3.1 Gold Nanoparticles (AuNPs); 2.6.3.2 Quantum Dots; 2.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: An Insight into Plant Nanobionics and Its Applications 6.5.2 Physiological and Biochemical Responses6.6 Conclusion and Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 7: Nanoagriculture and Energy Advances; 7.1 Nanotechnology and Nanoagriculture; 7.2 Water; 7.2.1 Sensor for Diagnostic; 7.2.1.1 Quality; 7.2.1.2 Microorganism and Contaminants Detected; 7.2.2 Water Purification; 7.2.2.1 Photocatalysis; 7.2.2.2 Membranes, Zeolites, and Nanoporous Materials; 7.2.2.3 Metallic and Magnetic Nanoparticles; 7.3 Nanoagriculture; 7.3.1 Pesticides and Fertilizers; 7.3.2 Smart Agrochemical Delivery Systems; 7.3.3 Sensor to Monitor Soil Conditions; 7.4 Energy 7.4.1 Biogas7.4.2 Biofuels; 7.4.3 Photovoltaic Cells; 7.4.4 Photoelectrochemical Cells; 7.5 Outlooks; References;
    Chapter 8: Nanopesticides and Nanosensors in Agriculture; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Pesticide Toxicity; 8.3 Nanopesticides; 8.4 Nanoformulations; 8.5 Detection of Pesticides; 8.6 Ecotoxicology of Nanomaterials and Related Regulations; References;
    Chapter 9: Nano-agriculture in the Food Industry;
    Chapter 10: Nanotechnology and Plant Extracts as a Future Control Strategy for Meat and Milk Products; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Nanoencapsulation of Plant Extracts
    Chapter 4: Plastics, Micro- and Nanomaterials, and Virus-Soil Microbe-Plant Interactions in the Environment
    Chapter 5: Characterization Methods for Chitosan-Based Nanomaterials;
    Chapter 6: Impact of Nanomaterials in Plant Systems; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Types of Nanomaterials; 6.2.1 Metal Nanomaterials; 6.2.2 Carbon-Based Materials; 6.2.3 Polymeric Nanomaterials; 6.2.4 Hybrid Nanomaterials; 6.3 Synthesis of Nanomaterials; 6.3.1 Top-Down Synthesis; 6.3.2 Bottom-Up Synthesis; 6.4 Role of Nanomaterials in Plant Growth; 6.5 Phytotoxic Responses to Nanomaterials; 6.5.1 Nanotoxicity and Plant Growth
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ram Prasad, editor.
    Summary: Plant Nanobionics, Volume 2 continues the important discussion of nanotechnology in plants, but focuses with a focus on biosynthesis and toxicity. This book discusses novel approaches to biosynthesis of nanoparticles for the increase of plant production systems, controlled release of agrochemicals and management of plant biotic stress. Green biosynthesis of metallic nanoparticles from bee propolis, artificial photosynthesis and hybrid structures are presented. Although engineered nanoparticles have great potential for solving many agricultural and societal problems, their consequences on the ecosystems and environment must be responsibly considered. This volume aims to contribute to the limited literature on this topic through its comprehensive examination of nanoparticle toxicity on plants, microbes and human health. Environmental risks with recent data are discussed as well as risks associated with the transfer of nanoparticles through the food chain. This volume highlights the study of a mechanistic approach and the study of nanoparticles towards nanobionics. The application of polymeric materials for smart packing in the food industry and agriculture sector as well as the future of nanomaterials in detecting soil microbes for environmental remediation are also included.

    Contents:
    1. Carbon Dots from Green Precursors with Amplified Photoluminescence: Synthesis, Characterization and Its Application
    2. Perovskite Oxides Based Photocatalysts for Excellent Visible Light Driven Photocatalysis and Energy Conversion
    3. Biogenic Material With Iron Nanoparticles for As(V) Removal
    4. Potentialies of Biogenic Plants Mediated Iron and Iron Oxides Nanoparticles and Their Utility
    5. Potentialies of Biogenic Plants Mediated Copper and Copper Oxides Nanostructures Nanoparticles and Their Utility
    6. Applications and Future Perspectives of Nanomaterials Towards Nanobionics
    7. Nanomaterials, Polymers and Smart Packing for Food Materials
    8. Polymeric Nanoparticles in Foods
    9. Application of Nano-particles in Crop Production and Protection
    10. Nanopesticide: Future Application of Nanomaterials in Plant Protection
    11. Nanotechnology: An Emerging Tool for Management of Biotic Stresses in Plants
    12. Plant Nanobionics: Application of Nanobiosensors in Plant Biology
    13. Toxicity of Nanomaterials in Plants and Environment
    14. Nanocellulose as Polymer Composite Reinforcement Material
    15. Nanomaterials and Their Applications in Bioimaging
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Masayuki Fujita, Hirosuke Oku, Kamrun Nahar, Barbara Hawrylak-Nowak, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses many aspects of plant-nutrient-induced abiotic stress tolerance. It consists of 22 informative chapters on the basic role of plant nutrients and the latest research advances in the field of plant nutrients in abiotic stress tolerance as well as their practical applications. Today, plant nutrients are not only considered as food for plants, but also as regulators of numerous physiological processes including stress tolerance. They also interact with a number of biological molecules and signaling cascades. Although research work and review articles on the role of plant nutrients in abiotic stress tolerance have been published in a range of journals, annual reviews and book chapters, to date there has been no comprehensive book on this topic. As such, this timely book is a valuable resource for a wide audience, including plant scientists, agronomists, soil scientists, botanists, molecular biologists and environmental scientists.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; List of Editors and Contributors; Editors; Contributors; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Biological Functions, Uptake and Transport of Essential Nutrients in Relation to Plant Growth; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Essential Nutrients; 1.2.1 Criteria for Essentiality; 1.3 Classification of Nutrients; 1.3.1 Classification Based on Quantity; 1.3.1.1 Major or Macronutrients; 1.3.1.2 Micronutrients; 1.3.2 Classification Based on Biochemical Behaviour; 1.4 Role of Nutrients in Plant Growth and Physiology; 1.4.1 Nitrogen; 1.4.1.1 Uptake and Assimilation. 1.4.1.2 Physiological Functions 1.4.1.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.1.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.2 Phosphorus; 1.4.2.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.2.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.2.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.3 Potassium; 1.4.3.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.3.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.3.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.3.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.4 Calcium; 1.4.4.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.4.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.4.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.5 Magnesium; 1.4.5.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.5.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.5.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.6 Sulphur. 1.4.10.2 Physiological Functions 1.4.10.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.10.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.11 Boron; 1.4.11.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.11.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.11.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.11.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.12 Molybdenum; 1.4.12.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.12.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.12.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.12.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.13 Nickel; 1.4.13.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.13.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.13.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.13.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.14 Chlorine; 1.4.14.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.14.2 Physiological Functions. 1.4.14.3 Deficiency Symptoms 1.4.14.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.15 Silicon; 1.4.15.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.15.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.15.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.5 Growth Laws; 1.5.1 Liebig's Law of the Minimum; 1.5.2 Mitscherlich's Laws; 1.5.3 Law of Maximum; 1.6 Bray's Concept of Nutrient Availability and Mobility; 1.7 Mechanisms of Nutrient Transport; 1.7.1 Mass Flow; 1.7.1.1 Factors Affecting Mass Flow; 1.7.2 Diffusion; 1.7.2.1 Factors Affecting Diffusion; 1.7.3 Root Interception; 1.8 Nutrient Uptake into the Root and Plant Cells; 1.8.1 Uptake of Water and Nutrients by Roots. 1.4.6.1 Uptake and Assimilation 1.4.6.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.6.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.6.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.7 Iron; 1.4.7.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.7.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.7.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.7.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.8 Manganese; 1.4.8.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.8.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.8.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.8.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.9 Zinc; 1.4.9.1 Uptake and Assimilation; 1.4.9.2 Physiological Functions; 1.4.9.3 Deficiency Symptoms; 1.4.9.4 Toxicity Symptoms; 1.4.10 Copper; 1.4.10.1 Uptake and Assimilation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Paul Birch, John T. Jones, Jorunn I.B. Bos.
    Contents:
    Galaxy as a Platform for Identifying Candidate Pathogen Effectors
    Bioinformatic analysis of expression data to identify effector candidates
    Two-dimensional data binning for the analysis of genome architecture in filamentous plant pathogens and other eukaryotes
    On The Statistics Of Identifying Candidate Pathogen Effectors
    High-throughput imaging of plant immune responses
    In vivo protein-protein interaction studies with BiFC: conditions, cautions and caveats
    Particle bombardment-mediated transient expression to identify localization signals in plant disease resistance proteins and target sites for the proteolytic activity of pathogen effectors
    Purification of fungal haustoria from infected plant tissue by flow cytometry
    Functional Characterisation of Nematode Effectors in Plants
    Silencing of aphid genes by feeding on stable transgenic Arabidopsis thaliana
    Leaf-disc assay based on transient over-expression in Nicotiana benthamiana to allow functional screening of candidate effectors from aphids
    A growth quantification assay for Hyaloperonospora arabidopsidis isolates in Arabidopsis thaliana
    Simple quantification of in planta fungal biomass
    Virus-induced gene silencing and Agrobacterium tumefaciens-mediated transient expression in Nicotiana tabacum
    DIGE-ABPP by click chemistry: Pairwise comparison of serine hydrolase activities from the apoplast of infected plants
    A Simple and Fast Protocol for the Protein Complex Immunoprecipitation (Co-IP) of Effector Host Protein Complexes
    An Arabidopsis and Tomato Mesophyll Protoplast System for fast Identification of early MAMP-triggered Immunity-Suppressing Effectors
    Production of RXLR effector proteins for structural analysis by X-ray crystallography
    The Dos and Donts of effectoromics
    Protoplast cell death assay to study Magnaporthe oryzae AVR gene function in rice
    A Bacterial Type III Secretion Based Delivery System for Functional Assays of Fungal Effectors in Cereals
    Capture arrays to annotate resistance genes in plant genomes and to accelerate plant resistance gene discovery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Indrakant K. Singh, Archana Singh, editors.
    Summary: As food producers, plants are constantly under attack by insects. Over the course of evolution, plants have not only developed a sophisticated defense apparatus but have also refined biochemical defense mechanisms to protect themselves, thereby maintaining the ecological balance. Plant-pest interactions induce an elaborate array of reactions involving the release of volatile compounds, effector and signaling molecules, trans-membrane proteins, and a variety of enzymes and hormones. This book offers a comprehensive guide to the strategies that plants employ against insects and other pests to ensure their continued survival. Addressing an important gap in the literature, it shares the latest findings in the field of plant-pest interactions for a broad audience. Providing an overview of the current state of knowledge on plant-pest interactions and their role in the genetic improvement of crops, it offers an essential guide for researchers and professionals in the fields of agriculture, plant pathology, entomology, cell biology, molecular biology and genetics.

    Contents:
    1. Role of Herbivore-Associated Modulator Patterns (HAMPs) in Modulating Plant Defences
    2. Transcriptomics studies revealing enigma of Insect-Plant interaction
    3. Plant-Insect Interaction: A Proteomic approach in Defense Mechanism
    4. Role of miRNA in plant defense against insects
    5. Role of MAPKs during plant insect interaction
    6. Thioredoxins as molecular players in plants, pests and pathogens
    7. Plant volatiles and their role in insect olfaction
    8. Direct and indirect defense against Insects
    9. Signalling during Insect-Plant interaction
    10. Role of Phytohormones in Plant defense against Insects: signalling and crosstalk
    11. Plant proteinase inhibitor and protease Interactionduring Insect-Plant communication
    12. Natural insecticidal proteins and their potential in future IPM
    13. Deciphering the role of phytoanticipins, phytoalexins, and polyphenols in plant-insect defense
    14. Microbial influence on plant-insect interaction
    15. Microbe-plant insect Interactions: A Comparative dissection of Interactome
    16. Simplified perspective of complex Insect-plant interactions
    17. Molecular, biochemical aspect of Insect-Plant Interaction: A perspective for pest management
    18. Molecular, biochemical aspect of Insect-Plant Interaction: A perspective for pest management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Waltraud X. Schulze.
    Contents:
    The plant kinome / Monika Zulawski and Waltraud X. Schulze
    Phosphatases in plants / Alois Schweighofer and Irute Meskiene
    Phosphoproteomics in cereals / Pingfang Yang
    Screening of kinase substrates using kinase knockout mutants / Taishi Umezawa
    Phosphopeptide pofiling of receptor kinase mutants / Xu Na Wu and Waltraud X. Schulze
    Combining metabolic N labeling with improved tandem MOAC for enhanced probing of the phosphoproteome / Martin Thomas [and four others]
    Kinase activity and specificity assay using synthetic peptides / Xu Na Wu and Waltraud X. Schulze
    Absolute quantitation of protein posttranslational modification isoform / Zhu Yang and Ning Li
    Phosphorylation stoichiometry determination in plant photosynthetic membranes / Björn Ingelsson, Rikard Fristedt, and Maria V. Turkina
    Phosphopeptide immuno-affinity enrichment to enhance detection of tyrosine phosphorylation in plants / Sharon C. Mithoe and Frank L. H. Menke
    The peptide microarray ChloroPhos1.0 : a screening tool for the identification of Arabidopsis thaliana chloroplast protein kinase substrates / Anna Schönberg and Sacha Baginsky
    Plant protein kinase substrates identification using protein microarrays / Shisong Ma and Savithramma P. Dinesh-Kumar
    Targeted analysis of protein phosphorylation by 2D electrophoresis / Kristin Mayer, Sally Albrecht, and Andreas Schaller
    Computational phosphorylation network reconstruction : methods and resources / Guangyou Duan and Dirk Walther
    Computational identification of protein kinases and kinase-specific substrates in plants / Han Cheng [and three others]
    Databases for plant phosphoproteomics / Waltraud X. Schulze, Qiuming Yao, and Dong Xu
    Phosphorylation site prediction in plants / Qiuming Yao, Waltraud X. Schulze, and Dong Xu.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    S. L. Kochhar, Sukhbir Kaur Gujral.
    Summary: "New findings populate the enormous literature on plant physiology, almost on a daily basis. This text is a detailed introduction to the essential concepts of this rapidly advancing field of study, to important physiological aspects related to the functioning of plants. It covers a wide range of topics including water, absorption of water, ascent of sap, transpiration, mineral nutrition, fat metabolism, enzymes and plant hormones. Photosynthesis, respiration and nitrogen metabolism get discussed in separate chapters because their contribution towards food security, climate resilient farming and sustainable life needs highlighting. Unlike other books on the subject, this text lays due emphasis on the conceptual framework. Alongside its emphasis on theoretical concepts, this text details experiments relating to each topic/chapter. A structured approach including principle, procedure, discussion, results and observation, and precautions has been used to explain the experiments"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge [2020]
  • Digital
    Satish C Bhatla, Manju A. Lal.
    Summary: This book focuses on the fundamentals of plant physiology for undergraduate and graduate students. It consists of 34 chapters divided into five major units. Unit I discusses the unique mechanisms of water and ion transport, while Unit II describes the various metabolic events essential for plant development that result from plants' ability to capture photons from sunlight, to convert inorganic forms of nutrition to organic forms and to synthesize high energy molecules, such as ATP. Light signal perception and transduction works in perfect coordination with a wide variety of plant growth regulators in regulating various plant developmental processes, and these aspects are explored in Unit III. Unit IV investigates plants' various structural and biochemical adaptive mechanisms to enable them to survive under a wide variety of abiotic stress conditions (salt, temperature, flooding, drought), pathogen and herbivore attack (biotic interactions). Lastly, Unit V addresses the large number of secondary metabolites produced by plants that are medicinally important for mankind and their applications in biotechnology and agriculture. Each topic is supported by illustrations, tables and information boxes, and a glossary of important terms in plant physiology is provided at the end.

    Contents:
    Part I TRANSPORT OF WATER AND NUTRIENTS
    Chapter 1. Plant water relations
    Chapter 2. Mineral nutrition
    Chapter 3. Water and soluble transport
    Part II METABOLISM
    Chapter 4. Concepts in metabolism
    Chapter 5. Photosynthesis
    Chapter 6. Photosynthate translocation
    Chapter 7. Respiration
    Chapter 8. ATP synthesis
    Chapter 9. Metabolism of storage carbohydrates
    Chapter 10. Lipid metabolism
    Chapter 11. Nitrogen metabolism
    Chapter 12. Sulphur, phosphorus and iron metabolism
    Part III DEVELOPMENT
    Chapter 13. Light perception and transduction
    Chapter 14. Plant growth regulators
    Chapter 15. Auxins
    Chapter 16. Cytokinins
    Chapter 17. Gibberellins
    Chapter 18. Abscisic acid
    Chapter 19. Ethylene
    Chapter 20. Brassinosteroids
    Chapter 21. Jasmonic acid
    Chapter 22. Recently discovered plant growth regulators
    Chapter 23. Mechanisms of signal reception and transduction
    Chapter 24. Embryogenesis, vegetative growth and organogenesis
    Chapter 25. Physiology of flowering
    Chapter 26. Pollination, embryogenesis and seed development
    Chapter 27. Fruit development and ripening
    Chapter 28. Seed dormancy and germination
    Chapter 29. Plant movements
    Chapter 30. Senescence and programmed cell death
    Part IV STRESS PHYSIOLOGY
    Chapter 31. Abiotic stress
    Chapter 32. Biotic interactions
    Part V APPLIED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
    Chapter 33. Secondary metabolites
    Chapter 34. Plant physiology in agriculture and biotechnology
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Udo Blum.
    Summary: This volume continues the retrospective analyses of Volumes I and II, but goes beyond that in an attempt to understand how phenolic acids are partitioned in seedling-solution and seedling-microbe-soil-sand culture systems and how phenolic acid effects on seedlings may be related to the actual and/or conditional physicochemical properties (e.g., solubility, hydrophobicity, pKa, molecular structure and soil sorption/desorption) of simple phenolic acids. Specifically, it explores the quantitative partitioning (i.e., source-sink relationships) of benzoic and cinnamic acids in cucumber seedling-solution and cucumber seedling-microbe-soil-sand systems and how that partitioning may influence phenolic acid effects on cucumber seedlings. Regressions, correlations and conceptual and hypothetical models are used to achieve these objectives. Cucumber seedlings are used as a surrogate for phenolic acid sensitive herbaceous dicotyledonous weed seedlings. This volume was written specifically for researchers and their students interested in understanding how a range of simple phenolic acids and potentially other putative allelopathic compounds released from living plants and their litter and residues may modify soil chemistry, soil and rhizosphere microbial biology, seedling physiology and seedling growth. In addition, this volume describes the potential relationships, where they may exist, for direct transfer of organic compounds between plants, plant communication and plant-plant allelopathic interactions and addresses the following questions: Can physicochemical properties of phenolic acids be used as tools to help understand the complex behavior of phenolic acids and the ultimate effects of phenolic acids on sensitive seedlings? What insights do laboratory bioassays and the conceptual and hypothetical models of laboratory systems provide us concerning the potential behavior and effects of phenolic acids in field systems? What potential role may phenolic acids play in broadleaf-weed seedling emergence in wheat debris cover crop no-till systems?

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Reflections Regarding Plant-Plant Interactions, Plant-Plant Communications and Plant-Plant Allelopathic Interactions with an Emphasis on Plant-Plant Allelopathic Interactions
    Chapter 2. General Background for Plant-Plant Allelopathic Interactions
    Chapter 3. Conceptual Models for Soil Systems and Physicochemical Properties of Organic Compounds
    Chapter 4. Simple Phenolic Acids in Solution Culture I: pH and pKa
    Chapter 5. Simple Phenolic Acids in Solution Culture II: Log P, Log D and Molecular structure
    Chapter 6. Simple Phenolic Acids in Soil Culture I: Sorption, Kd and KOC
    Chapter 7. Simple Phenolic Acids in Soil Culture II: Biological Processes in Soil
    Chapter 8. Hypothetical Solution-Culture System Sub-Models
    Chapter 9. Hypothetical Soil-Culture System Sub-Models
    Chapter 10. Quantitative Hypothetical System Models for Cecil Soil-Sand Systems
    Chapter 11. Quantitative Hypothetical System Model for Portsmouth Soil-Sand System and Potential Modifying Factors
    Chapter 12. Epilog: Assumptions, Models, Hypotheses and Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Edwin F. George, Michael A. Hall and Geert-Jan De Klerk.
    Contents:

    v. 1. The Background.
    Digital Access Springer 2008
  • Digital
    edited by Jesus V. Jorrin-Novo, Setsuko Komatsu, Wolfram Weckwerth and Stefanie WienKoop.
    Contents:
    Plant Proteomics Methods and Protocols
    From Proteomics to Systems Biology: MAPA, MASS WESTERN, PROMEX and COVAIN as a User-Oriented Platform
    Plant Proteomics: From Genome Sequencing to Proteome Databases and Repositories
    How to Use 2D Gel Electrophoresis in Plant Proteomics
    Standarization of Data Processing and Statistical Analysis in a 2-DE-Based Comparative Plant Proteomics Experiment
    The Expanding Universe of Mass Analyzer Configurations for Biological Analysis
    A Protocol for Protein Extraction from Lipid-Rich Plant Tissues Suitable for Electrophoresis
    Making a Protein Extract in Plant Pathogenic Fungi for Gel- and LC-Based Proteomics
    Plant Proteomics Methods to Reach Low-Abundance Proteins
    Combination of 2DE and LC for Plant Proteomics Analysis
    2DE Analysis of Forest Tree Proteins Using Fluorescent Labels and Multiplexing
    Differential Plant Proteome Analysis by Isobaric Tags for Relative and Absolute Quantitation (iTRAQ)
    Global Quantitative Proteomics Using Spectral Counting: An Inexpensive Experimental and Bioinformatics Workflow for Deep Proteome Coverage
    Combining Chymotrypsin/trypsin Digestion to Identify Hydrophobic Proteins from Oil Bodies
    Mass Western for Absolute Quantification of Target Proteins and Considerations About the Instrument of Choice
    Selected Reaction Monitoring Mass Spectrometry: A Methodology Overview
    Mass Spectrometry Based Imaging of Metabolites and Proteins
    Using the Yeast Two-Hybrid System to Identify Protein-Protein Interactions
    Modifications of Wheat Germ Cell-Free System for Functional Proteomics of Plant Membrane Proteins
    Arabidopsis Proteomics: A Simple and Standardizable Workflow for Quantitative Proteome Characterization
    Analysis of Rice Proteins Using SDS-PAGE Shotgun Proteomics
    Medicago truncatula Proteomics for Systems Biology: Novel Rapid Shotgun LC-MS Approach for Relative Quantification Based on Full-Scan Selective Peptide Extraxtion (Selpex)
    Soybean Proteomics
    Proteome Analysis of Orphan Plant Species, Fact or Fiction?
    An Improved Detergent-Compatible Gel-Fractionation LC-LTQ-Orbitrap-MS Workflow for Plant and Microbial Proteomics
    Seed Proteomics
    Back to Osborne. Sequential Protein Extraction and LC-MS for Characterization of the Seed Proteome
    Xylem Sap Proteomics
    Suspension Cultured-Plant Cells as a Tool to Analyze the Extracellular Proteome
    Pollen Cultivation and Preparation for Proteome Studies
    Isolation of the Plant Cytosolic Fraction for Proteomic Analysis
    Quantitative Proteomic Analysis of Intact Plastids
    Shotgun Proteomics of Plant Plasma Membrane and Microdomain Proteins Using Nano-LC-MS/MS
    Plant Mitochondrial Proteomics
    Separation of the Plant Golgi Apparatus and Endoplasmic Reticulum by Free-Flow Electrophoresis
    Isolation of Leaf Peroxisomes from Arabidopsis for Organelle Proteomics Analyses
    Proteomics of Field Samples, the Case of the Chernobyl Area
    Differential Proteome and Secretome Analysis During Rice-Pathogen Interaction
    Protein Extraction and Gel-Based Separation Methods to Analyse Responses to Pathogens in Carnation (Dianthus caryophyllus L)
    StageTip-Based HAMMOC, an Efficient and Inexpensive Phosphopeptide Enrichment Method for Plant Shotgun Phosphoproteomics
    Simultaneous Identification and Quantification of Nitrosylation Sites by Combination of Biotin Switch and ICAT Labeling
    Tandem Metal-Oxide Affinity Chromatography for Enhanced Depth of Phosphoproteome Analysis
    N-Glycoprotein Enrichment by Lectin Affinity Chromatography
    Rapid and High-Throughput N-glycomic Analysis of Plant Glycoproteins
    Assay for Proteasome-Dependent Protein Degradation and Ubiquitinated Proteins
    Separation of Membrane Protein Complexes by Native LDS-PAGE
    Identification of Thioredoxin Target Disulfides Using Isotope-Coded Affinity Tags
    Class III Peroxidases
    Proteotyping of Holm oak (Quercus ilex subsp. ballota) Provenances Through Proteomic Analysis of Acorn Flour
    Immunoproteomics Analysis of Food Allergens
    Beer and Wort Proteomics
    Precipitation of Champagne Base Wine Proteins Prior 2D Electrophoresis
    The Minimal Information About a Proteomics Experiment (MIAPE) from the Proteomics Standards Initiative.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vijay Pratap Singh, Samiksha Singh, Durgesh Kumar Tripathi, Sheo Mohan Prasad, Devendra Kumar Chauhan, editors.
    Summary: The population of the world continues to increase at an alarming rate. The trouble linked with overpopulation ranges from food and water scarcity to inadequacy of space for organisms. Overpopulation is also linked with several other demographic hazards, for instance, population blooming will not only result in exhaustion of natural repositories, but it will also induce intense pressure on the world economy. Today nanotechnology is often discussed as a key discipline of research but it has positive and negative aspects. Also, due to industrialization and ever-increasing population, nano-pollution has been an emerging topic among scientists for investigation and debate. Nanotechnology measures any substance on a macromolecular scale, molecular scale, and even atomic scale. More importantly, nanotechnology deals with the manipulation and control of any matter at the dimension of a single nanometer. Nanotechnology and nanoparticles (NPs) play important roles in sustainable development and environmental challenges as well. NPs possess both harmful and beneficial effects on the environment and its harboring components, such as microbes, plants, and humans. There are many beneficial impacts exerted by nanoparticles, however, including their role in the management of waste water and soil treatment, cosmetics, food packaging, agriculture, biomedicines, pharmaceuticals, renewable energies, and environmental remedies. Conversely, NPs also show some toxic effects on microbes, plants, as well as human beings. It has been reported that use of nanotechnological products leads to the more accumulation of NPs in soil and aquatic ecosystems, which may be detrimental for living organisms. Further, toxic effects of NPs on microbes, invertebrates, and aquatic organisms including algae, has been measured. Scientists have also reported on the negative impact of NPs on plants by discussing the delivery of NPs in plants. Additionally, scientists have also showed that NPs interact with plant cells, which results in alterations in growth, biological function, gene expression, and development. Thus, there has been much investigated and reported on NPs and plant interactions in the last decade. This book discusses the most recent work on NPs and plant interaction, which should be useful for scientists working in nanotechnology across a wide variety of disciplines.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Applications of Nanomaterials to Enhance Plant Health and Agricultural Production
    1 Introduction
    2 Nanoparticles: General Properties and Functions
    2.1 Silver Nanoparticles
    2.2 Zinc Nanoparticles
    2.3 Silicon Nanoparticles
    2.4 Carbon Nanotubes
    2.5 Quantum Dots
    3 Nanoparticles as an Agent In
    3.1 Plant Protection
    3.2 Plant Growth Augmentation
    4 Nanotechnology and Agricultural Development
    4.1 Nanofertilizers
    4.2 Nanopesticides
    4.3 Nanocomposites 5 Future Perspectives of Nanotechnology in the Field of Agriculture
    6 Conclusions
    References
    Nanoparticles and Their Impacts on Seed Germination
    1 Introduction
    2 Carbon-Based Nanoparticles
    2.1 Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes
    2.2 Multiwalled Carbon Nanotube
    2.3 Graphene
    3 Metal-Based Nanoparticles
    3.1 Copper-Based Nanoparticles
    3.2 Silver Nanoparticles
    3.3 Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles
    3.4 Silicon Oxide Nanoparticles
    3.5 Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles
    4 Conclusions and Future Perspective
    References 5.1 ZnO NPs Affect Seed Germination and Vegetative Growth
    5.2 ZnO NP Affects Reproductive Processes
    6 Stress Alleviation by ZnO NPs
    7 Conclusions and Future Perspectives
    References
    Effect of TiO2 as Plant Growth-Stimulating Nanomaterial on Crop Production
    1 Introduction
    2 TiO2 Nanoparticles' Characterization and Biological Properties
    3 Behaviour of Nanoparticles in Culture Media and Soils
    3.1 Behaviour of Nanoparticles in Growth Media
    3.2 Behaviour of Nanoparticles in Soils and Specific Aspects of Field Experiments 5.7 Molecular Basis Responses
    5.8 Cytotoxicity, Genotoxicity, and Cell Cycle
    5.9 Secondary Metabolism
    5.10 Toxicity Mechanisms
    6 The nZnO-Mediated Protection Against Stress Condition
    7 In Vitro Application
    8 Knowledge Gaps, Exploitation, and Future Perspective
    References
    Physiology of Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles in Plants
    1 Introduction
    2 The Uptake and Transport of ZnO NPs in Higher Plants
    3 ZnO NPs and Oxidative Stress
    4 ZnO NPs Influence Nutrient Homeostasis and Photosynthetic Efficiency
    5 ZnO NPs and Plant Development Synthesis and Characterization of Zinc Oxide Nanoparticles and Their Impact on Plants
    1 Introduction
    2 Synthesis
    2.1 Biological, Chemical, and Physical Approaches
    2.2 Green Synthesis
    2.2.1 Biosynthesis of nZnO Using Plant Extract
    2.2.2 Biosynthesis of nZnO Using Microbes and Other Green Sources
    3 Soil Microbiome
    4 Uptake and Translocation
    5 Plant Responses to nZnO
    5.1 Seed Germination, Biomass, and Plant Early Growth
    5.2 Anatomical and Morphological Changes
    5.3 Antioxidant System
    5.4 Photosynthesis
    5.5 Phytohormones
    5.6 Nutritional Status
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jose R. Botella, Miguel A. Botella.
    Contents:
    Suppressor screens in Arabidopsis / Xin Li and Yuelin Zhang
    Quantitative reverse transcription-qPCR-based gene expression analysis in plants / Heithem Ben Abdallah and Petra Bauer
    DNA-binding factor target identification by chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP) in plants / David Posé and Levi Yant
    Identification of genes responsible for natural variation in volatile content using next-generation sequencing technology / Iraida Amaya, Jeremy Pillet, and Kevin M. Folta
    Micro-tom tomato as an alternative plant model system : mutant collection and efficient transformation / Masahito Shikata and Hiroshi Ezura
    Culture of the tomato micro-tom cultivar in greenhouse / Christophe Rotha ... [et al.]
    Virus-induced gene silencing as a tool to study tomato fruit biochemistry / Elio Fantini and Giovanni Giuliano
    Simplified and rapid method for the isolation and transfection of Arabidopsis leaf mesophyll protoplasts for large-scale applications / Arnaldo L. Schapire and L. Maria Lois
    Preparation of epidermal peels and guard cell protoplasts for cellular, electrophysiological, and -omics assays of guard cell function / Mengmeng Zhu ... [et al.]
    Application of variable angle total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy to investigate protein dynamics in intact plant cells / Yinglang Wan ... [et al.]
    Immunoprecipitation of plasma membrane receptor-like kinases for identification of phosphorylation sites and associated proteins / asuhiro Kadota, Alberto P. Macho, and Cyril Zipfel
    Yeast three-hybrid system for the detection of protein-protein interactions / Natsumi Maruta, Yuri Trusov, and Jose R. Botella
    Cautions in measuring in vivo interactions using FRET and BiFC in Nicotiana benthamiana / Meral Tunc-Ozdemir, Yan Fu, and Alan M. Jones
    Analysis of protein-lipid interactions using purified C2 domains / Jessica Pérez-Sancho ... [et al.]
    Assessing kinase activity in plants with in-gel kinase assays / Pengcheng Wang and Jian-Kang Zhu
    Analyses of plant UDP-dependent glycosyltransferases to identify their volatile substrates using recombinant proteins / Yusuke Kamiyoshihara, Denise M. Tieman, and Harry J. Klee
    Competitive index : mixed infection-based virulence assays for genetic analysis in Pseudomonas syringae-plant interactions / Alberto P. Macho ... [e tal.]
    Simplified assays for evaluation of resistance to Alternaria brassicicola and turnip mosaic virus / Yuri Trusov ... [et al.]
    Simultaneous determination of plant hormones by GC-TOF-MS / José G. Vallarino and Sonia Osorio.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Fritz H. Schweingruber, Annett Börner.
    Summary: This unique and attractive open access textbook combines the beauty of macroscopic pictures of plant stems with the corresponding colorfully stained images of anatomical micro-structures. In contrast to most botanical textbooks, it presents all the stem characteristics as photographs and shows the microscopic reality. The amount of text is reduced to a minimum, and the scientific information is highlighted with short legends and labeled photographs, allowing readers to focus on the pictures to easily understand how the anatomical structures relate to genetic, ecological, decomposition and technical influences. It includes a chapter devoted to simple anatomical preparation techniques, and further chapters showing the cell content, cell walls, meristematic tissues and stem structures of all major taxonomic units and morphological growth forms in various ecological and climatic regions from subarctic to equatorial latitudes, as well as structures of fossil, subfossil and technically altered wood. This textbook appeals to students and researchers in the fields of plant anatomy, taxonomy, ecology, dendrochronology, history, plant pathology, and evolutionary biology as well as to technologists.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Preparation techniques
    Making anatomical structures visible
    Morphology of the plant body
    Cellular composition of the plant bodies
    Structure of cell walls and cell contents
    Primary, secondary and tertiary meristem
    Stem anatomical structures of major taxonomic units
    Evolution of stems
    Anatomical adaptions to permanent changed environmental conditions
    Anatomical adaptions to temporarily changed environmental conditions
    Coexistence of algae, fungi and vascular plants
    Wood decay
    Fossilization, permineralization, coalification, carbonization and wetwood conservation
    Technically altered wood products.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jan Hejátko, Toshio Hakoshima, editors.
    Summary: After decades of dominance of genetics and genomics, the importance of structural biology is growing exponentially in the field of plant biology. The main objectives of this new book series is to "demystify" structural biology for plant researchers and to provide important insights into the basic molecular mechanisms underlying plant development through the diverse approaches utilized by structural biologists. The book series starts with a theme dedicated to hormonal signaling that has benefited from the application of structural biology. "Plant Structural Biology: Hormonal Regulations" provides up-to-date knowledge of the structural aspects of hormonal signal recognition, signal transduction, hormonal control of downstream regulatory pathways and hormonal crosstalk. The most distinctive features of this book as well as future titles is/will be to provide overview of cutting-edge research in the field of plant structural biology, and to serve as a compendium of various approaches that could be applied to problems being solved in modern plant biology. Last but not least, we hope this book will facilitate and broaden the community of (not only) plant scientists who are interested in structural biology approaches and tools. For these reasons, the style of this series is concise and general, in order to avoiding unnecessary details. Explanatory boxes describing the basics of specific approaches (e.g. X-ray crystallography, NMR, SAXS, molecular dynamics simulations, etc.) are included.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    1. Overview of Proteins in the Plant Hormone Signaling
    2. Overview of Protein Degradation in the Plant Hormone Signaling
    3. Structural Insight into Recognition of Plant Peptide Hormones by Receptors
    Part II. Nuclear receptors
    4. Auxin
    5. Structural Biology of Jasmonic Acid Metabolism and Responses in Plants
    6. Gibberellin
    7. Strigolactone Signaling Proteins
    8. Abscisic acid Signaling and Biosynthesis: protein structures and molecular probes
    Part III. Transmembrane Receptors
    9. Brassinosteroid Sensing and Signaling in Plants
    10. Cytokinin and Ethylene Signaling
    Part IV. Appendix: Method Guidance
    11. X-Ray Crystallography
    12. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
    13. Structural Biology Using Electron Microscopy
    14. Biological Small-Angle X-ray Scattering (SAXS)
    15. Computational Molecular Modeling Techniques of Biomacromolecular Systems.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Kenneth Palmer, Yuri Gleba, editors.
    Summary: In this volume, the authors provide an excellent overview of how far the plant viral vector field has come. The discipline is no longer exclusively in the domain of academics-there is a small, but growing number of small biotechnology companies that exploit plant viruses as the platform for commercial innovation in crop improvement, industrial product manufacturing, and human and veterinary health care.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Ichiro Uyeda and Chikara Masuta.
    Contents:
    Detection of plant viruses in mixed infection by a macroarray-assisted method
    RT-PCR and real-time RT-PCR methods for the detection of potato virus Y in potato leaves and tubers
    A new method to isolate total dsRNA
    Multiplex RT-PCR method for the simultaneous detection of nine grapevine viruses
    Detection methods for rice viruses by a reverse-transcription loop-mediated isothermal amplification (RT-LAMP)
    Real-time PCR protocols for the quantification of the begomovirus tomato yellow leaf curl sardinia virus in tomato plants and in its insect vector
    Detection and analysis of non-retroviral RNA virus-like elements in plant, fungal, and insect genomes
    Detection of plant viruses in natural environments by using RNA-seq
    Cloning and profiling of small RNAs from cucumber mosaic virus satellite rna
    Drawing sirnas of viral origin out from plant siRNAs libraries
    Viral detection by high-throughput sequencing
    Analysis and application of viroid-specific small RNAs generated by viroid-inducing RNA silencing
    Detection and characterization of mycoviruses in arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi by deep-sequencing
    Supersage as an analytical tool for host and viral gene expression
    Microarray analysis of R-gene-mediated resistance to viruses
    Construction of infectious cDNA clones derived from the potyviruses clover yellow vein virus and bean yellow mosaic virus
    Virus-induced gene silencing of n gene in tobacco by apple latent spherical virus vectors
    Simplified methods for the construction of RNA and DNA virus infectious clones
    Efficient double-stranded RNA production methods for utilization in plant virus control
    Detection of plant virus in meristem by immunohistochemistry and in situ hybridization
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Anna Maria Mercuri, A. Catherine D'Andrea, Rita Fornaciari, Alexa Höhn, editors.
    Summary: There is an essential connection between humans and plants, cultures and environments, and this is especially evident looking at the long history of the African continent. This book, comprising current research in archaeobotany on Africa, elucidates human adaptation and innovation with respect to the exploitation of plant resources. In the long-term perspective climatic changes of the environment as well as human impact have posed constant challenges to the interaction between peoples and the plants growing in different countries and latitudes. This book provides an insight into/overview of the manifold routes people have taken in various parts Africa in order to make a decent living from the provisions of their environment by bringing together the analyses of macroscopic and microscopic plant remains with ethnographic, botanical, geographical and linguistic research. The numerous chapters cover almost all the continent countries, and were prepared by most of the scholars who study African archaeobotany, i.e. the complex and composite history of plant uses and environmental transformations during the Holocene.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Plants and People in the African Past: Themes and Objectives of Archaeobotany; IWAA Workshops; Published Volumes from Previous IWAA Workshops; The Organization and Themes of This Book; Acknowledgements; References; Mediterranean Africa; Archaeobotanical Study at the Early Dynastic Cemetery in Helwan (3100-2600 BC), Egypt: Plant Diversity at Early Dynastic Memphis; Abstract; Introduction; The Study Area; Materials and Methods; Results; Crop Plants; Cereals; Flax; Pulses; Wild/Weedy Plants; Wild Fruits; Field Weeds; Plants of Moist Habitats; Plants of Dry Habitats. Dry-Sieved Samples from Squares C3-4 and C10-11Charred Residue Samples from the Vats in Operation B; Discussion; Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References; Grapes, Raisins and Wine? Archaeobotanical Finds from an Egyptian Monastery; Abstract; Introduction; The Monastic Settlement of Saint John the Little; Charred Grape-Pressing Remains; Grape Pressing Remains: Evidence of Wine Production?; Grape-Pressing Remains: Uses and Disposal; Wine Production in the Coptic Church; Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References. Indeterminate Taxa Discussion; Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References; Study of Plant Remains from the Embalming Cache KV63 at Luxor, Egypt; Abstract; Introduction; Floral Collars in Ancient Egypt; Materials and Methods; Results and Discussion; The Plant Remains Arranged in K
    V63: Floral Collars and Other Plant Remains; Floral Collars; Other Plant Remains; Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; Farming and Trade in Amheida/Trimithis (Dakhla Oasis, Egypt): New Insights from Archaeobotanical Analysis; Abstract; Introduction; The Context of Study; Ecological Setting. The Archaeological ContextMaterials and Methods; Results; Discussion; Semi-desert Vegetation; Acacia nilotica (Nile Acacia); Ziziphus spina-Christi (Christ's Thorn); Phoenix dactylifera (Date Palm); Mediterranean Plants; Olea europaea (Olive Tree); Ceratonia siliqua (Carob); Asian and Rare Plants; Prunus persica (Peach); Terminalia chebula (Black Myrobalan); Conclusion; References; Archaeobotanical Studies from Hierakonpolis: Evidence for Food Processing During the Predynastic Period in Egypt; Abstract; Introduction; Materials and Methods; Results. The Role of Morphometry to Delineate Changes in the Spikelet Shape of Wild Cereals: The Case Study of Takarkori (Holocene, Central Sahara, SW Libya)Abstract; Introduction; The Study Area; Materials and Methods; Sample Selection; Morphometrical Analysis; Statistical Analysis; Results; Morphometrical Analysis; Statistical Analysis; Discussion; Cereals as Key to Understanding Plant Resources in Central Sahara; Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; Web Sites; The Holocene Flora and Vegetation of Ti-n Hanakaten (Tassili n'Ajjer, Algerian Sahara); Abstract; Introduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Kamrun Nahar and Masayuki Fujita.
    Summary: In the industrial era, the most important potential threat to crop production is abiotic stress, including toxic metal/metalloid stress. Growing populations and rapid industrialization lead to the generation and release of huge amounts of toxic metals/metalloids into the environment, altering plant physiological processes and reducing yields. In the last few decades, there has been extensive research to elucidate the mechanisms of tolerance to metal/metalloid toxicity and ways to improve the defense system in plants. Use of exogenous photoprotectants such as osmoprotectants, plant nutrients, phytohormones, signaling molecules, antioxidants, amino acids and organic acids are widely being used to improve plants' tolerance to metal/metalloid stress. Recently, phytoremediation approaches have been effectively employed to remediate metal/metalloid pollution. This book presents the latest insights into plant responses and tolerance in plants grown under metal/metalloids stress to provide a better understanding of the topic and the future outlook.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; About the Book; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Recent Advances in Metal Induced Stress Tolerance in Plants: Possibilities and Challenges; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Response During Heavy Metal Stress in Plants; 1.3 Use of Transcriptomic Approaches to Identify Gene Function During Metal Induced Stress; 1.4 Use of T-DNA Mutants for Functional Genomics Studies in Metal Tolerance; 1.5 Role of Transcription Factors in Enhancing Heavy Metal Tolerance; 1.6 Role of Micro RNAs (miRNAs) in Conferring Heavy Metal Tolerance; 1.7 Challenges and Future Focus; References 2.7 Arbuscular Mycorrhizae: Characterization and Importance in Contaminated Soils2.8 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Heavy Metal Toxicity and Antioxidative Response in Plants: An Overview; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Heavy Metals and Their Impact on Plants; 3.2.1 Cadmium; 3.2.2 Arsenic; 3.2.3 Mercury; 3.2.4 Chromium; 3.2.5 Copper; 3.2.6 Zinc; 3.2.7 Lead; 3.2.8 Nickel; 3.3 Reactive Oxygen Species; 3.4 Types of ROS; 3.5 Sites of Production of ROS; 3.5.1 Mitochondria; 3.5.2 Chloroplast; 3.5.3 Peroxisomes; 3.6 Heavy Metal Induced Antioxidative Defense System in Plants; 3.6.1 Enzymatic Antioxidants 4.3 Heavy Metal Toxicity4.3.1 Cellular Antioxidative Defense and Redox Heavy Metals (Fe, Cu, Mn and Cr); 4.3.1.1 Iron; 4.3.1.2 Manganese; 4.3.1.3 Copper; 4.3.1.4 Zinc; 4.3.1.5 Chromium; 4.3.2 Cellular Antioxidative Defense and Non-redox Heavy Metals Ni, Cd, As and Hg; 4.3.2.1 Nickel; 4.3.2.2 Cadmium; 4.3.2.3 Mercury; 4.3.2.4 Arsenic; 4.4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Stress Signaling Under Metal and Metalloid Toxicity; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Heavy Metal Stress Tolerance in Plants; 5.3 Plant Metal Homeostasis and Heavy Metal Stress; 5.4 Essential Transition Metals Homeostasis in Plants
    Chapter 2: Physiological, Biochemical Changes, and Phytotoxicity Remediation in Agricultural Plant Species Cultivated in Soils Contaminated with Copper and Zinc2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Source of Heavy Metals; 2.3 Behavior of Heavy Metals in Soils; 2.4 Physiological and Biochemical Effects of Cu and Zn on Plants; 2.5 Molecular Control of Cu and Zn Uptake and Distribution; 2.5.1 Copper; 2.5.2 Zinc; 2.6 Effects of Soil Conditioners on Plant Growth and Development; 2.6.1 Inorganic Soil Conditioners; 2.6.2 Organic Soil Conditioners
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Aldo M. Roccaro, Irene M. Ghobrial, editors.
    Contents:
    MGUS and smoldering myeloma
    Multiple Myeloma
    Primary amyloidosis, systemic light chain and heavy chain diseases plasmacytoma
    Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.B6 P53 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Michael A. Linden, Robert W. McKenna, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Protein studies
    Electrophoresis and immunofixation
    Serum free light chain analysis
    Morphology and immunohistochemistry of normal and neoplastic plasma cells
    Classification of plasma cell neoplasms
    Monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance
    Plasma cell myeloma
    Plasmacytoma {u2013} solitary and extraosseus
    Monoclonal immunoglobulin deposition diseases
    Cytogenetics
    Flow cytometry
    Integration of laboratory and clinical data into synoptic report
    Approaches to treatment, including stem cell transplant
    Conclusions
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Robert B. Lorsbach, Marwan Yared, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Clinical features, management, and therapy of plasma cell neoplasms: what pathologists need to know
    3. Morphologic and immunohistochemical evaluation of plasma cell neoplasms
    4. Cytogenetics of plasma cell neoplasms
    5. Flow cytometric analysis in the diagnosis and prognostication of plasma cell neoplasms
    6. Renal manifestations of plasma cell neoplasms
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Shinya Toyokuni, Yuzuru Ikehara, Fumitaka Kikkawa, Masaru Hori.
    Summary: Plasma Medical Science describes the progress that has been made in the field over the past five years, illustrating what readers must know to be successful. As non-thermal, atmospheric pressure plasma has been applied for a wide variety of medical fields, including wound healing, blood coagulation, and cancer therapy, this book is a timely resource on the topics discussed.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Manfred Heinlein.
    Contents:
    Plasmodesmata : channels for intercellular signaling during plant growth and development / Iris Sevilem, Shri Ram Yadav, and Ykä Helariutta
    Plasmodesmata : channels for viruses on the move / Manfred Heinlein
    Imaging plasmodesmata with high-resolution scanning electron microscopy / Deborah A. Barton and Robyn L. Overall
    Preparative methods for imaging plasmodesmata at super-resolution / Karen Bell and Karl Oparka
    Isolation of plasmodesmata from Arabidopsis suspension culture cells / Magali S. Grison, Lourdes Fernandez-Calvino, Sébastien Mongrand, and Emmanuelle M.F. Bayer
    Immunofluorescence detection of callose deposition around plasmodesmata sites / Ali Pendle and Yoselin Benitez-Alfonso
    Imaging callose at plasmodesmata using aniline blue : quantitative confocal microscopy / Raul Zavaliev and Bernard L. Epel
    Localization of fluorescently tagged protein to plasmodesmata by correlative light and electron microscopy / Shannon Modla, Jeffrey L. Caplan, Kirk J. Czymmek, and Jung-Youn Lee
    Quantification of plant cell coupling with live-cell microscopy / Johannes Liesche and Alexander Schulz
    Drop-ANd-See : a simple, real-time, and noninvasive technique for assaying plasmodesmal permeability / Weier Cui, Xu Wang, and Jung-Youn Lee
    Mapping symplasmic fields at the shoot apical meristem using iontophoresis and membrane potential measurements / Christiaan van der Schoot and Päivi L. H. Rinne
    Analysis of the conductivity of plasmodesmata by microinjection / Friedrich Kragler
    Investigating plasmodesmata genetics with virus-induced gene silencing and an agrobacterium-mediated GFP movement assay / Jacob O. Brunkard, Tessa M. Burch-Smith, Anne M. Runkel, and Patricia Zambryski
    Probing plasmodesmata function with biochemical inhibitors / Rosemary G. White
    GAL4 transactivation-based assay for the detection of selective intercellular protein Movement / Dhinesh Kumar, Huan Chen, Yeonggil Rim, and Jae-Yean Kim
    Techniques for assessing the effects of pharmacological inhibitors on intercellular protein movement / Shuang Wu and Kimberly L. Gallagher
    Probing protein targeting to plasmodesmata using fluorescence recovery after photo-bleaching / Kathryn M. Wright and Katrin M. MacKenzie
    Tracking of intercellular small RNA movement / Christophe Himber and Patrice Dunoyer
    Analysis of the role of myosins in targeting proteins to plasmodesmata / Martin Di Donato and Khalid Amari
    Pumilio-based RNA in vivo imaging / Jens Tilsner
    In vivo RNA labeling using MS2 / Eduardo Peña, Manfred Heinlein, and Adrian Sambade.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Contents:
    Scope of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
    Definition of plastic and aesthetic nursing
    Foundation of plastic and aesthetic nursing
    Growth of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
    Development of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
    Plastic and aesthetic nurses and healthcare clients
    Educational preparation for plastic and aesthetic nursing roles
    Roles of plastic and aesthetic registered nurses
    General nursing role
    Plastic and aesthetic advanced practice roles
    Plastic and aesthetic nurse educator role
    Certified aesthetic nurse specialist role
    Practice environments for the plastic and aesthetic nurse
    Plastic and aesthetic nursing researchand evidence-based practice
    Ethics and advocacy in plastic and aesthetic nursing
    Plastic and aesthetic nursing explications
    Insurance reimbursements
    Summary of the scope of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
    Standards of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
    Standards of plastic and aesthetic nursing practice
    Standards of professional performance for plastic and aesthetic nursing.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
  • Digital
    Amin Kalaaji, editor.
    Summary: Readers will discover the relatively new and rapidly growing field of regenerative surgery and fat grafting, valuable for numerous plastic surgery, reconstructive, and aesthetic/cosmetic essentials. Though many books have covered specific areas or topics in regenerative surgery, the market lacks a work that tackles the full spectrum of regenerative surgery and its clinical application. This book responds to that need and presents chapters written by the best: world-renowned surgeons in their field. After an introduction that reflects basic research, most of the book focuses on clinical experience as it relates to applied techniques of processing fat and on the different uses from head to toe. Readers will learn about the history of regenerative surgery, important definitions and background information, and the evidence supporting the use of regenerative surgery. Practitioners will also find valuable guidance regarding the application of stem cells, evaluation of patient needs, and operative techniques for fat transfer. Subsequent chapters address topics such as graft types, the skin, wound healing, scar treatment, osteoarthritis, burns, scleroderma, hair rejuvenation, facial enhancement combined with facelift, chin augmentation with fat, and breast argumentation or reconstruction with fat. Particular attention is paid to gluteal augmentation with fat, body contouring, genital male and female rejuvenation, and upper and lower extremity regenerative surgery. Surgical anatomy and complications treatment and prevention were emphasized when applied. This resulted is two volumes that encompass 125 chapters, with multiple figures, and video clips, written by 242 authors (including 72 female colleagues) from five continents. Highly informative and carefully structured, this book provides invaluable insight for beginners and experienced plastic surgeons alike, while benefitting advanced surgeons, specialists, and undergraduate and graduate students. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Introductory Part
    1. Evolving of concepts in fat grafting and Regenerative Surgery
    2. The Era of regenerative surgery
    3. Regenerative Surgery: Definitions and Background
    4. Current status on regenerative surgery
    5. Fluid balance, electrolytes, and anesthetic options in regenerative surgery and fat grafting
    6. Adipose Tissue Transplantation: Autologous versus cryopreserved (Frozen) versus heterologous. Present and future of fat transfer
    7. Comparison between fat and fillers
    Part II. Stem Cells and Clinical Path
    8. Features and biological properties of different adipose tissue based products. Milli-, Micro-, Emulsified (Nano-) fat, SVF and AD-multipotent mesenchymal stem cells
    9. Regenerative technologies and Adipose derived stem cells (ADSCs): regulatory, ethical and technical updates
    10. Stem Cell Research, Concepts, and Emerging Technologies
    11. Stem cells and their clinical applications
    12. Fat grafting, tissue banking and adipose stem cell therapies European regulatory status in 2021
    Part III. Operative Techniques for Fat Grafting
    13. Aesthetic Lipofilling: Trends, Patient needs and Assessment
    14. New perspective in Regenerative Surgery: The Acellular Adipose Matrix
    15. New strategies in Regenerative Medicine: The Bio-Active Composite Grafts
    16. Injectable Tissue Replacement and Regeneration- A New Standardized Fat Grafting Technique
    17. Novel strategies to improve graft survival and retention
    18. Impact of age, gender, body mass index, harvesting site, suction pressure, smoking, Diabetes, Systemic Lupus and other diseases on the regenerative properties of the grafted adipose tissue
    19. Fat Processing Methods
    20. Classification of Safe Autologous Fat Grafting: Quantity and Location Site
    21. Complications in Regenerative and Fat Transfer Surgery: Pathophysiology and Management with Technical Tips to Reduce Risk
    22. Fat grafting and Fat embolism. How to prevent, diagnose and treat
    23. Potentials and Limitations of the role of platelet rich plasma (PRP) in lipofilling. An evidence based approach
    24. The Role of Nurses in Fat Grafting Procedures: Planning, Preparation, and Implementation
    Part IV. Regenerative Surgery: Reconstructive Areas of Application
    25. Fat grafting as plastic surgeons' best friend: solving complex reconstructions problems with simple regenerative solutions
    26. Treatment of radiation-induced rectovaginal fistula: Safety and efficacy of fat grafting and stromal-vascular fraction injections
    27. Treatment of fibrotic radiotherapy damages in head & neck with fat grafting
    28. Vampire scar: outpatient quality improvement of scar regeneration with a composite approach with needling and PRP
    29. Post-Burn And Keloid Scar Treatment With Adipose Derived Stems Cells (ADSC)
    30. Treatment of chronic wounds with fat grafting and adipose-derived stromal-vascular fraction
    31. Fat grafting as an Ancillary treatment for burns and other complex wounds and their sequellae
    32. Treatment of scleroderma with Fat grafting, PRP and Adipose stem cells
    33. Scar modulations and maturation in post-burn scar contractures and skin grafts using autologous fat injections grafts
    34. Complex Regional Pain Syndrome and Steroid Atrophy Scar Retraction treatment with Adipose Grafting
    35. Acute Burns management. The current role of regenerative surgery and its challenges
    36. Regenerative surgery choices in Burns sequelae management
    37. Fat and stromal cells for acute burn treatment
    38. Physical therapies to improve fat grafting and regenerative surgery results in wound healing
    39. Combined fat, PRP and Laser for skin and soft tissues regeneration. Clinical applications
    40. Regenerative surgery and acellular dermal matrix as reconstructive surgical options in plastic surgery. Theoretical and practical basis
    41. The role of adipose tissue graft on nerve regeneration from the perspective of the adipose derived stem cell
    42. Cellular Optimized Nanofat for Microneedling and as a Unique Nanofat Biocreme
    Part V. Regenerative Surgery: Aesthetic Areas of Application, Hair
    43. Hair re-grow with Micrografts enriched with Human Follicle Mesenchymal Stem Cells and Platelet Rich Plasma
    44. The Efficacy of Platelet-Rich Plasma for Hair Loss: A Proven Therapy
    Part VI. Regenerative Surgery: Aesthetic Areas of Application, Skin
    45. The Process of Aging, State-of-the-art: Evidence Behind Regenerative Surgery
    46. Wrinkles: Etiology, Causes, treatment, and prevention
    47. Skin and Structural Aging in Patients of African Ethnicity. Features, management and the role of regenerative surgery
    48. The use of the fat grafting to improve skin quality
    Part VII. Regenerative Surgery Aesthetic and Reconstructive Areas of Application, Face
    49. Surgical anatomy in regenerative surgery of face, scalp and neck
    50. Facial Fat Grafting during Facelift Surgery
    51. Properly Diluted Fat (P.D.F.): A safer approach to periocular fat grafting
    52. Improved Facial Rejuvenation and Scar Regeneration by the Autologous Stemcell-Enriched Lipoconcentrate
    53. Aesthetic Chin augmentation with fat: Is there still a need for chin implants?
    54. Micro fat graft in facial rejuvenation
    55. Transgender Facial Aesthetics and Regenerative Techniques
    56. Posttraumatic contour deformities reconstruction and scars treatment with Microstructural and nano fat grafting in the face
    57. Nanofat grafting in facial rejuvenation: an innovative technique
    58. Parry- Romberg Syndrome treatment with Microstructural fat grafting of the face
    59. CORRECTION OF SECONDARY CRANIOSYNOSTOSIS DEFORMITIES WITH AUTOLOGOUS FAT
    60. The regenerative approach for the Management of severe dysphonia
    61. THE SAFE TREATMENT OF MILD VELOPHARYNGEAL INSUFFICIENCY (VPI) WITH AUTOLOGOUS FAT GRAFTING
    62. Degenerative retinopathy treatment with ADSC. Our experience
    Part VIII. Breast Augmentation and mastopexi with Fat
    63. Aesthetic Breast Augmentation Using Autologous Fat Grafting: Indications, Patient Assessment, and Comparison Between Different Processing Methods in 204 Cases
    64. New Trends in Breast Augmentation With Fat Grafting: Implant Conversion With Fat and Hybrid Implant-Fat Breast Augmentation
    65. Implant Conversion with fat grafting
    66. Composite Breast Augmentation with Implants and Fat Grafting
    67. Autologous Fat Grafting for breast augmentation in Asian women
    68. Improving Breast Footprint and Shape using Anchor Threads in Fat Grafting Breast Augmentation
    69. Breast augmentation with fat and threads using Power-Assisted Liposuction, Loops and Lipofilling (PALLL) technique
    70. Stromal Enriched Lipograft for Breast Augmentation
    71. Treatment of tuberous breast with fat
    72. Mastopexy with autoaugmentation and fat grafting
    73. Correction of severe congenital breast asymmetry in Poland syndrome and other breast asymmetries with autologous microstructural fat transfer and the combination of other techniques
    74. Inverted nipple correction with Central Tunnel Technique and fat grafting
    Part IX. Breast Reconstruction with Fat
    75. FAT GRAFTING FOR BREAST RECONSTRUCTION
    76. The Prepectoral, Hybrid Breast Reconstruction: the Synergy of Lipofilling and Breast Implants
    77. Breast reconstruction with inferior flap and fat transfer as curative treatment for BIA-ALCL
    78. Breast reconstruction with fat and threads using Power-Assisted Liposuction, Loops and Lipofilling (PALLL) technique
    79. Enhancing Flap breast reconstruction with percutaneous purse-string suture and fat grafting
    80. Lipomodeling for breast conservative treatment sequelae (precautions, indications, results)
    81. Lipomodelling as perfect complement to autologous latissimus dorsi flap breast reconstruction
    82. MaNAGEMENT OF SURGICAL DISASTERS AFTER BREAST IMPLANTS POSTMASTECTOMY RECONSTRUCTION: THE ROLE OF CONSERVATIVE HYBRID REGENERATION APPROACH (HRA)
    83. Revision surgery with fat grafting after implant and flap breast reconstruction
    84. Stem cell enriched fat injection in aesthetic, reconstructive breast surgery
    85. Safety of autologous fat transplantation in oncological postmastectomy breast reconstruction. A prospective study
    86. Oncologic safety of fat graft to the breast
    Part X. Gluteal Augmentation with Fat, Brazilian Butt Lift (BBL) and Related Body Contouring
    87. Gluteal Augmentation with Fat: Patient Assessment, Operative Technique and Safety Guidelines
    88. Artnatomy for advanced body contouring and Aesthetic balance between breast and body
    89. Gluteal augmentation with fat and threads using Power-Assisted Liposuction, Loops and Lipofilling (PALLL) technique
    90. Expansion Vibration Lipofilling (EVL) technique in Gluteal augmentation and waist feminization
    91. Gluteal augmentation: Avoidance of intramuscular injection using precise superficial fat graft technique
    92. Gluteal Augmentation Assisted by Stromal Enriched Lipograft
    93. Circumferential lipoabdominoplasty combined with Fat grafting the hips and buttocks
    94. MWL and post barriatric surgery patients: the role of fat grafting and regenerative surgery
    95. High Definition Abdominal Sculpting with Fat Grafting Highlights
    96. Safety for advanced body contouring: The darkest Hour
    Part XI. Genital Rejuvenation
    97. Surgical Anatomy of genital area to achieve Safety in fat grafting
    98. Quality of Life and Rejuvenation Techniques in Female Intimate Cosmetic Genital Surgery
    99. Fat grafting and Adipose Stem Cells to treat vulvar scarring and fibrosis post Female Genital Mutilation (FGM)
    100. The treatment of genital Vulvar and Penile Lichen Sclerosus with Autologous Fat Grafting
    101. Fat Grafting to Treat Vulvo-vaginal Stenosis
    102. Vulvovaginal rejuvenation by fat and stromal cells
    103. Fat grafting as a regenerative measu.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Adriana Cordova, Alessandro Innocenti, Francesca Toia, Massimiliano Tripoli.
    Summary: The thorax has a fundamental role in the aesthetic of the male body: congenital or acquired alterations are experienced as extremely frustrating clinical situations. Most breast surgery texts briefly mention gynecomastia, but no text comprehensively addresses the male breast and thorax, including reconstructive and cosmetic surgery and surgery in transgender patients. This gap is now thoroughly filled by Plastic and Cosmetic Surgery of the Male Breast: after introducing principles of anatomy and aesthetics for the male thorax, the first part focusses on the main congenital malformations and their treatment; the main benign acquired pathologies and their treatment (including an ample section dedicated to gynecomastia), the carcinoma of the male breast, with reference to familiar forms; the treatment of carcinoma and reconstruction of the thorax. The book closes with a chapter dedicated to breast surgery in transgender patients. While female breast surgery is increasingly practiced in specific Breast Units and highly specialized centers, male breast issues are treated in general and plastic surgeries units. This handy volume is a sound reference for the most complex clinical cases, and the latest reconstruction treatments for the male thorax and will be useful for general and thoracic surgeons, plastic surgeons and senologists.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Aesthetic Aspects of the Male Chest
    1 Arts and Aesthetics of Male Chest
    Part 2 Anatomy of the Male Chest
    2 Preoperative considerations on the thorax: Anatomy and Surgical Landmarks
    Part 3 Male Chest Congenital Pathologies
    3 Poland syndrome
    4 Pectus excavatum
    Pectus carenatum
    Part 4 Benign Pathologies of Male Breast
    6 Gynecomastia
    7 Gynecomastia after massive weight loss: reshaping with intercostal perforator flaps
    8 Male Tuberous Breast
    Part 5 Oncologic Pathologies of Male Breast
    9 Skin Tumors of the Male Chest
    10 Male Breast Cancer: Oncology
    11 Male Breast Cancer: Oncologic Surgery
    12 Male Breast Cancer: Reconstructive Surgery
    Part 6 Anterior Chest Wall Reconstruction
    13 Chest Fistula repair
    14 Reconstruction with Pedicled Flaps
    15 Reconstruction with Free Flaps
    Part 7 Feminization of the Male Chest
    16 Augmentation mammoplasty
    Part 8 Masculinization of the Female chest
    17 Masculinization of the Female chest. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Maria Z. Siemionow (ed.).
    Summary: With novel approaches to the application of new technologies via research based studies on stem cells, tissue engineering and new fields of reconstructive transplant (face, hand or larynx transplants), this book facilitates access to this latest knowledge which is not traditionally part of the plastic surgery curriculum. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery ? Experimental Models and Research Designs presents pertinent introductions to different fields (stem cell, transplantation, nerve regeneration, tissue engineering) and experimental models which can be used as a tool to develop technologies of interest by various groups of surgeons. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery ? Experimental Models and Research Designs benefits a range of surgeons, including plastic and reconstructive surgeons, microsurgeons, hand surgeons, orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons and transplant surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Microsurgery Models
    1. Microsurgery Techniques in Reconstructive Surgery
    2. Arterial and Venous Microanastomosis Models
    3. Lymphaticovenous Anastomosis Training Model in Rat
    4. Fallopian Tube Anastomosis
    5. Vasoepididymostomy Anastomosis
    6. The Microsurgical Groin Slin Flap in the Rat Model
    7. Free TRAM Flap Model
    Part 2. Microcirculation Models
    8. Application of Microcirculatory Models in Plastic Surgery Research
    9. Standard Cremaster Muscle Model for Ischemia Reperfusion
    10. Cremaster Muscle and Effect of Different Anesthetics
    11. Microcirculatory Shock Model
    12. Radiation and Microcirculation Models
    13. Microcirculation and Smoking
    14. Microcirculation Model for Invasive Animal Monitoring
    15. Cremaster Chamber Model
    16.Mouse Cremaster Muscle Allograft Model
    17. Microcirculation and Pace Therapy
    18. Microcirculation and Hypothermia Model.- Part 3. Transplantation Models
    19. Vascularized Composite Allotransplantation Models
    20. Rat Hind Cremaster Limb Allograft Model
    21. Limb and Microcirculation
    Cremaster Flap Model
    22. Bilateral Vascularized Composite Skin/Bone Transplantation Model
    23. Vascular Thymus and Hind Limb Allotransplantation Model
    24. Vascular Thymus Transplantation
    25. Vascularized Skin/Bone Transplantation Model
    26. Vascularized Bone-Femur Transplantation Model
    27. New Composite Tissue Allograft Model of Vascularized Bone Marrow Transplant: The Iliac Osteomyocutaneous Flap
    28. New Modification of the Oldest Flap in Rats to Increase Antigenixcity of Transplanted Skin: The Extended Groin Flap Model
    29. Combined Semimenbranosus Muscle and Epigastric Skin Flap Model
    30. Composite Osseomusculocutaneous Thymus, Allotransplantation Model
    31. Experimental Model for Monitoring of Composite Tissue Transplantation Induced Trauma
    32. Cryopreservation in Plastic Surgery: Our Experience and Review of the Literature
    33. A Xenotransplantation Model for Vascularized Composite Transplantation
    34. Full Face Transplant Model in Rats
    35. Hemiface Transplant Model
    36. Composite Hemiface/Calvarium Transplantation Model in Rat
    37. Maxilla Allograft Transplantation Model in Rat
    38. Composite Hemiface/Mandible/Tongue Allotransplantation Model in Rats
    39. Composite Osseomusculocutaneous Midface Allotransplantation Model with Motor and Sensory Units
    40. Transplantation of the Mystacial Pad
    41. Heterotopic Transplantation of Total Face/Scalp Flap
    42. Non-Invasive Monitoring of Skin-Containing Vascularized Composite Allotransplantation
    43. Abdominal Wall Transplant Models
    44. Penis Allotransplantation Model
    45. Composite Orbital and Periorbital Allotransplantation Model
    46. Ear Transplantation
    47. Heterotopic Vascularized Ovarian Autotransplantation Model in the Sheep
    48. Spleen Transplantation Model
    Part 4. Peripheral Nerve Surgery Models.- 49. A Contemporary Overview of Peripheral Nerve Research
    50. Epineural Sleeve End-to-End Repair
    51. Somatosensory Evoked Potential Model for Assessment of Nerve Regeneration
    52. Epineural Sleeve Nerve Grafting Technique
    53. Single Fascicle Graft Repair Mofel
    54. Nerve Decompression Models in Diabetic Rats
    55. Epineural Seath Grafts for Nerve Regeneration
    56. Epineural Tube Repair
    57. Tissue Engineered Conduit
    58. Venous Conduit as a Model for Nerve Regeneration
    59. DRG Decompression Model
    60. Epineural Patch Applications in Dorsal Root Ganglion Decompression Model
    61. Sheep as a Large Animal Model for Nerve Regeneration Studies
    62. Sciatic Nerve Crush Injury Model
    63. Crush Injury and Epineural Patch Model
    64. Neuroma Model
    65. Diabetic Rat Model
    66. Nerve Allograft Transplantation Review
    67. Nerve Allograft Transplantation Review
    Part 5. Microsurgical Robot Applications
    68. Application of the Microsurgical Robot RAMS in Microsurgery
    Part 6. Cellular Therapy Models
    69. Cellular Therapies in Vascularized Composite Allograft Transplantation- Review
    70. In Vivo Chimera Model by Chimera Creation
    71. Ex Vivo Chimera Model by Cell Fusion
    72. Cellular Therapies via Vascularized Bone Marrow Transplantation
    73. Cellular Therapies in Vascularized Composite Allograft
    74. Cellular Therapies in Post-Radiation Syndrome
    75. Cellular Therapies in Nerve Regeneration.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Viktor M. Grishkevich, Max Grishkevich.
    Summary: "This comprehensive atlas provides a step-by-step guide of new techniques in burn surgery and enables readers to identify the appropriate treatment plan and best possible procedure for each patient pre-surgery before delving into a variety of different surgical possibilities for treatment and recovery. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery of Burns - An Atlas of New Techniques and Strategies presents new solutions in plastic and reconstructive surgery for burns built upon tried and true techniques of contracture restoration using various flaps and skin grafts. Accompanying illustrations and schemes allow the reader to visualize the process from mapping, dissecting and closing the wound. Preoperative and postoperative results are compared, with extensive illustrations and pictures that cover areas of the body most commonly treated for burns including face, neck, breast, torso, arms, legs, hands, and feet. Outcomes of the surgeries including full functional and aesthetic restoration of treated patients are meticulously photographed and provided alongside each technique. New classifications are presented based on contracture anatomy which showcase the development of new flaps and techniques that elevate functional and aesthetic rehabilitation of burned patients to a new level. The culmination of the decades long career of renowned plastic surgeon, Viktor M. Grishkevich, many new and original techniques, currently unpublished in U.S. literature, are detailed in depth alongside techniques uniquely designed by Dr. Grishkevich and previously published around the world. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery of Burns - An Atlas of New Techniques and Strategies, has international reach and is meant for plastic and reconstructive surgeons with specialties inhand, maxillo-facial, facial, and ENT. Due to its detailed nature, the atlas is also appropriate for residents in the related fields of surgery as well."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    edited by George A. Sisson, M. Eugene Tardy, Jr.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD118.A1I6
    1
  • Digital
    Melvin A. Shiffman, Mervin Low, editors.
    Summary: This book deals with wound management in plastic surgery, orthopedics, ophthalmology and thoracic surgery. The first part provides information on the latest developments in orthopedic surgery, while the second addresses ophthalmology and wounds after e.g. cataract surgery or keratopathy. The third part, which exclusively focuses on wounds in plastic surgery, highlights recent results after microsurgical procedures and keloid reconstruction, but also after breast reconstruction and limb injuries. Lastly, the part on thoracic surgery informs the reader about sternotomy techniques and possible complications. Given it interdisciplinary approach, this book offers a valuable resource not only for plastic surgeons, but also for ophthalmologists, thoracic surgeons and orthopedic surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rommy von Bernhardi, Jaime Eugenín, Kenneth J. Muller, editors.
    Summary: A comprehensive overview of the many factors that can influence brain plasticity throughout the lifespan. Addresses perinatal plasticity, functional state plasticity, injury-induced plasticity, and stressor-induced plasticity. Because it looks at so many aspects of the field, this volume will serve as a great resource for students as well as researchers interested in expanding their knowledge. The volume comes out as an integrated view based in the expertise of Ibero American neuroscientists working in the field.

    Contents:
    1. What is neural plasticity?
    2. CREB at the crossroads of activity-dependent regulation of nervous system development and function
    3. Models of short-term synaptic plasticity
    4. Plasticity in the interoceptive system
    5. Learning as a functional state of the brain: studies in wild-type and transgenic animals
    6. Bidirectional effects of mother-young contact on the maternal and neonatal brains
    7. Prenatal stress and neurodevelopmental plasticity: relevance to psychopathology
    8. Early postnatal development of somastostatinergic systems in brainstem respiratory network
    9. Respiratory rhythm generation: the whole is greater than the sum of the parts
    10. The onset of the fetal respiratory rhythm: an emergent property triggered by chemosensory drive?
    11. Neurodevelopmental effects of serontonin on the brainstem respiratory network
    12. Neural network reconfigurations: changes of the respiratory network by hypoxia as an example
    13. Progenitors in the ependyma of the spinal cord: a potential resource for self-repair after injury
    I[subscript]KD current in cold transduction and damage-triggered cold hypersensitivity
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bruce A. Mast.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief: Rostam D. Farhadieh ; editors: Neil W. Bulstrode, Babak J. Mehrara, Sabrina Cugno.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    volume editor, Maurice Y. Nahabedian, editor-in-chief, Peter C. Neligan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    David H. Song MD, MBA, FACS and Peter C. Neligan MB, FRCS(I), FRCSC, FACS.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    editor in chief, Peter C. Neligan ; volume editor, Geoffrey C. Gurtner.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    volume editor, James Chang, editor-in-chief, Peter C. Neligan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Eduardo D. Rodriguez MD, DDS, Joseph E. Losee MD and Peter C. Neligan MB, FRCS(I), FRCSC, FACS
    Summary: Fully updated to meet the demands of the 21st-century surgeon, Craniofacial, Head and Neck Surgery and Pediatric Plastic Surgery, Volume 3 of Plastic Surgery, 4th Edition, provides you with the most current knowledge and techniques across your entire field, allowing you to offer every patient the best possible outcome. Access all the state-of-the-art know-how you need to overcome any challenge you may face and exceed your patients' expectations. Consult this title on your favorite e-reader, conduct rapid searches,

    Contents:
    pt. 1. Craniofacial, head and neck surgery
    pt. 2. Pediatrics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    volume editor, J. Peter Rubin, editor-in-chief, Peter C. Neligan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Albert S. Woo, Farooq Shahzad, Alison K. Snyder-Warwick ; executive editor, Timothy Hiscock ; managing editor, Elizabeth Palumbo ; editorial assistant, Mohammad Ibrar ; development, Cornelia Schulze ; production editor, Mason Brown ; president, Brian D. Scanlan.
    Summary: Focusing on the clinical information that must be mastered for success on oral board exams, Plastic Surgery Case Review presents 50 case studies, each of which highlights a specific topic that is frequently covered in the oral boards. It contains short, high-yield chapters that are designed to serve as a thorough yet quick review of pertinent information that physicians will encounter in the examination. Key Features: Each chapter begins with a case study that is modeled after the oral boards. Each case study includes: a description of the case and the work-up for similar scenarios, a discussi.

    Contents:
    Plastic Surgery Case Review: Oral Board Study Guide; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Preface; Acknowledgment; Contents; Contributors;
    Section I. Facial Fractures; 1. Zygoma Fractures; 2. Mandible Fractures; 3. Frontal Sinus Fractures; 4. Le Fort Fractures; 5. Pediatric Mandible Fractures;
    Section II. Face Cancer (Squamous Cell Carcinoma, Basal Cell Carcinoma, Melanoma, and Reconstruction (including Mohs Defects)); 6. Lip (Cancer and Reconstruction); 7. Nose (Cancer and Reconstruction); 8. Eyelid (Cancer and Reconstruction); 9. Ear (Cancer and Reconstruction). 10. Cheek (Cancer and Reconstruction)
    Section III. Face Congenital; 11. Unilateral Cleft Lip; 12. Bilateral Cleft Lip; 13. Cleft Palate; 14. Microtia;
    Section IV. Face Cosmetic; 15. Aging Face and Neck; 16. Aging Upper Face (Brow and Lids); 17. Lower Lid Ectropion (Cicatrical); 18. Lower Lid Ectropion (Senile or Paralytic); 19. Rhinoplasty; 20. Facial Paralysis;
    Section V. Foot and Lower Extremity Reconstruction; 21. OpenWound: Upper Third of Leg; 22. OpenWound: Middle Third of Leg; 23. OpenWound: Lower Third of Leg; 24. Foot and Ankle Reconstruction;
    Section VI. Breast. 25. Breast Cancer Reconstruction26. Tuberous Breast Deformity; 27. Breast Augmentation; 28. Mastopexy/Augmentation; 29. Breast Reduction; 30. Gynecomastia;
    Section VII. Trunk; 31. Ischial Pressure Sores; 32. Body Contouring after MassiveWeight Loss; 33. Major Liposuction; 34. AbdominalWall Defect; 35. Sternal Wound Infection; 36. Chest Wall Defect; 37. Perineal Reconstruction; 38. Abdominoplasty;
    Section VIII. Burn; 39. Acute Burn Injury; 40. Hand Burn; 41. Scalp Burn Reconstruction; 42. Neck Burn Contracture;
    Section IX. Hand; 43. Flexor Tendon Laceration; 44. Soft-Tissue Defect of the Hand. 45. Radial Nerve Injury; 46. Dupuytren Contracture; 47. Syndactyly; 48. Metacarpal and Phalangeal Fractures; 49. Carpal Tunnel Syndrome; 50. Tendon Transfers; Index.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Albert S. Woo, Reena A. Bhatt.
    Summary: "Plastic Surgery Case Review: Oral Board Study Guide, Second Edition by Albert S. Woo, Reena A. Bhatt, and esteemed contributors, features new cases in each chapter, as well as updated and expanded content. Like the widely acclaimed prior edition, the book is an excellent resource for plastic surgery residents and trainees of all skill levels, highlighting key adult and pediatric cases commonly featured on the plastic surgery oral board examination. The text is written in a "mock oral" format - designed to encourage critical thinking and analysis of case management - from initial workup to preventing key errors in judgment. Organized in 10 sections, the short, high-yield chapters provide a thorough yet quick review of the most pertinent information. The second edition features extensive updates including section restructuring, all new cases, and an additional section providing a more comprehensive review of plastic surgery. Each case includes high-quality photographs and one- to three-page descriptions including work-up, initial assessment, history, physical examination, diagnostic imaging, patient counseling, treatment, ethical considerations, potential complications, and critical errors. Key Highlights Additional topics include non-operative cosmetic techniques, Pierre Robin sequence, prominent ear deformity, giant congenital hairy nevus, male-to-female and female-to-male transgender, secondary breast deformities, electrical burns, degloving injury, traumatic amputation, and brachial plexus injury A concise, reader-friendly format ideal for learning core topics and prepping for the oral board exam quickly and efficiently High quality board examination-type case photographs, figures, and illustrations enhance visual learning and knowledge retention This is an essential resource for every plastic surgery resident looking to prepare for the oral boards, as well as medical students and trainees interested in developing a quick understanding of "bread and butter" plastic surgery topics. Albert S. Woo, MD, is Chief of Pediatric Plastic Surgery and Director of the Craniofacial Program, Division of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, The Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island, USA. Reena A. Bhatt, MD, is Associate Professor of Surgery (Hand and Microsurgery, General Reconstructive Plastic Surgery), Division of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, The Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island, USA"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Jamal M. Bullocks, Patrick W. Hsu, Shayan A. Izaddoost, Larry H. Hollier, Jr.
    Contents:
    Wound management
    Anesthesia and wound closure
    Pressure sores
    Bite wounds
    Burns and frostbite
    General assessment and management of facial trauma
    Facial lacerations
    Orbit and zygoma fractures
    Nasal and naso-orbital-Ethmoid (NOE) fractures
    Frontal sinus fractures
    Mandibular fractures
    Examination of hand injuries
    Anesthesia and splinting of the hand and wrist
    Hand and wrist fractures and dislocations
    Hand infections and injection injuries
    Hand and forearm tendon injuries
    Hand vascular injuries and digit amputations
    Upper extremity peripheral nerve injuries
    Upper extremity compartment syndrome
    Postoperative evaluation of free flap reconstructions
    The postoperative aesthetic patient
    Sternal wounds.
  • Digital
    Devra Becker.
    Contents:
    General approach to the oral board examination
    Preoperative assessment and perioperative management
    Deep venous thrombosis prophylaxis
    Postoperative events
    Free flap failure
    Fluid management
    Ethical considerations
    Skin cancer
    Reconstruction of the facial defect
    Aesthetic surgery for the aging face
    Facial trauma
    Breast reconstruction
    Elective breast surgery
    Back and trunk reconstruction
    Aesthetic body and trunk
    Pressure ulcers
    Traumatic hand injury
    Elective hand surgery
    Lower extremity reconstruction
    Lower extremity wounds
    Cleft lip and palate
    Craniosynostosis syndromes.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Gregory E. Lakin.
    Summary: "Plastic Surgery Review meets the need for a high-yield, compact review book for the plastic surgery in-service, written board, and maintenance of certification examinations. Its 50 chapters are organized into four sections tested by the plastic surgery in-service examination: comprehensive plastic surgery craniomaxillofacial surgery breast and cosmetic surgery hand and lower extremity. An outline format with bullet points, tables, figures, mnemonics, and references facilitates review and memorization. Invited expert reviewers ensure the material is accurate and up-to-date"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by David Bates and Nima Bassiri.
    Contents:
    Toward an ethnography of experimental psychology / Emily Martin
    "You are (not) your synapses" : toward a critical approach to neuroscience / Catherine Malabou
    Plasticity, pathology, and pleasure in cold war America / Cathy Gere
    Epileptic insanity and personal identity : John Hughlings Jackson and the Formations of the neuropathic self / Nima Bassiri
    Integrations, vigilance, catastrophe : the neuropsychiatry of aphasia in Henry Head and Kurt Goldstein / Stefanos Geroulanos and Todd Meyers
    The history of a brain wound : Alexander Luria and the dialectics of Soviet plasticity / Hannah Proctor and Laura Salisbury
    Automaticity, plasticity, and the deviant origins of artificial intelligence / David Bates
    Plastic diagrams : circuits in the brain and how they got there / Joseph Dumit
    Imperfect reflections : norms, pathology, and difference in mirror neuron research / Katja Guenther
    On how adult cerebral plasticity research has decoupled pathology from death / Tobias Rees.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Kunihiro Sakuma, editor.
    Contents:
    Pluripotent stem cells and skeletal muscle differentiation: challenges and immediate applications
    Role of the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway in skeletal muscle
    Stem cell therapy in muscle degeneration
    The autophagy-dependent signaling in skeletal muscle
    Cytokines in skeletal muscle growth and decay
    The role of ribosome biogenesis in skeletal muscle hypertrophy
    Comprehensive approach to sarcopenia and cachexia treatment
    The role and regulation of PGC-1[alpha] and PGC-1[beta] in skeletal muscle adaptation
    Characteristics of skeletal muscle as a secretory organ
    Biological role of TRPC1 in myogenesis, regeneration, and disease
    ROS and nNOS in the regulation of disuse-induced skeletal muscle atrophy
    Participation of AMPK in the control of skeletal muscle mass
    Therapeutic potential of skeletal muscle plasticity and slow muscle programming for muscular dystrophy and related muscle conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Theodore Eliades, George Eliades, editors.
    Summary: The polycarbonate products, adhesives, and composite resins used in dentistry may have the potential to release bisphenol-A (BPA). BPA is known to exert effects at very low doses and presents a risk to reproductive, neurological, behavioural, and metabolic development, however, the actual effects induced by dental materials have not been sufficiently covered and critically analyzed. Nevertheless, many practicing dentists will be confused by the occasionally contradictory and often misinterpreted evidence in the literature. This book therefore represents a timely and comprehensive review of our current knowledge of BPA release from dental polymers and the potential presence of endocrinological consequences. After a review of the history and evolution of the issue within the broader biomedical context, the estrogenicity of BPA is explained. The basic chemistry of the polymers used in dentistry is then presented in a simplified and clinically relevant manner. Key chapters in the book carefully evaluate the release of BPA from dental polymets and the estrogenicity of these materials. Currently available evidence on the potential estrogenic action of dental composites, sealants, and adhesives is presented, and the exaggerated conclusions of various methodological protocols are assessed. The entire dental community will find this book to be an invaluable aid to safe practice.

    Contents:
    Endocrine Disruptors (Xenoestrogens): An Overview
    Analytical Methods for Determination of Bisphenol A
    In Vitro Assay Systems for the Assessment of Oestrogenicity
    BPA Effects In Vivo: Evidence from Animal Studies
    BPA and Dental Materials
    Bisphenol A and Orthodontic Materials.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vinny R. Sastri.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Regulations for medical devices and application to plastics suppliers : history and overview
    3. Materials used in medical devices
    4. Material requirements for plastics used in medical devices
    5. Polymer additives used to enhance material properties for medical device applications
    6. Commodity thermoplastics : polyvinyl chloride, polyolefins, and polystyrene
    7. Engineering thermoplastics : acrylics, polycarbonates, polyurethanes, polyacetals, polyesters, and polyamides
    8. High-temperature engineering thermoplastics : polysulfones, polyimides, polysulfides, polyketones, liquid crystalline polymers, and fluoropolymers
    9. Other polymers : styrenics, silicones, thermoplastic elastomers, biopolymers, and thermosets
    10. Purchasing controls and supplier quality for medical device manufacturers and their suppliers
    11. Process validation for medical device manufacturers and their suppliers.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Neil S. Sadick, editor.
    Summary: This book details the uses of platelet-rich plasma (PRP) techniques for dermatologic purposes and describes the techniques and protocols for its application in clinical practice. Concise and practical, this reference covers not only the procedural steps in collecting PRP from a patient, but also applications in wound healing, hair loss, skin rejuvenation, scarring, and face and body augmentation. It addresses the issues that are caused by fad procedures, such as the "Vampire Facelift," and emphasizes the importance of reliable information in these cases. Chapters are supplemented with multimedia including high-quality images, illustrations, and an instructional video. Platelet-Rich Plasma in Dermatologic Practice is written for clinicians in practice looking to offer alternatives to more invasive aesthetic surgery techniques.

    Contents:
    1.Biology of Platelet Rich Plasma
    2. Platelet Rich Plasma Preparation Methodologies
    3. Platelet-Rich Plasma for Skin Rejuvenation
    4. Platelet-Rich Plasma for Wound Healing
    5. Platelet-Rich Plasma for Hair Loss
    6. PRP for Scarring and Striae
    7. Platelet-Rich Plasma for Dermal Augmentation of the Face and Body
    8. Combination Therapies for PRP
    9. Controversies in PRP.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Elie M. Ferneini, Regina Landesberg, Steven Halepas, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the use of platelet rich plasma (PRP), typically by injection, and its usage across medical disciplines. This multi-authored, multi-institutional, and multi-specialty based text is designed to guide health care providers in the varied uses of PRP -- starting from its history and preparation and moving through a variety of disciplines to illustrate how PRP can help healing. Clinical Applications of Platelet Rich Plasma in Medicine is divided into three sections: The first gives an overview of the basic science of PRP; the second provides a detailed overview of the clinical indications of PRP; and the third section discusses potential complications in conjunction with relevant case studies. It will feature a wealth of images and diagrams to illustrate best practices in using PRP. Written to be used by oral and maxillofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, cosmetic surgeons, otolaryngologists, dentists, orthopedic surgeons, and general surgeons to name a few, this book will provide an evidence-based approach to using PRP in practice. The editors have extensive academic experience and have authored multiple scientific publications, while the contributions included in the text have been written by experts and leaders in the fields touched upon in the book.

    Contents:
    Section I: Basic Science of PRP
    1. History of PRP
    2. PRP Science
    3. PRP Preparation
    4. PRF vs. PRP
    Section II: Clinical Applications of PRP
    5. PRP in Sports Medicine
    6. PPR in Wound healing
    7. PRP in Hair restoration
    8. PRP in Facial Rejuvenation
    9. PRP in Oral Surgery
    10. PRP in Dental Implants
    11. PRP with bone grafting/periodontal surgery
    12. PRP in Veterinary Medicine
    13. Stem cell and PRP
    Section III: Complications and Relevant Cases
    14. Complications
    15. Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Nicola Maffulli, editor.
    Contents:
    Contents and Formulations of Platelet Rich Plasma
    Platelet-Rich Plasma in Pain Medicine
    PRP: Tips for Application in the Musculoskeletal System
    PRP in Tendons and Other Non-bone Tissues
    Platelet Rich Plasma in Articular Cartilage Lesions
    Platelet-Rich Plasma in Knee Osteoarthritis in the Athlete
    Platelet Rich Plasma in Foot and Ankle Surgery
    Platelet Rich Plasma for Biological Therapy: Applications and Limits
    The Systemic Effects of Platelet-Rich Plasma
    Potential Links Between Tendon Pathology and Platelet Rich Plasma Biology.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Eduardo Anitua, Ramón Cugat, Mikel Sánchez, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pamela Meersand, Karen J. Gilmore.
    Contents:
    Why play therapy? Introduction to the psychodynamic treatment of young children
    Play, playfulness, and the sequence of play forms in development
    Pretend play
    Play in the digital age
    Basic psychodynamic concepts and their use in play therapy
    Therapeutic action and the multiple functions of play therapy
    Play and developmental psychopathology, deprivation, or disability
    The logistics: planning a practice and arranging for office space
    Getting started, creating an alliance and facilitating play
    Working with parents over the course of treatment
    Deepening play therapy via verbalizing inner states, expanding narratives and working with transference and defense
    Ending play therapy and the process of termination
    Play therapy, variations in development and serious psychopathology.
  • Print
    written and gathered by adrienne maree brown.
    Summary: "How do we make social justice the most pleasurable human experience? How can we awaken within ourselves desires that make it impossible to settle for anything less than a fulfilling life? Author and editor Adrienne Maree Brown finds the answer in something she calls "pleasure activism," a politics of healing and happiness that explodes the dour myth that changing the world is just another form of work. Drawing on the black feminist tradition, she challenges us to rethink the ground rules of activism. Her mindset-altering essays are interwoven with conversations and insights from other feminist thinkers, including Audre Lorde, Joan Morgan, Cara Page, Sonya Renee Taylor, and Alexis Pauline Gumbs. Together they cover a wide array of subjects -- from sex work to climate change, from race and gender to sex and drugs -- building new narratives about how politics can feel good and how what feels good always has a complex politics of its own."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    section 1. Who taught you to feel good?: Uses of the erotic / by Audre Lorde ; The legacy of "Uses of the erotic" : a conversation with Cara Page ; A spoilerific gush on how Octavia Butler turns me on ; Love as political resistance ; The sweetness of salt / by Alexis Pauline Gumbs ; Why we get off / by Joan Morgan ; A pleasure philosophy : a conversation with Ingri LaFleur
    section 2. The politics of radical sex: Pussy power / by Favianna Rodriguez ; Sex ed : a poem ; Wherein I write about sex
    section 3. A circle of sex: Conversation with a sex toy ; Sex majik (no one told me to do it) ; Nipples are magic ; It's bloody fantastic ; Fucking/having sex/making love ; The highs, lows, and blows of having casual sex ; Confessions of a queer sex goddess ; Are you there, goD? It's me, Day / by Holiday Simmons ; Feelmore : a conversation with Nenna Joiner ; Bodyminds reimagined : a conversation with Sami Schalk ; Fuck you, pay me / by Chanelle Gallant ; A timeline/tutorial on squirting
    sub-section: Skills for sex in the #MeToo era: From #MeToo to #WeConsent ; It's about your game ; It's time to reclaim our skin ; I want you, but I'm triggered ; Strategic celibacy ; Liberating your fantasies ; Pornography and accountability ; Use your voice
    section 4: The politics of radical drug use: Weed on, weed off ; Conditions of possibility : a conversation with Monique Tula ; Experiments in cannabis for the collective / by Malachi Garza ; Ecstasy saved my life
    section 5. Pleasure as political practice: sub-section: The politics of healing toward pleasure: Feeling from within ; Black woman wildness / by Junauda Petrus ; Beyond trans desire / by micha cárdenas ; Pleasure after childhood sexual abuse / by Amita Swadhin ; Fuck cancer : a conversation with Alana Devich Cyril ; Care as pleasure / by Leah Lakshmi Peipzna-Samarasinha ; sub-section: The politics of wholeness in movements: The pleasure of living at the same time as Beyoncé Giselle Knowles-Carter ; On fear, shame, death, and humor : a conversation between the Rocca family and Zizi ; The power to make light : a conversation with Dallas Goldtooth
    Fly as hell : a conversation with Sonya Renee Taylor ; On the pleasures of wardrobe : a conversation of Maori Holmes ; Adornment and burlesque : a conversation with Taja Lindley ; Burlesque and liberation / by Michi Osato and Una Osato ; Working the pole : a conversation with Suguey Hernandez ; Pleasure over sixty : a conversation with Idelisse Malave and Alta Starr ; The work of parenting / by Autumn Brown ; Raising sexually liberated kids / by Janine de Novais ; Tips for raising sexually liberated kids / by Zahra Ali ; subsection: The politics of liberated relationships: Radical gratitude spell ; Liberated relationships, expanded ; On nonmonogamy ; Being second ; The pleasure of deep, intentional friendship : a conversation with Dani McClain and Jodie Tonita ; Principles in practice
    section 6. Outro, thank yous: Outro ; Gratitude.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BJ1481 .B76 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Claudio Sorino, David Feller-Kopman, and Giampietro Marchetti.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Gerd Plewig, Bodo Melnik, WenChieh Chen.
    Summary: This book is a richly illustrated account of the clinical features, microscopic anatomy, and management of acne, acne-like disorders, and rosacea. The coverage includes all aspects of these diseases, from physiology to pathology, bacteriology, and endocrinology; special emphasis is placed on histopathology. Moreover, the full spectrum of pharmacological and physical methods of controlling the disorders are critically examined and the widely experienced team of authors present in detail their personal strategies for successful treatment. Since it was first published, Acne and Rosacea has become a well-known classic. This fourth edition has been completely revised and updated, with entirely new chapters on topics such as etiopathogenesis, auto-inflammatory acne syndromes, the role of nutrition, and novel therapies. The text is supplemented by selected references and a wealth of clinical and histopathological pictures, including additional high-definition photographs. The book is designed for all those physicians - dermatologists, general practitioners, pediatricians, gynecologists, pharmacologists, and surgeons - who must identify and treat the many different forms of acne and rosacea.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Fourth Edition; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Authors;
    1: Pilosebaceous Follicles: Structure, Biochemistry, and Function; 1.1 Anatomy of Follicles; 1.1.1 Terminal Hair Follicles; 1.1.2 Vellus Hair Follicles; 1.1.3 Sebaceous Follicles; 1.2 Sebaceous Glands; 1.3 Sebaceous Gland Functions; 1.4 Sebaceous Lipids and Normal Sebum; 1.5 Facial Pores; 1.6 The Pilosebaceous Unit: The Stage Setting; 1.7 Sebaceous Follicles of the Back and Face; 1.8 A Descent into Follicles; 1.9 Comparative Anatomy of the Face and Back 1.10 Follicular Filaments and Microcomedones1.11 Scanning Electron Microscopic Overview of a Sebaceous Follicle; 1.12 Sampling of Follicles by the Cyanoacrylate Technique; 1.13 Noninvolved Skin of an Acne Patient: A Horizontal View; 1.14 Large Sebaceous Glands in Acne Patients; 1.15 The Sebaceous Filament; 1.16 Comparative Ultrastructure of the Acroinfundibulum and the Infrainfundibulum; 1.17 The Appearances of Sebum; 1.18 The Microflora of Acne; Bibliography;
    2: Acne Epidemiology and Genetics; 2.1 Prevalence of Acne; 2.1.1 Adolescent Acne; 2.1.2 Postadolescent Acne 2.19 Proline-Serine-Threonine Phosphatase-Interacting Protein 12.20 l-Selectin; 2.21 TP53; Bibliography;
    3: Acne Pathogenesis; 3.1 Acne Sebum; 3.2 Acne Lipidomics; 3.3 SREBP1c: Key Promoter of Acne Sebum; 3.4 Propionibacterium acnes (P. acnes); 3.5 Acne Microbiome; 3.6 P. acnes Biofilm; 3.7 Virulence Factors; 3.8 P. acnes Biofilm and Disturbed Follicular Keratinization; 3.9 Comedogenesis; 3.10 Sebofollicular Inflammation; 3.11 Follicular and Comedonal Flora; 3.12 Internal Structures of Old Open Comedones; 3.13 Follicular Fluorescence; 3.14 The Life History of the Comedo
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Walter A. Orenstein, Paul A. Offit, Kathryn M. Edwards, Stanley A. Plotkin.
    Summary: "From the latest vaccination evidence, recommendations, and protocols . . . to new vaccine development and the use of vaccines in reducing disease, Plotkin’s Vaccines, 8th Edition, covers every aspect of vaccination. Now completely revised and updated from cover to cover, this award-winning text continues to provide reliable information from global authorities, offering a complete understanding of each disease, as well as the latest knowledge of both existing vaccines and those currently in research and development. Described by Bill Gates as "an indispensable guide to the enhancement of the well-being of our world," Plotkin’s Vaccines is a must-have reference for current, authoritative information in this fast-moving field." -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Jerome B. Posner, Clifford B. Saper, Nicholas D. Schiff, and Jan Claassen.
    Summary: The fifth edition of 'Plum and Posner's Diagnosis and Treatment of Stupor and Coma' provides a comprehensive overview of the theory behind regulation of consciousness in humans, the mechanisms of loss of consciousness clinically, and the examination and diagnosis of the cause of loss of consciousness in patients. New sections provide the latest information on the treatment of comatose patients, brain death, recovery from structural coma, and the ethics of dealing with comatose patients.

    Contents:
    Pathophysiology of signs and symptoms of coma
    Examination of the comatose patient
    Structural causes of stupor and coma
    Specific causes of structural coma
    Metabolic and diffuse encephalopathies: disruption of the internal milieu
    Psychogenic unresponsiveness
    Initial management of patients with stupor and coma
    Management of frequently encountered causes of unconsciousness
    Prognosis in coma and related disorders of consciousness and mechanisms underlying outcomes
    Brain death.
    Digital Access Oxford 2019
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB150.C6 P55 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Sharon M. Weinstein, Mary E. Hagle ; acquisitions editor, Shannon Magee ; product development editor, Ashley Fischer ; production project manager, David Saltzberg ; design coordinator, Stephen Druding.
    Summary: This reference covers basic and advanced infusion procedures, as well as current Infusion Nurses' Society standards of practice.

    Contents:
    History of infusion therapy
    Minimizing risk and enhancing performance
    Nursing role and responsibilities
    Standards of practice
    Nurse and patient education
    Anatomy and physiology applied to infusion therapy
    Diagnostic testing and values
    Fluid and electrolyte balance
    Principles of parenteral administration
    Complications and nursing interventions
    Evidence-based infusion practice
    Infusion delivery systems and safety
    Peripheral venous access
    Central venous access
    Expanded approaches to access and monitoring
    Parenteral nutrition
    Blood and component therapy
    Pharmacology applied to infusion therapy
    Antineoplastic therapy
    Pain management
    Pediatric infusion therapy
    Infusion therapy in an older adult
    Infusion therapy across the continuum of care
    The future of infusion nursing : a global approach.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Kapil Bharti, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses applications of pluripotent stem cells to study eye disease in vitro and to create novel therapies for degenerative eye diseases. Chapters are contributed by experts in the field and cover such topics as the use of pluripotent stem cells in 2D and 3D engineering of ocular tissues for disease modelling and drug testing as well as approaches to replace degenerated RPE and photoreceptors in macular degeneration and retinitis pigmentosa. Pluripotent Stem Cells in Eye Disease Therapy presents a comprehensive discussion of basic science and clinical applications and is an indispensable resource for everyone from advanced graduate students to advanced professionals who want to learn about the potential of stem cell biology and its role in the field of retinal diseases.

    Contents:
    Pluripotent Stem Cells to Model Degenerative Retinal Diseases: The RPE perspective
    Utility of induced pluripotent stem cell-derived retinal pigment epithelium for an in vitro model of proliferative vitreoretinopathy
    Developing cell-based therapies for RPE-associated degenerative eye diseases
    Pluripotent Stem Cell derived 3D Ocular Tissue Transplantation
    role of immune system in cell integration
    Use of Stem Cells to model optic nerve degeneration diseases
    Surgical approaches for RPE/retina
    3D Engineering Ocular Tissues for Disease Modeling and Drug Testing
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Susan S. Adler, Dominiek Beckers, Math Buck.
    Summary: PNF (Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation) is a concept to therapeutic exercise which therapists all over the world have found effective for treating patients with a wide range of diagnoses. The approach presented in this richly illustrated guide is based on the concepts set out by Dr. Herman Kabat and taught by Margaret Knott. The fully revised fourth edition demonstrates how the principles of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) and aspects of motor learning and motor control (from hands-on to hands-off management) are applied in modern PNF evaluation and treatment. A new fresh fully-coloured design and layout highlights the clearly structured way in which philosophy, basic procedures and treatment patterns of PNF are based. New for this edition -Fully revised introductory chapter on the PNF basics, now including discussion and demonstration of ICF and Motor Learning aspects in detailed case study. -Throughout chapters, new additional case studies that help visualize the application of PNF applications in promoting the patients everyday-life motor skills on activity and participation levels.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic Procedures for Facilitation
    Techniques
    Patient Treatment
    Patterns of Facilitation
    The Scapula and Pelvis
    The Upper Extremity
    The Lower Extremity
    The Neck
    The Trunk
    Mat Activities
    Gait Training
    Vital Functions
    Activities of Daily Living
    Test Your knowledge: Questions and Answers
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 201e
  • Digital
    Dominiek Beckers, Math Buck.
    Summary: This book teaches you step by step all aspects of Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation. It ranges from neurophysiological basics to diagnostic findings, treatment techniques and PNF patterns. The goal is to make you an expert in this established method. In this book you will find: Basics of PNF, including PNF philosophy, ICF model, motor learning and much more PNF patterns and their functional application explained precisely and comprehensibly Over 640 color illustrations show all important techniques and treatment steps Treatment examples and numerous practical tips for uncomplicated implementation in everyday therapy Questions at the end of each chapter to monitor your learning success New in the 5th edition: Completely updated, introduction of the International PNF Association, additional applications and patient examples A must-have for everyone who wants to learn or already uses PNF! About the authors: Math Buck is Physical Therapist since 1972. He has been working for over 40 years with patients with predominantly spinal neurological symptoms. He has been an IPNFA instructor since 1984 and has taught many PNF courses. Dominiek Beckers completed a Master's degree in physiotherapy, movement science and rehabilitation at the University of Leuven in Belgium. He has been working as a physiotherapist since 1975 and as an IPNFA instructor since 1984.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic Principles and Procedures for Facilitation
    PNF Techniques
    Patient Assessment and Treatment
    Patterns of Facilitation
    The Scapula and Pelvis
    The Upper Extremity
    The Lower Extremity
    The Neck
    The Trunk
    Mat Activities
    Gait Training
    Vital Functions
    Activities of Daily Living
    Test Your knowledge: Questions and Answers
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Sarah Wakeman, Joshua D. Lee and Anika Alvanzo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library
    LWW Health Library
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Richard D. Urman, Jesse M. Ehrenfeld.
    Contents:
    Preoperative Patient Evaluation
    Pharmacology: Inhaled Anesthetics
    Non-Inhaled Anesthetics
    Analgesics
    Local Anesthetics
    Neuromuscular Blocking Drugs and Reversal Agents
    Vasoactive, Autonomic, and Cardiovascular Drugs
    Pharmacology: Antibiotics and Herbal Medicines
    Other Drugs Relevant to Practice of Anesthesia
    Anesthesia Equipment
    Airway Management
    Anesthesia Techniques
    Regional Anesthesia
    Perioperative Monitoring
    Ventilation Techniques
    Fluids, Electrolytes, & Transfusion Therapy
    Common Intraoperative Problems
    Procedures in Anesthesia
    Acute Pain Management
    PACU Management and Discharge
    Complications of Anesthesia
    Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
    Trauma, Burn, and Critical Care Management
    Anesthesia for Cardiac Surgery
    Anesthesia for Thoracic Surgery
    Anesthesia for General Surgery
    Anesthesia for Bariatric Surgery
    Anesthesia for Vascular Surgery
    Anesthesia for Neurologic Surgery, Neuroradiology, and ECT
    Anesthesia for Otolaryngology (ENT) and Ophthalmology
    Renal System and Anesthesia for Urologic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Orthopedic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Endocrine Surgery
    Anesthesia for Obstetric and Gynecologic Surgery
    Pediatric Anesthesia
    Ambulatory Anesthesia
    Anesthesia for Aesthetic Surgery & Surgery Outside of the Operating Room
    Chronic Pain Management
    Organ Transplantation
    Anesthesia for the Elderly
    Electrocardiogram (ECG) Interpretation
    Ethical Issues & Event Disclosure
    Emergency Algorithms
    Common Medical Phrases in Spanish.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Richard D. Urman, Jesse M. Ehrenfeld.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Thomas Boehmeke, Ralf Doliva.
    Contents:
    Imaging and patient position
    Transducer and imaging planes
    Parasternal long-axis view
    Parasternal short-axis view
    Apical windows
    Suprasternal window
    Subcostal window
    M-mode echocardiography
    Doppler echocardiography
    Valvular heart disease
    Coronary heart disease
    Cardiomyopathies
    Prosthetic valves
    Carditis
    Septal defects
    Hypertensive heart diseases
    Intracardiac masses.
  • Digital
    George Laskaris.
    Summary: "The complete pictorial guide to oral diseases, a pocket-sized bestseller now in its third edition! A derivative of Prof. Laskaris' best-selling hardcover atlas, the Pocket Atlas of Oral Diseases provides complete information on the diagnosis and treatment of an exhaustive variety of oral diseases. The work is a practical interdisciplinary pocket reference for dentists, dermatologists, otolaryngologists, primary care practitioners, and dental and medical students. Highlights include: Full coverage of both local and systemic oral diseases and conditions; Complete lists of laboratory tests, differential diagnoses, and concise treatment guidelines for all conditions; Consistently structured headings to cover each condition: definition, etiology, clinical features, lab tests, differential diagnosis, and treatment; Exquisite, high-resolution color photographs and concise texts that lead the reader through the diagnostic process Among the revisions in the new edition are: Over 40 new disease entities and a new chapter have been added; The pictorial material has been renewed and enriched at a level of 95% with high-standard color images. An introduction to Oral Medicine and a schematic classification of oral diseases in the form of a tree have been added. George Laskaris' Pocket Atlas of Oral Diseases is a superb reference work of invaluable practical use to any clinician involved in the oral cavity"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    White lesions
    Red lesions
    Black and brown lesions
    Vesiculobullous lesions
    Ulcerative lesions
    Papillary lesions
    Gingival enlargement
    Soft-tissue tumors
    Soft-tissue cysts
    Bone swellings
    Neck swellings
    Lip disorders
    Tongue disorders.
  • Digital
    Torsten B. Moeller, Emil Reif.
    Summary: "This comprehensive, easy-to-consult pocket atlas is renowned for its superb illustrations and ability to depict sectional anatomy in every plane. Together with its two companion volumes, it provides a highly specialized navigational tool for all clinicians who need to master radiologic anatomy and accurately interpret CT and MR images. Special features of Pocket Atlas of Sectional Anatomy: - Didactic organization in two-page units, with high-quality radiologic images on one side and brilliant, full-color diagrams on the other - Hundreds of high-resolution CT and MR images, many made with the latest generation of scanners (e.g., 3T MRI, 64-slice CT) - Consistent color coding, making it easy to identify similar structures across several slices - Concise, easy-to-read labeling of all figures. Updates for the 4th edition of Volume I: - New cranial CT imaging sequences of the axial and coronal temporal bone - Expanded MR section, with all new 3T MR images of the temporal lobe and hippocampus, basilar artery, cranial nerves, cavernous sinus, and more - New arterial MR angiography sequences of the neck and additional larynx images Compact, easy-to-use, highly visual, and designed for quick recall, this book is ideal for use in both the clinical and study settings. Volume I: Head and Neck Volume II: Thorax, Heart, Abdomen, and Pelvis, ISBN 978-3-13-125604-1 Volume III: Spine, Extremities, Joints, ISBN 978-3-13-143171-4 Torsten B. Moeller, MD, and Emil Reif, MD, Department of Radiology, Marienhaus Klinikum Saarlouis-Dillingen, Dillingen/Saarlouis, Germany"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    V. 1 : Head and neck
    v. 2. Thorax, heart, abdomen, and pelvis
    v. 3. Spine, extremities, joints.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme MedOne Education
  • Digital
    Kern Singh, Alexander R. Vaccaro.
    Contents:
    Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion
    Anterior cervical corpectomy and fusion
    Open posterior cervical foraminotomy
    Minimally invasive posterior cervical foraminotomy
    Posterior laminoplasty with instrumentation
    Posterior laminectomy and fusion
    Occipitocervical fusion
    Thoracic pedicle screw placement
    Minimally invasive thoracic corpectomy
    Percutaneous vertebral cement augmentation
    Open laminectomy and discectomy
    Open posterolateral lumbar fusion
    Minimally invasive lumbar exposure
    Minimally invasive laminectomy
    Minimally invasive far lateral discectomy
    Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF)
    Mini-open pedicle screw placement
    Percutaneous pedicle screw placement
    Extreme (Extreme) lateral interbody fusion
    Minimally invasive lumbar corpectomy
    Anterior lumbar interbody fusion.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Sara Hylwa, Elisabeth Hurliman, Jing Liu, Erin Luxenberg, Christina Boull.
    Summary: This pocketbook offers a quick one-stop reference for dermatologists and the dermatology resident. The pocketbook is written by dermatologists for dermatologists. It is full of essential dermatologic "pearls" in easy access, high yield format, delivering the must know essentials for hospital and clinic based dermatology. Tables and bulleted format help access crucial information quickly and there will be space for added notes for clinicians to personalize and enhance their pocketbook. Pocket Dermatology is a must-have resource for dermatology residents, dermatologists in clinic and on call who are supervising medical students or residents, and physicians who have patients with dermatologic concerns who will be consulting a dermatologist.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Biopsy Kits, Methods, and Guidelines Photodocumentation of the Skin
    Chapter 2 Anatomy
    Chapter 3 General Dermatology
    Chapter 4 Pediatric Dermatology
    Chapter 5 Surgical Dermatology
    Chapter 6 Cosmetic Dermatology
    Chapter 7 Contact Dermatology
    Chapter 8 Dermatopharmacology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Erica Ashley Morse, Graham Ingalsbe, Amy Follmer Hildreth, David Silvestri ; edited by Richard D. Zane, Joshua M. Kosowsky.
    Contents:
    I: Cardiovascular
    II: Pulmonary
    III: Gastrointestinal
    IV: Infectious disease
    V: Neurology
    VI: Renal and genitoruinary
    VII: Obgyn
    VIII: Dermatology
    IX: Endocrine and metabolic
    X: Environmental
    XI: Hematology and oncology
    XII: Musculoskeletal and rheumatological
    XIII: Otolaryngology/dental/ophthalmology
    XIV: Pediatrics
    XV: Psychiatric patient
    XVI: Toxicology
    XVII: Airway management
    XVIII: Trauma
    XIX: appendix.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Richard D. Zane, Joshua M. Kosowsky.
    Summary: "Pocket-sized and easy to use, Pocket Emergency Medicine, 5th Edition, provides accurate, actionable, and up-to-date information essential to caring for patients in life-threatening situations. Edited by Drs. Richard D. Zane and Joshua M. Kosowsky, this resource is designed to be used at the bedside by clinicians on the front lines of emergency care. A volume in the popular Pocket Notebook series, it organizes chapters by presenting condition and supports the thought processes needed to hone everyday diagnostic decision making"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
  • Digital
    by David A. Bradt, Christina M. Drummond.
    Summary: The Pocket Field Guide for Disaster Health Professionals: Missioncraft in Disaster Relief is a disaster management toolkit containing briefing checklists, systems profiles, assessment forms, reporting templates, project management worksheets, and other tools required in the field. It also provides mission-critical technical reference information adapted from internationally recognized sources. "Missioncraft" is the art and science of preparing and conducting effective field operations. This Field Guide enables disaster health professionals to collect and analyze critical information and then implement high-impact interventions in field settings. Tools and reference information are structured in a concise, comprehensive, structured format. Sections are arranged in logical order of relief operations to facilitate application in key field activities. These activities include: Field briefing Field assessment Field recommendations Field reporting Field project and staff management Medical coordination The Pocket Field Guide for Disaster Health Professionals is an authoritative resource for field-based clinical and public health providers responsible for health outcomes of disaster-affected populations; team leaders and medical coordinators in governmental, non-governmental, Red Cross, and UN agencies; information and program staff supporting technical best practices in relief operations; and, trainers preparing health professionals for field missions.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section 1: Field Briefing
    Section 2: Field Assessment
    Section 3: Field Recommendations
    Section 4: Field Reporting
    Section 5: Field Project and Staff Management
    Section 6: Medical Coordination
    Section 7: Technical Annexes
    Section 8: Resilience and Reentry
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Rock G. Positano, DPM, MSc, MPH, Christopher W. DiGiovanni, MD, Andrew J. Rosenbaum, MD, Ronald L. Soave, DPM, FACFAS, Norman A. Wortzman, DPM, FACFAOM.
    Contents:
    General considerations
    The forefoot
    Nerve disorder
    Plantar heel pain
    Soft tissue disorders of the foot and ankle
    Arthritis
    Derformity
    Sport Medicine
    Trauma
    Diabetes
    Pediatrics
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Petros Levounis, M .D., M.A., Erin Zerbo, M.D., Rashi Aggarwal, M.D.
    Summary: Twenty concise chapters accessibly address a broad spectrum of topics, including the fundamentals of addiction; specific substances and addictive behaviors, including gambling disorder; and treatment approaches, including special issues with psychiatric and medical comorbidities.

    Contents:
    Neurobiology of addiction from reward to relief : the complex neuroadaptations underlying addiction
    Addiction assessment across settings of care : approaches for the twenty-first-century / Mirela Feurdean
    Dsm-5 diagnosis and toxicology / Petros Levounis, Lindsay Lynch
    Alcohol / Faye Chao, Nauman Ashraf
    Anabolic-androgenic steroids / Cheryl A. Kennedy, Tshering Bhutia
    Benzodiazepines / Vicki Kalira
    Caffeine / Grace Hennessy
    Cannabis / Michael A. Ketteringham
    Hallucinogens and dissociative drugs / C. Alexander Paleos
    Inhalants / Abigail J. Herron
    Opioids / Erin Zerbo, Rashi Aggarwal
    Stimulants / Douglas Opler, Shaojie Han
    Tobacco / Timothy Koehler Brennan, Annie Levesque, Caylin Riley
    Behavioral addictions : focus on gambling disorder / Timothy Fong
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy / Adam R. Demner
    Relapse prevention / Bernadine Han, Jonathan Avery
    Motivational interviewing / John Douglas
    Twelve-step programs and spirituality / J. David Stiffler, Emily Deringer
    Mindfulness and mentalization / Maryn Sloane
    Diet and exercise / Sonya Lazarevic, Alex Zaphiris.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016
  • Digital
    Christopher D. Doern.
    Summary: "With fast facts and packed with tables, this useful updated edition continues to present valuable quick-reference information to the clinical microbiology community in a small package. Along with specifics on pathogenic microorganisms, there is updated information on essential diagnostic techniques--MALDI-TOF MS and sequencing--and a greatly expanded section on susceptibility testing."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Taxonomic classifcation of medically important microorganisms
    Section 2. Indigenous and pathogenic microbes of humans
    Section 3. Specimen collection and transport
    Section 4. Bacterial diagnosis
    SEction 5. Viral diagnosis
    Section 6. Fungal diagnosis
    Section 7. Parasitic diagnosis
    Section 8. Vaccines, susceptibility testing, and methods of organism identification.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    John Papdopoulos, author ; David R. Schwartz, consulting editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    S. David Hudnall, Melissa A. Much, Alexa J. Siddon.
    Summary: This book is designed not as a comprehensive textbook, but instead as a short practical guide to diagnosis of neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases of blood, bone marrow, and lymphoid tissues. Concise and easy to read, this text provides essential information in a bulleted text format. This simple format was chosen to provide essential information that may quickly be reviewed at the microscope. Each single-page entry begins with a brief one-line Snapshot description, followed by short descriptions of important clinical, morphologic, immunohistochemical, and genetic features, and ending with Caveats and Pearls and Differential Diagnosis. In most cases, entries are accompanied by a few high-quality histologic images. To keep the text concise, recommended texts and recent review articles are cited in the bibliography at the end of the book. To help quickly find alternative diagnoses, the index cross-references all differential diagnoses. The Pocket Guide to Diagnostic Hematopathology should be of use to practicing hematopathologists (academic and private) and hematologic oncologists, as well as trainees (fellows) in hematopathology and hematologic oncology. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chronic myeloid neoplasms
    Myeloid neoplasms with germline predisposition
    Acute myeloid leukemia and related precursor neoplasms
    Mastocytosis
    Blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm
    Myeloid/lymphoid neoplasms with eosinophilia and rearrangement of PDGFRA, PDGFRB, FGFR1, or with PCM1-JAK2
    Acute leukemias of ambiguous lineage
    Precursor lymphoid neoplasms
    Mature B cell neoplasms
    Immunodeficiency-associated lymphoproliferative disorders
    Mature T- and NK-cell neoplasms
    Hodgkin lymphomas
    Histiocytic and dendritic cell Neoplasms
    Non-neoplastic marrow findings
    Non-neoplastic lymph node and spleen lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Nicoll, Diana.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC71 .P739
    2
  • Digital
    Manoj Monga, Kristina L. Penniston, David S. Goldfarb, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise, patient-directed approach to stone prevention. It defines who to evaluate and when to treat, and provides empiric guidelines for all stone formers. Specific treatment guidelines are also included, based on the kidney stone composition and the underlying metabolic abnormalities demonstrated by 24-hour urine stone risk profile. Written by experts in the field, Pocket Guide to Kidney Stone Prevention: Dietary and Medical Therapy serves as a valuable resource for a broad base of clinicians in primary and specialty care.

    Contents:
    What is the risk of stone recurrence?
    General Nutrition Guidelines For All Stone Formers
    24-hour Urine and Serum Tests: When and What?
    Nutrition Management of Hypercalciuria
    Hypercalciuria
    Nutrition Management of Hypocitraturia
    Medications
    Nutritional Management of Hyperoxaluria
    Nutrition Management of Uric Acid Stones
    Uric Acid Stones
    Cystinuria
    Struvite Stones, Diet, and Medications.- Laboratory Follow-Up of the Recurrent Stone Former
    Imaging (Cost, Radiation)
    What to do about Asymptomatic Calculi?
    Acute Renal Colic and Medical Expulsive Therapy
    Stratifying Surgical Therapy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Petros Levounis, Eric Yarbrough.
    Summary: "The Pocket Guide for Understanding LGBTQ Mental Health is a manual for mental health clinicians working with patients of diverse gender and sexual identities: lesbians, gay men, bisexuals, transgender people, queer people, questioning people, intersex people, asexual people, pansexual people, and allied heterosexuals. The book discusses psychological and cultural contexts and challenges faced by patients and addresses questions that well-meaning people may ask"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Lesbian : The L in LGBTQ2IAPA / Daena L. Petersen, Mary E. Barber, Nix Zelin, Eric Yarbrough
    Gay : The G in LGBTQ2IAPA / Ahmad A. Mohammad, Eric Yarbrough
    Bisexual : The B in LGBTQ2IAPA / Sarah Noble
    Transgender : The T in LGBTQ2IAPA / Murat Altinay
    Queer : The First Q in LGBTQ2IAPA / Sam Marcus, E.K. Breitkopf
    Questioning : The Second Q in LGBTQ2IAPA / Mark Joseph Messih
    Intersex : (Disorder of Sex Development): The I in LGBTQ2IAPA / Adrian Jacques H. Ambrose
    Asexual : The First A in LGBTQ2IAPA / Selale Gunal, Petros Levounis
    Pansexual : The P in LGBTQ2IAPA / Victoria Formosa
    Ally : The Second A in LGBTQ2IAPA / Angeliki Pesiridou, Serena M. Chang.
  • Digital
    [editors] Cameron M. Baston, Christy Moore, Anthony J. Dean, Nova Panebianco.
    Summary: "The goal of this book is to present the most salient techniques and concepts in point-of-care ultrasound to clinicians and students at all levels of training. For the new learner, this includes basic direction in indications and acquisition. For the more advanced practitioner, points to improve image quality and identification of common pitfalls are combined with basic interpretation and examples of pathology. Conceptual and interpretation questions are provided in the last chapter to help reinforce knowledge and provide self-assessment."--Preface
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2019
  • Digital
    Andrea Fagiolini, Alessandro Cuomo, Roger S. McIntyre.
    Summary: The volume presents the most important and practical information to prescribe lithium, valproate, carbamazepine and other anticonvulsants in psychiatric practice safely and successfully. The information is ready to use and easy to remember and is focused primarily on clinically relevant issues such as preliminary laboratory evaluations, drug dosages, schedules, indications, contraindications, side effects and strategies to manage them. Clinical cases and clinical pearls are provided for each medication. The volume outlines the best strategies to choose psychotropic medications skillfully. The book will be an invaluable reference for psychiatric residents and any other health care practitioner seeking for a tool that is simple, concise and immediately useful for everyday clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Lithium: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management. Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessment. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination
    Valproate: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management. Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessments. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination. Carbamazepine: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management. Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessments. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination
    Lamotrigine: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessments. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination
    Pregabalin: Indications. Pharmacokinetics. Pharmacodynamics. Drugs interactions. Side Effects and their management. Preliminary laboratory assessments. Dosage. Follow up laboratory assessments. Clinical Pearls. Clinical Case Presentation. Physical Examination.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Reneè Roberts-Turner, Rahul K. Shah, editors.
    Summary: This text will act as a quick quality improvement reference and resource for every role within the healthcare system including physicians, nurses, support staff, security, fellows, residents, therapists, managers, directors, chiefs, and board members. It aims to provide a broad overview of quality improvement concepts and how they can be immediately pertinent to one's role. The editors have used a tiered approach, outlining what each role needs to lead a QI project, participate as a team member, set goals and identify resources to drive improvements in care delivery. Each section of the book targets a specific group within the healthcare organization. Pocket Guide to Quality Improvement in Healthcare will guide the individual, as well as the organization to fully engage all staff in QI, creating a safety culture, and ultimately strengthening care delivery.

    Contents:
    Section I: QI for the Front Line Staff
    Care Delivery: Patient Family Center Care
    Introduction and History of HC Quality
    PDSA for Change
    Introduction & History of Safety in HC
    Culture of Safety (Reporting and Teamwork)
    Section II: QI for the Professional Staff
    Care Delivery: Patient Family Centered Care
    Introduction & History of HC Quality
    Model for Improvement
    PDSA for Change
    Section III: QI for Leadership Staff
    Care Delivery: Patient Family Centered Care
    Healthcare Leadership
    Quadruple Aim
    Creating Organizational Foundation for Quality and Safety: Organizational Readiness and Role of Organizational Leadership
    Introduction and History of HC Quality
    Model for Improvement
    PDSA for Change
    Using Date to Drive Change
    Leading QI
    Introduction & History of Safety in HC
    Err, Harm, & Human Factors
    Culture of Safety
    Responding to Adverse Events.-Section IV: QI for Executive Leadership and Board Members
    Care Delivery: Patient Family Centered Care
    Quadruple Aim
    Creating Organizational Foundation for Quality and Safety: Organizational Readiness and Role of Executive Leadership
    Introduction & History of HC Quality
    Model for Improvement
    PDSA for Change
    Using Big Data to Drive Change
    Introduction & History of Safety in HC
    Err, Harm, & Human Factors
    Culture of Safety
    Expectations for Responding to Adverse Events. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Marianna G. Mavilia, George Y. Wu.
    Summary: This new edition is a comprehensive yet concise text that combines current treatment protocols and practical pharmacological information for GI Disease. Each chapter addresses a specific GI disease or condition and lists all agents available for that condition, including all brand and generic names, indications, contraindications, lactation and pregnancy information, doses, routes of administration, duration, and relative cost. Special features include tables, algorithms, and key references. The book also has chapter tabs for easy access, a durable cover to withstand frequent use, and fits in a white coat pocket. The third edition has been updated with information on new medications for the treatment of GI diseases including esophageal motility, peptic diseases, bacterial and fungal infections, parasitic, malabsorptive, inflammatory bowel and viral hepatitis, as well as genetic diseases. Written by experts in the field, Pocket Handbook of GI Pharmacotherapeutics, Third Edition is a valuable and portable resource of use to anyone involved in the treatment of patients with GI disease.

    Contents:
    Gastroesophageal Disorders
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Specific GI Motility Disorders
    General GI Motility Disorders
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    General GI Infections
    Specific GI Microbial Infections
    Liver Diseases
    Portal Hypertension
    Cholestasis
    Hepatic Encephalopathy
    Ascites
    Overload Disorders
    Generalized Pruritus
    Post-Liver Transplant Medications
    Acute and Chronic Pancreatitis Pain Syndromes
    Pancreatic Insufficiency
    Gut Malabsorption and Enzyme Deficiencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    [edited by] Gyorgy Frendl, Avery Tung, Richard D Urman.
    Summary: "The Critical Care volume of the Pocket Notebook Series is, as are all titles in the series, designed for easy transport and quick reference. Pocket ICU presents essential information that intensivists, residents, and nurses will need daily in the ICU. This key content in all areas of critical care is presented in a telegraphic, bulleted outline format with a liberal use of tables and treatment algorithms throughout. The table of contents was overhauled for better organization in the second edition and will remain unchanged except for the addition of a chapter on the challenges an air-transmissible, pandemic-causing"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Gyorgy Frendl, Richard D. Urman.
    Summary: "Critical (intensive) care was born and remains a multi-disciplinary specialty. This is obvious in two facets of critical care: (a) it integrates knowlO¿¿edge and practices from many medical specialties (trauma, transplant medicine, cardiology, pulmonary medicine, anesthesiology and pain medicine, and many others); and (b) it requires the close collaboration of medical professionals from many specialties (physicians, nurses, physiotherapists, respiratory therapists, nutritionists, pharmacists, etc.). To achieve this, critical care professionals must be masters of communiO¿¿cation, team building, management, and possess the most up-to-date clinical knowledge"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Laura M. Mazer, Kiran Lagisetty, Kathryn L. Butler.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2017
  • Digital
    Amin Madani, Lorenzo Ferri, Andrew Seely, editors.
    Contents:
    Pre-Operative Evaluation of the Thoracic Patient
    Operative and Post-Operative Considerations
    Lung and Airway Disorders
    Pleural Disorders
    Mediastinal Disorders
    Chest Wall Disorders
    Chest Trauma
    Benign Esophageal Disorders
    Esophageal Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editor, Marc S. Sabatine.
    Summary: "In Pocket Medicine High-Yield Board Review, we have provided readers with over 500 case-based questions across 9 subspecialties. The annotated answers are detailed and review the key diagnostic and therapeutic principles. Readers will see that the cases are based not only on the exceptional medical knowledge and clinical acumen of the teams of authors for each subspecialty for the 7th edition of Pocket Medicine, but also reflect the recent experience of the more junior members in taking Board exams"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cardiology
    Pulmonary
    Gastroenterology
    Nephrology
    Hematology/Oncology
    Infectious Diseases
    Endocrinology
    Rheumatology
    Nephrology.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Marc S. Sabatine.
    Summary: "Many readers of Pocket Medicine have commented that they use that book not only on the wards, but also for preparation for their Board exams. To help further address that need, we created Pocket Medicine High-Yield Board Review. The very positive response to the 1st edition suggests we crafted a useful product"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    CARDIOLOGY / Andrew Abboud, Brett J. Doliner, Rachel C. Frank, Bradley J. Petek, Marc S. Sabatine, Michelle L. O'Donoghue
    PULMONARY / Louisa A. Mounsey, Alison Trainor, Robert Hallowell
    GASTROENTEROLOGY / Zoe N. Memel, Eric M. Przybyszewski, Lawrence S. Friedman
    NEPHROLOGY / Ignacio Portales Castillo, Sarah E. Street, Andrew S. Allegretti
    HEMATOLOGY-ONCOLOGY / Sara Khosrowjerdi, Howard J. Lee, Jr., Thomas J. Roberts, MacLean C. Sellars, Jean M. Connors, Daniel J. DeAngelo, David P. Ryan
    INFECTIOUS DISEASES / Jessica C. O'Neil, Rachel E. Erdil, Kimon C. Zachary
    ENDOCRINOLOGY / Caitlin Colling, Daria Schatoff, Michael Mannstadt
    RHEUMATOLOGY / Zandra E. Walton, Ian D. Cooley, Robert P. Friday
    NEUROLOGY / Rebecca L. Williamson, John Y. Rhee, Daniel S. Harrison, Jillian M. Berkman, Michael P. Bowley.
    Digital Access Ovid 2023
  • Digital
    Wooin Ahn, Jai Radhakrishnan.
    Summary: Pocket Nephrology joins the Pocket Notebook series as a complete resource for topics related to renal kidney physiology and pathophysiology designed as a first bedside reference for the busy clinicians. This book is intended for medical students, internal medicine and nephrology trainees as well as seasoned clinicians involved in the care of patients with kidney disease. The book is divided into two sections. The first part discusses the general approach to disorders of the kidney. The second part of book will address individual topics under each of the following categories: Electrolytes and Acid–Base Balance, Tubular, Interstitial and Cystic Diseases, Extrarenal Diseases, Glomerular and Vascular Diseases, Hypertension, Renal Replacement Therapy, and Transplantation. Individual topics are written to make pertinent information readily available to clinicians in order to facilitate evidence-based patient care.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020
  • Digital
    edited by M. Brandon Westover, MD, PHD, Assistant Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MAssachusetts, Emily Choi DeCroos, MD, Neurohospitalist, Department of Neurology, Erlanger Health System, Afflilated Assistant Professor of Medicine, University of Tennessee, College of Medicine, Chattanooga, Tennessee, Karim Awad, MD, Director Sleep Medicine, Havard Vanguard Medical Associates, Boston, Massachusetts, Matt T. Bianchi, MD, PHD, Assistant Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.
    Contents:
    Neurologic emergencies: quick reference
    Lesion localization in clinical neurology
    Neuroimaging
    Vascular neurology
    Neurocritical care
    Interventional neurology
    Seizures, epilepsy, and EEG
    Delirium
    Poisons and vitamin deficiencies
    Rapidly progressive dementia
    Dementia
    Behavioral neurology
    Movement disorders
    Meningitis, encephalitis, and brain abscesses
    Neurologic infectious diseases
    Headache
    Central nervous system vasculitis
    Pain
    Dizziness and deafness
    Multiple sclerosis and other CNS inflammatory demyelinating diseases
    Spine and spinal cord diseases
    Motor neuron disease
    Peripheral neuropathy
    Radiculopathy and plexopathy
    Neuromuscular junction disorders
    Myopathy
    Nerve conduction studies and electromyography
    Neurorheumatology
    Neuro-oncology
    Sleep medicine
    Pregnancy neurology
    Neuro-ophthalmology.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Marcelo Matiello, Michael P. Bowley, Sahar F. Zafar, M. Brandon Westover.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    edited by K. Joseph Hurt, MD, PhD, Assistant Professor, Department of Obstertics and Gynecology, University of Colorado School of Medicine.
    Summary: "This practical, high-yield Pocket Notebook title is an ideal on-the-go reference for trainees and practitioners of obstetrics and gynecology. Written by residents with oversight from fellows and faculty experts, and perfect for initial care plans during rounds, this easy-to-use, loose-leaf resource is packed with up-to-date information answering the clinical questions you face every day. Pocket Obstetrics and Gynecology, Second Edition, is an indispensable quick resource you won't want to be without! Includes a new chapter that covers substance abuse in pregnancy, depression, anxiety disorders, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, and psychosis. Features fully revised content throughout, keeping you up to date with best practices and the latest research in the field. Covers primary care; emergencies; operative ob-gyn; pelvic surgery and urogynecology; infertility; prenatal care; normal labor and delivery; complicated pregnancy and delivery; cardiology; pulmonary; gastroenterology; hematology; neurology; gynecologic oncology, and more. Follows the popular Pockets Notebook format, featuring bulleted lists, tables, diagrams, and algorithms that make essential facts easy to find and retain. Contains helpful appendices on pelvic anatomy; common ob/gyn procedures and surgeries; drugs in OB and breastfeeding; ACLS algorithms; and NRP algorithm. Organizes chapters by organ system, putting women's health topics into general medical context - perfect for clerkship studies."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Neil Vasan, MD, PhD, Chief Medical Oncology Fellow, Department of Medicine, Memorial Sloan Ketttering Cancer Center, New York, New York, Maria I. Carlo, MD, Assistant Attending Physician, Genitourrinary Oncology Service, Department of Medicine, Memorial Sloan Ketttering Cancer Center, New York, New York ; advisors, Alexander E. Drilon, MD, Clinical Director, Early Drug Development Service, Assistant Attending, Thoracic Oncology Service, Department of Medicine, Memorial Sloan Ketttering Cancer Center, New York, New York, Michael A. Postow, MD, Assistant Attending Physician, Melanoma and Immunotherapeutics Service, Department of Medicine, Memorial Sloan Ketttering Cancer Center, New York, New York.
    Summary: "It is with great enthusiasm that we introduce the second edition of Pocket Oncology. The first edition was well received, and given many exciting new developments in the oncology, we are now eager to release an updated second edition. Several new sections have been added to this updated edition, including information on chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell therapy, immunotherapy toxicity, and novel oral anticoagulants. We have additionally incorporated more information about precision targeted therapeutic strategies. Each disease section has been updated to reflect cancer care in 2017"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General oncology
    Clicical research methods
    Radiation oncology
    Cancer biology
    Molecular diagnostics
    Cancer immunology
    Cancer genetics
    Cancer pharmacology
    Cancer complications
    Pain and palliative care
    Cancer survivorship
    Infectious disease
    Genitourinary malignancies
    Thoracic malignancies
    Gastrointestinal malignancies
    Skin cancers and sarcomas
    Head and neck malignancies
    Endocrine malignancies
    Gynecologic malignancies
    Breast cancer
    Neurologic oncology
    Cancer of unknown primary
    Lymphomas
    Plasma cell disorders
    Myeloproliferative disorders
    Leukemias and myelodysplastic syndromes
    Stem cell transplantation
    Benign hematology.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    faculty editors, Alexander Drilon, Neil Vasan; editors, Noura Choudhury, Yonina Murciano-Goroff.
    Summary: "It is with great enthusiasm that we introduce the third edition of Pocket Oncology. Since the release of the second edition, both the field of oncology and the world at large have changed dramatically, with a cascade of new drug approvals, expansion of precision medicine and immuno-oncology, and of course, the COVID-19 pandemic"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
  • Digital
    editors, Jay (Jamal) Boughanem, MD, Attending Orthopaedic Surgeon, Clinical Assistant Professor, University of Hawaii, Hilo, Hawaii, Ritesh R. Shah, MD, Director of Hip and Knee Research, Hip Arthroscopy and Hip Preservation, Hip and Knee Reconstruction, Revision Hip and Knee Reconstruction, Illinois Bone and Joint Institute, LLC, the Center for Orthopaedic Surgery, Morton Grove, Illinois.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Paritosh Prasad ; associate authors, Uzair Admani, Peter Boulos, Francis Coyne.
    Contents:
    Primary care and adolescent medicine / Nicole Cifra and Paritosh Prasad
    Emergency department / Uzair Admani and Asim Abbasi
    Allergy and immunology / Sylvia Nowak, Maria A. Slack, and Jeanne Lomas
    Cardiology / Peter Boulos and Michael Joynt
    Endocrinology / Rose Barham and Sharia Bialo
    Fluids and electrolytes / Erin Rademacher and Hilary Whelan
    Gastroenterology / Margaret Connolly and Rebecca Abell
    Hematology / Francis Coyne and Craig Mullen
    Oncology / Francis Coyne and Craig Mullen
    Genetic and metabolism / Jenny Taylor and Chin-to Fong
    Neurology / Jonathan Mink, Justin Rosati, and Emily Krainer
    Pulmonary / Caitlin Metzger, Peter Boulos, and Karen Voter
    Renal / Julia Lister, Adam Bracken, and Erin Rademacher
    Rheumatology / Ajay Tambralli and Bethany Marston
    NICU / Maha Kaissi and Rita Dadiz
    PICU / Uzair Admani and Jake Deines.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Meghan M. Kiefer, Curtis R. Chong.
    Summary: "Pocket Primary Care was created out of a desire to support those practicing in the ambulatory setting - to recognize the unique and full spectrum of care provided there, from counseling patients on insomnia to diagnosing STIs, from interpreting PFTs to treating osteoporosis. The second edition includes innumerable updates in clinical practice, guidelines, and research from the past 5 years. It reflects the work of dozens of physicians from the MGH diaspora, and we hope that this edition, when combined with sound clinical judgement, improves the lives of its readers and their patients"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General medicine
    Cardiology
    Dermatology
    Endocrine
    Gastrointestinal
    Hematology and oncology
    Infectious disease
    Musculosketal
    Neurology
    Heent
    Psychiatary
    Addiction medicine
    Pulmonary
    Renal/urology
    Women's health
    Men's health
    Abbreviation
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Curtis R. Chong.
    Contents:
    General medicine
    Cardiology
    Dermatology
    Endocrine
    Gastroenterology
    Hematology and oncology
    Infectious disease
    Musculoskeletal
    Neurology
    HEENT
    Psychiatry
    Addiction Medicine
    Pulmonary
    Renal/Urology
    Women's health
    Men's health
    Abbreviations
    Index.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Judith A. Puckett, Scott R. Beach, John B. Taylor.
    Contents:
    Psychiatric assessment
    Psychiatric disorders
    Substance use disorders
    Somatic therapies
    Psychotherapies
    Medications and side effects
    Emergency psychiatry
    Legal issues
    Special populations.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Chad Tang, Ahsan Farooqi.
    Contents:
    Radiation oncology principles / section editors : Aaron Joseph Grossbeg, Albert C. Koong
    Special radiation techniques / section editors : Penny Fang, Jennifer C. Ho, Steven J. Frank
    Central Nervous system / Hubert Young Pan, Erik P. Sulman
    Pediatrics / section editors : Ethan Bernard Ludmir, Arnold C. Paulino
    Head & neck / section editors : Brian J. Deegan, Courtney Pollard III, Adam Seth Garden
    Thoracic / section editors : Eric D. Brooks, Daniel Gomez
    Gastrointestinal / section editors : Lauren Elizabeth Colbert, Prajnan Das
    Breast / section editors : Jennifer Logan, Amy C. Moreno, Wendy Woodward
    Genitourinary / section editors : Geoffrey V. Marint, Shalini Moningi, Mitchell S. Anscher
    Gynecologic / section editors : Shane R. Stecklein, Ann H. Klopp
    Skin/sarcoma / section editors : Kaitlin Chrisopherson, B. Ashleigh Guadagnolo
    Lymphoma / section editors : Tommy Sheu, Bouthania Dabaja
    Radiation emergencies, benign disease, and palliation / section editors : Adnan Elhammali, Amol Jitendra Ghia.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    Anna Burke [and more].
    Summary: This Pocket Reference offer a multifaceted guide on various aspects of Alzheimerℓ́ℓs disease. This thorough review discusses the challenges of diagnosis, different stages of the disease, testing, and current treatment methods, including pharmacological and nonpharmacological management of cognitive decline and symptoms due to Alzheimerℓ́ℓs disease. The book also has specific chapters on care issues for patients with Alzheimerℓ́ℓs disease, which describes what clinician's and caregivers should expect and how to manage the disease at its various stages. Additionally, the book provides helpful guides, tables, and tips for clinicians and caregivers to help care for the patient and the caregiver themselves.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Diagnosing Alzheimer's Disease
    Pharmacological Treatment of Cognitive Decline in Alzheimer's Disease
    Pharmacological Treatment of Behavioral and Psychological Symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease
    Managing Patients with Alzheimer's Disease and Related Dementias
    Care Issues in Advanced Dementia
    Supporting Caregiver Health
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Serge Livio Ferrari, Christian Roux, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    edited by Daniel B. Jones.
    Summary: "Pocket Surgery is the "go to" resource for medical students and Surgery house staff. The bulleted format gets the information usually found in a two-volume surgery textbook into one loose leaf notebook small enough to fit into your white coat pocket"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    editor, Daniel B. Jones, MD, MS, FACS.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Shantanu Warhadpande, Alex Lionberg, Kyle Cooper.
    Contents:
    The basics of IR / Alex Lionberg, Shantanu Warhadpande, and Joshua Pinter
    Tools of the trade / Suraj Prakash, Matthew Krosin, Alex Skidmore, Gregory Guy
    Vascular access / Suraj Prakash, Lisa Liu, Aaron Fischman, and Gregory Guy
    Lines, tubes, and drains / Devdutta Warhadpande and Gregory J. Woodhead
    Emergency IR / Matthew Krosin and Rakesh Navuluri
    Hepatobiliary / Orrie Close, Alexandra Jo, Patrick Grierson, and Bill Majdalany
    Oncology / Shantanu Warhadpande, Alex Lionberg, Junjian Huang, Carl Schmidt, and Jonathan Martin
    Arterial disease / Shantanu Warhadpande, Alexander El-Ali, Andrew Niekamp, Kurt Stahlfeld, Geogy Vatakencherry, and Kyle Cooper
    Venous disease / Andrew J. Klobuka, Trilochan Hiremath, and Deepak Sudheendra
    Dialysis access and interventions / Alex Lionberg, Shantanu Warhadpande, and Rakesh Navuluri
    Genitourinary disease / John Do, David Maldow, Zachary Nuffer, and Jason Mitchell
    Neuro IR / Juan Domingo Ly Liu, Mangala Patil, and Joseph J Gemmete
    Pediatric IR / Rajat Chand, Victor Beccera, Nicholas Zerona, Ashley Altman, and James Park.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Thomas A Slater, Mohammed Abdul Waduud, Nadeem Ahmed.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Zhi-Hong Liu, John C. He.
    Contents:
    Cell biology of the podocyte / Jefferson, J.A.; Shankland, S.J.
    Cell cycle and podocyte injury / Hagmann, H.H.; Shankland, S.J.; Brinkkoetter, P.T.
    The podocyte cytoskeleton : key to a functioning glomerulus in health and disease / Faul, C.
    Crosstalk between podocytes and tubular epithelial cells / Leung, J.C.K.; Kar, N.L.; Tang, S.C.W.
    Role of mitochondria in podocyte injury / Yuan, Y.; Huang, S.; Zhang, A.
    Autophagy in podocytes / Zhang, L.; Livingston, M.J.; Chen, J.-K.; Dong, Z.
    PPAR- : signaling in podocyte injury / Wang, W.; Yang, T.
    Podocyte injury in FSGS / Ding, W.Y.; Saleem, M.A.
    Circulating soluble urokinase receptor and focal segmental glomerulosclerosis / Wei, C.; Reiser, J.
    Anti-phospholipase A2 receptor-1 autoantibodies and membranous nephropathy / Beck, L.H.
    Anti-neutral endopeptidase antibodies, autoantibodies, anti-bovine serum albumin antibodies and membranous nephropathy / Ronco, P.; Debiec, H.
    Podocytopathy in diabetes : a metabolic disorder / Merscher, S.; Lenz, O.; Fornoni, A.
    Obesity-related glomerulopathy and podocyte injury / Camici, M.
    Podocyte injury in HIV-associated nephropathy / Mallipattu, S.K.; He, J.C.
    Retinoic acid : a potential pharmacologic approach in the treatment of podocytopathy / Sharma, S.; Mallipattu, S.K.; Zhong, Y.; He, J.C.
    Immunomodulatory drugs and the podocyte / Mathieson, P.W.
    Triptolide protects podocytes from injury / Qin, W.; Liu, Z.-H.
    Fly : a model to study the podocyte / Na, J.; Cagan, R.L.
    Zebrafish models of podocytopathies / Boucher, R.C.; Zhou, W.
    The role of micrornas in podocytes / Shi, S.; Liu, Z.-H.
    An integrative biology approach to study podocyte function / Ju, W.; Hodgin, J.; Jiang, S.; Kretzler, M.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Tasneem Z. Naqvi ; contributing editor, Afsoon Fazlinezhad.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Peter B. Luppa, Ralf Junker (eds.).
    Summary: The underlying technology and the range of test parameters available are evolving rapidly. The primary advantage of POCT is the convenience of performing the test close to the patient and the speed at which test results can be obtained, compared to sending a sample to a laboratory and waiting for results to be returned. Thus, a series of clinical applications are possible that can shorten the time for clinical decision-making about additional testing or therapy, as delays are no longer caused by preparation of clinical samples, transport, and central laboratory analysis. Tests in a POC format can now be found for many medical disciplines including endocrinology/diabetes, cardiology, nephrology, critical care, fertility, hematology/coagulation, infectious disease and microbiology, and general health screening. Point-of-care testing (POCT) enables health care personnel to perform clinical laboratory testing near the patient. The idea of conventional and POCT laboratory services presiding within a hospital seems contradictory; yet, they are, in fact, complementary: together POCT and central laboratory are important for the optimal functioning of diagnostic processes. They complement each other, provided that a dedicated POCT coordination integrates the quality assurance of POCT into the overall quality management system of the central laboratory. The motivation of the third edition of the POCT book from Luppa/Junker, which is now also available in English, is to explore and describe clinically relevant analytical techniques, organizational concepts for application and future perspectives of POCT. From descriptions of the opportunities that POCT can provide to the limitations that clinician's must be cautioned about, this book provides an overview of the many aspects that challenge those who choose to implement POCT. Technologies, clinical applications, networking issues and quality regulations are describ ed as well as a survey of future technologies that are on the future horizon. The editors have spent considerable efforts to update the book in general and to highlight the latest developments, e.g., novel POCT applications of nucleic acid testing for the rapid identification of infectious agents. Of particular note is also that a cross-country comparison of POCT quality rules is being described by a team of international experts in this field.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; About the editors; List of authors; Abbreviations; Definitions and areas of application; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Terminology and definitions; 1.3 Areas of application; References; The relevance of POCT in healthcare; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The medical and financial ­aspects of POCT diagnostics; 2.2.1 Medical aspects; 2.2.2 Economic aspects; 2.3 The POCT market; 2.3.1 Problems with market ­valuation; 2.3.2 POCT categories; 2.3.3 Future market trends; References; Device classes; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Type 1a
    Qualitative POCT methods; 3.3 Type 1b
    "Unit-use" POCT systems 3.4 Type 2
    Benchtop POCT ­instruments3.5 Type 3
    Viscoelastic ­coagulation analyzers; 3.6 Type 4
    Continuous POCT methods; 3.7 Type 5
    Molecular biological POCT analyzers; 3.8 Type 6
    Direct-to-consumer testing (DTC); References; Pre- and post-analytical ­phases; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Pre-analytical phase; 4.2.1 Choosing a suitable test; 4.2.2 Capillary blood sampling; 4.2.3 Venous blood sampling; 4.2.4 Arterial blood sampling; 4.2.5 Blood sampling systems and anticoagulants for blood gas analysis; 4.2.6 Blood samples from central lines; 4.2.7 Taking swabs; 4.2.8 Urine sampling 4.2.9 Inspection of the sample4.2.10 Reliable identification of patient and sample; 4.3 Post-analytical phase; 4.4 Avoiding pre- and ­post-analytical problems; References; Analytical methods, ­biosensor technology; 5.1 Biosensor technology; 5.1.1 Sensor (bioreceptor); 5.1.2 Transducers, electronic ­amplifiers; 5.1.3 Sample application/fluidic unit; 5.2 Continuous monitoring ­methods; 5.2.1 Continuous monitoring ­methods; 5.2.2 Continuous glucose ­monitoring (CGM); References; Laboratory coagulation tests 6.2.2 Combined recording of ­plasmatic coagulation, platelet count and fibrinolysis (viscoelastic methods)6.2.3 Analysis of platelet function; 6.2.4 POCT applications with ­coagulation testing methods; 6.3 Confounders and influencing variables; 6.4 Quality management; References; Analysis of cellular blood components; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Device technology and methods; 7.2.1 POCT blood count analyzers; 7.2.2 Blood gas analyzers; 7.2.3 Single analyses; References; Clinical chemistry ­parameters; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Device technology and methods; 8.2.1 Dry chemistry; 8.2.2 Wet chemistry 8.2.3 Dedicated devices for ­singular analytes8.3 Applications and indications; References; Immunological methods; 9.1 Methods; 9.1.1 Immunosensors; 9.1.2 Homogeneous and heterogeneous immunoassays; 9.1.3 Immunological rapid tests; 9.2 Device format and quality; 9.3 Areas of application; 9.3.1 Hospital setting; 9.3.2 Physician practice setting; 9.3.3 Home testing; 9.4 Aptamers as adjuncts or ­alternatives to antibodies; References; Molecular biological tests; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Integrated and miniaturized systems; 10.3 Selection criteria for POCT systems
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    CAP Point-of-care testing Committee.
    Summary: "Point-of-Care Testing Toolkit, developed by the CAP Point-of-Care Testing Committee, is intended to be a resource for any member of the POCT team who wants to learn about POCT or who has responsibility to guide or direct POCT. It may be particularly useful to pathology residents, pathologists who have been longtime directors of POCT programs, or pathologists who have been recently assigned to lead POCT programs. Pathologists may also use the toolkit to guide other members of their POCT teams, including POCT coordinators and medical technologists who are involved in POCT. Contents include POCT advantages and disadvantages, current and projected technology, pathologist roles in POCT, laboratory director and point-of-care coordinator roles, selection of appropriate test methods, validation and verification protocols, quality control and data management, patient safety, and POCT training and competency."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Nilam J. Soni, Robert Arntfield, Pierre Daniel Kory.
    Summary: Compact, hand-carried ultrasound devices are revolutionizing how health care providers practice medicine in nearly every specialty. The 2nd Edition of this award-winning text features new and updated chapters, a greatly expanded video library, and review questions to keep you fully up to date with the latest technology and its applications. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Fundamentals principles of ultrasound. Evolution of point-of-care ultrasound
    Ultrasound physics and modes
    Transducers
    Orientation
    Basic operation of an ultrasound machine
    Imaging artifacts
    Section 2: Lungs & pleura. Overview
    Lung and pleural ultrasound technique
    Lung ultrasound interpretation
    Pleura and diaphragm
    Lung and pleural procedures
    Dyspnea & pulmonary embolism
    Section 3: Heart. Overview
    Cardiac ultrasound technique
    Left ventricular function
    Right ventricular function
    Inferior vena cava
    Pericardial effusion
    Valves
    Transesophageal echocardiography
    Hemodynamics
    Hypotension and shock
    Cardiac arrest
    Section 4: Abdomen & pelvis. Peritoneal free fluid
    Kidneys
    Bladder
    Gallbladder
    Abdominal aorta
    First trimester pregnancy
    Second and third trimester pregnancy
    Testicular ultrasound
    Abdominal pain
    Trauma ultrasound
    Section 5: Vascular system. Lower extremity deep venous thrombosis
    Upper extremity deep venous thrombosis
    Central venous access
    Peripheral venous access
    Arterial access
    Section 6: Head and Neck. Ocular ultrasound
    Thyroid gland
    Lymph Nodes
    Section 7: Nervous system. peripheral nerve blocks
    lumbar puncture
    transcranial ultrasound
    Section 8: Soft Tissues & Joints. Soft Tissues and Joints
    Joints
    Section 9: Pediatrics. Pediatrics
    Neonatology
    Section 10: Ultrasound program management. Competence, credentialing, and certification
    Equipment, image archiving, & billing.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Kent R. Olson ; associate editors Ilene B. Anderson, Neal L. Benowitz, Paul D. Blanc, Richard F. Clark, Thomas E. Kearney, Susan Y. Jim-Katz, and Alan H.B. Wu.
    Contents:
    Section I: Comprehensive evaluation and treatment --- Section II: Specific poisons and drugs: diagnosis and treatment
    Section III: Therapeutic drugs and antidotes --- Section IV: Environmental and occupational toxicology.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Kent R. Olson, Craig G. Smollin, Ilene B. Anderson, Neal L. Benowitz, Paul D. Blanc, Susan Y. Kim-Katz, Justin C. Lewis and, Alan H. B. Wu.
    Summary: "Poisoning & Drug Overdose provides practical advice for the diagnosis and management of poisoning and drug overdose and concise information about common industrial chemicals"-- Preface.

    Contents:
    Section I: Comprehensive evaluation and treatment --- Section II: Specific poisons and drugs: diagnosis and treatment
    Section III: Therapeutic drugs and antidotes --- Section IV: Environmental and occupational toxicology.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Digital
    Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnson, Jonathan H. Cohen, editors.
    Summary: Until recently, the prevailing view of marine life at high latitudes has been that organisms enter a general resting state during the dark Polar Night and that the system only awakens with the return of the sun. Recent research, however, with coordinated, multidisciplinary field campaigns based on the high Arctic Archipelago of Svalbard, have provided a radical new perspective. Instead of a system in dormancy, a new perspective of a system in full operation and with high levels of activity across all major phyla is emerging. Examples of such activities and processes include: Active marine organisms at sea surface, water column and the sea-floor. At surface we find active foraging in seabirds and fish, in the water column we find a high biodiversity and activity of zooplankton and larvae such as active light induced synchronized diurnal vertical migration, and at seafloor there is a high biodiversity in benthic animals and macroalgae. The Polar Night is a period for reproduction in many benthic and pelagic taxa, mass occurrence of ghost shrimps (Caprellides), high abundance of Ctenophores, physiological evidence of micro- and macroalgal cells that are ready to utilize the first rays of light when they appear, deep water fishes found at water surface in the Polar night, and continuous growth of bivalves throughout the winter. These findings not only begin to shape a new paradigm for marine winter ecology in the high Arctic, but also provide conclusive evidence for a top-down controlled system in which primary production levels are close to zero. In an era of environmental change that is accelerated at high latitudes, we believe that this new insight is likely to strongly impact how the scientific community views the high latitude marine ecosystem. Despite the overwhelming darkness, the main environmental variable affecting marine organisms in the Polar Night is in fact light. The light regime during the Polar Night is unique with respect to light intensity, spectral composition of light and photoperiod. .

    Contents:
    Preface
    The marine physical environment during the Polar Night
    Light in the Polar Night
    Marine micro- and macroalgae in the Polar Night
    Zooplankton in the Polar Night
    Benthic communities in the Polar Night
    Fish ecology in the Polar Night
    Biological clocks and rhythms in polar organisms
    Sensor carrying platforms
    Operative habitat mapping and monitoring in the Polar Night
    The Polar Night exhibition: Life and light at the dead of night
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Paresh Wankhade, David Weir, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction: Understanding the Management of Police Services
    Historical Perspective: British Policing and the Democratic Ideal
    Part 2- Context of Policing
    Quo Vadis: A New Direction for Police Leadership through Community Engagement?
    Initial police training and the development of police occupational culture
    Community Engagement, Democracy and Public Policy: a Practitioner Perspective
    Dealing with Diversity in Police Services
    Risk Management in Policing
    Perspectives on the Essence of Policing
    Part 3- Current debates in Policing
    Enhancing Police Accountability in England and Wales: What differences are Police and Crime Commissioners making?
    Police management and workforce reform in a period of austerity
    Personal Resilience and Policing
    Part 4- Looking to the Future
    Some Futures for the Police: Scenarios and Science
    The Future of Policing in the United Kingdom
    A Crisis or a Perfect Storm: the trouble with Public Policing?.-International Perspectives in Policing: Challenges for 2020.-International perspectives in policing: Challenges for 2020.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    editors, Sandra Sundquist Beauman and Susan Bowles.
    Contents:
    Policies and procedures. Admission, transfer, and discharge
    Amplitude-integrated electroencephalography monitoring
    Arterial puncture and cannulation, peripheral: use and care of peripheral arterial line (PAL)
    Blood sampling
    Car seat observational monitoring
    Case management and family-centered care
    Chest tube management: placement, needle aspiration, and maintenance
    Circumcision, preparation and care
    Code blue
    Critical Congenital Heart Defects (CCHDs), screening for
    Cue-based feeding
    Deliveries, attendance at
    Donor human milk use
    Enteral tube, insertion and management of
    Exchange transfusion: double volume and partial volume
    Gastric decompression
    Gastrostomy tube care
    Glucose homeostasis
    Golden hour: initial management of the very-low-birth-weight infant
    Guidelines for nursing care
    Hearing screening
    Human milk: pumping, use, and storage
    Hyperbilirubinemia
    Hypothermia, induced
    Infection prevention
    Infusion therapy
    Intravenous infiltration, treatment of
    Late-preterm and early term infants, caring for
    Lumbar puncture, assisting with
    Massage, infant
    Near-infrared spectroscopy, use of
    Neonatal opioid withdrawal syndrome
    Noninvasive ventilation, nursing care
    Ostomy care
    Oxygen administration for the neonate
    Palliative care
    Perioperative care
    Peripherally inserted central catheters, insertion of
    Peritoneal dialysis
    Retinopathy of prematurity, laser surgery for
    Sedation and analgesia
    Shunts, internal and external
    Skin care
    Suctioning the mechanically ventilated infant
    Suctioning: oral, nasal, or pharyngeal
    Tachyarrhythmias, management of
    Thermoneutral environment
    Transport
    Umbilical arterial catheters, placement and care of
    Umbilical cord management
    Umbilical venous catheters, placement and care of
    Urinary catheterization. Competency assessments. Competency assessment overview
    Admission to the NICU
    Amplitude Integrated Electroencephalography (aEEG) monitoring
    Arterial puncture
    Blood sampling
    Breast pumping, educating mothers
    Breastfeeding dyad care
    Car seat screening
    Cardiac care, basic
    Cardiac care, advanced
    Chest tube management
    Congenital cardiac defects
    Exchange transfusion, double volume and partial volume
    Gastrostomy tube care
    Golden hour: immediate stabilization and care of high-risk infants
    Hearing screening
    Hemodynamic monitoring, invasive
    Hyperbilirubinemia, care of the infant with
    Hypothermia therapy
    Infusion therapy
    Nasal continuous positive airway pressure
    Neonatal opioid withdrawal, assessment for
    Ostomy care
    Perioperative care in the neonatal patient
    Peritoneal dialysis
    Physical exam
    PICC insertion
    Postmortem care
    Respiratory management
    Sedation
    Urinary catheterization.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ253 .P65 2019
    1
  • Digital
    INS, Infusion Nurses Society.
    Contents:
    General organizational policies
    Infection prevention and safety compliance
    Vascular access device placement
    Site care and maintencance
    Infusion-related complications : identification & intervention
    Other infusion-related procedures
    Other infusion access
    Infusion therapies.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Infusion Nurses Society.
    Summary: Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is a companion product to the Infusion Therapy Standards of Practice (the Standards), 8th edition. Evidence-based guidance for clinical practice has been derived directly from the Standards, including associated references, glossary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms. Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is intended to reflect current knowledge and practices of the clinical specialty of infusion therapy. Because clinical practice continuously evolves based on ongoing research, clinicians should make an independent assessment of the appropriateness and applicability of a policy or procedures in any specific instance.

    Contents:
    Section 1: General organizational policies. Organization of infusion and vascular access services ; Competency and competency assessment ; Product evaluation, integrity, and defect reporting ; Informed consent ; Latex sensitivity or allergy ; Adverse and serious adverse events
    Section 2: Infection prevention and safety compliance. Hand hygiene ; Standard precautions ; Aseptic non touch technique (ANTT®) ; Transmission-based precautions ; Hazardous drugs and waste ; Medical waste and sharps safety
    Section 3: Preparing for vascular access device placement. Key definitions ; Vascular access device planning ; Site selection ; Vascular visualization ; Vascular access site preparation and skin antisepsis ; Pain management for venipuncutre and vascular access procedures
    Section 4: Vascular access device placement. Policy statements ; Key definitions ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion via the external jugular vein ; Ultrasound-guided long peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Ultrasound-guided midline catheter insertion ; Central vascular access device tip location ; Ultrasound-guided peripherally inserted central catheter insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using Seldinger technique
    Section 5: Site care and management. Administration set management ; Maintaining vascular access device patency: flushing and locking ; Vascular access device assessment, care, and dressing changes ; Vascular access device removal
    Section 6: Vascular access device-related complications: identification and intervention. Phlebitis ; Infiltration and extravasation ; Nerve injury ; Infection ; Air embolism ; Central vascular access device occlusion ; Catheter damage (embolism, repair, exchange) ; Catheter-associated deep vein thrombosis ; Central vascular access device malposition ; Catheter-associated skin injury ; Allergic reaction and anaphylactic/anaphylactoid reactions
    Section 7: Infusion-related procedures and access. Implanted vascular access port: accessing and deaccessing ; Subcutaneous access device: placement and infusion administration ; Intraspinal access device: care and management ; Intraosseous access device: placement, care, and management ; Blood sampling from a vascular access device ; Therapeutic phlebotomy
    Section 8: Infusion therapies. Medication verification ; Compounding and preparation of parenteral solutions and medications ; First dose administration ; Infusion medication and solution administration ; Blood administration ; Parenteral nutrition ; Antineoplastic therapy ; Biologic therapy ; Patient-controlled analgesia ; Moderate sedation/analgesia using intravenous infusion.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Contents:
    Infusion therapy for the pediatric patient
    The role of the child life specialist in infusion therapy
    General organizational policies
    Infection prevention and safety compliance
    Vascular access device placement
    Site care and maintenance
    Infusion-related complications: identification & intervention
    Other infusion-related procedures
    Other infusion access
    Infusion therapies.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Infusion Nurses Society.
    Summary: Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is a companion product to the Infusion Therapy Standards of Practice (the Standards), 8th edition. Evidence-based guidance for clinical practice has been derived directly from the Standards, including associated references, glossary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms. Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is intended to reflect current knowledge and practices of the clinical specialty of infusion therapy. Because clinical practice continuously evolves based on ongoing research, clinicians should make an independent assessment of the appropriateness and applicability of a policy or procedures in any specific instance.

    Contents:
    Section 1: General organizational policies. Organization of infusion and vascular access services ; Competency and competency assessment ; Product evaluation, integrity, and defect reporting ; Informed consent ; Latex sensitivity or allergy ; Adverse and serious adverse events
    Section 2: Infection prevention and safety compliance. Hand hygiene ; Standard precautions ; Aseptic non touch technique (ANTT®) ; Transmission-based precautions ; Hazardous drugs and waste ; Medical waste and sharps safety
    Section 3: Preparing for vascular access device placement. Key definitions ; Vascular access device planning ; Site selection ; Vascular visualization ; Vascular access site preparation and skin antisepsis ; Pain management for venipuncutre and vascular access procedures
    Section 4: Vascular access device placement. Policy statements ; Key definitions ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion via the external jugular vein ; Ultrasound-guided long peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Ultrasound-guided midline catheter insertion ; Central vascular access device tip location ; Ultrasound-guided peripherally inserted central catheter insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using Seldinger technique ; Umbilical catheter placement, site care and management, and removal
    Section 5: Site care and management. Administration set management ; Maintaining vascular access device patency: flushing and locking ; Vascular access device assessment, care, and dressing changes ; Vascular access device removal
    Section 6: Vascular access device-related complications: identification and intervention. Phlebitis ; Infiltration and extravasation ; Nerve injury ; Infection ; Air embolism ; Central vascular access device occlusion ; Catheter damage (embolism, repair, exchange) ; Catheter-associated deep vein thrombosis ; Central vascular access device malposition ; Catheter-associated skin injury ; Allergic reaction and anaphylactic/anaphylactoid reactions
    Section 7: Infusion-related procedures and access. Implanted vascular access port: accessing and deaccessing ; Subcutaneous access device: placement and infusion administration ; Intraspinal access device: care and management ; Blood sampling from a vascular access device ; Therapeutic phlebotomy
    Section 8: Infusion therapies. Medication verification ; Compounding and preparation of parenteral solutions and medications ; First dose administration ; Infusion medication and solution administration ; Blood administration ; Parenteral nutrition ; Antineoplastic therapy ; Biologic therapy ; Patient-controlled analgesia ; Moderate sedation/analgesia using intravenous infusion.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Infusion Nurses Society.
    Summary: Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is a companion product to the Infusion Therapy Standards of Practice (the Standards), 8th edition. Evidence-based guidance for clinical practice has been derived directly from the Standards, including associated references, glossary of terms, abbreviations, and acronyms. Polices and Procedures for Infusion Therapy is intended to reflect current knowledge and practices of the clinical specialty of infusion therapy. Because clinical practice continuously evolves based on ongoing research, clinicians should make an independent assessment of the appropriateness and applicability of a policy or procedures in any specific instance.

    Contents:
    Section 1: General organizational policies. Organization of infusion and vascular access services ; Competency and competency assessment ; Product evaluation, integrity, and defect reporting ; Informed consent ; Latex sensitivity or allergy ; Adverse and serious adverse events
    Section 2: Infection prevention and safety compliance. Hand hygiene ; Standard precautions ; Aseptic non touch technique (ANTT®) ; Transmission-based precautions ; Hazardous drugs and waste ; Medical waste and sharps safety
    Section 3: Preparing for vascular access device placement. Key definitions ; Vascular access device planning ; Site selection ; Vascular visualization ; Vascular access site preparation and skin antisepsis ; Pain management for venipuncutre and vascular access procedures
    Section 4: Vascular access device placement. Policy statements ; Key definitions ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Short peripheral intravenous catheter insertion via the external jugular vein ; Ultrasound-guided long peripheral intravenous catheter insertion ; Ultrasound-guided midline catheter insertion ; Central vascular access device tip location ; Ultrasound-guided peripherally inserted central catheter insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using modified Seldinger technique ; Ultrasound-guided nontunneled central vascular access device insertion using Seldinger technique
    Section 5: Site care and management. Administration set management ; Maintaining vascular access device patency: flushing and locking ; Vascular access device assessment, care, and dressing changes ; Vascular access device removal
    Section 6: Vascular access device-related complications: identification and intervention. Phlebitis ; Infiltration and extravasation ; Nerve injury ; Infection ; Air embolism ; Central vascular access device occlusion ; Catheter damage (embolism, repair, exchange) ; Catheter-associated deep vein thrombosis ; Central vascular access device malposition ; Catheter-associated skin injury ; Allergic reaction and anaphylactic/anaphylactoid reactions
    Section 7: Infusion-related procedures and access. Implanted vascular access port: accessing and deaccessing ; Subcutaneous access device: placement and infusion administration ; Intraspinal access device: care and management ; Intraosseous access device: placement, care, and management ; Blood sampling from a vascular access device ; Therapeutic phlebotomy
    Section 8: Infusion therapies. Medication verification ; Compounding and preparation of parenteral solutions and medications ; First dose administration ; Infusion medication and solution administration ; Blood administration ; Parenteral nutrition ; Antineoplastic therapy ; Biologic therapy ; Patient-controlled analgesia ; Moderate sedation/analgesia using intravenous infusion.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA395.G6 P7
    2
  • Digital
    Cannon, Loren.
    Summary: The politicization of trans identity-also affecting gender non-binary and gender non-conforming persons-is a form of backlash to the Obergefell ruling (legalizing same sex marriage) and increased LGBTQ equality. This book provides a conceptual analysis and application of the notions of backlash, scapegoating, dog whistling, and virtue signaling.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Contents
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    The Obergefell Decision
    The Anti-Trans Offensive
    The Case against Anti-Transgender Bathroom Bills
    Backlash
    Scapegoating
    Scapegoating
    Dog Whistles and Virtue Signaling
    " But for " and the Bostock Decision
    Epilogue
    Bibliography
    Index
    About the Author
  • Digital
    edited by Michiel Hofman and Sokhieng Au.
    Summary: The 2014-2015 Ebola epidemic in West Africa was an unprecedented medical and political emergency that cast an unflattering light on multiple corners of government and international response. Fear, not rational planning, appeared to drive many decisions made at population and leadership levels, which in turn brought about a response that was as uneven as it was unprecedented: entire populations were decimated or destroyed, vaccine trials were fast-tracked, health staff died, untested medications were used (or not used) in controversial ways, humanitarian workers returned home to enforced isolation, and military was employed to sometimes disturbing ends. The epidemic revealed serious fault lines at all levels of theory and practice of global public health: national governments were shown to be helpless and unprepared for calamity at this scale; the World Health Organization was roundly condemned for its ineffectiveness; the US quietly created its own African CDC a year after the epidemic began. Amid such chaos, Médecins sans Frontières was forced to act with unprecdented autonomy -- and amid great criticism -- in responding to the disease, taking unprecedented steps in deploying services and advocating for international aid. The Politics of Fear provides a primary documentary resource for recounting and learning from the Ebola epidemic. Comprising eleven topic-based chapters and four eyewitness vignettes from both MSF- and non-MSF-affiliated contributors (all of whom have been given access to MSF Ebola archives from Guinea, Sierra Leone, and Liberia for research), it aims to provide a politically agnostic account of the defining health event of the 21st century so far, one that will hopefully inform current opinions and future responses.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Michiel Hofman and Sokhieng Au
    Doctors against borders / João Nunes
    Whose security? / Adia Benton
    vignette 1. A few days in July / Lindis Hurum
    The "humanitarian" response to the ebola epidemic in Guinea / Jean-Francois Caremel, Sylvain Landry B. Faye, and Ramatou Ouedraogo
    The initial international aid response in Sierra Leone / Thomas Kratz
    Dying of the mundane in the time of ebola / Mit Philips
    vignette 2. Treating, suffering, and surviving ebola
    How did Médecins san frontiers negotiate clinical trials of unproven treatments during the 2014-2015 ebola epidemic? / Annette Rid and Annick Antierens
    Failing Dr. Khan / Tim O'Dempsey
    Finding an answer to ebola's greatest challenge / Armand Sprecher
    vignette 3. Children in the ebola treatment centers / Allie Tua Lappia and Patricia Carrick
    Fear and containment / Alice Desclaux, Moustapha Diop, and Stéphane Doyon
    Challenges of instituting effective medevac policies / Duncan McLean
    vignette 4. Returing to the "ebola world" / e Maud Santantonio.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Maximilian Jungmann.
    Summary: "This book compares how governments in 192 countries perceive climate change related health risks and which measures they undertake to protect their populations. Building on case studies from the United Kingdom, Ireland, South Korea, Japan and Sri Lanka, The Politics of the Climate Change-Health Nexus demonstrates the strong influence of epistemic communities and international organisations on decision making in the field of climate change and health. Jungmann shows that due to the complexity and uncertainty of climate change related health risks, governments depend on the expertise of universities, think tanks, international organisations and researchers within the public sector to understand, strategize and implement effective health adaptation measures. Due to their general openness towards new ideas and academic freedom, the book shows that more democratic states tend to demonstrate a higher recognition of the need to protect their populations. However, the level of success largely depends on the strength of their epistemic communities and the involvement of international organisations. This volume will be of great interest to students and scholars of climate change and public health. It will also be a valuable resource for policymakers from around the world to learn from best practices and thus improve the health adaptation work in their own countries"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2021
  • Digital
    Leobardo Manuel Gómez-Oliván, editor.
    Summary: The indiscriminate use of chemical substances in industrial processes and anthropogenic activities, have resulted in the release of these compounds into aquatic ecosystems through municipal, hospital and industrial discharges, producing various undesired effects on the environment and on species of ecological interest. These compounds, such as metals, pesticides, emerging pollutants and other substances are persistent and susceptible to biotic and/or abiotic transformations, yielding metabolites that can be more toxic than the original compounds. In this book, researchers from diverse environmental science disciplines share their experiences in countries such as Argentina, Brazil, Colombia and Mexico, and critically examine the problem of contaminants in aquatic ecosystems in Latin America, as well as the risks presented by their presence.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Historical findings on presence of pollutans in water bodies in Latin America and their ecotoxicological impact
    Toxicity produced by an industrial effluent from Mexico on the common carp (Cyprinus carpio)
    Pesticide contamination in Southern Brazil
    Embryotoxicity and teratogenicity induced by naproxen in Xenopus laevis, species of ecological interest in Mexico
    Differential responses of biochemical and behavioral parameters in the native gastropod Chilina gibbosa exposed subchronically to environmental concentrations of two insecticides used in argentina
    Oxidative stress induced by water from a hospital effluent of the city of Toluca, Mexico on Hyalella azteca
    Evaluation of the toxicity of municipal effluents from a locality in the State of Mexico using Hyalella azteca as a bioindicator
    Analysis of heavy metals present on air through the toxicity analysis in water by the gas washer method, using the organism Daphnia magna
    Ecotoxicological Studies of Metal Pollution in Sea Turtles of Latin America
    Evaluation of the toxicity of an industrial effluent before and after a treatment with Sn-modified TiO2 under UV irradiation through oxidative stress biomarkers
    Effects of river pollution on its biota: results from twenty years studies in the Suquía River Basin (Córdoba, Argentina)
    Effects found and induced by the presence of metals in species of the economic and ecological importance of Mexican aquatic environments
    Environmental Pollution by Hydrocarbons in Colombia and its Impact on the Health of Aquatic Ecosystems
    Biomonitoring of diffuse contamination in the Subtropical Region of Brazil: Multibiomarker Assessment in neotropical freshwater fishes
    Genotoxicity biomarkers in fish erythrocytes and water quality parameters
    Health diagnosis of the fish Scomberomorus cavalla from Tecolutla, Ver. México
    Histopathological assessment of organisms in ecotoxicological studies from Mexico
    Histopathological analysis of the intestine from Mugil cephalus on environment reference sites
    Impacts caused by manganese in the aquatic environments of Brazil
    Genotoxic effect of amoxicillin on peripheral blood of common carp (Cyprinus carpio)
    Final conclusions
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Joanna Rorbach, Agnieszka J. Bobrowicz.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Arthur G. Hunt, Qingshun Quinn Li.
    Contents:
    Computational analysis of plant polyadenylation signals / Xiaohui Wu , Guoli Ji , and Qingshun Quinn Li
    Prediction of plant mRNA polyadenylation sites / Xiaohui Wu , Guoli Ji , and Qingshun Quinn Li
    Extraction of poly(A) sites from large-scale RNA-seq data / Min Dong ... [et al.]
    Poly(A)-tag deep sequencing data processing to extract poly(A) sites / Xiaohui Wu, Guoli Ji, and Qingshun Quinn Li
    Analysis of poly(A) site choice using a java-based clustering algorithm / Patrick E. Thomas
    RADPRE : a computational program for identification of differential mRNA processing including alternative polyadenylation / Denghui Xing and Qingshun Quinn Li
    Characterization of plant polyadenylation complexes by using tandem affinity purification / Hongwei Zhao, Xinfu Ye, and Qingshun Quinn Li
    In vitro analysis of cleavage and polyadenylation in Arabidopsis / Hongwei Zhao and Qingshun Quinn Li
    Production, purification, and assay of recombinant proteins for in vitro biochemical analyses of the plant polyadenylation complex / Stephen A. Bell and Balasubrahmanyam Addepalli
    Detection of disulfide linkage by chemical derivatization and mass spectrometry / Balasubrahmanyam Addepalli
    Transient expression using agroinfiltration to study polyadenylation in plants / Carol Von Lanken and Arthur G. Hunt
    3' RACE protocol to confirm polyadenylation sites / Liuyin Ma and Arthur G. Hunt
    Phage display library screening for identification of interacting protein partners / Balasubrahmanyam Addepalli, Suryadevara Rao, and Arthur G. Hunt
    Genome- wide determination of poly(A) site choice in plants / Pratap Kumar Pati, Liuyin Ma, and Arthur G. Hunt
    DNA/RNA hybrid primer mediated poly(A) tag library construction for illumina sequencing / Man Liu, Xiaohui Wu, and Qingshun Quinn Li
    Poly(A) tag library construction from 10 ng total RNA / Jingyi Cao and Qingshun Quinn Li
    Rapid, simple, and inexpensive method for the preparation of strand-specific RNA-seq libraries / Arthur G. Hunt
    Genome-wide analysis of distribution of RNA polymerase II isoforms using ChIP-Seq / Laura de Lorenzo.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kazuichi Hayakawa, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) and Nitropolycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (NPAHs) contamination in the context of environmental pollution in Asia. It is comprised of the following sections: 1. Fundamental Chemistry and General Characteristics; 2. Analytical Methods; 3. Emission Source and Atmospheric Behavior; 4. Atmospheric Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons and PM2.5; 5. Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Marine Environments; 6. Metabolic Activation/Toxicities; and 7. Environmental Standards and Guidelines. This volume concentrates on the Far East due to the massive consumption of coal and petroleum in China, which has led to considerable levels of air pollution. High concentration of atmospheric PM2.5 in Beijing have been reported since January 2013 and exposure to such high concentrations may cause respiratory, cardiac and lung diseases. Gathering contributions from international experts, this volume provides a valuable reference guide for global researchers and students interested in learning from the East Asian experience.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    Introduction
    Part 2. Physical and Chemical Characteristics
    Physical Parameters of PAHs/NPAHs/Oxidative Derivatives
    Chemistry of PAHs/NPAHs/Oxidative Derivatives (structures/name/numbering by IUPAC)
    Part 3. Analytical Method
    PAHs/NPAHs (including Application to Environmental Samples)
    PAHOHs/PAHQs (including application to biological samples)
    Part 4 Atmospheric Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons and PM2.5
    Sampling Methods for PM
    PAHs/NPAHs in PM (including formation of PAHs/NPAHs)
    Atmospheric Reaction: Formation and Degradation
    PAHs/NPAHs in Japan (Tokyo/Sagamihara, Hokkaido, Kanazawa, Kitakyushu, Muroran)
    PAHs/NPAHs in North-East Asia (China, Korea, Russia)
    Long-Range Transport of PAHs/NPAHs (Noto and Tateyakma)
    PAHs/NPAHs in South East Asia
    PAHs/NPAHs in Africa
    Emission Sources of PAHs/NPAHs (including source marker)
    Emission of PAHs/NPAHs from Diesel-Engine Vehicles
    Model Simulation of PAHs in North-East Asia
    Part 5. Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Marine
    PAHs Pollution caused by Oil Spill
    PAHs in North-West Japan Sea
    PAHs in South-East China Sea
    Part 6. Metabolic Activation/Toxicities
    Metabolic Activation
    Carcinogenicity/Mutagenicity
    Endocrine Disruption
    ROS Production
    Toxicities in Fish and Other Marine Organisms
    Part 7. Environmental Standards/Guidelines
    Environmental Standards/Guide Lines of PAHs/NPAHs (including environmental standards/guide lines in Japan and in the world.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Benjamin D. Cowley, Jr., John J. Bissler, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide to polycystic kidney disease captures the growing knowledge of this common, potentially-fatal and hereditary disease. The first two sections of the book provide an overview of PKD gene structures, mutations and pathophysiologic mechanisms. This is followed by chapters focused on PKD's clinical features, including renal and extrarenal manifestations, and appropriate management of patients. The final section covers current clinical trials and emerging therapies in PKD. Authored by experts in the field, this book provides the clinician and researcher with critical information on basic and translational science and clinical approaches in one concise resource.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lubna Pal, editor.
    Summary: Presenting an overview of the current understanding of the pathophysiology of PCOS and a paradigm for the clinical evaluation and management of the disorder, Polycystic Ovary Syndrome is written in an easy to digest, concise format that, with bulleted key points introducing each chapter, is suitable for the trainee and the busy clinician. The breadth and depth of coverage of today's queries and controversies will be of particular interest to the specialist and researcher. An international group of leading experts addresses the varied etiologies of PCOS, comprehensively covering the contemporary treatment approaches and long-term implications of PCOS, a common yet poorly understood disorder. Chapters on treatment will be of particular relevance to the clinician and the trainee as they cover conventional therapies, lifestyle, and diet, as well as address emerging strategies such as the use of statins and surgery in PCOS management. Spanning the breadth of clinical presentations and morbidities related to the diagnosis of PCOS, Polycystic Ovary Syndrome is an exceptional resource for primary care providers, gynecologists, reproductive endocrinologists, and others involved in the care of these patients, and provides the essential tools to aid clinicians in initiating a timely diagnostic workup and appropriate interventions to address both the immediate and long-term sequelae related to PCOS.

    Contents:
    Diagnostic Criteria and Epidemiology of PCOS
    Pathophysiology of PCOS
    Managing PCOS
    Unique Considerations in PCOS
    Role of Surgery in PCOS Management
    Recognized Risks and Emerging Concepts.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lubna Pal, David B. Seifer, editors.
    Summary: Now in a completely newly revised and expanded second edition, this comprehensive text presents the current state of the art in our understanding and management of polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), the most common hormonal disorder of reproductive aged women. The numerous bothersome symptoms of PCOS include menstrual irregularities, hirsutism, acne, scalp hair thinning, weigh excess and infertility; additionally, as they age, women with PCOS are at a higher risk for metabolic abnormalities such as diabetes and dyslipidemias, as well as for cardiovascular disease and even certain cancers. Despite improvements in our understanding of this condition, the exact cause/s of PCOS remain elusive; genetic, hormonal, metabolic and environmental underpinnings are all suggested as relevant. All chapters have been updated, with eight new chapters added across seven thematic sections. Part one discusses the epidemiology of PCOS in both adults and adolescents. Part two covers the pathophysiology of PCOS, including genetics, the hypothalamo-pituitary-ovarian and the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axes, insulin resistance, inflammation, and obesity. The next three sections present the various management strategies, medical and surgical, for harnessing the symptomatology, including PCOS-related infertility; these chapters include added case material to provide real-world examples of the treatments in action and their efficacy. Part six covers the comorbidities that women with PCOS commonly encounter, such as issues of mental health, sleep disturbances, endometrial hyperplasia, and cancer, as well as examines the economic burden of PCOS. The final section discusses emerging concepts surrounding possible mechanisms and potential therapeutic approaches to PCOS, including angiogenic dysfunction, the role of vitamin D, future potential therapies to targeted AMH signaling. The closing chapter, by familiarizing the readers with the intergenerational implications of PCOS and by raising awareness of potential "ripple effects", aims at alerting the community on a need for vigilance as regards the health of PCOS progeny. With contributions from leaders in the field, Polycystic Ovary Syndrome, Second Edition remains the gold-standard text on this common medical condition and a valuable resource for the wide range of healthcare professionals engaged in caring for the women with PCOS.

    Contents:
    Part I. Epidemiology of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    1. Diagnostic Criteria and Epidemiology of PCOS
    2. Prevalence, Presentation, and Diagnosis of PCOS in Adolescents
    3. Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome: A Diagnosis of Exclusion
    Part II. Pathophysiology, Endocrine and Metabolic Milieus of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    4. Recent Advances in the Genetics of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    5. The Hypothalamo-Pituitary Axis in PCOS
    6. Ovarian Dysfunction in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS)
    7. The Role of the Adrenal Glands in the Hyperandrogenism associated with the Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome
    8. Insulin Resistance and Lipotoxicity in PCOS: Causes and Consequences
    9. Obesity, Dysmetabolic and Proinflammatory Milieu of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Part III. Management of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    10. Managing PCOS in the Adolescent
    11. Managing the PCOS-Related Symptoms of Hirsutism, Acne, and Female Pattern Hair Loss
    12. Role of Insulin-Sensitizing Drugs in PCOS Management
    13. Role of Statins & Resveratrol in PCOS Management
    14. Role of Lifestyle, Diet and Exercise in the Management of Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome
    Part IV. Management of Polycytic Ovary Syndrome Related Infertility
    15. Managing PCOS-Related Infertility: Ovulation Induction, In Vitro Fertilization, and In Vitro Maturation
    16. Considerations and Challenges for Pregnancy in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Part V. The Role of Surgery in the Management of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    17. Rationale and considerations for Bariatric Surgery
    18. Surgical Management of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome: A Contemporary Viewpoint on Place of Ovarian Surgery in PCOS Management
    Part VI. Health Risks and Burden of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    19. PCOS and its Association with Mental Health
    20. Obstructive Sleep Apnea in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    21. Endometrial cancer and pre-cancer in polycystic ovary syndrome
    22. Economic Burden of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Part VII. Emerging Concepts in Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    23. The Role of Angiogenic Factor Dysregulation in the Pathogenesis of Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome
    24. Emerging Concepts: Role of Vitamin D Deficiency in the Pathogenesis of PCOS
    25. Anti-Mullerian Hormone Signaling relevance for pathophysiology of PCOS & implications for novel therapeutic approaches to managing ovulatory dysfunction of PCOS
    26. Newer Glucose Lowering Medications and Potential Role in Metabolic Management of PCOS
    27. Intergenerational Implications of PCOS.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kikuo Iwabuchi.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of our current understanding of polyembryony in insects. The study of polyembronic insects has advanced considerably over the last several decades. The book shows the exciting potential of polyembryonic insects and their impact on life sciences. It describes the mechanisms of polyembryogenesis; tissue-compatible invasion of the host, which is the first case of compatible cellular interaction between phylogenetically distant organisms without rejection; the sex differences in defense; and the environmental regulation of caste structure. The first book devoted to polyembryony in insects, it draws on the author's research on polyembryonic wasps from 1990 to the present day, covering various topics such as polyembryogenesis in vitro, host-parasite interaction, sex differences in soldier function/humoral toxic factor, and the transcription analysis of polyembryogenesis. It is intended not only for researchers in the field of entomology, parasitology, ontogeny, reproductive biology, developmental biology, sociobiology, and evolutionary developmental biology (Evo-Devo), but also for postgraduate students in these fields.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Overview of polyembryony
    Chapter 2. Polyembryony in encyrtid parasitoids. Chapter 3. Host-polyembryonic parasitoid interactions
    Chapter 4. Sociality in polyembryonic parasitoids
    Chapter 5. Ecology and evolution of polyembryony. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Annamaria Colao, Marie-Lise Jaffrain-Rea, Albert Beckers, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive reference book is meant to support clinicians in the diagnosis and treatment of polyendocrine diseases and endocrine neoplastic syndromes. Although a large majority of endocrine diseases present as sporadic cases, an increasing proportion can be identified as part of a polyendocrine or systemic syndrome. These include autoimmune endocrine diseases, which may be part of autoimmune polyendocrine disorders (APS) or rare complex disorders such as POEMS (polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, M-protein and skin changes) or IPEX (immune dysregulation, polyendocrinopathy, enteropathy, X-linked) syndromes. On the other hand, endocrine tumors may develop in a variety of clinical conditions, including multiple endocrine neoplasia (MEN) syndromes, syndromic diseases such as McCune Albright or Carneys complex, or peculiar familial associations such as pheochromocytoma/paraganglioma syndromes. The book discusses the significant advances that have been made in the clinical and genetic characterization of such entities, with major implications in terms of diagnosis and clinical management - with special attention to emerging syndromes, familial screening , multidisciplinarity and multimodal treatment. This volume is intended for clinicians, residents, specialists and physicians involved in the diagnosis and treatment of affected patients, including specialists in endocrinology, internal medicine, oncology , genetics and imaging.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Series Preface
    Volume Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Polyendocrine Disorders in Autoimmune and Systemic Diseases
    1 Autoimmune Polyendocrine Syndromes (APS) or Multiple Autoimmune Syndromes (MAS)
    Introduction
    Criteria for the Diagnosis of Autoimmune Diseases
    Classification of Autoimmune Diseases
    Natural History of Autoimmune Diseases
    Old Classification of APS
    New Classifications of APS/MAS
    Hypothesis on the Pathogenesis of APS/MAS
    APS/MAS-1
    Historical Features
    Frequency and Epidemiology Animal Models of APS/MAS-1
    Genetics of APS/MAS-1
    Main Clinical Manifestations of APS/MAS-1
    Chronic Mucocutaneous Candidiasis (CMC)
    Chronic Hypoparathyroidism (CH)
    Autoimmune Addisonś Disease (AAD)
    Minor Autoimmune Diseases
    Premature Ovarian Failure (POF)
    Autoimmune Gastritis (AG)
    Auto-Immune Thyroid Diseases (AITD)
    Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (DM-1)
    Alopecia Areata (AA)
    Vitiligo
    Autoimmune Hepatitis (AH)
    Autoimmune Enteropathy (AE)
    Splenic Atrophy (SA)
    Pituitary Failure (PF)
    Renal Diseases
    Pulmonary Diseases (PD) Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy (CIDP)
    Vasculitis
    Ectodermal Dystrophy
    Cancer
    Other Rare Diseases
    Total Number of Diseases in the Italian Cohort of APS/MAS-1
    Diseases of APS/MAS-1 and Related Autoantibodies
    New Diagnostic Criteria for APS/MAS-1
    How to Manage Patients with ASP/MAS-1
    When to Investigate for AIRE Gene Mutations
    Therapy
    APS/MAS-2
    Historical Features
    Animal Models
    Genetics of APS/MAS-2
    Frequency and Epidemiology of APS/MAS-2
    Main Clinical Manifestations of APS/MAS-2
    Autoimmune Addisonś Disease (AAD) Autoimmune Thyroid Diseases (AITD)
    Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (DM-I)
    Combinations of the Three Major Diseases
    Incomplete or Subclinical Forms of APS/MAS-2
    Minor Autoimmune Diseases
    Premature Ovarian Failure (POF)
    Autoimmune Gastritis (AG)
    Vitiligo
    Alopecia
    Celiac Disease
    Other Autoimmune Diseases
    Autoimmune Diseases and Autoantibodies in APS/MAS-2
    Therapy
    APS/MAS-3
    General Considerations
    Frequency of APS/MAS-3
    A New Classification of APS/MAS-3
    Genetics of APS/MAS-3
    APS/MAS 3A: Association Between AITD and Other Autoimmune Endocrine Diseases AITD and DM-1
    AITD and Hirataś Disease (HD)
    AITD and Hypergonadotropic Hypogonadism (HH)
    AITD and Lymphocytic Adenohypophysitis (LAH)
    AITD and Lymphocytic Neurohypophysitis (LNH)
    AITD and Chronic Hypoparathyroidism (CH)
    AITD and Lymphocytic Mastopathy
    Incomplete APS/MAS 3A
    APS/MAS-3B: Association Between AITD and Other Autoimmune Diseases of the Digestive System
    AITD and Autoimmune Gastritis (AG)
    AITD and Pernicious Anemia (PA)
    AITD and Celiac Disease (CD)
    AITD and Autoimmune Hepatitis (AH)
    AITD and Primary Biliary Cholangitis (PBC)
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Clévio Nóbrega, Luís Pereira de Almeida, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a cutting-edge review of polyglutamine disorders. It primarily focuses on two main aspects: (1) the mechanisms underlying the pathologies' development and progression, and (2) the therapeutic strategies that are currently being explored to stop or delay disease progression. Polyglutamine (polyQ) disorders are a group of inherited neurodegenerative diseases with a fatal outcome that are caused by an abnormal expansion of a coding trinucleotide repeat (CAG), which is then translated in an abnormal protein with an elongated glutamine tract (Q). To date, nine polyQ disorders have been identified and described: dentatorubral-pallidoluysian atrophy (DRPLA); Huntington's disease (HD); spinal-bulbar muscular atrophy (SBMA); and six spinocerebellar ataxias (SCA 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, and 17). The genetic basis of polyQ disorders is well established and described, and despite important advances that have opened up the possibility of generating genetic models of the disease, the mechanisms that cause neuronal degeneration are still largely unknown and there is currently no treatment available for these disorders. Further, it is believed that the different polyQ may share some mechanisms and pathways contributing to neurodegeneration and disease progression.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Declan M. Devine, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to give readers a basic understanding of commonly used additive manufacturing techniques as well as the tools to fully utilise the strengths of additive manufacturing through the modelling and design phase all the way through to post processing. Guidelines for 3D printed biomedical implants are also provided. Current biomedical applications of 3D printing are discussed, including indirect applications in the rapid manufacture of prototype tooling and direct applications in the orthopaedics, cardiovascular, drug delivery, ear-nose-throat, and tissue engineering fields. Polymer-Based Additive Manufacturing: Biomedical Applications is an ideal resource for students, researchers, and those working in industry seeking to better understand the medical applications of additive manufacturing.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Polymer-Based Additive Manufacturing: Historical Developments, Process Types and Material Considerations; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Stereolithography (SLA); 1.3 Fused Filament Fabrication; 1.4 Selective Laser Sintering (SLS); 1.5 Freeformer; 1.6 InkJet Techniques; 1.7 Laminated Object Manufacturing; 1.8 Summary; References;
    Chapter 2: Design for Additive Manufacturing; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Design for Manufacturing and Assembly; 2.3 Advantages of Additive Manufacturing as a Production Process; 2.3.1 Product Digitisation and Rapid Prototyping 2.3.2 Topology Optimisation2.3.3 Geometrical Design Freedom at Low Cost; 2.3.4 Product Customisation; 2.3.5 Product Consolidation; 2.3.6 Lightweight Structures; 2.3.7 Integrated Functions and Internal Features; 2.3.8 Multiple Material Builds; 2.3.9 Optimisation of Supply Chain and Inventory; 2.4 Suitability of Additive Manufacturing; 2.5 Product Design Considerations; 2.5.1 Additive Technology Selection; 2.5.2 Material Selection; 2.5.3 Layer Height; 2.5.4 Support Structures; 2.5.5 Build Orientation; 2.5.6 Overhangs and Unsupported Features; 2.5.7 Hole Design 2.5.8 Hollow Sections and Escape Holes2.5.9 Thin Features; 2.5.10 Geometric Tolerances and Surface Quality; 2.6 Post-processing; 2.6.1 Material Removal; 2.6.2 Surface Finishing and Improving Geometrical Tolerances; 2.7 Product Consolidation and Weight Saving Using Additive Manufacturing; 2.8 Chapter Summary; References;
    Chapter 3: Mechanics Modeling of Additive Manufactured Polymers; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Nonlinear Modeling of Additive Manufactured Photopolymers; 3.2.1 Finite Strain Anisotropic Model for Plastics; 3.2.2 Anisotropic Hyperelastic Model for Elastomers 3.3 Modeling of Shape Memory Photopolymers3.3.1 Background of Shape Memory Polymers; 3.3.2 Model Descriptions; 3.3.3 Additive Manufactured Shape Memory Structures; 3.4 Summary; References;
    Chapter 4: Additive Manufacturing of Tooling for Use in Mass Production Processes; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Technologies; 4.2.1 Injection Moulding; 4.2.2 Blow Moulding; 4.3 Cooling; 4.3.1 Benefits of Optimised Cooling System Design; 4.3.2 Conformal Cooling; 4.4 Comparison of UV Photocurable AM Resin Tools to Metal AM Tools; 4.5 Benefits of Using Resin-Based Rapid Tools for Injection Moulding 4.6 Rapid Tooling: Case Studies4.6.1 Design Verification Through the Use of Resin-Based Tooling; 4.6.2 Resin-Based Rapid Tooling to Reduce Costs and Lead Times; 4.6.3 Ceramic-Polymer Tooling Inserts for Use in the Production of Electrical Switch Components; 4.6.4 Comparison of Resin-Based Printed Tooling to Metal Tooling; 4.6.5 Comparison of Service Life of Tools Using Different Resins; 4.6.6 Carbon Fibre-Reinforced Rapid Tooling Inserts; 4.7 Limitations of Polymer-Based Rapid Tooling; 4.8 Summary; References;
    Chapter 5: Current Market for Biomedical Implants; 5.1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Carmen Scholz.
    Summary: "This book highlights dynamic developments in polymer synthesis, focusing on synthetic techniques that yield new biomedically relevant polymers, macromolecular super-structures, and biopolymers for surface modification. An added emphasis deals with characterizing these polymers through structure verification"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Characterization of polypeptides and polypeptoides
    methods and challenges / David Huesmann, Matthias Barz
    Poly(2-oxazoline): the structurally diverse biocompatibilizing polymer / Rodolphe Obeid
    Poly(2-oxazoline) polymers
    synthesis, characterization and applications in development of therapeutics / Randall W. Moreadith Tacey X. Viegas
    Polypeptoid polymers: synthesis, characterization and properties / Brandon A. Chan, Sunting Xuan, Ang Li, Jessica M. Simpson and Donghui Zhang
    Polyanhydrides: synthesis and characterization / Rohan Ghadi, Eameema Muntimadugu Wahid Khan, Abraham J. Domb
    New routes to tailor-made polyesters / Kazuki Fukushima, Tomoko Fujiwara
    Polyphosphoesters: an old biopolymer in a new light / Kristin N. Bauer, Hisaschi T.C. Tee, Evandro M. Alexandrino, Frederik R. Wurm
    Design and synthesis of amphiphilic vinyl copolymers with antimicrobial activity / Leanna L. Foster, Masato Mizutani, Yukari Oda, Edmund F. Palermo, Kenichi Kuroda
    Enhanced polyethylenimine-based delivery of nucleic acids / Jeff Sparks, Tooba Anwer, Khursheed Anwer
    Cationic graft copolymers for DNA engineering / Atsushi Maruyama, Naohiko Shimada
    Synthesis of (bio)degradable polymers by controlled/"living" radical polymerization" / Shannon R. Woodruff, Nicolay V. Tsarevsky
    Polymerized drugs
    a novel approach to controlled release systems / B. Demirdirek, J.J. Faig, R. Guliyev, K.E.Uhrich
    Structural design and synthesis of polymer prodrugs / Petr Chytil, Libor Kostka, Tomáš Etrych
    Polymeric ultrathin films for surface modifications / Henning Menzel
    Surface functionalization of biomaterials by poly(2-oxazoline)s / Giulia Morgese, Edmondo M. Benetti
    Biorelated polymer brushes by surface initiated reversible deactivation radical polymerization / Rueben Pfukwa, Lebohang Hlalele, Bert Klumperman
    Synthesis of amphiphilic invertible polymers for biomedical applications / A.M. Kohut, I.O. Hevus, S.A. Voronov, A.S. Voronov
    Bioadhesive polymers for drug delivery / Eenko Larrañeta, Ryan F. Donnelly.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Bhaskar Dasgupta, Christian Dejaco.
    Summary: Polymyalgia rheumatica (PMR) and giant cell arteritis (GCA) are related conditions occurring almost exclusively in older people. Polymyalgia rheumatica is considered to be the rheumatic disease that is subject to the widest variations of clinical practice, partially due to the considerable uncertainty related to diagnosis and outcomes. Giant cell arteritis, an inflammatory form of vasculitis, may present with a broad spectrum of clinical manifestations and can be complicated by acute ischemic events, the most serious of which is permanent blindness. Early recognition and adequate treatment of the condition is thus necessary to prevent patients' loss of independence and to maintain their quality of life. Part of the Oxford Rheumatology Library series, Polymyalgia Rheumatica and Giant Cell Arteritis provides quick and practically relevant information on several aspects of the diseases, particularly on diagnosis and management, with the ultimate aim of improving the patient's care. Chapters highlight current concepts of pathogenesis, recent advances of diagnostic and therapeutic approaches, and the ongoing research into the identification of new biomarkers and corticosteroid-sparing medications. Each chapter is complemented with key message boxes highlighting the most relevant information for clinical practice. This concise but comprehensive reference is particularly suited for rheumatologists, general practitioners, and other professionals caring for patients with PMR and GCA.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Jozef Rovensky, Burkhard Leeb, Viera Štvrtinová, Richard Imrich, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jian Li, Roger L. Nation, Keith S. Kaye, editors.
    Summary: It is our wish that readers discover the importance of polymyxin structure in relation to the mechanisms of activity, resistance and toxicity. We emphasized that reliable analytic methods for polymyxins are critical when investigating their pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD). The complicated dose definitions and different pharmacopoeial standards have already compromised the safe use of polymyxins in patients. Therefore, informed by the latest pharmacological information, scientifically-based dosing recommendations have been proposed for intravenous polymyxins. Considering the PK/PD limitations and potential development of resistance, polymyxin combinations are encouraged; however, the current literature has not shown definite microbiological benefits, possibly because most clinical studies to date overlooked key PK/PD principles. Nephrotoxicity is the major dose-limiting factor and it is imperative to elucidate the mechanisms and develop novel approaches to minimize polymyxin-associated toxicities. In addition, the anti-endotoxin effect of polymyxins supports their clinical use to treat Gram-negative sepsis. Fortunately, the discovery of new-generation polymyxins with wider therapeutic windows has benefited from the latest achievements in polymyxin research.

    Contents:
    Overview
    Multidrug resistant Gram-negative pathogens: the urgent need for 'old' polymyxins
    Discovery, antibacterial spectrum and chemistry
    Mechanisms of antibacterial activity
    Mechanisms of resistance
    Bioanalysis and stability of polymyxins
    In vitro pharmacodynamics and PK/PD in animals
    Antibacterial susceptibility breakpoints
    Labeling of parenteral products of colistin methanesulfonate
    Meta-analysis of polymyxin use in patients
    Clinical use of colistin
    Clinical use of polymyxin B
    Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, toxicodynamics and dosing recommendations
    Rational combinations with other antibiotics
    Toxicities in patients: management and mechanisms
    Antiendotoxin effect
    Discovery of novel polymyxin-like antibiotics
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Omkar, editor.
    Summary: Polyphagous pests are primarily agricultural pests that feed on economically important agricultural and horticultural crops of wide taxonomic diversity across the globe. They cause immense damage across different crop varieties owing to their generalist and voracious food habits. The advent of mono-crop culture in a huge area and the massive use of pesticides post green revolution have massively increased pest outbreaks all over the world. The Middle Eastern countries, African continent and even the Indian subcontinent is increasingly facing resurgences of polyphagus pests. This book compiles an inclusive account of polyphagous pests. It covers locusts, termites, aphids, whiteflies, mealybugs, scale insects, gram pod borer, fall armyworm, thrips, mites and rodents. The book discusses mode of spread, enormity of losses caused, mechanism of action, and also means to reduce the crop losses. It brings together a unique perspective for researchers to learn effective pest management practices across all crops. This book is a reference guide to researchers and also useful for academicians and students of entomology. .

    Contents:
    1 Locusts
    2 Termites
    3 Aphids
    4 Whiteflies
    5 Mealybugs
    6 Scale Insects
    7 Gram Pod Borer-(Helicoverpa armigera)
    8 Fall Armyworm-Spodoptera frugiperda
    9 Thrips
    10 Mites
    11 Rodents.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ronald Ross Watson, Victor R. Preedy, Sherma Zibadi.
    Summary: Polyphenols in Human Health and Disease documents antioxidant actions of polyphenols in protection of cells and cell organelles, critical for understanding their health-promoting actions to help the dietary supplement industry. The book begins by describing the fundamentals of absorption, metabolism and bioavailability of polyphenols, as well as the effect of microbes on polyphenol structure and function and toxicity. It then examines the role of polyphenols in the treatment of chronic disease, including vascular and cardiac health, obesity and diabetes therapy, cancer treatment and prevention, and more. Explores neuronal protection by polyphenol metabolites and their application to medical care. Defines modulation of enzyme actions to help researchers see and study polyphenols' mechanisms of action, leading to clinical applications. Includes insights on polyphenols in brain and neurological functions to apply them to the wide range of aging diseases.

    Contents:
    Volume 1. Polyphenols in chronic diseases and their mechanisms of action
    Volume 2. Polyphenols in the prevention and treatment of vascular and cardiac disease, and cancer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Graham C. Burdge.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction: more than 50 years of research on polyunsaturated fatty acid metabolism
    2. Polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism in adult mammals
    3. Polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism in fish
    4. Polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism in agriculturally important species
    5. The biochemistry and regulation of fatty acid desaturases in animals
    6. Biochemistry and regulation of fatty acid desaturases in animals
    7. Polyunsaturated fatty acids: metabolism and nutritional requirements in pregnancy and infancy
    8. Metabolism of polyunstaurated fatty acids by cells of the immune system
    9. Polyunsaturated fatty biosynthesis and metabolism in reproductive tissues
    10. The effect of dietary modification on polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism
    11. Omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid metabolism in vegetarians
    12. Genetic influences on polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis and metabolism
    13. Interactions between plyunsaturated fatty acids and the epigenome
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Gregory K. Webster, J. Derek Jackson, Robert G. Bell.
    Contents:
    1. The modern pharmaceutical development challenge : BCS class II and IV drugs / Gregory K. Webster, Robert G. Bell, and J. Derek Jackson
    2. Solubility determinations for pharmaceutical API / Kofi Asare-Addo and Barbara R. Conway
    3. Use of surfactants in dissolution testing / Amit Gupta
    4. Intrinsic dissolution evaluation of poorly soluble drugs / Michele Georges Issa and Humberto Gomes Ferraz
    5. Oral delivery of poorly soluble drugs / Dev Prasad, Akash Jain, and Sudhakar Garad
    6. A staged approach to pharmaceutical dissolution testing / Gregory K. Webster, Xi Shao, and Paul D. Curry, Jr.
    7. Development and application of in vitro two-phase dissolution method for poorly water-soluble drugs / Ping Gao, Yi Shi, and Jonathan M. Miller
    8. The use of apparatus 3 in dissolution testing of poorly soluble drug formulations / G. Bryan Crist
    9. Use of apparatus 4 in dissolution testing, including sparingly and poorly soluble drugs / Rajan Jog, Geoffrey N. Grove, and Diane J. Burgess
    10. Dissolution of nanoparticle drug formulations / John Bullock
    11. Dissolution of lipid-based drug formulations / Stephen M. Cafiero
    12. Dissolution of stabilized amorphous drug formulations / Justin R. Hughey
    13. Dissolution of pharmaceutical suspensions / Beverly Nickerson, Michele Xuemei Guo, Kenneth J. Norris, and Ling Zhang
    14. Dissolution testing of poorly soluble drugs : "biorelevant dissolution" / Mark McAllister and Irena Tomaszewska
    15. Clinically relevant dissolution for low-solubility immediate-release products / Paul A. Dickinson, Talia Flanagan, David Holt, and Paul W. Stott
    16. The QbD approach to method development and validation for dissolution testing / Alger D. Salt
    17. Regulatory considerations in dissolution and drug release of BCS class II and IV compounds / Robert G. Bell and Laila Kott
    18. Dissolution of liquid-filled capsules based formulations / Rampurna Prasad Gullapalli
    19. Current and emerging non-compendial methods for dissolution testing / Namita Tipnis and Diane J. Burgess.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Print
    collected by the Engineering foundation, New York, Jan. l5, 1921.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    Q162 .E57 1924
    1
  • Print
    Patricia M. Schoon, Carolyn M. Porta.
    Summary: "Population-Based Public Health Clinical Manual: The Henry Street Model for Nurses has proven to be one of the most important public health texts for students and practitioners alike. Focused on developing a competent public health nursing practice in diverse settings, the core text builds on the Henry Street Consortium's framework of 13 competencIes for population-based, entry-level public health nursing (PHN). Full-color; 500 pages"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    Patricia M. Schoon, Carolyn M. Porta, Marjorie A. Schaffer.
    Contents:
    Introduction to public health nursing practice
    Evidence-based public health nursing practice
    Competency 1 : applies the public health nursing process to communities, systems, individuals, and families
    Competency 2 : utilizes basic epidemiological principles (the incidence, distribution, and control of disease in a population) in public health nursing practice
    Competency 3 : utilizes the principles and science of environmental health to promote safe and sustainable environments for individuals, families, systems, and communities
    Competency 4 : practices public health nursing within the auspices of the nurse practice act
    Competency 5 : works within the responsibility and authority of the governmental public health system
    Competency 6 : utilizes collaboration to achieve public health goals
    Competency 7 : effectively communicates with communities, systems, individuals, families, and colleagues
    Competency 8 : establishes and maintains caring relationships with communities, systems, individuals, and families
    Competency 9 : incorporates mental, physical, emotional, social, spiritual, and environmental aspects of health into assessment, planning, implementation, and evaluation
    Competency 10 : demonstrates nonjudgmental and unconditional acceptance of people different from self
    Competency 11 : shows evidence of commitment to social justice, the greater good, and the public health principles
    Competency 12 : demonstrates leadership in public health nursing with communities, systems, individuals, and families
    Putting it all together : what it means to be a public health nurse.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2018
  • Digital
    Wenshi Pan.
    Summary: This book offers a rare and detailed insight into 20 years of in-depth field research and conservation of the white-headed langur. It focuses on the white-headed langurs natural refuge, territory and home range, diets and foraging strategies, behavior modes, reproductive strategies, population, possible future viabilities, and their interaction with human society. From 1996 through 2016, a small research team led by Prof. Wenshi Pan from Peking University conducted studies and conservation efforts on the white-headed langur, one of the most endangered endemic species of China, in Guangxi and saved the species from extinction. With the help of conservationists efforts, the white-headed langur population in Nongguan Mountains, Guangxi, gradually increased from 105 to approximately 820.This book shares the success story of the unification of human development and wildlife conservation.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The origin of white-headed langur
    Chapter 2. From ancient Java langur to white-headed langur today
    Chapter 3. White-headed langur is an endemic species of Chongzuo
    Chapter 4. A catastrophe for the white-headed langur
    Chapter 5. White-headed langurs habitats and natural refugees
    Chapter 6. White-Headed Langurs Homeland in Nongguan Mountains
    Chapter 7. White-headed langurs diets and forage behaviors
    Chapter 8. Restoration of the White-headed Langur Population in Nongguan Mountains
    Chapter 9. The behavior patterns of a white-headed langur family
    Chapter 10. The strategy of white-headed langur reproductive behaviors
    Chapter 11.The number of the white-headed langur in Nongguan Mountains
    Chapter 12. A Population Viability Analysis for the white-headed langur in Nongguan Mountains
    Chapter 13. How to conserve the white-headed langur population.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Om P. Rajora.
    Summary: Population genomics has revolutionized various disciplines of biology including population, evolutionary, ecological and conservation genetics, plant and animal breeding, human health, medicine and pharmacology by allowing to address novel and long-standing questions with unprecedented power and accuracy. It employs large-scale or genome-wide genetic information and bioinformatics to address various fundamental and applied aspects in biology and related disciplines, and provides a comprehensive genome-wide perspective and new insights that were not possible before. These advances have become possible due to the development of new and low-cost sequencing and genotyping technologies and novel statistical approaches and software, bioinformatics tools, and models. Population genomics is tremendously advancing our understanding the roles of evolutionary processes, such as mutation, genetic drift, gene flow, and natural selection, in shaping up genetic variation at individual loci and across the genome and populations; improving the assessment of population genetic parameters or processes such as adaptive evolution, effective population size, gene flow, admixture, inbreeding and outbreeding depression, demography, and biogeography; resolving evolutionary histories and phylogenetic relationships of extant, ancient and extinct species; understanding the genomic basis of fitness, adaptation, speciation, complex ecological and economically important traits, and disease and insect resistance; facilitating forensics, genetic medicine and pharmacology; delineating conservation genetic units; and understanding the genetic effects of resource management practices, and assisting conservation and sustainable management of genetic resources. This Population Genomics book discusses the concepts, approaches, applications and promises of population genomics in addressing most of the above fundamental and applied crucial aspects in a variety of organisms from microorganisms to humans. The book provides insights into a range of emerging population genomics topics including population epigenomics, landscape genomics, seascape genomics, paleogenomics, ecological and evolutionary genomics, biogeography, demography, speciation, admixture, colonization and invasion, genomic selection, and plant and animal domestication. This book fills a vacuum in the field and is expected to become a primary reference in Population Genomics world-wide. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Population Genomics: Advancing Understanding of Nature / Luikart, Gordon (et al.)
    Genotyping and Sequencing Technologies in Population Genetics and Genomics / Holliday, J.A. (et al.)
    Computational Tools for Population Genomics / Salojärvi, Jarkko
    Population and Evolutionary Genetic Inferences in the Whole-Genome Era: Software Challenges / Stamatakis, Alexandros
    Population Epigenomics: Advancing Understanding of Phenotypic Plasticity, Acclimation, Adaptation and Diseases / Moler, Ehren R.V. (et al.)
    Landscape Genomics: Understanding Relationships Between Environmental Heterogeneity and Genomic Characteristics of Populations / Balkenhol, Niko (et al.)
    Paleogenomics: Genome-Scale Analysis of Ancient DNA and Population and Evolutionary Genomic Inferences / Lan, Tianying (et al.)
    Genome-Wide Association Studies and Heritability Estimation in the Functional Genomics Era / Pino Del Carpio, Dunia (et al.)
    Genomic Selection / Jonas, Elisabeth (et al.)
    Population Genomics Provides Key Insights in Ecology and Evolution / Hohenlohe, Paul A. (et al.)
    Inferring Demographic History Using Genomic Data / Salmona, Jordi (et al.)
    Advancing Biogeography Through Population Genomics / Johnson, Jeremy S. (et al.)
    Adaptation Without Boundaries: Population Genomics in Marine Systems / Oleksiak, Marjorie F.
    Population Genomics of Speciation and Admixture / Nadeau, Nicola J. (et al.)
    Population Genomics of Colonization and Invasion / Welles, Shana R. (et al.)
    Population Genomics of Crop Domestication: Current State and Perspectives / Cubry, Philippe (et al.)
    Population Genomics of Animal Domestication and Breed Development / Wilkinson, Samantha (et al.)
    Population Genomics of Domestication and Breed Development in Canines in the Context of Cognitive, Social, Behavioral, and Disease Traits / Irizarry, Kristopher J.L. (et al.)
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Marjorie F. Oleksiak, Om P. Rajora, editors.
    Summary: Population genomics has provided unprecedented opportunities to unravel the mysteries of marine organisms in the oceans' depths. The world's oceans, which make up 70% of our planet, encompass diverse habitats and host numerous unexplored populations and species. Population genomics studies of marine organisms are rapidly emerging and have the potential to transform our understanding of marine populations, species, and ecosystems, providing insights into how these organisms are evolving and how they respond to different stimuli and environments. This knowledge is critical for understanding the fundamental aspects of marine life, how marine organisms will respond to environmental changes, and how we can better protect and preserve marine biodiversity and resources. This book brings together leading experts in the field to address critical aspects of fundamental and applied research in marine species and share their research and insights crucial for understanding marine ecosystem diversity and function. It also discusses the challenges, opportunities and future perspectives of marine population genomics.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    Marine Population Genomics: Challenges and Opportunities
    Part II: Marine Microbes
    Part III: Genetic Diversity, Population Structure, and Biogeography
    Population Genomics of Marine Zooplankton
    Population Genomics of Early-Splitting Lineages of Metazoans
    Population Genomics and Biogeography of the Northern Acorn Barnacle (Semibalanus balanoides) Using Pooled Sequencing Approaches
    Part IV: Seascape Genomics
    Seascape Genomics: Contextualizing Adaptive and Neutral Genomic Variation in the Ocean Environment
    Part V: Adaptation, Acclimation, and Speciation
    Clinal Adaptation in the Marine Environment
    The Population Genomics of Parallel Adaptation: Lessons from Threespine Stickleback
    Mechanisms of Adaptive Divergence and Speciation in Littorina saxatilis: Integrating Knowledge from Ecology and Genetics with New Data Emerging from Genomic Studies
    Ecological Speciation in Corals
    Environmental Epigenomics and Its Applications in Marine Organisms
    Part VI: Protection, Conservation, and Management of Marine Organisms
    Marine Invasion Genomics: Revealing Ecological and Evolutionary Consequences of Biological Invasions
    Population Genomics Applied to Fishery Management and Conservation
    Marine Conservation and Marine Protected Areas
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Martin F. Polz, Om P. Rajora, editors.
    Summary: Population genomics is a rapidly emerging field that has the potential to transform our understanding of how evolutionary forces shape genomic diversity among microbes. There have already been considerable advances in understanding gene flow and spread of adaptive traits, and in linking epidemiology with evolutionary biology. The current challenge is to find unifying evolutionary principles for organisms that display a wide range of reproductive biology - from highly clonal to promiscuous - and for which the vast majority have eluded cultivation. This requires interdisciplinary approaches that incorporate novel computational tools, testing of existing and novel population genetic models, and creative new ways of linking genetic diversity to ecological factors. This pioneering book will discuss the advances made and promises of population genomics in microorganisms, outlining some of the key theoretical and practical challenges for microbial population genomics, including defining and identifying populations, genomics-based reverse ecology and building appropriate tools to understand microbes in a variety of complex environments.

    Contents:
    Preface I. Concepts and perspectives
    1. Microbial Population Genomics Perspectives and Promises Martin Polz, MITOm Rajora, Umiversity of New Brunswick
    2. Population Genomics and Microbial Species Concept Jesse Shapiro, University of Montreal
    3. Population Genomics and Metagenomics Jill Banfield, University of California Berkeley Vincent Denef, University of Michigan
    4. Reverse Ecology Martin Polz, MIT
    5. Genomic and Computational Methods in Microbial Population Genomics Xavier Didelot, Imperial College Daniel Falush, Swansea University Eric Alm, MIT II. Population Genomics of Bacteria
    6. Population Genomics of Plant Pathogenic Bacteria David Guttman, University of Toronto Boris Vinatzer, Virginia Tech
    7. Population Genomics of Human Pathogenic Bacteria Bill Hanage, Harvard School of Public Health Ed Feil, University of Bath Nick Croucher, Imperial College
    8. Population Genomics of Symbiotic Bacteria Nancy Moran, University of Texas, Austin
    9. Population Genomics of Dairy Industrial Bacteria Paul W. O'Toole, University College, Cork Paola Cremonesi, NRC, Italy
    10. Population Genomics of Environmental Bacteria and Archaea Rachel Whitaker, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Daniel Buckley, Cornell University Thane Papke, University of Connecticut Francisco Rodriguez-Valera, University Miguel Hernandez III. Population Genomics of Fungi
    11. Population Genomics of Plant Pathogenic Fungi Michael G. Milgroom, Cornell University
    12. Population Genomics of Human Pathogenic Fungi Bruce McDonald, ETH Zurich Institute of Integrative Biology
    13. Population Genomics and Yeast Biodiversity and Evolution Cletus P Kurtzman, USDA AR Gianni Liti, Institute of Genetics, University of Nottingham Mathew R. Goddard, University of Auckland, University of Lincoln
    14. Population Genomics of Domestication in Yeast Edward J. Louis, Institute of Genetics, University of Nottingham; José Paulo Sampaio, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, Caparica, Portugal IV. Population Genomics of Viruses
    15. Population Genomics of Human Viruses Richard A. Neher, Max Planck Institute of Developmental BiologyFrancois Balloux, University of Cambridge
    16. Population Genomics of Plant Viruses Zhongguo Xiong, University of ArizonaH. C. Prasanna, Indian Institute of Vegetable Research
    17. Population Genomics of Bacterial Viruses Mathew Sullivan, University of Ohio
    18. Population Genomics of Insect Viruses Robert S. Cornman, Bee Research Lab, USDA-ARS Clement Gilbert, Universite de Poitiers Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jennifer L. Hefner, Timothy R. Huerta, Ann Scheck McAlearney, the Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA.
    Summary: Aspects of health care organizations discussed in the volume include the PCMH, ACOs, integration with the public health and mental health systems, hospital-physician alignment, and resource planning.

    Contents:
    Strategic re-design of team-based patient-focused healthcare services / Denise C. Tahara, Richard P. Green
    Community-level sociodemographic characteristics and patient-centered medical home / Larry R. Hearld, Kristine R. Hearld, Tory H. Hogan
    Engaging the healthcare team through operations councils : strategies to improve population health from within / Susan Moffatt-Bruce [and others]
    Using teams to implement personalized health care across a multi-site breast cancer network / Sarah Lewis [and others]
    A business planning model to identify new safety net clinic locations / James Langabeer II [and others]
    Answering the call for integrating population health : insights from health system executives / Erik Carlton
    Population health management in integrated physical and mental health care / Cynthia J. Sieck, Thomas Wickizer, Laurel Geist
    Population, community and public health : measuring the benefits / Jason S. Turner, Connie Evashwick
    The evolving model of health care in the United States : system change is not enough / Randell Wexler
    Payment models to support population health management / Timothy R. Huerta, Jennifer L. Hefner, Ann Scheck McAlearney.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
  • Digital
    Katherine M. Keyes and Sandro Galea.
    Summary: 'Population Health Science' formalizes an emerging discipline at the crossroads of social and medical sciences, demography, and economics-an emerging approach to population studies that represents a seismic shift in how traditional health sciences measure and observe health events.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital/Print
    prepared by the Agency for International Development, Bureau for Technical Assistance, Office of Population.
    Digital Access Google Books Oct. 1970
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    N236 .U60 1970
    1
  • Digital
    Michelle Falkenbach, Scott L. Greer, editors.
    Summary: This contributed volume is the first in-depth analysis of the health policies of populist radical right (PRR) parties worldwide and their actual involvement in health care. The prominence of authoritarian, nationalistic, and populist parties is expanding steadily. However, it is often difficult to discern what kind of policies they really stand for, particularly with regard to the welfare state and public health, where research remains sparse. This book fills this critical gap. The text connects PRR parties and leaders with actual health and social policy effects in Eastern and Western Europe as well as in the United States, Brazil, and the Philippines. The chapters highlight ten individual country case studies authored by young scholars and professors with political science and health experts: The Austrian Freedom Party in Government: A Threat to Public Health? The Alternative for Germany (AfD) and Health Policy: Normalization or Containment of Populist Radical Right Tendencies? Populist Radical Right Influence on Health Policy in the Netherlands: The Case of the Party for Freedom (PVV) The Evolution of the Populist Radical Right and Their Impact on Health in Italy The Populist Radical Right and Health in Hungary Is the Polish 'Law and Justice' (PiS) a Typical Populist Radical Right Party? A Health Policy Perspective The Case of the United Kingdom Independence Party (UKIP) Rhetoric and Reality in the United States of America: Trump, Populism, and Health Policy Ruling Through Chaos in Brazil: Bolsonaro's Authoritarian Agenda for Public Health An Authoritarian Reaction to COVID-19 in the Philippines: A Strong Commitment to Universal Health Care Combined with Violent Securitization The Populist Radical Right and Health is exceptionally timely and essential reading for political science and health colleagues researching and writing about PRR parties and leaders; students and faculty in public health, health and social policy, and political science; and anyone interested in learning more about this topic.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Abbreviations
    Contents
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    About the Editors and Contributors
    Contributors
    Introduction
    Introduction
    Populism and Health: Identifying What We Know
    Populism
    Populist Radical Right
    Populist Radical Right Parties and the Mainstream
    Populist Radical Right Politics and Health Policy
    The Coronavirus Test
    The Book in Brief
    References
    The Austrian Freedom Party in Government: A Threat to Public Health?
    Introduction
    History of the FPÖ From Welfare Populism to Welfare Chauvinism
    The FPÖ and Their Social Policies
    Haider (2000-2005)
    Strache (2017-2019)
    The FPÖ's Role in Shaping Health Policies
    The Social Insurance Merger
    Private Hospitals Financing Fund
    A New E-Card
    The Austrian Smoking Ban
    The FPÖ and the Coronavirus
    Conclusion
    References
    The Alternative for Germany (AfD) and Health Policy: Normalization or Containment of Populist Radical Right Tendencies?
    Introduction
    The History of the AfD
    The AfD as a PRR Party
    The AfD and Its Response to the Early COVID-19 Crisis The Health Policies of the AfD
    Conclusion
    References
    Populist Radical Right Influence on Health Policy in the Netherlands: The Case of the Party for Freedom (PVV)
    Introduction
    History of the PVV
    The Influence of the PVV on Dutch Health Policy
    Elderly Care
    Curative Care
    Public Health
    The PVV in Opposition
    The Dutch PRR and the COVID-19 Pandemic
    Conclusion
    References
    The Evolution of the Populist Radical Right and Their Impact on Health in Italy
    Introduction
    History of the Lega Nord
    From Bossi to Salvini
    PRR Lega?
    Health Policies of the Lega Berlusconi Government II and III (2001-2006)
    Berlusconi IV Government (2008-2011)
    Conte I Government (2018-2019)
    The Corona Pandemic
    Conclusion
    References
    The Populist Radical Right and Health in Hungary
    Introduction
    Fidesz's Turn to PRR
    Welfare Reforms Impacting Health
    Health Policies
    COVID-19 Response
    Conclusion
    References
    Is the Polish 'Law and Justice' (PiS) a Typical Populist Radical Right Party? A Health Policy Perspective
    Introduction
    PiS and PRR Ideology
    Health Policy Reforms Under PiS Since 2015
    Government's Response to COVID-19 Discussion
    Conclusion
    References
    The Case of the United Kingdom Independence Party (UKIP)
    Introduction
    The Rise of UKIP
    UKIP and Radical Right Populism
    Beyond Euroscepticism: The Influence of PRR Politics on UK Health Policy
    The COVID Crisis and Populism in the United Kingdom
    Conclusion
    References
    Rhetoric and Reality in the United States of America: Trump, Populism and Health Policy
    Introduction
    PRR, Donald Trump and the United States
    Trump and Traditional Conservative Health Policy
    Welfare Chauvinistic Policies
    Liberal Chauvinistic Policies
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alejandro P. Heuck.
    Contents:
    X-ray crystallography shines a light on pore-forming toxins / Bronte A. Johnstone, Michelle P. Christie, Craig J. Morton, and Michael W. Parker
    How protein engineering has revealed the molecular mechanisms of pore-forming toxins / Jordan C. Evans and Rodney K. Tweten
    Electron microscopy as a critical tool in the determination of pore forming mechanisms in proteins / Robert J.C. Gilbert
    Going full circle : Determining the structures of complement component 9 / Bradley A. Spicer and Michelle A. Dunstone
    Preparation of Clostridium perfringens binary iota-toxin pore complex for structural analysis using cryo-EM / Tomohito Yamada and Hideaki Tsuge
    AFM imaging of pore forming proteins / Adrian W. Hodel, Katharine Hammond, and Bart W. Hoogenboom
    High-speed atomic force microscopy to study pore-forming proteins / Fang Jiao, Yi Ruan, and Simon Scheuring
    The use of giant unilamellar vesicles to study functional properties of pore-forming toxins / Saša Aden, Tina Snoj, and Gregor Anderluh
    Preparation and utility of asymmetric lipid vesicles for studies of perfringolysin O-lipid interactions / Shinako Kakuda, Bingchen Li, and Erwin London
    Molecular basis for the activation of actinoporins by lipids / Jose M.M. Caaveiro and Kouhei Tsumoto
    Biophysical approaches to study actinoporin-lipid interactions / Juan Palacios-Ortega, Esperanza Rivera-de-Torre, José G. Gavilanes, J. Peter Slotte, Álvaro Martínez-del-Pozo, and Sara García-Linares
    Conformational switching, refolding and membrane insertion of the diphtheria toxin translocation domain / Alexey S. Ladokhin, Alexander Kyrychenko, Mykola V. Rodnin, and Victor Vasquez-Montes
    Cysteine-based crosslinking approach for characterization of oligomeric pore-forming proteins in the mitochondrial membranes / Zhi Zhang, Bo Huang, Xuejun C. Zhang, and Jialing Lin
    Topological analysis of type 3 secretion translocons in native membranes / Yuzhou Tang, Hanling Guo, Arjan J. Vermeulen, and Alejandro P. Heuck
    Single-molecule imaging of pore-forming toxin dynamics in droplet interface bilayers / Christopher Parperis and Mark I. Wallace
    Using multiscale molecular dynamics simulations to obtain insights into pore forming toxin mechanisms / Rajat Desikan, Amit Behera, Prabal K. Maiti, and K. Ganapathy Ayappa
    The use of pore-forming toxins to image lipids and lipid domains / Nario Tomishige, Motohide Murate, Pascal Didier, Ludovic Richert, Yves Mély, and Toshihide Kobayashi
    The use of anthrolysin O and ostreolysin A to study cholesterol in cell membranes / Kristen A. Johnson and Arun Radhakrishnan
    Strategies for enzymological studies and measurements of biological molecules with the cytolysin A nanopore / Carsten Wloka, Nicole S. Galenkamp, Nieck J. van der Heide, Florian L.R. Lucas, and Giovanni Maglia
    Pore-forming toxins as tools for polymer analytics : From sizing to sequencing / Fabien Piguet, Tobias Ensslen, Mazdak A. Bakshloo, Monasadat Talarimoghari, Hadjer Ouldali, Gerhard Baaken, Ekaterina Zaitseva, Manuela Pastoriza-Gallego, Jan C. Behrends, and Abdelghani Oukhaled
    Use of pore-forming toxins to study co-translocational protein folding / Antonio De la Torre-Cabrera and David Rodriguez-Larrea.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    Roland Hennes, Gisela Müller, editors.
    Summary: Comprehensive and professional care for people with ports! This book offers nurses and medical professionals comprehensive knowledge for the care of people with ports. Starting with the selection and indication for port placement, through dressing changes and hygiene guidelines, to everyday handling - here you will find expert knowledge at the highest level! The different requirements in inpatient and outpatient settings are also taken into account. The authors come from different professional groups and show that good interprofessional cooperation is essential for successful, evidence-based treatment of patients with a port. Here's how to improve your patients' quality of life! This book is a translation of the original German 1st edition Portpflege by Roland Hennes and Gisela Muller, published by Springer-Verlag GmbH Germany, part of Springer Nature in 2020. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation. Springer Nature works continuously to further the development of tools for the production of books and on the related technologies to support the authors. The Content Basics of port surgery and management of complications Wound care and dressing changes Hygiene standards and legal aspects of care Special situations: Children, ambulatory care The Editors Roland Hennes, MD, Head of the Heidelberg Port Center-Superior Physician, Department of General, Visceral and Transplant Surgery, Heidelberg University Hospital. Gisela Muller, Head of Nursing at the Surgical University Hospital Heidelberg.

    Contents:
    Interdisciplinary cooperation for the treatment of port patients
    Indications for a port catheter system, basics of port surgery and management of complications
    Hygiene standards for the treatment of port patients
    Legal aspects of port care
    Expert standard for port care
    Wound care and dressing changes
    Intra- and postoperative care after port implantation
    Special features of port care in oncological patients
    Port care in outpatient care
    Special patient groups. Intra- and postoperative care after port implantation
    Special features of port care for oncological patients
    Port care in outpatient care
    Special patient groups
    Port care in infants and children
    Documentation Patient counseling and information
    Current evidence of port care.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Egondu R. Onyejekwe, Jon Rokne, Cory L. Hill, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Larry D. Florman, M.D.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Mentors/Advisors
    Chapter 3. The Transition?Part 1
    Chapter 4. Attire
    Chapter 5. The Little Black Book
    Chapter 6. Communications
    Chapter 7. Teaching and Learning
    Chapter 8. Surgery Suite Etiquette
    Chapter 9. The Clinics
    Chapter 10. Rounds
    Chapter 11. The Difficult
    Chapter 12. Documentation
    Chapter 13. Presentations
    Chapter 14. Mortality and Morbidity Conference
    Chapter 15. On Call
    Chapter 16. Family and Friends
    Chapter 17. Your Health
    Chapter 18. Medical?Legal
    Chapter 19 The System
    Chapter 20. The Boards
    Chapter 21 The 80-Hour Week
    Chapter 22. Research
    Chapter 23. The Interview
    Chapter 24. HIPAA
    Chapter 25. Social Media
    Chapter 26. Electronic Medical Records
    Chapter 27. Insurance, Managed Care
    Chapter 28. Vacations
    Chapter 29. Finances
    Chapter 30. Assorted Affairs
    Chapter 31. The Transition?Part 2
    Chapter 32. The Mentor?s Wrap-Up
    Chapter 33. Epilogue
    Appendix A. Commonly Used Web-Based Sites
    Appendix B. Books of Interest. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Wael E.A. Saad.
    Contents:
    Pathogenesis and diagnosis
    Medical, endoscopic, percutaneous, and surgical management
    Endovascular management: shunts and splenic embolization
    Percutaneous and endovascular management: transvenous obliteration.
  • Digital
    Roberto de Franchis, editor.
    Summary: This book will be an excellent tool for practitioners seeking an update on the latest developments in the diagnosis and management of cirrhosis and portal hypertension. Among the topics addressed are risk stratification, prognosis, screening and surveillance, impact of etiological and antifibrotic therapy, the gut microbiome and cirrhosis, prevention of decompensation/further decompensation, management of the acute bleeding episode, controversies in pediatrics, and vascular diseases of the liver in cirrhotic and noncirrhotic portal hypertension. The book is a compilation of lectures and important consensus statements from the Sixth Baveno International Consensus Workshop on Portal Hypertension, the most recent of a series of workshops held every 5 years for hepatologists with an interest in the field. Portal Hypertension VI will serve as a reference book for clinical and research fellows in Gastroenterology and Hepatology and should inspire new research projects in the areas identified as promising by the experts of the Baveno VI Faculty.

    Contents:
    Session 1
    Risk stratification and prognosis
    Session 2
    Screening and surveillance: invasive and noninvasive methods
    Session 3
    Changing scenarios I: Impact of etiological therapy for cirrhosis and of anti-fibrotic therapy on portal hypertension
    Session 4
    The gut microbiome and cirrhosis
    Session 5
    Changing scenarios II: What to do after successful cure of the etiologic factor?
    Session 6
    Management of the acute bleeding episode
    Session 7
    Controversies and challenges in Pediatrics
    Session 8
    Prevention of further decompensation (ascites, spontaneous bacterial peritonitis, hepatorenal syndrome, hepatic encephalopathy)
    Session 9 Vascular diseases of the liver in cirrhotic and non-cirrhotic portal hypertension: coagulation, anti-coagulation, anti-platelet drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Roberto de Franchis, editor.
    Summary: This book, the seventh in a series of proceedings volumes that began in 1995, reviews the latest developments in the diagnosis and management of cirrhosis and portal hypertension. It addresses a broad range of topics, including: risk stratification, HVPG, non-invasive surrogates for cACLD, CSPH, varices, progression and regression of cirrhosis, impact of etiological therapy on cirrhosis, impact of non-etiological novel therapies on cirrhosis, prevention of first/further decompensation, acute variceal hemorrhage, and Vascular Liver Disorders in Cirrhosis (VALDIG). The book is a compilation of lectures and important consensus statements from the Seventh Baveno International Consensus Workshop on Portal Hypertension, the latest in a series of workshops held every five years for hepatologists with an interest in the field. Portal Hypertension VII offers a valuable reference guide for clinical and research fellows in Gastroenterology and Hepatology and will inspire new research projects in the promising areas identified by the experts of the Baveno VII Faculty.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Thomas D. Boyer, MD (1943-2018)-A Tribute
    Memories of Prof Andrew K. Burroughs, MD (1953-2014)
    Tribute to Roberto J. Groszmann
    Tribute to Prof Luigi Pagliaro (1931-2020)
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introductory Lectures
    1: Introduction: Baveno I to Baveno VII ... and Beyond
    Baveno I to VI
    Attendance at the Baveno Workshops
    Publications Derived from the Baveno Workshops
    Impact of the Baveno Consensus on the Medical Literature
    Validation of the Baveno Definitions and Recommendations
    Beyond Baveno VII, the Baveno Cooperation The Baveno I-VII Workshops Were a Concerted Effort of the Following
    Speakers and Chairpersons
    References
    2: New Concepts in Risk Stratification
    Introduction
    Risk Prediction and Probabilistic Thinking
    Diagnosis as a Risk Prediction Problem
    Decision Thresholds and Risk Stratification
    Risk Prediction and the Interpretation of Treatment Effects in Randomized Controlled Trials
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Clinical Stages and Ordinal Outcomes in Portal Hypertension
    Background
    Definition and Incidence of Decompensation
    Clinical Stages of Cirrhosis Ordinal Outcomes
    Examples of Application of an Ordinal Outcome in Compensated Cirrhosis
    Ordinal Outcomes for Randomized Clinical Trials in Cirrhosis
    Sample Size Estimation with Ordinal Compared to Binary Outcomes
    Using Ordinal Outcomes in Portal Hypertension
    Conclusions
    References
    4: Lifestyle and Genetic Modifiers of Liver Disease Progression
    Lifestyle Modifiers of Liver Disease Progression
    Unhealthy Lifestyle
    Alcohol
    Obesity
    Malnutrition, Sarcopenia, and Frailty
    Cigarette Smoke
    Healthy Lifestyle-Protective Factors
    Physical Activity and Exercise Coffee Consumption and Mediterranean Diet
    Genetic Modifiers of Progression of cACLD
    Individual Genetic Variants
    PNPA3 and HSD17B13
    SERPINA1/Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency
    NOD2
    NR1H4/FXR
    Conclusions and Outlook
    References
    Part II: HVPG as a Gold Standard
    5: HVPG as a Gold Standard: Accuracy Is Essential
    Procedure Technique
    Pressure Measurements and Data Recording
    Technical Aspects
    Diagnosis of Clinically Significant Portal Hypertension (CSPH) and Prediction of Main Outcomes in Patients with Different Etiologies of Cirrhosis
    Variceal Hemorrhage Hepatocellular Carcinoma (HCC)
    Survival
    Assessment of HVPG in Patients Receiving NSBBs for Prevention of Variceal Hemorrhage and Decompensation
    HVPG Predicts Risk of Decompensation and Mortality after Hepatic and Non-hepatic Surgery
    Patients with Cirrhosis and HCC: Candidates for Hepatic Resection
    Patients with Cirrhosis Who Undergo Extrahepatic Surgery
    PPG in the Setting of Tips
    PPG Measurement
    Anatomic Location for PPG Measurement
    Optimal PPG Threshold for Portal Hypertensive Bleeding/Ascites
    PPG Thresholds in Overshunting Adverse Events
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Xingshun Qi, Weifen Xie, editors.
    Summary: This book covers major knowledge and recent advance regarding portal vein thrombosis. Portal vein thrombosis, a potentially life-threatening vascular disorder of the liver, refers to the development of thrombosis within main portal vein trunk and intrahepatic portal vein branches with or without splenic and mesenteric veins. In patients with acute portal vein thrombosis, if a thrombus extends into the mesenteric veins, there is a risk of intestinal ischemia and necrosis; in patients with chronic portal vein thrombosis, portal hypertension and its complications develop. The book includes chapters on the topics of epidemiology, risk factors, diagnosis, and prognostic impact, pharmacological, interventional with surgical treatment of this disease. Concepts of early diagnosis of portal vein thrombosis and extensive assessment of its severity are fully introduced. The book is beneficial for physicians to establish standard treatment strategy, for researchers to launch creative clinical and experimental studies.

    Contents:
    1 Anatomy of Portal Vein System
    2 Epidemiology of Portal Vein Thrombosis
    3 Risk factors for portal vein thrombosis
    4 Imaging of Portal Vein Thrombosis
    5 Classification of Non-malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis
    6 Impact of Non-malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis on Outcomes of Liver Cirrhosis
    7 Anticoagulation for Nontumoral Portal Vein Thrombosis
    8 Thrombolysis for Non-malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis
    9 Transjugular Intrahepatic Portosystemic Shunt for Non-malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis
    10 Liver Transplantation in the Setting of Non-Malignant Portal Vein Thrombosis
    11 Management Of Portal Vein Thrombosis In Liver Cancer
    12 Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Grace D. Li.
    Summary: "Ocean's Eleven meets The Farewell in this lush, lyrical heist novel inspired by the true story of Chinese art vanishing from Western museums, about diaspora, the colonization of art, and the complexity of the Chinese American identity. History is told by the conquerors. Across the Western world, museums display the spoils of war, of conquest, of colonialism: priceless pieces of art looted from other countries, kept even now. Will Chen plans to steal them back. A senior at Harvard, Will fits comfortably in his carefully curated roles: a perfect student, an art history major and sometimes artist, the eldest son who has always been his parents' American Dream. But when a mysterious Chinese benefactor reaches out with an impossible--and illegal--job offer, Will finds himself something else as well: the leader of a heist to steal back five priceless Chinese sculptures, looted from Beijing centuries ago. His crew is every heist archetype one can imag­ine--or at least, the closest he can get. A con artist: Irene Chen, a public policy major at Duke who can talk her way out of anything. A thief: Daniel Liang, a pre-med student with steady hands just as capable of lockpicking as suturing. A getaway driver: Lily Wu, an engineering major who races cars in her free time. A hacker: Alex Huang, an MIT dropout turned Silicon Valley software engineer. Each member of his crew has their own complicated relationship with China and the identity they've cultivated as Chinese Americans, but when Will asks, none of them can turn him down. Because if they succeed? They earn fifty million dollars--and a chance to make history. But if they fail, it will mean not just the loss of everything they've dreamed for themselves but yet another thwarted at­tempt to take back what colonialism has stolen"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    PS3612.I136 P67 2022
    2
  • Digital
    Donata Villani, Maria Vittoria Meraviglia, editors ; foreword by Adriano Ferrari.
    Summary: This book provides clear guidance on the prevention, early diagnosis, and treatment of positional plagiocephaly. Information is first presented on classification, epidemiology, and etiopathogenesis. Diagnosis is then explained in detail, covering the significance of anamnestic data, physical examination, differential diagnosis, instrumental examinations, and anthropometric measurements. Preventive measures such as 'tummy time' and physiotherapy are described, and the role of orthoses, osteopathy, and surgery in treatment is closely examined. The closing chapter addresses prognosis and complications. Positional plagiocephaly is not only a "cosmetic" problem but can cause facial and mandibular asymmetry, visual disturbances, and cognitive and psychomotor impairment, yet when correctly treated it usually resolves by 6-7 years of age. This book will be an ideal aid for pediatricians, neurosurgeons,maxillo-facial surgeons, orthopedic physicians, physiotherapists, and for all involved in preventing and managing the condition.

    Contents:
    1 Historical notes
    2 Definition and classification
    3 Epidemiology
    4 Etiology and pathogenesis
    5 Diagnosis and clinical evaluation
    6 Prevention and physiotherapic treatment
    7 Osteopathic considerations
    8 Surgical indications and treatment for cranial occipital anomalies
    9 Outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nico de Vries, Madeline Ravesloot, J. Peter van Maanen, editors.
    Summary: Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA) is the most prevalent sleep disordered breathing disorder. It has become apparent that in more than half the patients with OSA, the frequency and duration of apneas are influenced by body position. To treat patients with Position Dependent OSA (POSA), positional therapy can be considered for preventing patients from sleeping in the worst sleeping position. Recently, treatment of POSA has advanced dramatically with the introduction of a new generation of positional therapy. Positional Therapy in Obstructive Sleep Apnea presents improved OSA diagnostic methods and the tools needed to implement positional therapy in clinical practice. This includes patient work-up, positional therapy with or without other treatments, consequences of guidelines, and future developments. Clinicians, students and researchers will find this comprehensive guide to be an invaluable resource for evaluating and treating sleep breathing disorders.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction.- 2. OSA, the magnitude of the problem 3
    Compliance of various forms of OSA treatment
    4. Prevalence of positional obstructive sleep apnea in patients undergoing polysomnography and the effect of sleep stage
    5 The contribution of head position to the apnea hypopnea index in patients with position dependent obstructive sleep apnea
    6. Influence of sleep position on the transition of mild to moderate and severe OSA
    7. Clinical characteristics of positional obstructive sleep apnea among Asians.- 8. Positional therapy: left lateral decubitus position versus right lateral decubitus position
    9. Drug Induced Sleep Endoscopy and Sleep Position.- 10. Changes in site of obstruction in obstructive sleep apnea patients according to sleep position.- 11. Towards a clinical classification system (APOC) for positional dependent obstructive sleep apnea
    12. Retrospective cohort analysis with the APOC system.- 13. Correlation between calculated/predicted and actual AHI after positional therapy.- 14. Influence of sleep position on snoring
    15. The effect of body position on sleep apnea in children.- 16. Sleep position and pregnancy
    17. Positional OSA in Down syndrome.- 18. Positional OSA in the morbidly obese and the effect of weight loss on OSA severity.- 19. The impact of body weight changes on body posture dominance in adult Obstructive Sleep Apnea Patients.- 20. Positional central sleep apnea
    21. History of positional therapy: transition from tennis balls to new devices
    22. Long term results and compliance of a special vest preventing the supine position.- 23. Results of a first generation new device for positional therapy
    24. Short term (4 weeks) results of the Sleep Position Trainer for positional therapy.- 25. Long-term (6 months) effectiveness, compliance and subjective sleep outcomes of treatment with the Sleep Position Trainer in a large cohort of position-dependent OSA patients.- 26. 10 problems and solutions for Positional Therapy: Technical aspects of the Sleep Position Trainer
    27. Prevalence and Effect of supine-dependent obstructive sleep apnea and effect of oral appliance therapy.- 28. Positional therapy and palatal surgery
    29. Positional therapy and tongue base surgery.- 30. Residual POSA after maxillomandibular ad-vancement in patients with severe OSA.- 31. Impact of upper airway surgery on positional change during sleep.- 32. Comparison of positional therapy to CPAP in patients with positional obstructive sleep apnea .- 33. Position training: an indispensable therapy.- 34. Positional therapy, consequences for and implementation in OSA guidelines.- 35.- Position-dependent sleep apnea: implications for diagnosis and management.- 36. Positional Therapy in Obstructive Sleep Apnea: For whom and for whom not.- 37. Summary and future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    [by] K. C. Clark. Rev. by James McInnes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U848 .C59
    2
  • Print
    by Paige Rawl with Ali Benjamin.
    Summary: "A teenager's memoir of the experinces of bullying, being HIV positive and surviving the experiences to become a force for positive change in this world"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ387.A25 R38 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Nichole Wood-Barcalow, Tracy Tylka, Casey Judge.
    Summary: This clear and easy-to-use workbook provides clinicians, clients, and those interested in self-improvement with a practical guide to understanding and improving body image through the latest research findings and clinical tools. The key components of positive body image, such as embodiment, body appreciation, self-care, intuitive eating, social comparison, and body talk, are all covered, with reliable assessments and guidelines for applications accompanying each topic. An array of assignments are also included for clients and readers to complete based on their values, needs and interests to provide positive body image. Clinicians will appreciate the practical treatment planning sections (including talking points for sessions, goals and objectives) to assist in clinical interventions. Additionally, a specific chapter is devoted to how clinicians can prepare themselves both professionally and personally for body image work.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Joshua D. Greene, India Morrison, Martin E.P. Seligman.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Dilip V. Jeste, M.D., Senior Associate Dean for Healthy Aging and Senior Care, Estelle and Edgar Levi Chair in Aging, Director, Sam and Rose Stein Institute for Research on Aging, and Distinguished Professor of Psychiatry and Neurosciences, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California, Barton W. Palmer, Ph. D., Professor, Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California.
    Contents:
    Introduction, what is positive psychiatry? / Dilip V. Jeste, Barton W. Palmer
    Positive psychological traits / Averria Sirkin Martin, Alexandrea l. Harmell, Brent T. Mausbach
    Resilience and post-traumatic growth / George E. Vaillant
    Positive social psychiatry / Dan G. Blazer, Warren A. Kinghorn
    Recovery in mental illnesses / Christine Rufener, Colin A. Depp, Maja K. Gawronska, Elyn R. Saks
    What is well-being? / Robert M. Kaplan, Wendy B. Smith
    Clinical assessments of positive mental health / Per Bech
    Clinical assessments of positive mental health / Per Bech
    Positive psychotherapeutic and behavioral interventions / Acacia C. Parks, Evan M. Kleiman, Todd B. Kashdan, Leslie R.M. Hausmann, Piper S. Meyer, Anne M. Day, Nichea S. Spillane, Christopher W. Kahler
    Positivity in supportive and psychodynamic therapy / Richard F. Summers, Julie A. Lord
    Complementary, alternative, and integrative medicine (CAIM) interventions / Helen Lavretsky, Taya C. Varteresian
    Preventive interventions / Carl C. Bell
    Integrating positive psychiatry into clinical practice / Samantha Boardman, P. Murali Doraiswamy
    Biology of positive psychiatry / Raeanne C. Moore, Lisa T. Eyler, Paul J. Mills, Ruth M. O'Hara, Katherine Wachmann, Helen Lavretsky
    Positive child psychiatry / David C. Rettew
    Positive geriatric and cultural psychiatry / Maria J. Marquine, Zvinka Z. Zlatar, Daniel D. Sewell
    Bioethics of positive psychiatry / Ajai Singh.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015
  • Digital
    Erick Messias, Hamid Peseschkian, Consuelo Cagande, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first to bring together the innovations gained from positive psychology, positive psychotherapy, and positive psychiatry in one volume that will serve as an excellent resource for medical and mental health professionals looking to reap the benefits gained by the studies and experiences in these areas. Currently, the majority of texts that are available are targeting psychologists and researchers, whereas this book seeks to use positive mental health as the foundation on which the clinical applications are built. Written by 49 experts in psychiatry, psychotherapy, and psychology, from 13 countries representing 5 continents, this book is designed to take an accessible approach that leaves the reader with a clear understanding of the epidemiology, development, and clinical applications for modern practice. Chapters include discourse on positive interventions across the lifespan and psychiatric and psychosomatic disorders, including depression, psychosis, anxiety disorders, and substance use disorders. The text also covers special topics such as care of transcultural considerations, special psychotherapeutic settings, and hot topics. Positive Psychiatry, Psychotherapy and Psychology is a valuable resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, psychotherapists, social workers, and all other mental health professionals working with patients who may benefit from this approach.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Basic Concepts, Background, and History
    Positive Psychiatry: An Introduction
    Positive Psychotherapy: An Introduction
    Positive Psychology: An Introduction
    Part 2: Staying Positive Through Life
    Positive Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
    Positive Psychiatry in Midlife
    Professional well-being
    Successful Aging
    Life Balance with Positive Psychotherapy
    Part 3: Psychiatric and Psychosomatic Disorders
    Positive interventions in Depression
    Positive interventions in Anxiety disorders
    Positive interventions in Schizophrenia and Psychotic Disorders
    Positive interventions in Substance Use Disorders
    Positive Psychotherapy and Eating Disorders
    Positive interventions in PTSD and post traumatic growth
    Positive Psychosomatics
    Positive Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy
    Part 4: Special Settings and Populations
    Culture and Minorities: Positive Psychology and Positive Psychiatry Perspectives
    Positive Psychotherapy in different Cultures
    Positive Sports Psychiatry
    Positive Family Counselling and Marital Therapy
    Positive Pedagogy and Counselling
    Positive Group Psychotherapy
    Positive Psychotherapy in organizational and leadership coaching
    Psychotherapeutic work with men
    Part 5: Theoretical Foundations and Training
    Theoretical Foundations and Roots of Positive Psychotherapy
    The First Interview in Positive Psychotherapy
    The Conflict Model in Positive Psychotherapy
    Using stories, anecdotes and humor in Positive Psychotherapy
    Supervision in Positive Psychotherapy
    Spirituality and Religion in positive psychiatry and psychology
    Positive Psychotherapy as an Existentialism
    Positive Psychotherapy and other psychotherapeutic methods
    Positive Psychotherapy and Meaning
    Positive interpretation as a tool in psychotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sarah Lewis.
    Contents:
    About the author
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    The legacy of twentieth century idea about organisational change
    The challenge of leadership
    Helping people engage positively with imposed change
    How the methodologies described later approach organisations and change
    Using positive psychology to achieve change at the team and individual level
    Appreciative inquiry
    World cafe
    Simu-real
    Pulling it all together
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Birendra Kishore Das, editor.
    Summary: This book provides basic information about the relatively new and evolving technology ?positron emission tomography- for its clinical applications and practical guidance for the referring physicians. Chapters cover application of PET in various clinical settings including oncology, cardiology, and neurology with a focus on its role in various cancers. Because most of the new PET equipments come as hybrid machines with CT or MRI, two chapters have been included at the end of the book to provide basic and comprehensive information about these two technologies. Molecular imaging is going to revolutionize the way we practice medicine in the future. It will lead to more accurate diagnosis of diseases and its extent which will lead to better management and better outcomes. PET imaging is mostly used in oncology, neurology and cardiology but also finds application in other situations such as infection imaging. The main focus, of course, is in management of cancer patients. PET (PET-CT) is not only very sensitive as it can detect changes in abnormal biochemical processes at cellular level but in one go all such areas can be detected in a whole body scan. It can show response to therapy, eradication of the disease or recurrence during the follow-up period. Some cancers, especially lymphoma or cancers of the head and neck, brain, lung, colon, or prostate, in very early stage may show up more clearly on a PET scan than on a CT scan or an MRI. A PET scan can also measure such vital functions as blood flow, oxygen use, and glucose metabolism, which can help to evaluate the effectiveness of a patient?s treatment plan, allowing the course of care to be adjusted if necessary. Apart from its vital role in oncology it can estimate brain's blood flow and metabolic activity. A PET scan can help finding various nervous system disorders, such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, multiple sclerosis, TIA etc. PET scan is also increasingly being used to find poor blood flow to the heart, which may mean coronary artery disease. It can most accurately estimate the extent of damage to the heart tissue especially after a heart attack and help choose the best treatment, such as coronary artery bypass graft surgery, stenting or medical treatment. PET scan can also contribute significantly in identifying areas exactly where radiotherapy is to be targeted avoiding unnecessary radiation exposure to surrounding tissue.

    Contents:
    Positron Emission Tomography ( PET ) ? an overview
    Development of Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
    A historical prospective
    Planning of a PET Facility in India
    PET in comparison with other imaging modalities
    Technical considerations during PET imaging
    Application of PET in Oncology ( Overview)
    Application of PET in Neurology (Overview)
    Application of PET in Cancer of the Brain
    Application of PET in Cancer of the Naso-Pharynx
    Application of PET in Cardiology
    Application of PET in Breast Cancer
    Application of PET-CT in lung cancer- The Current Status and Future Potentials
    Application of PET in Cancer of Gastro-Intestinal System
    Application of PET in Cancer of the Genito-Urinary System
    Application of PET in Cancer of the Endocrine Organs
    Application of PET in Cancer of the Bone and Bone Marrow
    Application of PET in Infection and inflammation
    Application of PET in therapy planning
    Basic principles and functional aspects of a medical Cyclotron
    Basic principles of CT Imaging
    Fundamentals of MRI Imaging
    Comparison of PET-CT with PET-MRI.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    by Jonas Francisco Y. Santiago.
    Summary: Positron Emission Tomography with Computed Tomography (PET/CT) is an accessible case book presenting interesting cases encountered by the author over the last ten years experience as the chairman and director of the only PET Center in the Philippines. It aims to guide physicians in the accurate interpretation of the PET scans of uncommon diseases, and sometimes common cases but in extraordinary situations or conditions. Encompassing a wide and varied range of fields such as oncology, inflammatory, immunology, anatomic variants etc., Positron Emission Tomography with Computed Tomography (PET/CT) will help those beginning their practice, and may even be useful to veterans of the field whose scope of practice has been limited to more common indications of an FDG-PET scan.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Brain
    3. Diagnosed by PET
    4. Tuberculosis
    5. Inflammation
    6. Rare or Unusual Primary Malignancies
    7. Unusual Metastatic Sites
    8. Missed in PET
    9. Anatomical and Physiological Variants
    10. Unconventional Imaging Techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Pamela A. Fenstemacher, Peter Winn, editors.
    Contents:
    Home Health Care
    Assisted Living and Residential Care
    PACE
    Department of Veteran Affairs Option for LTC
    Behind the Scenes at Nursing Facilities
    The Role of Practitioners and the Medical Director
    Nurse Practitioners, Clinical Nurse Specialists and Physician Assistants
    Common Clinical Conditions in Long Term Care
    Preventing Hospital Admissions and Readmissions
    Goals of Care and Prevention
    Integrating Palliative Care into Practice
    Weight and Nutrition
    Wound Care
    Dementia, Delirium and Depression
    Ethical and Legal Issues
    Caring for Families
    Documentation and Coding
    Medication Management in Long Term Care
    Rehabilitation and Maximizing Function.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Ayad K. Ali, Abraham G. Hartzema.
    Summary: Post-Authorization Safety Studies of Medicinal Products: The PASS Book bridges the gap in the literature by providing a complete look at post-authorization safety studies and important pharmacoepidemiology and pharmacovigilance aspects. It covers various types and limitations of active surveillance programs, including the use of large databases and disparate data sources for rapid signal detection, as well as novel and advanced design and analysis approaches for causal interference from observational data. This book serves as an important reference for pharmacovigilance scientists and pharmacoepidemiologists who are searching for the appropriate study design to answer safety research questions. Readers will be able to effectively and efficiently design and interpret findings from post-authorization safety studies with the goal of improving the benefit-risk balance of a drug in order to optimize patient safety.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Title page
    Table of Contents
    Copyright
    List of Contributors
    Foreword
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Risk Management and Benefit-Risk Evaluation
    Transparency
    About This Book
    Chapter 2. Risk Management Process
    Chapter 2.1. Risk Assessment
    Chapter 2.2. Risk Minimization
    Chapter 3. Data Sources for Post-Authorization Safety Studies
    Chapter 3.1. Health Insurance Administrative Claims
    Chapter 3.2. Electronic Medical Records
    Chapter 3.3. Registries
    Chapter 3.4. Big Data
    Chapter 3.5. Social Media
    Chapter 4. Study Designs for Post-Authorization Safety Studies
    Chapter 4.1. Drug Utilization and Prescription-Event Monitoring StudiesChapter 4.2. Self-Controlled Studies
    Chapter 4.3. Cohort and Nested Case-Control Studies
    Chapter 4.4. Enriched Studies
    Chapter 4.5. Prospective Studies
    Chapter 5. Analytical Approaches for Post-Authorization Safety Studies
    Chapter 5.1. Exposure Propensity Scores
    Chapter 5.2. Disease Risk Scores
    Chapter 5.3. Instrumental Variables
    Chapter 5.4. Data Analytic Platforms
    Chapter 5.5. Proactive Safety Surveillance
    Chapter 6. Benefit-Risk Evaluation
    Chapter 6.1. Benefit-Risk Evaluation Frameworks
    Chapter 6.2. Post-Authorization Effectiveness StudiesChapter 7. Post-Authorization Safety Studies for Specialty Products
    Chapter 7.1. Post-Authorization Safety Studies for Biosimilars and Interchangeable Biologic Products
    Chapter 7.2. Post-Authorization Safety Studies for Medical Devices and Combination Products
    Chapter 7.3. Post-Authorization Safety Studies for Vaccines
    Chapter 8. The European Union Post-Authorization Study Register
    Disclaimer/Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    Index
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Vinay K. Kapoor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed insight to the readers into various aspects of bile duct injury. Bile duct injury is a common complication of cholecystectomy to treat gall stone disease prevalent all over the world. Risk of bile duct injury is more during a laparoscopic procedure as compared to open procedure and most cholecystectomies today are performed laparoscopically. Bile duct injury causes major morbidity and may even result in death, additionally it increases the healthcare costs and impairs quality of life. It is therefore important that every surgeon who performs cholecystectomy knows how to suspect, diagnose, manage and prevent bile duct injury. This book provides practical information and offers assistance in managing patients with difficult cases of bile duct injury. It summarises Dr Kapoor's experience with management of more than 1,000 patients with post-cholecystectomy bile duct injury/ biliary stricture. Chapters cover anatomy, epidemiology, mechanism, pathophysiology, clinical presentation, investigations, classification, diagnosis, management and prevention of bile duct injury. It also includes non-medical issues including health care, socio-economic, costs and quality of life.

    Contents:
    Surgical anatomy
    Epidemiology
    Etiology
    Prevention
    Patho-physiology of bile leak, bile loss and biliary obstruction
    Non-biliary injuries
    Nomenclature and classification
    Intra-operative diagnosis and management
    Postoperative diagnosis and management
    External biliary fistula
    Benign biliary stricture
    Surgical management
    Endoscopic management
    Follow up
    Health care
    Socio-economic and medico-legal aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anant Mohan, Saurabh Mittal, editors.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of clinical manifestations and management of various complications following acute coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). COVID-19 is considered a multisystem disease and may lead to long-term complications and sequelae in various organ systems, some of whom may severely impair quality of life and may cause higher mortality. The current understanding of these complications is still incomplete and unclear, consequently the management strategies are not well elucidated. This book provides an extensive review of the current understanding of post COVID-19 complications and a simple, yet rational approach to their management. The chapters include complications related to multiple organ systems of the body including the respiratory system, nervous system, cardiovascular system, psychiatric issues, endocrine abnormalities, and others. Every chapter provides a detailed description of a practical approach to chronic sequelae along with important summary points for quick reference. Each chapter provides easy-to-follow algorithms and key points. This book will assist medical practitioners in understanding various aspects of post COVID-19 complications and will be helpful for general practitioners, internists, pulmonologists and other healthcare workers dealing with patients with COVID-19. It will also be useful to undergraduates and postgraduates since COVID-19 has been included in medicine curriculum.

    Contents:
    COVID-19: An Overview
    Pulmonary Sequelae of COVID-19
    Role of Imaging in Post-COVID-19 Complications
    Cardiovascular Complications Following COVID-19
    Neurological Sequelae of COVID-19
    Psychiatric Issues After COVID-19
    Gastrointestinal and Hepatobiliary Complications Following COVID-19
    Post-COVID-19 Endocrine Abnormalities
    Renal Abnormalities Following COVID-19
    COVID-19 Sequelae Affecting Ear, Nose and Throat
    Rheumatological Complications Following COVID-19
    Dermatological Sequelae of COVID-19
    Eye Complications Following COVID-19
    Role of Rehabilitation in the Post-COVID-19 Period
    Palliative Care Issues in Post-COVID-19.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Steindler, Arthur.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Sect. A. Propedeutics in orthopedic diagnosis. Sect. B. Congenital deformities and disabilities
    v. 2. Sect. A. Paralytic disabilities. Sect. B. Static disabilities
    v. 3. Sect. A. Tuberculosis of the skeletal system. Sect. B. Osteomyelitis
    v. 4. Sect. A. Arthritis and diseases of muscle, bursae tendons and fasciae. Sect. B. Deficiency and degenerative diseases of the locomotor system.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M731 .S83 1952
    4
  • Digital
    Jean-Charles Preiser, Margaret Herridge, Elie Azoulay, editors.
    Summary: This book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine textbook series, provides detailed up-to-date information on the physical, cognitive, and psychological impairments that are frequently present following a stay in an intensive care unit and examines in depth the available preventive and therapeutic strategies, including adapted rehabilitation programs. Beyond acquainting readers with the multiple facets of post-intensive care syndrome (PICS), the book aims to promote the effective follow-up of patients, thereby enhancing their ability to work and their functional autonomy, and to identify risk factors for the development of PICS as a stimulus to beneficial organizational changes in intensive care departments. The background to the book is the realization by healthcare providers that the quality of life of patients who have required a stay in an intensive care unit can be severely impaired or even become unacceptable. All too often, the diverse sequelae are overlooked by specialists of other disciplines. Moreover, families and caregivers are also at high risk of post-traumatic stress disorder and depression. The European Society of Intensive Care Medicine has developed the Lessons from the ICU series with the vision of providing focused and state-of-the-art overviews of central topics in Intensive Care and optimal resources for clinicians working in Intensive Care. This book, written by renowned experts in the field, will facilitate the transmission of key knowledge with significant clinical and financial benefits.

    Contents:
    Foreword, by Jean-Louis Vincent.- Part I. Introduction.- Chapter 1. The post ICU syndrome, history and definition.- Chapter 2. The Differential Diagnosis of Persistent Critical Illness and Other Causes of Prolonged ICU Stays.- Part II. Physical Impairment.- Chapter 3. Changes in Skeletal Muscle Mass and Contractile Function.- Chapter 4. Critical Illness Neuromyopathy: clinical, electrophysiology and histological diagnosis.- Chapter 5. Neuromyopathy: histological and molecular finding.- Chapter 6. Functional Outcomes Following Critical Illness.- Chapter 7. Diaphragmatic involvement.- Chapter 8. Imaging.- Chapter 9. Endocrinopathy of the Critically Ill.- Chapter 10. Post-ICU diabetes.- Chapter 11. Short and long-term ICU-acquired immunosuppression.- Part III. Cognitive / Psychological Impairment Chapter 12. Post Traumatic Stress Disorder after Critical Illness: Current Issues and Future Directions.- Chapter 13. Mood Disorders and Dementia in Survivors of Intensive Care.- Chapter 14. Functional scores of disability.- Chapter 15. Pain, analgesic effectiveness and long-term opioid dependency.- Chapter 16. Behavioral therapies.- Chapter 17. Post-intensive Care Syndrome in relatives of critically ill patientsChapter 18. Psychological impairment in professional caregivers.- Part IV. Rehabilitation.- Chapter 19. Modalities for physical rehabilitation.- Chapter 20. Nutritional strategies.- Chapter 21. Nutritional rehabilitation in the ICU.- Chapter 22. Follow-up consultations
    why?.- Chapter 23. Feasibility of follow-up consultations.- Chapter 24. Coordinating rehabilitation in hospital after ICU discharge
    priorities and pitfalls.- Chapter 25. Cost of disability.- Chapter 26. Cost effectiveness of post-intensive care clinics.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ayeshea Shenton, Peter Kralt, S. Kim Suvarna.
    Summary: This book is an ideal introduction to the specialty of post mortem computed tomography (PMCT). It will serve as a comprehensive yet accessible guide to the understanding and interpretation of whole-body studies for both hospital and community settings. Both normal post mortem appearances and findings associated with a wide range of diagnoses encountered in real cases from the coronial service are presented with the aid of numerous images. The coverage encompasses not only findings in all anatomic regions but also the imaging appearances in cases following targeted coronary angiography, attempted cardiopulmonary resuscitation and various special circumstances such as suicide. The inclusion of many practical tips and possible pitfalls will support the radiologist to become more confident when reporting PMCT, while for the more experienced practitioner the wealth of examples will serve as a useful resource. In addition to radiologists, the book will be of value for pathologists at all levels of experience and anyone needing to understand the role and limitations of PMCT.

    Contents:
    1) Introduction to the Investigation of Death and Post mortem Computed Tomography
    2) Practical Considerations of Post Mortem Computed Tomography and Report Writing
    3) Death, Post Mortem Changes and Decomposition on Post Mortem Computed Tomography
    4) External Findings, Tubes and Devices on Post Mortem Computed Tomography
    5) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Brain and Spinal Cord
    6) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Extra-cranial Head and Neck
    7) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Chest
    8) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Heart
    9) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Abdomen and Pelvis
    10) Post Mortem Computed Tomography of the Bones and Soft Tissues
    11) Findings Related to Attempted Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation on Post Mortem Computed Tomography.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Erik Dassi.
    Contents:
    Regulation of gene expression / Alessandro Quattrone and Erik Dassi
    Computational approach for the discovery of protein-RNA networks / Domenica Marchese, Carmen Maria Livi, and Gian Gaetano Tartaglia
    Transcriptional regulation with CRISPR/Cas9 effectors in mammalian cells / Hannah Pham, Nicola A. Kearns, and René Maehr
    Studying the translatome with polysome profiling / Paola Zuccotti and Angelika Modelska
    Exploring ribosome positioning on translating transcripts with ribosome profiling / Pieter Spealman ... [et al.]
    Studying isoform-specific mRNA recruitment to polyribosomes with Frac-seq / Rocio T. Martinez-Nunez and Jeremy R. Sanford
    Use of the pBUTR reporter system for scalable analysis of 3' UTR-mediated gene regulation / Arindam Chaudhury and Joel R. Neilson
    Comprehensive identification of RNA-binding proteins by RNA interactome capture / Alfredo Castello ... [et al.]
    Identifying RBP targets with RIP-seq / Hans-Herman Wessels ... [et al.]
    PAR-CLIP : a method for transcriptome-wide identification of RNA binding protein interaction sites / Charles Danan, Sudhir Manickavel, and Markus Hafner
    Profiling the binding sites of RNA-binding proteins with nucleotide resolution using iCLIP / FX Reymond Sutandy, Andrea Hildebrandt, and Julian König
    Pipeline for PAR-CLIP data analysis / Marvin Jens
    Capture and identification of miRNA targets by biotin pulldown and RNA-seq / Shen Mynn Tan and Judy Lieberman
    Identification of miRNA-target RNA interactions using CLASH / Aleksandra Helwak and David Tollervey
    Genome-wide analysis of A-to-I RNA editing / Yiannis A. Savva, Georges St. Laurent, and Robert A. Reenan
    Nucleotide-level profiling of m5C RNA methylation / Tennille Sibbritt ... [et al.]
    Probing N 6-methyladenosine (m6A) RNA modification in total RNA with SCARLET / Nian Liu and Tao Pan
    Genome-wide identification of alternative polyadenylation events using 3'T-fill / Stefan Wilkening, Vicent Pelechano, and Lars M. Steinmetz
    Genome-wide profiling of alternative translation initiation sites / Xiangwei Gao, Ji Wan, and Shu-Bing Qian
    Genome-wide study of mRNA isoform half-lives / Joseph V. Geisberg and Zarmik Moqtaderi
    Visualizing mRNA dynamics in live neurons and brain tissues / Hye Yoon Park and Minho Song
    Single-molecule live-cell visualization of pre-mRNA splicing / Robert M. Martin ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Benjamin A. Garcia.
    Contents:
    Crosstalk between cellular metabolism and histone acetylation / Sophie Trefely, Mary T. Doan, and Nathaniel W. Snyder
    Purification and enzymatic assay of class I histone deacetylase enzymes / Mark K. Adams, Charles A.S. Banks, Sayem Miah, Maxime Killer, and Michael P. Washburn
    Multiplexed quantitative phosphoproteomics of cell line and tissue samples / Johannes Kreuzer, Amanda Edwards, and Wilhelm Haas
    Differentiation of peptide isomers and epimers by radical-directed dissociation / Tyler R. Lambeth and Ryan R. Julian
    Biochemical analysis of protein arginylation / Junling Wang, John R. Yates III, and Anna Kashina
    Site-specific determination of lysine acetylation stoichiometries on the proteome-scale / Yue Chen and Yunan Li
    RNA modifications and the link to human disease / Amber Yanas and Kathy Fange Liu
    Isolation and characterization of glycosylated neuropeptides / Yang Liu, Qinjingwen Cao, and Lingjun Li
    Utilizing intein trans-splicing for in vivo generation of site-specifically modified proteins / Igor Maksimovic, Devin Ray, Qingfei Zheng, and Yael David
    Systematic and site-specific analysis of N-glycoproteins on the cell surface by integrating bioorthogonal chemistry and MS-based proteomics / Fangxu Sun and Ronghu Wu
    Silencing glycosaminoglycan functions in mouse embryonic stem cells with small molecule antagonists / Sourav Chatterjee, Tesia N. Stephenson, Austen L. Michalak, Kamil Godula, and Mia L. Huang
    Biochemical and structural analysis of N-terminal acetyltransferases / Leah Gottlieb and Ronen Marmorstein
    Site-specific analysis of the Asp- and Glu-ADP-ribosylated proteome by quantitative mass spectrometry / Peng Li, Yuanli Zhen, and Yonghao Yu
    Analysis of the topology of ubiquitin chains / Lucia Geis-Asteggiante, Amanda E. Lee, and Catherine Fenselau
    Analysis of cardiac troponin proteoforms by top-down mass spectrometry / Timothy N. Tiambeng, Trisha Tucholski, Zhijie Wu, Yanlong Zhu, Stanford D. Mitchell, David S. Roberts, Yutong Jin, and Ying Ge
    Assays for tyrosine phosphorylation in human cells / Monica Kruk, Naomi Widstrom, Sampreeti Jena, Nicole L. Wolter, John F. Blankenhorn, Ibrahim Abdalla, Tzu-Yi Yang, and Laurie L. Parker
    Metabolomics analysis of lipid metabolizing enzyme activity / Timothy B. Ware, Myungsun Shin, and Ku-Lung Hsu
    Simplified high yield TAILS terminomics using a new HPG-ALD 800K-2000 polymer with precipitation / Nestor Solis, Anilkumar Parambath, Srinivas Abbina, Jayachandran Kizhakkedathu, and Christopher M. Overall
    Methods for the expression, purification, and crystallization of histone deacetylase 6-inhibitor complexes / Jeremy D. Osko and David W. Christianson
    Quantitative analysis of global protein lysine methylation by mass spectrometry / Peder J. Lund, Stephanie M. Lehman, and Benjamin A. Garcia
    The roles of S-nitrosylation and S-glutathionylation in Alzheimer's disease / Ryan R. Dyer, Katarena I. Ford, Renã A.S. Robinson
    Expression of authentic post-translationally modified proteins in organisms with expanded genetic codes / Kyle Mohler and Jesse Rinehart
    Preparation of a new construct of human histone deacetylase 8 for the crystallization of enzyme-inhibitor complexes / Nicholas J. Porter and David W. Christianson
    Methods for characterizing protein acetylation during viral infection / Laura A. Murray, Ashton N. Combs, Pranav Rekapalli, and Ileana M. Cristea.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Vikas R. Dharnidharka, Michael Green, Steven A. Webber, Ralf Ulrich Trappe, editors.
    Summary: This disorder transcends multiple disciplines and demands a team approach to improve knowledge and treatment. The highly experienced internationally recognized authors have updated every section and added many new chapters, including some on genetic abnormalities in virus and host seen in PTLDs. In this successor edition, there is a completely new section on PTLDs after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. The newest PTLD classifications and current treatment paradigms that reflect recently conducted international trials are fully incorporated. As technologies have advanced, this book provided state-of-the-art new diagnostic and prognostic information. Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders 2nd Edition is designed to be a valuable reference for oncologists and all transplant professionals, such as surgeons, nephrologists, cardiologists, hepatologists/gastroenterologists, pulmonologists, infectious disease specialists, pathologists, as well as interns and residents in training in these specialists. It provides these professionals with comprehensive and up-to-date information that guides their management of transplant patients before and after transplant, with and without PTLD. .

    Contents:
    Introduction and History
    Definitions and Pathology of PTLD
    EBV Biology in the Pathogenesis of PTLD
    Host genetic mutations and expression analyses in PTLD
    Immune responses to EBV in the immunocompromised host
    Technical aspects of Epstein-Barr viral load assays
    Epidemiology of PTLD after SOT
    Clinical Features and Diagnostic Considerations
    Prognostic Factors
    Management of PTLD
    Prevention of Epstein - Barr virus Infection and Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders Following Transplantation
    Epidemiology and Prognosis of PTLD after HSCT
    Clinical Presentations and Features of PTLD after Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Management of PTLD after HSCT
    Preventative and preemptive strategies for EBV infection and PTLD after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Organ Specific issues of PTLD Kidney
    Liver
    Post-transplantation Lymphoproliferative Disorder in Intestinal Transplant Recipients
    PTLD After Heart Transplantation
    Lung Transplantation
    Research Priorities and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Savyasachi Thakkar, Erik A. Hasenboehler, editors.
    Summary: The incidence and prevalence of post-traumatic arthritis (PTA) is increasing globally due to longevity of life and increased activity and injuries. Compared to the non-traumatic etiology of arthritis, post-traumatic arthritis differs in presentation, severity and complexity of management. This book illustrates all pertinent facets of post-traumatic arthritis, from the basic science and diagnostic modalities to their management and outcomes. The opening section reviews the current scientific literature on PTA and presents the preferred imaging techniques and interpretation methods. A unique chapter on the economic impact of PTA is also included here. The subsequent two sections discuss both the upper and lower extremity, respectively, with each joint covered in a dedicated chapter of its own, describing the mechanisms of injury, assessment, management strategies and outcomes. Case material provides real-world context for the concepts and techniques presented, supported by generous radiology and intraoperative photos and figures. With Post-Traumatic Arthritis, orthopedic surgeons, as well as trauma surgeons, rheumatologists and associated clinical staff, will receive a comprehensive framework on which to base their clinical decisions and enhance their post-operative outcomes.

    Contents:
    Chapter 2: Imaging Modalities for Post-traumatic Arthritis
    Introduction
    Conventional Radiography
    MR Imaging
    Association Between Pain and Imaging Findings of OA
    References
    Chapter 3: Economic Implications of Post-traumatic Arthritis of the Hip and Knee
    Introduction
    Post-traumatic Osteoarthritis of the Knee
    Types of Injuries Associated with PTOA of the Knee
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries
    Meniscus Injuries
    Intra-articular Fractures
    Management of Post-traumatic Osteoarthritis of the Knee
    Primary Prevention
    Secondary Prevention
    Tertiary Prevention Post-traumatic Osteoarthritis of the Hip
    Types of Injuries Associated with PTOA of the Hip
    Hip/Acetabular Fractures
    Hip Dislocations and Osteonecrosis
    Management of PTOA in the Hip
    Primary Prevention
    Secondary Prevention
    Tertiary Prevention
    Costs Associated with Post-traumatic Osteoarthritis
    Recommendations
    Summary
    References
    Part II: Post-traumatic Arthritis of the Upper Extremity
    Chapter 4: Post-traumatic Glenohumeral Arthritis
    Introduction
    Causes
    Fractures
    Instability
    Other Causes
    Treatment
    Nonoperative Treatment Elbow Arthrodesis
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Post-traumatic Arthritis of the Wrist
    Introduction
    Main Text
    Wrist Anatomy
    Carpus and Intercarpal Joints
    Distal Radioulnar Joint
    Wrist Arthritis
    Evaluation
    Intercarpal and Radiocarpal Arthritis
    Scapholunate Advanced Collapse (SLAC) and Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse (SNAC)
    Management
    S4CF Versus PRC
    Wrist Denervation
    Total Wrist Arthroplasty and Arthrodesis
    Surgical Technique
    Isolated Radiocarpal Arthritis
    Management
    Isolated Intercarpal Arthritis
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Steven A. Olson, Farshi Guilak, editors.
    Summary: Bringing together the most up-to-date research on post-traumatic arthritis (PTA) and its management, this book is a comprehensive presentation of the current thinking on all aspects of the mechanisms of joint injury and subsequent development of PTA. Divided into thematic sections, it includes discussions of the incidence and burden of PTA, both in society at large and in the military population specifically; the relevant experimental work on PTA, from basic science to animal models; peri-articular tissue responses to of joint injury and potential mechanisms of PTA; the current clinical assessment and treatment of common joint injuries leading to PTA; and emerging technologies and treatments for PTA, including biomarkers and stem cell therapies. Taken together, it will be an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists and other joint injury researchers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Section I: The Problem of Post-Traumatic Arthritis
    Arthritis that Develops after Joint Injury: Is it Post-Traumatic Arthritis or Post-Traumatic OsteoArthritis?
    Post-Traumatic Arthritis: Definitions and Burden of Disease
    Arthritis after Joint Injury: The Military Experience
    Section II: Experimental Models of Joint Injury
    In Vitro Cartilage Explant Injury Models
    Animal Models of Meniscal Injury in Post-Traumatic Arthritis.-Anterior Cruciate Transection/Disruption Models of Posttraumatic Arthritis
    Closed Joint ACL Disruption Murine Model of PTA
    Whole Joint Models of Articular Injury and Articular Fracture
    Instability: Dynamic Loading Models
    Survey of Animal Models in Post-Traumatic Arthritis: Choosing the Right Model to Answer the Right Question
    Section III: Peri-articular Tissue Response to Joint Injury
    The Response of Cartilage to Injury
    The Response of Subchondral Bone to Injury
    Genetic Variability in the Response to Injury
    Aging and Post-Traumatic Arthritis.-Potential Mechanisms of PTA: Cell Death
    Potential Mechanisms of PTA: Inflammation
    Potential Mechanisms of PTA: Oxidative Stress
    Potential Mechanisms of PTA: Alterations in Joint Loading
    Section IV: Clinical Assessment and Treatment of Patients with Joint Injury
    Imaging Specific to Cartilage Injury
    Outcomes of ACL Injury: The MOON Consortium
    Current Treatment and Outcomes of Intra-articular Fractures
    Non-arthroplasty Treatments for PTA in the Lower Extremity
    Results of Arthroplasty in Post-Traumatic Arthritis
    Section V: Developing and Future Assessment and Therapies
    Measurement of Severity of Injury after Articular Fracture and Correlation with Post-Traumatic Arthritis Development
    Biomarkers of PTA
    Potential Targets for Pharmacologic Therapies for Prevention of PTA.- Stem Cells Therapies for Post-Traumatic Arthritis
    Unanswered Questions and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    James F. Pagel.
    Summary: PTSD is in no way an easy diagnosis for the patient, the provider, or the therapist. It is a diagnosis developed at the border of our capacity to handle extreme stress, a marker diagnosis denoting the limits of our capacity for functioning in the stress of this modern world. For both individuals and society, PTSD marks the limits of our available compassion and our capacity to protect ourselves from the dangers of the environment and other humans. PTSD is often a chronic disease, forming at a place where mind sometimes no longer equals the brain, a point at which individual patient requirements often trump theory and belief. There are treatments for PTSD that work, and many that do not. This book presents evidence, rather than theory, anecdote, or case report. Psychological approaches including prolonged exposure, imagery rehearsal therapy and EMDR have a greater than 75% positive short-term response when used to treat PTSD. Yet these treatments vary markedly and have different, even contradictory underlying theory and objectives for treatment. Medications, rarely indicated as primary therapy, can be used to treat symptoms and address comorbid PTSD diagnoses. Treatment of sleep apnea in the PTSD population produces a positive effect on symptoms and a reduction in morbidity and mortality across the span of life. Complementary treatments offer the many individuals chronically affected by PTSD assistance in coping with symptoms and opportunities to attempt to functionally integrate their experience of trauma.

    Contents:
    Shell shock and society
    Unzipping PTSD: criteria and screeners
    Disasters and societal trauma: complex and societal PTSD
    The origins of PTSD: psychodynamic trauma and the human stress response
    Nightmare science
    Chronic PTSD
    Treating the emergency: acute trauma
    Classic psychotherapy for PTSD
    Group therapy for PTSD
    Classic cognitive behavioral therapy
    Prolonged exposure therapy
    Eye movement desensitization and processing (EMDR)
    Imagery rehearsal therapy
    PTSD: the medications
    Sleep apnea and PTSD
    Complementary approaches to healing PTSD: art, body, and mind awareness
    When treatment doesn't work
    An evidence-based approach to PTSD therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Daniel Thomas Ginat, Suzanne K. Freitag, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the imaging features that are seen following the application of a variety of ophthalmic and orbital procedures and therapies in patients with disorders affecting the cornea, retina, lens and ocular adnexa, as well as glaucoma. A wealth of high-quality radiographic images, including CT, MRI and ultrasound, depict expected post-treatment findings and appearances in patients with complications. In addition, correlations are made with clinical photographs and photographs of implanted devices. This reference has been prepared by experts in the field and should serve as a valuable guide to both radiologists and ophthalmologists, facilitating navigation of the intricacies of the treated eye and orbit and optimization of patient management.

    Contents:
    Cornea
    Lens
    Retina
    Ocular Adnexa
    Glaucoma
    Intraocular Tumor Treatments.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Emmanuel Y. Lartey, Hellena Moon ; foreword by Abdullahi Ahmed An-Na'im; epilogue by Bonnie Miller-McLemore.
    Summary: "This anthology is about caring for all persons as a part of the revolutionary struggle against colonialism in its many forms. In recognition of the varied ways in which different forms of oppression, injustice, and violence in the world today are traceable to the legacy and continuing effects of colonialism, various authors have contributed to the volume from diverse backgrounds including differing ethnic identities, religious and cultural traditions, gender and sexual orientations, as well as communal and personal realities. As a postcolonial critique of spiritual care, it highlights the plurality of voices and concerns that have been overlooked or obscured because of the politics of race, religion, sexuality, nationalism, and other structures of power that have shaped what discursive spiritual care entails today. Postcolonial Images of Spiritual Care presents voices of practical and pastoral theologians, academics, spiritual care providers, religious leaders, students, and activists working to provide greater intercultural spiritual care and awareness in the areas of healthcare, community work, and education. The volume, as such, expands the discourse of spiritual care and participates in the ongoing paradigm shifts in the field of pastoral and practical theology."--Publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by Audrey J. Jaeger, Alessandra J. Dinin.
    Summary: The Postdoc Landscape offers historical, international, and domestic examples, solutions, and strategies for addressing the needs of postdoctoral scholars in terms of their presence in government, industry, and the academy. Growing issues and concerns are identified with a clear direction in terms of what practitioners, policymakers, and educators can do to improve the working conditions of postdoctoral scholars. The book includes chapters centered on three themes: the Postdoc Landscape, Postdoc Support and Postdoc Career Literacy, Agency and Choice. This comprehensive reference serves as a guide for scholars, individuals who supervise and mentor postdoctoral scholars and policymakers.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Committee to Review the State of Postdoctoral Experience in Scientists and Engineers, Committee on Science, Engineering, and Public Policy, Policy and Global Affairs, National Academy of Sciences, National Academy of Engineering, Institute of Medicine.
    Summary: The Postdoctoral Experience Revisited builds on the 2000 report Enhancing the Postdoctoral Experience for Scientists and Engineers. That ground-breaking report assessed the postdoctoral experience and provided principles, action points, and recommendations to enhance that experience. Since the publication of the 2000 report, the postdoctoral landscape has changed considerably. The percentage of PhDs who pursue postdoctoral training is growing steadily and spreading from the biomedical and physical sciences to engineering and the social sciences. The average length of time spent in postdoctoral positions seems to be increasing. The Postdoctoral Experience Revisited reexamines postdoctoral programs in the United States, focusing on how postdocs are being guided and managed, how institutional practices have changed, and what happens to postdocs after they complete their programs. This book explores important changes that have occurred in postdoctoral practices and the research ecosystem and assesses how well current practices meet the needs of these fledgling scientists and engineers and of the research enterprise. The Postdoctoral Experience Revisited takes a fresh look at current postdoctoral fellows--how many there are, where they are working, in what fields, and for how many years. This book makes recommendations to improve aspects of programs--postdoctoral period of service, title and role, career development, compensation and benefits, and mentoring. Current data on demographics, career aspirations, and career outcomes for postdocs are limited. This report makes the case for better data collection by research institution and data sharing. A larger goal of this study is not only to propose ways to make the postdoctoral system better for the postdoctoral researchers themselves but also to better understand the role that postdoctoral training plays in the research enterprise. It is also to ask whether there are alternative ways to satisfy some of the research and career development needs of postdoctoral researchers that are now being met with several years of advanced training. Postdoctoral researchers are the future of the research enterprise. The discussion and recommendations of The Postdoctoral Experience Revisited will stimulate action toward clarifying the role of postdoctoral researchers and improving their status and experience.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The disconnect between the ideal and reality
    Changing aspects of the postdoctoral experience
    The shifting career landscape
    Recommendations
    Appendixes.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad [2014]
  • Digital
    Arup Chakrabarti, editor.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Crystalline Lens
    Anatomy of the Vitreous
    Incidence, Magnitude and Significance of the Problem
    Posterior Capsular Rents
    Predisposing Factors
    Management Strategies for Cataracts with Pre-existing PCR
    How to Reduce the Incidence of Posterior Capsular Rupture
    Surgical Pearls
    Posterior Capsular Rupture during the Phaco Learning Curve
    Tips on How to Reduce the Incidence
    Posterior Capsular Rent
    Early Diagnosis
    Posterior Capsular Rupture
    Various Case Scenarios.-Management of Vitreous Disturbance and Basic Principles of Anterior Vitrectomy
    Staining of the Vitreous/Enhancing Visibility of Vitreous.-Bimanual Vitrectomy from Limbus
    Bimanual pars plana Anterior Vitrectomy
    Posterior Assisted Levitation (PAL)
    IOL Options in the Presence of Posterior Capsular Rent
    ACIOL
    Iris Claw IOLs.-Sutured Scleral Fixated IOLs
    Unsutured Scleral Fixated IOLs
    Glued IOLs
    Management of Retained Lens Matter in the Postoperative Period
    Posterior Capsular Rent
    Sequelae
    Postoperative Management of an Eye that has Suffered a Posterior Capsular Rupture.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jong S. Kim, editor.
    Summary: This book, written by renowned experts from across the world, provides readers with a detailed and up-to-date understanding of posterior circulation stroke and its management. Anatomy, pathophysiology, clinical syndromes, and imaging findings are clearly and thoroughly described with the aid of illustrative cases and schematic drawings. The management-oriented chapters explain all forms of treatment, including the use of antiplatelet agents and anticoagulants, thrombolysis, mechanical thrombectomy, stenting, and surgical therapy, i.e., bypass and decompression. Throughout, full account is taken of recent significant advances in knowledge and clinical practice. Stroke affecting the posterior circulation continues to pose particular challenges for clinicians. This book will help readers to avoid misdiagnosis, which still occurs far too frequently, and to manage individual patients optimally. It will be an excellent learning resource for residents in neurology, neurosurgery, radiology, interventional radiology, and vascular surgery, as well as an ideal reference for more experienced practitioners in these specialties.

    Contents:
    1. History of vertebro-basilar stroke and TIA
    2. Arterial anatomy and collaterals in posterior brain circulation
    3. Risk factors and stroke mechanisms in posterior brain
    4. Brainstem ischemic stroke syndromes
    5. Thalamic and occipital stroke syndromes
    6. Ocular-vestibular-otologic syndromes
    7. Hemorrhagic strokes in posterior brain
    8. Imaging diagnosis and assessment of perfusion in posterior circulation stroke
    9. Acute therapy (thrombolysis, thrombectomy) in posterior circulation stroke
    10. Angioplasty/stenting in posterior circulation stroke
    11. Medical treatment in posterior circulation stroke
    12. Surgical therapy: Bypass and decompression in posterior circulation stroke
    13. Non-atherosclerotic vascular diseases in posterior circulation stroke
    14. Outcome and prognosis in posterior circulation stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gregory C. Fanelli, MD, editor.
    Summary: Now in a revised and expanded second edition including ten new chapters, this classic text on the diagnosis and management of posterior cruciate ligament injuries represents the state of the art. Comprehensive and used-friendly, the book covers PCL anatomy and biomechanics, diagnosis and evaluation, and both surgical and non-surgical treatment strategies. Surgical chapters discuss graft selection and open and arthroscopic techniques, including both primary and revision surgery and combined reconstruction with other knee ligaments. New chapters illustrate cutting-edge and advanced surgical techniques in reconstruction and primary repair, articular cartilage resurfacing and meniscus transplant in the PCL injured knee, mechanical graft tensioning, the role of osteotomy, treatment of PCL injuries in children, results of treatment and outcomes data in PCL injuries, clinical case studies, and the editorℓ́ℓs experience chapter based on 24 years of treating PCL injuries. Complications, bracing and rehabilitation round out the presentation. Written and edited by leaders in the management of injuries to the knee, this will be an invaluable text for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine practitioners alike.

    Contents:
    Part I: Editor?s Experience
    Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries and Reconstruction: What I Have Learned
    Part II: Anatomy and Biomechanics
    Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Posterior Cruciate Ligament and their Surgical Implications
    Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Posterolateral and Posteromedial Corners of the Knee and their Surgical Implications
    Part III: Diagnosis and Evaluation
    Clinical and Arthroscopic Evaluation of the Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injured Knee
    Instrumented Measurement of the Multiple Ligament Injured Knee: Arthrometry, Stress Radiography, Rotationometry, and Computer Navigation
    MRI Imaging of PCL, Posteromedial, and Posterolateral Corner Injuries of the Knee
    Part IV: Non-Surgical Treatment
    Nonoperative Treatment and Natural History of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries
    Part V: Surgical Treatment
    Graft Selection in Posterior Cruciate Ligament Surgery
    Arthroscopic Transtibial Tunnel Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Open Tibial Inlay Graft for Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    All-Arthroscopic Tibial Inlay Double-Bundle Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    All-Inside Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    The All-Inside Technique: Surgical Technique and Outcomes
    Arthroscopic Primary Repair of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Injuries
    Combined PCL, ACL, Posteromedial, and Posterolateral Reconstruction
    Surgical Treatment of Combined PCL/Lateral-Sided Injuries
    Combined Posterior Cruciate Ligament and Posteromedial Reconstruction
    Combined PCL, Posteromedial Corner and Posterolateral Corner Reconstruction
    Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction in Patients Eighteen Years of Age and Younger
    Revision Surgery in the Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    Part VI: Other Considerations
    Mechanical Graft Tensioning in Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    The Role of Osteotomy in the Treatment of PCL Injuries
    Articular Cartilage Restoration in the PCL Injured Knee
    Meniscus Transplant in the PCL Injured Knee
    Rehabilitation Following PCL Reconstruction: Scientific and Theoretical Basis
    Brace Considerations for Posterior Cruciate Ligament (PCL) Injuries of the Knee
    Complications and PCL Reconstruction
    Part VII: Outcomes of Treatment
    Results of Treatment of Posterior Cruciate Ligament Surgery
    Part VIII: Clinical Case Studies
    Selected Case Studies in Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    M. Memet Özek, Giuseppe Cinalli, Wirginia Maixner, Christian Sainte-Rose, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Carlos Eduardo Costa Almedia, editor.
    Summary: This book will offer for the first time a step-by-step description of the posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy, a minimally invasive technique, moving the gold standard of laparoscopic adrenalectomy towards the retroperitoneoscopic approach. Detailed information about the technique, the advantages over other approaches, the technical steps, the potential complications and how to solve them, outcomes, and robotics, will be offered to readers. This practical guide will be of great interest for all general surgeons and urologists already performing adrenal surgery, and for those that wish to start performing adrenalectomy.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    1: Anatomy of the Adrenal Gland
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 The Adrenal Gland
    1.2.1 Anatomical Landmarks and Topographic Anatomy
    1.2.2 Arterial Supply
    1.2.3 Venous Drainage
    1.2.4 Lymphatic Drainage
    1.2.5 Innervation
    1.3 Anatomical Considerations in Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy
    1.3.1 Retroperitoneum
    1.3.2 Abdominal Wall (Posterior and Anterolateral)
    References
    2: Indications for Adrenalectomy
    2.1 Introduction 2.2 Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy in Overproduction Adrenal Syndromes
    2.2.1 Excessive Production of Aldosterone: Hyperaldosteronism
    2.2.2 Excessive Production of Glucocorticoids: Cushing's Syndrome
    2.2.3 Excessive Production of Catecholamines: Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
    2.3 Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy in Adrenal Malignancies
    2.3.1 Adrenocortical Carcinoma
    2.3.2 Malignant Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
    2.3.3 Metastases to the Adrenal Glands
    2.4 Adrenal Incidentaloma
    2.5 Partial Adrenalectomy
    References 3: Open Versus Minimally Invasive Approach
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Validation of Laparoscopic Adrenal Surgery
    3.3 Still a Place for Open
    3.4 Open Surgery
    3.4.1 Current Indications
    3.4.2 Risk of Conversion to Open
    3.5 Open Technique
    3.5.1 Anterior Approach
    3.5.1.1 Technique for the Right Side
    3.5.1.2 Technique for the Left Side
    3.5.2 Posterior Approach
    3.5.3 Thoracoabdominal Approach
    3.6 Conclusion
    References
    4: Retroperitoneoscopic Versus Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
    4.1 Background and Clinical Considerations
    4.2 Intraoperative Outcomes 4.3 Postoperative Outcomes
    References
    5: Retroperitoneoscopic Approach in Malignant Disease
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Preoperative Evaluation of Patients with Adrenal Lesions Suspicious for Malignancy
    5.3 Minimally Invasive Adrenal Surgery for Indeterminate Adrenal Nodules Suspicious for Malignancy
    5.4 Minimally Invasive Adrenal Surgery for Metastatic Disease
    5.5 Minimally Invasive Adrenal Surgery for Adrenocortical Carcinoma
    References
    6: Anesthesia in Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Approach
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Preoperative Patient Evaluation 6.3 Anesthesia for PRA
    6.4 Postoperative Pain Management
    References
    7: Technical Steps of Posterior Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Surgical Instruments and Operation Table Setup
    7.3 Surgical Team
    7.4 Step-by-Step
    7.4.1 Positioning the Patient
    7.4.2 Placing the First Trocars (Balloon Trocar and Lateral Trocar)
    7.4.3 Creating the Working Space
    7.4.4 Placing the Third Trocar (Medial Trocar)
    7.4.5 Finding Upper Pole of the Kidney
    7.4.6 Finding the Inferior Vena Cava (IVC)
    7.4.7 Dissecting and Ligating the Adrenal Vein
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Meena Chakrabarti, Arup Chakrabarti, editors.
    Summary: Posterior segment complications of cataract surgery are encountered not only by the cataract and retinal surgeons but also by the general ophthalmologists in their daily practice. Yet, a definitive volume on this subject is not available. Written by experts in the field of cataract surgery and vitreoretinal surgery, this book is a comprehensive, updated practical guide on evaluation and management of patients with posterior segment complications following cataract surgery. This up-to-date reference covers all aspects of the field including evaluation of a patient, and all surgical procedures currently used in managing various complication in an organized systematic fashion. Necessary surgical modalities and approaches are thoroughly reviewed with ample illustrations for better understanding. Chapter dealing with surgical complications and failure has also been included in this book.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Introduction
    Contents
    1: Risk Factors for Posterior Segment Complications of Cataract Surgery
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Conclusion
    References
    2: Needle Stick Globe Injuries
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    2.3 Mechanism of Injury
    2.4 Signs and Symptoms
    2.5 Management
    2.6 Prognosis
    2.7 Prevention
    References
    3: The Dropping and Dropped Nucleus
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Intraoperative Management by the Cataract Surgeon
    3.3 IOL Implantation Options for the Cataract Surgeon
    3.4 Definitive Surgery 3.5 Management of Associated Complications
    References
    4: Pseudophakic Retinal Detachment
    4.1 Epidemiology
    4.2 Risk Factors
    4.2.1 Preoperative
    4.2.2 Intraoperative
    4.2.3 Postoperative
    4.3 After Nd:YAG Posterior Capsulotomy
    4.4 Clinical Findings
    4.5 Management
    4.6 Prognostic Factors
    4.7 Conclusion
    References
    5: Pseudophakic Cystoid Macular Oedema
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Definition
    5.3 History
    5.4 Incidence
    5.5 Aetiopathogenesis
    5.6 Histopathology
    5.7 Classification of Pseudophakic CMO 5.8 Classification Based on the Time of Onset [28]
    5.9 Risk Factors for Pseudophakic CMO
    5.10 Diagnosis, Symptoms and Signs
    5.11 Diagnostic Tests
    5.12 Management
    5.12.1 Medical Treatment
    Conservative Management
    NSAIDS
    Steroids
    Combination of Topical NSAIDS and Steroids
    Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitor (Acetazolamide)
    Anti-VEGF Therapy
    5.12.2 Surgical
    5.12.3 Other Therapies
    5.13 Prophylactic Treatment
    5.14 Nepafenac 1 mg in 1 mL in Adults, Including the Elderly
    References 6: Prophylaxis of Postoperative Endophthalmitis Following Cataract Surgery
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Perioperative Nonantibiotic Prophylactic Measures
    6.2.1 Povidone-Iodine (PVP-I)
    6.2.2 Incision Construction
    6.3 The Role of Antibiotics
    6.3.1 Preoperative Topical Antibiotics
    6.3.2 Antibiotics in the Irrigating Solution
    6.3.3 Intracameral Antibiotics
    Vancomycin
    Cefuroxime
    Moxifloxacin
    6.3.4 Post-operative Antibiotics
    Appendix 1
    References
    7: Postoperative Endophthalmitis
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Incidence
    7.3 Classification 7.4 Risk Factors
    7.5 Pathogenesis
    7.6 Etiology
    7.7 Clinical Features
    7.8 Prophylaxis
    7.8.1 Topical Antibiotics
    7.8.2 Systemic Antibiotics
    7.9 Investigations
    7.10 Treatment
    7.10.1 Intravitreal Antibiotics
    7.10.2 Systemic Antibiotics
    7.11 Surgery
    7.12 Prognosis
    7.13 Conclusion
    References
    8: Toxic Anterior Segment Syndrome
    8.1 Introduction
    8.2 Clinical Presentation
    8.2.1 Differential Diagnosis
    8.3 Treatment and Clinical Course
    8.4 Etiology and Recommendations
    8.4.1 Recommendations
    Enzymatic Detergents
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Narsing A. Rao, Julie Schallhorn, Damien C. Rodger, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive text provides readers with an in-depth examination of posterior uveitis, and expert instruction on diagnosis, imaging techniques and treatments that are being reshaped by advancements in the field. Posterior Uveitis: Advances in Imaging and Treatment focuses on the ocular imaging modalities used in the diagnosis of various uveitis and intraocular inflammation entities resulting from infectious and non-infectious etiologies. Each topic is succinctly presented by experts in the field of intraocular inflammation and ocular imaging and starts with salient clinical features, differential diagnosis and specific treatment, and concludes with in-depth and relevant clinical imaging findings. The book opens by touring a multitude of infectious and non-infectious uveitidies and explores how advances are aiding our diagnosis and treatment. The second half will delve into established and emerging therapeutics, including advances in drug delivery. Evolving treatments for recalcitrant uveitis are discussed, including the newer biological agents, and each chapter includes ample illustrations and several tables for readers to comprehend with ease the inflammatory disorders and to interpret the imaging changes in various uveitis entities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by A. Victor Hoffbrand, Douglas R. Higgs, David M. Keeling, Atul B. Mehta.
    Contents:
    Stem cells and haemopoiesis / Emma de Pater, Elaine Dzierzak
    Erythropoiesis / Douglas R Higgs, Noémi Roy, Deborah Hay
    Iron metabolism iron deficiency and disorders of haem synthesis / Clara Camaschella, A Victor Hoffbrand, Chaim Hershko
    Iron overload / Clara Camaschella, A Victor Hoffbrand, Maria Domenica Cappellini
    Megaloblastic anaemia / A Victor Hoffbrand
    Haemoglobin and the inherited disorders of globin synthesis / Swee Lay Thein, David Rees
    Sickle cell disease / Anne Marsh, Elliott P Vichinsky
    Hereditary disorders of the red cell membrane and disorders of red cell metabolism / Paola Bianchi, Narla Mohandas
    Acquired haemolytic anaemias / Modupe O Elebute, Rachel Kesse-Adu
    Inherited aplastic anaemia/bone marrow failure syndromes / Inderjeet S Dokal
    Acquired aplastic anaemia and paroxysmal nocturnal haemoglobinuria / Judith CW Marsh, Austin G Kulasekararaj, Neal S Young, Peter Hillmen
    Red cell immunohaematology / Geoff Daniels, Marcela Contreras, Shubha Allard
    Clinical blood transfusion / Shubha Allard, Marcela Contreras
    Phagocytes / John Mascarenhas, Marina Kremyanskaya,, Ronald Hoffman
    Lysosomal storage disorders / Atul B Mehta, Derralynn A Hughes
    Normal lymphocytes and non-neoplastic lymphocyte disorders / Paul Moss, Mark Drayson
    The spleen / Paul Moss
    The molecular basis of haematological malignancies / Niccolo Bolli, George Vassiliou
    Laboratory diagnosis of haematological neoplasms / Torsten Haferlach, Barbara J Bain
    Acute myeloid leukaemia / Alan K Burnett, David Grimwade
    Adult acute lymphoblastic Llukaemia / Clare J Rowntree, Adele K Fielding
    Childhood acute lymphoblastic leukaemia / Ajay Vora
    Supportive care in the management of leukaemia / Eliza Gil, Vanya Gant, Panagiotis Kottaridis
    Chronic myeloid leukaemia / David TO Yeung, Timothy P Hughes
    The myelodysplastic syndromes / Kavita Raj, Ghulam J Mufti
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms / Peter J Campbell, Claire Harrison, Anthony R Green
    Chronic lymphocytic leukaemia and other chronic B-cell disorders / Emili Montserrat, Peter Hillmen
    T-cell lymphoproliferative disorders / Pier Luigi Zinzani, Alessandro Broccoli
    Multiple myeloma / Jesús San-Miguel, Joan Bladé́
    Amyloidosis / Simon DJ Gibbs, Philip N Hawkins
    The classification of lymphomas: updating the WHO classification / Elias Campo, Stefano A Pileri
    Hodgkin lymphoma / Piers Blombery, David Linch
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma: low grade / William Townsend, Robert Marcus
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma: high grade / Jessica Okosun, Kate Cwynarski
    Stem cell transplantation / Charles Craddock, Ronjon Chakraverty
    Normal haemostasis / Keith Gomez, John H McVey
    The vascular function of platelets / Stephen P Watson, Neil V Morgan, Paul Harrison
    Haemophilia and VonWillebrand disease / Michael A Laffan, K John Pasi
    Rare inherited coagulation disorders / Flora Peyvandi, Marzia Menegatti
    Acquired coagulation disorders / Peter W Collins, Jecko Thachil, Cheng-Hock Toh
    Congenital platelet disorders / Maurizio Margaglione, Paul RJ Ames
    Primary immune thrombocytopenia / Drew Provan, Adrian C Newland
    Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and haemolytic-uraemic syndrome (congenital and acquired) / Pier Mannuccio Mannucci, Flora Peyvandi, Roberta Palla
    Heritable thrombophilia / Trevor Baglin, David Keeling
    Acquired venous thrombosis / Beverley J Hunt, Henry G Watson
    Antithrombotic agents / Trevor Baglin, David Keeling
    Management of venous thromboembolism / Trevor Baglin, David Keeling
    Haematological aspects of systemic disease / A Victor Hoffbrand, Atul B Mehta
    Haematological aspects of tropical diseases / Imelda Bates, Ivy Ekem
    Neonatal haematology / Irene Roberts, Subarna Chakravorty
    WHO classification: Tumours of the haematopoietic and lymphoid tissues (2008).
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    H737 .W92 1950
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Paul A. Banaszkiewicz and Deiary F. Kader.
    Summary: "Develop an aptitude for defining key topics, features and processes, vital for your FRCS (Tr & Orth) Viva exam success, with this newly updated and detailed guide. This new edition expertly delivers invaluable insights into tactics and planning, for candidates to sharpen exam skills, and gain confidence. Thoroughly updated to include an expanded basic science section, to answer all of your viva questions, this guide also supplies candidates with new illustrations and exam-specific diagrams; adapting to meet the expectations of a constantly changing syllabus. Vital for orthopaedic surgeons in training, this forward-looking text includes a drawing chapter, for candidates to practise creating succinct, exam-style illustrations, before the exam itself. Proactive in its approach, this book addresses the balance between trauma, general orthopaedics and basic science; by editors with extensive national and international experience of preparing candidates for the FRCS(Tr & Orth)"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    McFarland, John Bryan.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M39 .M14
    2
  • Digital
    Davide Spadaro, Samir Droby, Maria Lodovica Gullino, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: The book will address selected topics in postharvest pathology aiming at highlighting recent development in the science, technology and control strategies of postharvest diseases to reduce losses and enhance safety of harvested agricultural products. Topics will include: 1) Introduction: Perspectives and challenges in postharvest pathology 2) Elucidating host-pathogen interactions 3) Next generation technologies for management and detection of postharvest pathogens 4) Food safety in postharvest pathology 5) Alternative postharvest diseases control strategies 6) Chemical control of postharvest diseases.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Role of Effector Proteins in the Virulence of Penicillium expansum on Apple Fruit
    Introduction
    Plant Defense Mechanisms
    Pathogenicity of P. expansum on Fruit
    Fungal Effectors and Their Role in the Pathogenicity of Necrotrophic Fungi
    P. expansum Secretes Factors That Down-Regulate ROS Production in Apple During Infection
    Discovery and Functional Analysis of Effectors in Plant Pathogenic Fungi
    Small, Cysteine-Rich Proteins in P. expansum
    LysM Proteins in P. expansum
    NLP Proteins in P. expansum
    PePRT Protein
    Summary Chapter 3: Uncovering the NLR Family of Disease Resistance Genes in Cultivated Sweetpotato and Wild Relatives
    Introduction
    Importance of Sweetpotato
    Origin and History of Sweetpotato
    Sweetpotato Production
    The Sweetpotato Genome
    A Case Study: Ceratocystis fimbriata, The Causal Agent of Black Rot of Sweetpotato
    Management of Black Rot in Sweetpotato
    Sweetpotato Resistance Against Ceratocystis fimbriata
    Plant Defenses Against Pathogens
    Next Generation Sequencing Accelerates Resistance Gene Discovery
    Resistance Genes in Sweetpotato Chapter 5: Endophytic Microbiome in the Carposphere and Its Importance in Fruit Physiology and Pathology
    Introduction
    Entry, Colonization and Transmission of Endophytes into Plant Tissue
    Coevolution of Endophytes with Their Host
    Diversity of Endophytic Microbiota on Fruit Carpophore
    Stem-End Rots Pathogens in Fruit as Endophytes
    Utilization of Endophytic Microorganisms in Diseases Management of Fruits
    Future Prospective
    References
    Chapter 6: The Production of Mycotoxins as an Adaptation to the Post-Harvest Environment
    Introduction Genome Survey of NLR Encoding Genes in I. batatas, I. trifida, and I. triloba
    Future Perspectives
    References
    Chapter 4: Spatial and Compositional Diversity in the Microbiota of Harvested Fruits: What Can It Tell Us About Biological Control of Postharvest Diseases
    Introduction
    Spatial Differences in the Microbiome of Harvested Apples
    Genotype Effect on the Composition of the Endophytic Microbiome of Apple Scions and Rootstocks
    The Apple Rhizosphere
    Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Zsolt J. Balogh, Raul Coimbra, Salomone Di Saverio, Andrew W. Kirkpatrick, Federico Coccolini, editors.
    Summary: This book on post-injury multiple organ failure (MOF) offers a comprehensive overview and clinically focused practical guide to treating the condition. MOF is arguably the most difficult complication to manage in polytrauma patients and is responsible for the majority of trauma deaths among patients who survived the first 24 hours after injury. Beyond mortality, it has a major impact on healthcare resource utilization and a persistent negative effect on patients' long-term reported outcomes. This book is edited by surgeons who are passionate about the topic, and about optimizing the outcomes for polytrauma patients. Grasping the fascinating pathophysiology of MOF is essential for providing patients with quality early care. Each chapter highlights key learning objectives, historical perspectives, diagnostic and therapeutic pearls, and includes a must-know summary, additional reading suggestions and future research directions. Flowcharts, decision-making guides, summary tables, graphics and clinical photographs help to maximize the learning experience and to ensure readers retain what they've learned. The book fills a unique niche area for many specialties dedicated to critical care of polytrauma patients and to their management before and beyond intensive care.

    Contents:
    1 Historic perspective and relevant evolutionary landmarks in trauma care
    2 The definition of postinjury Multiple Organ Failure
    3 The pathomechanism of postinjury MOF
    4 Genomic considerations related to postinjury MOF
    5 The epidemiology of postinjury MOF
    6 The relevance of traumatic shock and its treatment on the epidemiology of MOF
    7 The relevance of the timing of surgical interventions
    8 The population at risk, predictors of MOF
    9 Postinjury MOF with and without infection
    10 The principles of treatment, modern therapeutic targets
    11 Central nervous system
    12 Respiratory failure
    13 Cardiac failure
    14 Liver failure
    15 Gastrointestinal failure, clinical presentations and treatment
    16 Kidney failure
    17 Bone marrow failure
    18 MOF management in low resource settings
    19 MOF in pregnancy and its relevance to Eclampsia
    20 MOF in paediatric patients
    21 Summary of randomised controlled trials with significant effect on MOF outcomes
    22 Iatrogenic causes leading to MOF
    23 Short term outcomes, what has changed during the last 40 years?
    24 Long term outcomes and functional outcomes
    25 Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Faustino R. Pérez-López, editor.
    Summary: Supported by the latest scientific data, this book serves as a guide to the clinical assessment of women’s health during the second half of life (post-reproductive years), including approaches to the management of the most frequent age-related diseases and disorders and the most recent advances in treatment. In addition, it discusses preventive aspects of healthcare in post-reproductive women, identifying lifestyle measures to enhance healthy aging. By highlighting research gaps, it promotes the development of quick and easy-to-use assessment tools and predictive markers of age-related co-morbidities. As such, the book is a valuable resource for researchers and clinicians alike. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Assisted reproductive technology in perimenopausal women / Nicolás Mendoza Ladrón de Guevara and Miguel Angel Motos Guirao
    2. Turner syndrome : primary amenorrhea from adolescence to aging / Camil Castelo-Branco and Iuliia Naumova
    3. Premature ovarian insufficiency / Agnieszka Podfigurna, Monika Grymowicz, Anna Szeliga, Ewa Rudnicka, Marzena Maciejewska-Jeske, Roman Smolarczyk, and Blazej Meczekalski
    4. Human papillomavirus infection and cancer risk in peri- and postmenopausal women / Pedro Vieira-Baptista, Mario Preti, and Jacob Bornstein
    5. Sporadic ovarian and fallopian tube cancer in postmenopausal women / Faustino R. Pérez-López
    6. Vulvar dermatoses and menopause / Joana Lyra and Pedro Vieira-Baptista
    7. Bladder pain syndrome/interstitial cystitis / Rui Almeida Pinto
    8. Overactive bladder / Visha K. Tailor and G. Alessandro Digesu
    9. Management of female stress urinary incontinence / Giampiero Capobianco, Pier Luigi Cherchi, and Salvatore Dessole
    10. Screening and management of female sexual dysfunction during the second half of life / Ana M. Fernández-Alonso, Marcos J. Cuerva, Peter Chedraui, and Faustino R. Pérez-López 11. Current treatment modalities for the genitourinary syndrome of menopause / Cemal Tamer Erel
    12. Laser treatment for vulvovaginal atrophy / Marco Gambacciani
    13. Laser treatments in female urinary incontinence / Ivan Fistonić and Nikola Fistonić
    14. Metabolic syndrome and excessive body weight in peri- and postmenopausal women / Andrea Giannini, Maria Magdalena Montt-Guevara, Jorge Eduardo Shortrede, Giulia Palla, Peter Chedraui, Andrea Riccardo Genazzani, and Tommaso Simoncini
    15. Metabolic syndrome and atherosclerosis in nondiabetic postmenopausal women / Stavroula A. Paschou, Panagiotis Anagnostis, Dimitrios G. Goulis, and Irene Lambrinoudaki
    16. Polycystic ovary syndrome-related risks in postmenopausal women / Panagiotis Anagnostis, Stavroula A. Paschou, Irene Lambrinoudaki, and Dimitrios G. Goulis
    17. Sleep and sleep disturbances in climacteric women / Päivi Polo-Kantola, Tarja Saaresranta, and Laura Lampio
    18. Impact of menopause on brain functions / Alice Antonelli, Andrea Giannini, Marta Caretto, Tommaso Simoncini, and Andrea R. Genazzani
    19. Vasomotor symptoms : clinical management / Maria Celeste Osorio-Wender and Mona Lúcia Dall’Agno
    20. Vasomotor symptoms, metabolic syndrome, and cardiovascular risks / Pauliina Tuomikoski and Hanna Savolainen-Peltonen 21. Menopause and age-related general health risk : a woman's heart needs her hormones / Adam Czyzyk and John C. Stevenson
    22. Menopausal hormone therapy to prevent chronic conditions / Rafael Sánchez-Borrego
    23. Selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs) : state of the art / Santiago Palacios
    24. Management of osteoporosis in postmenopausal women / J. J. Hidalgo-Mora, Antonio J. Cano-Marquina, A. Szeliga, Miguel Ángel García-Pérez, and A. Cano
    25. Anabolic agents for the treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis / Salvatore Minisola
    26. The links between osteoporosis and sarcopenia in women / Juan Enrique Blümel, Eugenio Arteaga, María Soledad Vallejo, and Rosa Chea
    27. Female sarcopenic obesity / Fidel Hita-Contreras
    28. Cognitive decline in women : the ZARADEMP study / Patricia Gracia-García, Elena Lobo, Javier Santabárbara, Concepción de la Cámara, and Raúl López-Antón
    29. Managing menopause and post-reproductive health : beyond hormones and medicines / Skye Marshall and Margaret Rees
    30. Effects of exercise on menopausal prevalent conditions / Samuel J. Martínez-Domínguez, Juan Bueno-Notivol, Peter Chedraui, Vanesa Alonso-Ventura, Julia Calvo-Latorre, and Faustino R. Pérez-López.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sheri Berg [and] Edward A. Bittner.
    Contents:
    Section I. Patient care
    Section II. Postoperative complications
    Section III. Special considerations
    Section IV. Ethico-legal issues and PACU administration
    Index.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Mert Şentürk, Mukadder Orhan Sungur, editors.
    Contents:
    What happens to the lung during mechanical ventilation and one-lung ventilation?
    Where should I send my patient after the operation?
    Does it matter, how I ventilate the patient during the operation?
    Can the "postoperative pulmonary complications" (PPC) be objectively evaluated?
    Fluid management during and after the operation: Less is more or more is less?
    How to organize the PACU/ How to treat in PACU
    Should I blame the surgeon: Surgical complications and surgical treatment of the complications
    Should every "myasthenic thymectomy" be sent to ICU?
    How about esophagectomies?
    Do the "new" devices of monitoring and USG make sense compared to the "classical" ones?
    What is different in postop MV after thoracic surgery?
    Pro's & Con's of non-invasive ventilation after thoracic surgery
    Extracorporeal lung support: Also after thoracic surgery?
    Pneumonia after thoracic surgery: infectious / ventilatory induced / any other reason?
    When and how do I have to treat the arrhythmia's after thoracic surgery?
    DVT-PE prophylaxy and patient using anticoagulants: a challenge?
    Pain after thoracic surgery: Why is it so bad?
    Rehabilitation for thoracic surgical patients: why and how.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ali Dabbagh, Fardad Esmailian, Sary Aranki editors.
    Summary: This text reviews the postoperative management of patients who have undergone cardiac surgical procedures, some of the most common and most complicated forms of surgery. These patients and their management are characterized by complex challenges, while among the factors determining ultimate clinical outcome, postoperative critical care is of major importance. This new and extensively updated edition of Postoperative Critical Care for Cardiac Surgical Patients maintains the general clinical approach in explaining and analyzing the course of clinical care in patients undergoing cardiac surgery, providing the reader with a practical "cookbook" of postoperative intensive care in adult cardiac patients. It has been extensively updated to include the developments in this field during the last few years, from new chapters on postoperative management of renal, gastrointestinal and respiratory systems, postoperative management of infectious and inflammatory complications, and postoperative care of transplant patients and postoperative safety. This book is of critical importance for cardiac surgeons, cardiac anesthesiologists and intensivists, and defines optimal daily practice for adult patients undergoing cardiac surgical procedures.

    Contents:
    Introduction to postoperative care of adult cardiac surgical patients
    Risk and Outcome Assessments in adult Cardiac Surgery
    Cardiac physiology
    Cardiovascular Pharmacology
    Principles of Pharmacoeconomics
    Cardiovascular monitoring after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Postoperative Central Nervous System Monitoring after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Postoperative coagulation and bleeding: monitoring and hematologic management after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Cardiovascular Complications & Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Renal and GI Complications & their Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Respiratory Complications & Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
    CNS Complications & Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Infectious and inflammatory Complications & their Management after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Postoperative rhythm disorders after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Fluid management and electrolyte balance after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Acid-base balance and blood gas analysis after adult Cardiac Surgery
    Postoperative care of adult cardiac transplant patients
    Postoperative safety in adult Cardiac Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ali Dabbagh, Fardad Esmailian, Sary F. Aranki, editors.
    Summary: Cardiac surgical procedures are among the most common and most complicated forms of surgery worldwide and the postoperative period is characterized by complex challenges. Among the factors determining ultimate clinical outcome, postoperative critical care is of major importance. This book adopts a clinical approach in explaining and analyzing the course of clinical care in patients undergoing cardiac surgery. Since the postoperative clinical status is directly influenced by preoperative and intraoperative factors, the early chapters briefly examine preoperative issues and the intraoperative course of cardiac surgery, with particular attention to anesthesia and the process of cardiopulmonary bypass. Subsequent chapters primarily address the critical care of patients by means of an organ-oriented approach, which will enable the reader to use the text as a "cookbook" of cardiac intensive care. This book is intended for use in daily practice by cardiac surgeons, cardiac anesthesiologists, intensivists and cardiac intensive care nurses.

    Contents:
    Synopsis of Cardiac Physiology.-Cardiac Pathophysiology
    Cardiovascular Pharmacology
    Cardiovascular Monitoring
    Central Nervous System Monitoring
    Coagulation Monitoring
    Risk and Outcome Assessments
    Cardiac Anesthesia
    Cardiopulmonary Bypass and its Effects
    Myocardial Protection and its Effects
    Respiratory Management
    Cardiovascular Management
    CNS Management
    Coagulation and Postoperative Bleeding
    Fluid and Electrolyte Management
    Management of the Other Systems.-Long Term Complications Postoperative care in Pediatric Cardiac Surgeries.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Emma Rowbotham, Andrew J. Grainger.
    Summary: This book describes and illustrates the normal and abnormal postoperative appearances that may be observed following common orthopaedic surgical procedures in patients with sports injuries. The majority of sports injuries comprise ligamentous, cartilage, and tendon injuries at and about the joints. While surgical repair techniques for such injuries have advanced immeasurably over recent years, it is essential that any postoperative abnormalities are recognized promptly. Therefore a key aim of Postoperative Imaging of Sports Injuries is to explain which imaging appearances are to be expected and which are not. The book is primarily organized according to the involved joints and covers procedures for shoulder, elbow, hand and wrist, hip, knee, and foot and ankle injuries. An additional chapter addresses articular cartilage repair techniques and their normal and abnormal imaging appearances. The authors are leading radiologists from Europe and North America who draw on their extensive experience. The book is copiously illustrated and readers will also have online access to ultrasound video clips.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    List of Contributors
    1. Shoulder: Rotator Cuff Repair
    2. Post Op Imaging of the Shoulder: Stabilisation Surgery
    3. Elbow
    4. Post-operative imaging of the hand & wrist
    5. Postoperative Imaging of the hip
    6. Knee: Ligament Reconstruction
    7. Post Operative Imaging : The Menisci
    8. Postoperative Imaging of Sports Injuries: Foot and ankle
    9. Imaging following cartilage repair surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Andrew Green, Roman Hayda, Andrew C. Hecht.
    Summary: "Bridge the gap between orthopaedic surgery and rehabilitation! Postoperative Orthopaedic Rehabilitation, published in partnership with the AAOS, is the first clinical reference designed to achieve better outcomes and to empower orthopaedic surgeons and rehabilitation specialists by breaking down the traditional boundaries between these two phases of patient management.Key FeaturesAchieve the best possible outcomes with multidisciplinary content co-written by expert surgeons and physical and occupational therapists. Chapters include discussions of relevant anatomy, surgical indications and techniques, rehabilitation protocols, and specific clinical tips and pearls, as well as clear rationales for each rehabilitation protocol.Gain a more thorough, holistic understanding of the entire course of patient management so you can optimally collaborate with your colleagues and accomplish superior results.Access guidance at a glance through concise, clearly formatted chapters containing step-by-step protocols and bulleted lists as well as abundant imaging studies, intraoperative photographs and diagrams, and photographs of rehabilitation methods."--Publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Shoulder. Anatomic and physiologic basis for postoperative rehabilitation for the shoulder
    Patient-related outcome measures for shoulder surgery and rehabilitation
    Acromioclavicular separations
    Capsular releases for shoulder stiffness: considerations for treatment and rehabilitation
    Shoulder instability repairs
    Open anterior glenohumeral instability repair
    SLAP repairs
    Rotator cuff repairs
    Shoulder arthroplasty
    Proximal humerus fractures
    Section 2. Elbow. Elbow anatomy
    Elbow contracture release
    Lateral and medial epicondylitis
    Current concepts in surgical techniques and postoperative rehabilitation strategies following ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow
    Elbow rehabilitation after lateral collateral ligament reconstruction
    Rehabilitation following distal biceps tendon repair
    Evaluation and treatment of ulnar neuropathy at the elbow
    Rehabilitation after ORIF of elbow dislocations
    Rehabilitation after distal humerus fractures
    ORIF for olecranon fractures: singple olecranon fractures, transolecranon fracture-dislocations and posterior monteggia variant
    ORIF and radial head replacement for radial head fractures
    Total elbow arthroplasty
    Section 3. Hand and wrist. Introduction to hand and wrist anatomy
    Dupuytren disease
    Thumb CMC osteoarthritis: LRTI procedure, simple trapeziectomy, CMC arthrodesis
    MP and PIP joint arthroplasty
    Acute flexor tendon injuries
    Extensor tendon repairs
    Tenolysis: flexor and extensor
    Principles of tendon transfers
    Distal radius fractures
    Total wrist arthroplasty
    Wrist arthrodesis: limited and complete
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Peter Sutovsky, editor.
    Contents:
    Sperm proteases and extracellular ubiquitin-proteasome system involved in fertilization of ascidians and sea urchins
    ISGylation: a conserved pathway in mammalian pregnancy
    Src-family tyrosine kinases in oogenesis, oocyte maturation and fertilization: an evolutionary perspective
    Posttranslationally modified tubulins and other cytoskeletal proteins: their role in gametogenesis, oocyte maturation, fertilization and pre-implantation embryo development
    Deubiquitinating enzymes in oocyte maturation, fertilization and preimplantation embryo development
    Posttranslational modifications of zona pellucida proteins
    Role of aberrant protein modification, assembly, and localization in cloned embryo phenotypes
    Role of posttranslational protein modifications in epididymal sperm maturation and extracellular quality control
    Ubiquitin-proteasome system in spermatogenesis
    Role of posttranslational modifications in C. elegans and Ascaris spermatogenesis and sperm function.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Matthew J. Friedman.
    Summary: A handy, easy-to-read reference for the diag- nosis and treatment of posttraumatic and acute stress disorders,℗ℓ this important 6th ℗ℓedition has been revised and updated exten- sively, offering a wealth of new information in a concise format. The new DSM-5 diagnos- tic criteria for PTSD and ASD are discussed in depth. Updated tables listing instruments for assessing diagnosis and symptom severity are presented.℗ℓ℗ℓ Chapters 3-5 have been revised to keep pace with the ever-expanding literature on treatment of PTSD with specific attention to evidence-based cognitive-behavioral therapy, ℗ℓCBT, and other individual psychosocial treatments (e.g. eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, EMDR) as well as℗ℓ the growing literature on couples, family, group and school-based treatments. Chapter ℗ℓ5 reviews the pathophysiology of PTSD and evidence-based pharmacotherapy for the disorder.℗ℓ Chapter 6 then addresses both normal acute stress ℗ℓreactions and clinically significant ASD,℗ℓ as well as ℗ℓeffective interventions for each. In short this comprehensive, sophisticated, practical, guide is designed for all practitioners who wish to provide the best treatment for PTSD and ASD.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Overview of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
    Chapter 2:Recognizing, Assessing and Diagnosing PTSD
    Chapter 3:Global Treatment Issues for PTSD
    Chapter 4:Psychological Treatments for PTSD
    Chapter 5:Pharmacological Treatments for PTSD
    Chapter 6:Strategies for Acute Stress Reactions and Acute Stress Disorder (ASD).
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] J. Douglas Bremner.
    Contents:
    Posttraumatic stress disorder : from neurobiology to clinical presentation / Arieh Shalev, J. Douglas Bremner
    The epidemiology of PTSD in children and adolescents : a critical review / Leah A. McGuire
    Early life stress and development : preclinical science / Dora B. Guzman, Brittany R. Howell, Mar Sanchez
    Amygdala contributions to fear and safety conditioning : insights into PTSD from an animal model across development / Christopher Cain, Regina Sullivan
    Preclinical evidence for benzodiazepine receptor involvement in the pathophysiology of PTSD, comorbid substance abuse and alcoholism / Robert Drugan, Nathaniel P. Stafford, Timothy A. Warner
    Psychosocial predator stress model for PTSD based on clinically relevant risk factors for trauma-induced psychopathology / Phillip R. Zoladz, David Diamond
    Coping with stress in wild birds : the evolutionary foundations of stress responses / Molly J. Dickens, Michael Romero
    Stress, fear, and memory in healthy human subjects / Christian Merz, Bernet Elzinga, Lars Schwabe
    Neurotransmitter, neurohormonal, neuropeptidal and immune function in stress and PTSD / J. Douglas Bremner, Brad Pearce
    Genomics of posttraumatic stress disorder / Anthony S. Zannas, Elisabeth Binder, Divya Mehta
    Cortisol and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis in PTSD / Amy Lehrner, Nicolaos Daskalakis, Rachel Yehuda
    Neuroimaging of posttraumatic stress disorder / Carolina Campanella, J. Douglas Bremner
    Posttraumatic stress disorder and mild traumatic brain injury / J. Douglas Bremner
    Stress-related psychopathology and pain / Sarah C. Reitz, Karl-Juergen Bar, Christian Schmahl
    Stress and health / Vaccarino Vaccarino. Emeran Mayer, J. Douglas Bremner
    Pharmacotherapy for PTSD : effects on PTSD symptoms and the brain / Lori Davis, Mark Hamner, J. Douglas Bremner
    Effects of psychotherapy for psychological trauma on PTSD symptoms and the brain / J Douglas Bremner, Carolina Campanella.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Julian D. Ford, Damion J. Grasso, Jon D. Elhai, and Christine A. Courtois.
    Contents:
    Understanding psychological trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD)
    The impact of psychological trauma
    Etiology of PTSD: What causes PTSD?
    Epidemiology of PTSD
    Neurobiology of traumatic stress disorders and their impact
    Assessment of psychological trauma and PTSD
    Treatment of adults with PTSD
    Treatment of children and adolescents with PTSD
    Prevention of PTSD
    Forensic issues in the traumatic stress field
    Social, cultural and other diversity issues in the traumatic stress field
    Careers and ethical issues in the traumatic stress field.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Elspeth Cameron Ritchie, editor.
    Contents:
    The Basics of Post-traumatic Stress Disorder, Administrative Issues, and Cultural Competency
    Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Screening in US Military and VA Populations
    Therapeutic Alliance in the Treatment of Combat PTSD
    Shame and Moral Injury in an Operating Iraqi Freedom Combat Veteran
    Updates in Psychopharmacology for PTSD and Related Conditions
    Connie L. Barko, Rohul Amin, and Joshua N. Friedlander
    Virtual Reality Exposure Therapy for Combat-Related PTSD
    Psychoanalytic Approaches to Treatment-Resistant PTSD
    Accelerated Resolution Therapy
    Meditation for Combat-Related Mental Health Concerns
    Use of Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation for the Treatment of PTSD
    Adding a Face and the Story to the Data: Acupuncture for PTSD in the Military
    The Use of Stellate Ganglion Block in the Treatment of Panic/Anxiety Symptoms (Including Suicidal Ideation), with Combat-Related PTSD
    Canine Connection Therapy: Finding Purpose and Healing Through the Training of Service Dogs
    Trauma and Pain: Linking Emotional and Physical Symptoms
    The Multifactorial Approach to PTSD in the Active Duty Military Population
    Comorbid PTSD, Bipolar I and Substance Use Disorder
    Psychosis Masquerading as PTSD
    The Mefloquine Intoxication Syndrome: A Significant Potential Confounder in the Diagnosis and Management of PTSD and other Chronic Deployment-Related Neuropsychiatric Disorders
    Polytrauma with Sexual Dysfunction in a Female Soldier Following IED Blast Exposure
    A Community Building Approach to PTSD Using the Arts in a Military Hospital Setting
    Mental Health Care of Special Operations Forces. Treating War-Related Moral Injury and Loss with Adaptive Disclosure: A Case Study
    Treatment of Conversion Disorder with PTSD
    Intimate Relationship Distress and Combat-Related PTSD.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nicholas Gall, Lesley Kavi, Melvin D. Lobo, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the varying clinical manifestations of postural tachycardia syndrome (PoTS) and provides a robust yet practical set of clinical tools for those managing patients suffering with this syndrome. Guidance is provided by a range of disciplines relevant to PoTS including general and specialist assessments, associated conditions, diagnostic considerations, therapy and service models. Postural Tachycardia Syndrome: A Concise and Practical Guide to Management and Associated Conditions presents the scientific background and practical information for the busy medical professional, illustrating key features with care-based materials to help them manage this condition, which can be a challenge for patients and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    POTS, An Introduction
    Introduction
    References
    Historical Background
    References
    Clinical Presentation
    References
    Specialty Assessment
    Diagnostic Criteria for Postural Tachycardia Syndrome: Consideration of the Clinical Features Differentiating PoTS from Other Disorders of Orthostatic Intolerance
    Abbreviations
    Background
    Diagnostic Criteria
    Clinical Evaluation of a Patient with Suspected PoTS
    Orthostatic Tachycardia Must Occur Within 10 minutes
    Symptoms of Orthostatic Intolerance and Symptoms Independent of Orthostasis PoTS is a Chronic Disorder
    Other Causes of Tachycardia
    Dehydration and Acute Blood Volume Loss
    Deconditioning
    Medications
    Other Medical Conditions
    Diurnal Variability in Orthostatic Tachycardia
    Common Misconceptions Regarding the Diagnosis of PoTS
    Tilt Table Testing
    Specialist Referral
    Syncope
    Distinguishing PoTS from Other Types of Orthostatic Intolerance
    Orthostatic Tachycardia Without Orthostatic Symptoms
    Orthostatic Symptoms Without Orthostatic Tachycardia
    Inappropriate Sinus Tachycardia (IST) Orthostatic Hypotension (OH) and Initial Orthostatic Hypotension (IOH)
    Diagnosing PoTS in the Pediatric Patient
    Conclusions
    References
    Pathophysiology and Classification of PoTS
    Abbreviations
    Introduction
    Partial Sympathetic Neuropathy
    Chronic Hypovolemia and Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System
    Hyperadrenergic State
    Hyperadrenergic State: Norepinephrine Transporter Deficiency
    Immune-Mediated
    Mast Cell Activation
    Deconditioning
    Impaired Cerebral Autoregulation
    Conclusion
    References Cardiological Considerations: Tests to Consider, Are They Useful and What Do They Show?
    Echocardiography
    Holter Electrocardiography
    Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing
    References
    Neurological Investigations
    Neurological Investigations in PoTS
    An Approach to Neurological Investigations in PoTS
    Neurological Investigations Within Primary Care
    Neurological Investigations Within Secondary/Tertiary Care
    In Summary
    References
    The Active Stand and Tilt Tests
    Abbreviations
    Assessment of Orthostatic Tachycardia
    General Considerations Advantages and Disadvantages of Active Stand Testing and the Head up Tilt Test
    Conclusion
    References
    Additional Autonomic Tests
    Introduction
    Autonomic Target-Organs Neurophysiological Tests (ATONT)
    Definition of Autonomic Failure
    Assessment of Central Parasympathetic Function
    Resting Supine Cardiac Vagal Tone (CVT)
    Respiratory Gating of Cardiac Vagal Tone (CVT) in Supine Position
    Resting Supine Cardiac Sensitivity to Baroreflex (CSB)
    Assessment of Central Baroreflex Gain
    Assessment of Peripheral Baroreflex Function
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Patricia Vit, Silvia R.M. Pedro, David W. Roubik, editors.
    Summary: This book covers pot-pollen--the other product, besides honey, stored in cerumen pots by Meliponini. Critical assessment is given of stingless bee and pot-pollen biodiversity in the Americas, Africa, Asia and Oceania. Topics addressed include historical biogeography, cultural knowledge, bee foraging behavior, pollination, ecological interactions, health applications, microbiology, the natural history of bee nests, and chemical, bioactive and individual plant components in stored pollen. Pot-pollen maintains the livelihoods of stingless bees and provides many interesting biological products that are just now beginning to be understood. The Meliponini have developed particular nesting biologies, uses of building materials, and an architecture for pollen storage. Environmental windows provide optimal temperature and availability of pollen sources for success in plant pollination and pollen storage. Palynological composition and pollen taxonomy are used to assess stingless honey bee pollination services. Pollen processing with microorganisms in the nest modifies chemical composition and bioactivity, and confers nutraceutical benefits to the honey and pollen widely relished by native people. Humans have always used stingless bees. Yet, sustainable meliponiculture (stingless bee-keeping) projects have so far lacked a treatise on pot-pollen, which experts provide in this transdisciplinary, groundbreaking volume.

    Contents:
    Forewords
    Introduction
    Acknowledgements
    SECTION 1 Pollen and the Evolution of Mutualism
    1. Pot-Pollen as a Discipline. What Does it Include?
    2. Are Stingless Bees a Broadly Polylectic Group? An Empirical Study of the Adjustments Required
    3. Pollen collected by stingless bees: a contribution to understand Amazonian biodiversity
    4. The Stingless Honey Bees (Apidae, Apinae: Meliponini) in Panama, and Ecology from Pollen
    5. The value of plants for the Mayan stingless honey bee Melipona beecheii (Apidae: Meliponini): a pollen-based study in the Yucatán Peninsula, Mexico
    6. Melittopalynological Studies of Stingless Bees from East Coast of Peninsular Malaysia
    7. The Contribution of Palynological Surveys to Stingless Bee Conservation: a Case Study with Melipona subnitida
    8. Pollen Storage by Melipona quadrifasciata anthidioides in a Protected Urban Atlantic Forest Area of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
    9. Angiosperm Resources for Stingless Bees (Apidae, Meliponini): A Pot-Pollen Melittopalynological Study in the Gulf of Mexico
    10. Annual Foraging Patterns of the Maya Bee Melipona beecheii (Bennett, 1831) in Quintana Roo, Mexico
    11. Crop Pollination by Stingless Bees
    12. Stingless Bees as Potential Pollinators in Agroecosystems in Argentina: Inferences from Pot-Pollen Studies in Natural Environments
    SECTION 2 Biodiversity, Behavior and Microorganisms of the Stingless Bees (Meliponini)
    13. Stingless bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Meliponini) from Gabon
    14. Pushing 100 Species: Meliponines (Apidae: Meliponini) in a Parcel of Western Amazonian Forest at Yasuní Biosphere Reserve, Ecuador
    15. Diversity of Stingless Bees in Ecuador, Pot-Pollen Standards and Meliponiculture Fostering a Living Museum for Meliponini of the World
    16. Nesting Ecology of Stingless Bees in Africa
    17. On the Trophic Niche of Bees in Cerrado Areas of Brazil and Yeasts in their Stored Pollen
    18. A Review of the Artificial Diets Used as Pot-Pollen Substitutes
    19. Yeast and Bacterial Composition in Pot-Pollen Recovered from Meliponini in Colombia: Prospects for a Promising Biological Resource
    SECTION 3 Stingless Bees in Culture and Traditions
    20. Cultural, Psychological and Organoleptic Factors Related to the Use of Stingless Bees by Rural Residents of Northern Misiones, Argentina
    21. The Maya Universe in a Pollen Pot Native Stingless Bees in Precolumbian Maya Art
    SECTION 4 Chemical Composition, Bioactivity and Biodiversity of Pot-Pollen
    22. Nutritional Composition of Pot-Pollen from Four Species of Stingless Bees (Meliponini) in South East Asia
    23. Characterization of Scaptotrigona mexicana Pot-Pollen from Veracruz, Mexico
    24. Chemical Characterization and Bioactivity of Tetragonisca angustula Pot-Pollen from Mérida, Venezuela
    25. Chemical, Microbiological and Palynological composition of the 'Samburá' Melipona scutellaris Pot-Pollen
    26. Characterization of Pot-Pollen from Southern Venezuela
    27. Bioactivity and Botanical Origin of Austroplebeia and Tetragonula Australian Pot-Pollen
    28. Antibacterial Activity of Ethanolic Extracts of Pot-Pollen from Eight Meliponine Species from Venezuela
    29. Metabolomics of Pot-Pollen from Three Species of Australian Stingless Bees (Meliponini)
    SECTION 6 Marketing and Standards of Pot-Pollen
    30. Rural-Urban Meliponiculture and Ecosystems in Neotropical areas. Scaptotrigona, a Resilient Stingless Bee?
    31. Pot-Pollen "Samburá" Marketing in Brazil, and Suggested Legisation
    APPENDIX A Ethnic Names of Stingless Bees
    APPENDIX B Microorganisms Associated with Stingless Bees or Used to Test Antimicrobial Activity (AM)
    APPENDIX C Taxonomic Index of Bees
    APPENDIX D List of Bee Taxa
    APPENDIX E Taxonomic Index of Plant Families
    APPENDIX F Microorganisms Associated to Stingless Bees or Used to Test Antimicrobial Activity
    INDEX.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    John E. Bradshaw.
    Summary: The potato (Solanum tuberosum) is the world's fourth most important food crop after maize, rice and wheat with 377 million tonnes fresh-weight of tubers produced in 2016 from 19.2 million hectares of land, in 163 countries, giving a global average yield of 19.6 t ha-1 (http://faostat.fao.org). About 62% of production (234 million tonnes) was in Asia (191), Africa (25) and Latin America (18) as a result of steady increases in recent years, particularly in China and India. As a major food crop, the potato has an important role to play in the United Nations Agenda for Sustainable Development which started on 1 January 2016 (http://faostat.fao.org). By 2030 the aim is to insure access by all people, in particular the poor and people in vulnerable situations, including infants, to safe, nutritious and sufficient food all year round. By then, the world population is expected to reach 8.5 billion and continue to increase to 9.7 billion in 2050. For potatoes, the need is to increase production and improve nutritional value during a period of climate change, a key aspect of which will be the breeding of new cultivars for a wide range of target environments and consumers. The aim of the book is to help this endeavour by providing detailed information in three parts on both the theory and practice of potato breeding. Part I deals with the history of potato improvement and with potato genetics. Part II deals with breeding objectives, divided into improving yield, quality traits and resistance to the most important diseases and pests of potatoes. Part III deals with breeding methods: first, the use of landraces and wild relatives of potato in introgression breeding, base broadening and population improvement; second, breeding clonally propagated cultivars as a way to deliver potato improvement to farmers' fields; third, as an alternative, breeding potato cultivars for propagation through true potato seed; and fourth, gene editing and genetic transformation as ways of making further improvements to already successful and widely grown cultivars. Included are marker-assisted introgression and selection of specific alleles, genomic selection of many unspecified alleles and diploid F1 hybrid breeding.

    Contents:
    1. Domestication to 21st century cultivars (i.e. historical introduction but including some modern analysis)
    2. Need for new cultivars (FAO objectives, yield gap, nutritional value, ideotypes, climate change, end uses and target environments)
    3. Utilization of germplasm: wild relatives, land races and modern cultivars (recent molecular studies and genetic structure of landraces, revised taxonomy of wild relatives)
    4. Utilization of genes and their alleles (major genes, QTLs of large effect and polygenes)
    5. Introgression breeding (diploid, tetraploid and marker-assisted)
    6. Population improvement (diploid and tetraploid, base broadening, combining major genes and QTLs and combining polygenes through genomic selection)
    7. Breeding clonally propagated cultivars (diploid and tetraploid, multistage and multi-trait selection)
    8. Seed-tuber production (including problems faced by poor farmers in developing countries
    9. Breeding TPS propagated cultivars (diploid and tetraploid)
    10. Breeding diploid F1 hybrids for TPS propagation
    11. Genetically modified potatoes
    12. Breeding for disease and pest resistance (theory, practice and problems)
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hugo Campos, Oscar Ortiz, editors.
    Summary: This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. This book provides a fresh, updated and science-based perspective on the current status and prospects of the diverse array of topics related to the potato, and was written by distinguished scientists with hands-on global experience in research aspects related to potato. The potato is the third most important global food crop in terms of consumption. Being the only vegetatively propagated species among the world's main five staple crops creates both issues and opportunities for the potato: on the one hand, this constrains the speed of its geographic expansion and its options for international commercialization and distribution when compared with commodity crops such as maize, wheat or rice. On the other, it provides an effective insulation against speculation and unforeseen spikes in commodity prices, since the potato does not represent a good traded on global markets. These two factors highlight the underappreciated and underrated role of the potato as a dependable nutrition security crop, one that can mitigate turmoil in world food supply and demand and political instability in some developing countries. Increasingly, the global role of the potato has expanded from a profitable crop in developing countries to a crop providing income and nutrition security in developing ones. This book will appeal to academics and students of crop sciences, but also policy makers and other stakeholders involved in the potato and its contribution to humankind's food security.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Global Food Security, Contributions from Sustainable Potato Agri-Food Systems
    The Potato and its Contribution to the Human Diet
    Enhancing Value Chains through Collective Actions: Lessons From the Andes, Africa and Asia
    Ex situ Conservation of Potato [Solanum Section Petota (Solanaceae)] Genetic Resources in Genebanks
    The Genes and Genomes of the Potato
    Potato Breeding
    Genetics and Cytogenetics of Potato
    Insect Pests Affecting Potatoes in Tropical, Subtropical and Temperate Regions
    Fungal, Oomycete and Plasmodiophorid Diseases of Potato
    Bacterial Diseases of Potato
    Viral Diseases in Potato
    Potato Seed Systems
    Participatory Research (PR) at CIP with Potato Farming Systems in the Andes: Evolution and Prospects
    Gender Topics on Potato Research and Development
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jeffrey C. Stark, Mike Thornton, Phillip Nolte, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide to potato production systems management contains 20 chapters and more than 350 color photographs. Beginning with the history of potato culture, it spans all aspects of potato production, pest and planting management, storage, and marketing. Written by a team of over 35 scientists from North America, this book offers updated research-based information and serves as a unique, valuable tool for researchers, extension specialists, students, and farm managers. More than a description of principles, it contains practical analytical tools, charts, and methods to create guidelines for best production practices and cost estimates. Some key areas include: Potato Growth and Development, Potato Variety Selection and Management, Seed and Planting Management, Seed Production and Certification, Field Selection, Crop Rotation, and Soil Management, Integrated Pest Management for Potatoes, Potato Nutrient Management, Irrigation Management, Tuber Quality, Economics and Marketing, Production Costs, among others. Potato Production Systems should be a valuable reference for successful culture of the "noble tuber."

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: A Short History of Potato Production Systems
    Introduction
    History
    Production Principles
    Crop Rotation
    Soil Fertility
    Soil Preparation
    Irrigation
    Hilling
    Cultivar Improvement and Selection
    Seed Management
    Pest Control
    Harvest
    Storage
    Processing
    Exchange
    References
    Chapter 2: Potato Growth and Development
    Introduction
    Characteristics
    Below-Ground Structures
    Sprouts
    Roots
    Stolons
    Tubers
    Internal Structures
    External Structures
    Above-Ground Structures Chieftain
    Norland
    Red LaSoda
    Specialty Varieties for the Fresh Market (Yellow Flesh) (Figs. 3.17 & 3.18)
    Yukon Gem
    Yukon Gold
    Chapter 4: Seed Potato Production and Certification
    Introduction
    Seed Certification
    Seed Potato Production
    Introductory Materials
    Nuclear Material
    Production Systems
    Transplanting
    Fertilization
    Harvest and Storage of Pre-Nuclear Tubers
    Certification of Greenhouse Crops
    Field Production of Certified Seed Potatoes
    Cultural Practices for the Field Production of Seed Potatoes
    Isolation
    Selection of Planting Stocks Planting Stocks for Early-Generation Production
    Later Generation Increases
    Units of Production
    Planting and Nutrition
    Disease and Insect Control
    Vine Killing
    Harvesting and Storage
    Chapter 5: Field Selection, Crop Rotations, and Soil Management
    Introduction
    Field Selection
    Soil Health
    Soil Texture and Organic Matter
    Soil Compaction
    Topography
    Soil Chemical Characteristics
    Soil pH
    Cation Exchange Capacity
    Soil Salinity
    Sodicity
    Field History
    Crop Rotations
    Cover Crops and Green Manures
    Crop Sequences in Potato Cropping Systems Russet Varieties for Fresh Use or French Fry Processing (Figs. 3.1-3.4)
    Blazer Russet
    Clearwater Russet
    Russet Burbank
    Teton Russet
    Russet Varieties for French Fry Processing (Figs. 3.5 & 3.6)
    Ranger Russet
    Umatilla Russet
    Russet Varieties for Fresh Use (Figs. 3.7 & 3.8)
    Goldrush
    Russet Norkotah
    Long White Varieties for Processing (Figs. 3.9 & 3.10)
    Alturas
    Shepody
    Round White Varieties for Processing into Chips (Figs. 3.11-3.13)
    Atlantic
    Dakota Pearl
    Snowden
    Specialty Varieties for the Fresh Market (Red Flesh) (Figs. 3.14-3.16) Stems and Leaves
    Flowers
    Growth Stages
    Sprout Development (Growth Stage I)
    Plant Establishment (Growth Stage II)
    Tuber Initiation (Growth Stage III)
    Tuber Bulking (Growth Stage IV)
    Maturation (Growth Stage V)
    Growth Habit
    Impact of Management at Each Growth Stage
    Seed Physiological Age
    Plant Spacing
    Fertilization
    Irrigation
    Pest Management
    References
    Chapter 3: Variety Selection and Management
    Introduction
    The Purpose of Potato Variety Development
    Potato Market Classes
    Widely Grown, Commercially Available Varieties
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sergey V. Zhevora, Boris V. Anisimov, editors.
    Summary: This book comprises the best potato seed production practices and includes details on potato cultivation, classification, and the main structural elements of the successive stages of potato seed production. It presents potato varieties from Russian originators, describes modern technologies involved in the process of potato seed production, and presents special aspects of phytosanitary and process regulations for the cultivation of high-quality potato seed. Additionally, the authors illustrate the statutory regulation of salable quality of potato seed: purity of variety, diseases, pests, and defects. The authors identify Russian quality control methods and certification of potato seed, and consider the packaging and labeling of potato seed that is held for sale. Finally, the authors also clarify the features of foreign potato seed certification systems.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Russian Potato Growing History
    Potato Consumption Patterns, Crop Acreage, Bulk Yields, Yielding Capacity and Priority Lines of Innovative Development
    Technologies for Clonal Propagation of Healthy Parent in Vitro Material and in Vitro Microtuber Growth
    Technologies for Growing Minitubers
    Production of Potato Seed: Potato Breeding Using True Seeds
    Selection of Special Protected Territories with Favorable Natural, Climatic and Phytosanitary Conditions
    Basic Agronomical and Protective Techniques Used in Potato Seed Production
    Authenticity and Purity of a Variety
    Potato Bacterioses
    Defects Caused by Physiological Disorders Under Abnormal Conditions
    Quality Standards for Various Potato Seed Categories
    Soil Control of Varieties
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Peter J. Hotez.
    Summary: While COVID-19 has ravaged global economies and changed the way of life for us all, the disease has a disproportionately devastating impact on poorer communities. For the millions without a job because of community shut downs, decisions about basic necessities and the fear of healthcare costs for those diagnosed with the novel coronavirus become critical. In these uncertain times, international diplomacy, solidarity, and cooperation are vital. Dr. Peter Hotez, dean of the National School of Tropical Medicine at Baylor College of Medicine, provides an essential look at the global issue of health and poverty through the lens of COVID-19. He introduces a new global paradigm known as "blue marble health," through which he asserts that poor people living in wealthy countries account for most of the world's poverty-related illness. He explores the current state of neglected diseases in both China and the United States. By crafting public policy and relying on global partnerships to control or eliminate some of the world's worst poverty-related illnesses, Hotez believes, it is possible to eliminate life-threatening disease while at the same time creating unprecedented opportunities for science and diplomacy. Urgent, timely, and compassionate, this excerpted edition of Hotez's wide-sweeping Blue Marble Health serves as a timely guide for anyone committed to helping the millions of people who are facing the visceral threats of both poverty and COVID-19.

    Contents:
    Information about Blue Marble Health
    Table of Contents
    What is Blue Marble Health? Introduction: COVID-19 and the Blue Marble
    China
    The United States of America
    The G20
    A Framework for Science and Vaccine Diplomacy.
    Digital Access Project MUSE 2020
  • Digital
    Govin Singh Saharan, Naresh K. Mehta, Prabhu Dayal Meena.
    Summary: Powdery mildew disease is the fourth most widespread disease in cruciferous crops and a devastating effect, causing significant losses in terms of quality and quantity in rapeseed and mustard. Powdery mildews are also a favourable host-pathosystem model for basic research on host-parasite interactions, developmental morphology, cytology, and molecular biology to identify the effector proteins/genes governing different biological functions. This book provides a comprehensive overview of all the published information in the field for researchers, teachers, students, extension experts, industrialists and farmers, and includes illustrations, photographs, graphs, figures, tables, histograms, micrographs, electron micrographs, and flow charts to aid understanding. It also describes standardized reducible techniques. The book discusses each disease in detail, describing the distribution, symptomatology, host range, yield losses and disease assessment, as well as the taxonomy, morphology, phylogeny, variability, sporulation, survival and perpetuation of the pathogen. Further, it explores topics such as spore germination; infection; pathogenesis; disease cycle; epidemiology; forecasting; fine structures; host resistance; biochemical, histological, genetic and molecular aspects such as cloning and mapping of R genes; sources of resistance; disease resistance breeding; and the genetics of host-parasite interactions and disease management.

    Contents:
    1) Powdery Mildew Perspective
    2)The Disease- Powdery mildew
    3) The Pathogen
    4) Infection, Pathogenesis, and Disease cycle
    5) Fine Structures, and Electron Microscopy
    6) Epidemiology, and Forecasting
    7) Host Resistance
    8) Disease Management
    9) Techniques
    10) Powdery mildew epilogue
    11) Future research priorities of crucifer's powdery mildew
    12) Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Irwin W. Sherman.
    Summary: This book presents an historical account of how plagues past and present have shaped the outcome of wars and altered the course of medicine, religion, education, feudalism, and science. Cholera gave birth to the field of epidemiology. The bubonic plague epidemic that began in 1346 led to the formation of universities in cities far from the major centers of learning (and hot spots of the Black Death) at that time. Pathogens are not the only stars of this book. Many scientists and physicians who toiled to treat and prevent these plagues are also featured. This edition also covers modern disease.

    Contents:
    The nature of plagues
    Plagues, the price of being sedentary
    Six plagues of antiquity
    An ancient plague, the black death
    A 21st century plague, AIDS
    Typhus, a fever plague
    Malaria, another fever plague
    King cholera
    Smallpox, the spotted plague
    Preventing plagues: immunization
    The plague protectors: antisepsis to antibiotics
    The great pox syphilis
    The people's plague: tuberculosis
    Leprosy, the striking hand of God
    Six plagues of Africa
    Emerging and re-emerging plagues.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Jay J. Van Bavel, PhD, and Dominic J. Packer, PhD.
    Summary: Most people believe their identity is stable, but in fact it is constantly changing to reflect the interests of the groups you belong to. Van Bavel and Packer integrate their own cutting-edge research in psychology and neuroscience to explain how identity really works. They explain how to harness it to boost cooperation and productivity, lead effectively, and much more. Packed with fascinating insights, vivid case studies, and a wealth of pioneering research, their book will change the way you understand yourself-- and the people around you-- forever. -- adapted from jacket.

    Contents:
    Power of Us
    Lens of Identity
    Sharing Reality
    Escaping Echo Chambers
    Value of Identity
    Overcoming Bias
    Finding Solidarity
    Fostering Dissent
    Leading Effectively
    Future of Identity.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HM753 .V36 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Patty McCord.
    Summary: "When it comes to recruiting, motivating, and creating great teams, Patty McCord says most companies have it all wrong. McCord helped create the unique and high-performing culture at Netflix, where she was chief talent officer. In her new book, Powerful: Building a Culture of Freedom and Responsibility, she shares what she learned there and elsewhere in Silicon Valley. McCord advocates practicing radical honesty in the workplace, saying good-bye to employees who don't fit the company's emerging needs, and motivating with challenging work, not promises, perks, and bonus plans. She argues that the old standbys of corporate HR--annual performance reviews, retention plans, employee empowerment and engagement programs--often end up being a colossal waste of time and resources. Her road-tested advice, offered with humor and irreverence, provides readers a different path for creating a culture of high performance and profitability. Powerful will change how you think about work and the way a business should be run"--Dust jacket flap.

    Contents:
    Introduction. A new way of working : foster freedom and responsibility
    The greatest motivation is contributing to success : treat people like adults
    Every single employee should understand the business : communicate constantly about the challenge
    Humans hate being lied to and being spun : practice radical honesty
    Debate vigorously : cultivate strong opinions and argue about them only on the facts
    Build the company now that you want to be then : relentlessly focus on the future
    Someone really smart in every job : have the right person in every single position
    Pay people what they're worth to you : compensation is a judgment call
    The art of good good-byes : make needed changes fast, and be a great place to be from.
    Digital Access OverDrive 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    American Academy of Family Physicians [and others] ; editors, David T. Bernhardt, William O. Roberts.
    Summary: This best-selling resource guides health care professionals through the preparticipation physical evaluation PPE process in the medical home for young athletes from middle school through college.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Joseph F. Maalouf, Francesco F. Faletra, Samuel J. Asirvatham, Krishnaswamy Chandrasekaran, editors.
    Summary: This extensive clinically focused book is a detailed practical 3D echocardiography imaging reference that addresses the concerns and needs of both the novice and experienced 3D echocardiographer. Chapters have been written in a highly instructive and practical disease- and problem-oriented approach supported by illustrative high-quality images (and corresponding 3D echo video clips where applicable) that demonstrate the incremental value of 3D echocardiography over 2D echocardiography in practice. Practical 3D Echocardiography is an intuitive guide to 3D imaging -- what to look for, how to look for it, the best and special views, caveats and pitfalls when applicable, and clinical pearls and pointers -- that can be used in daily practice. It is therefore of immense value to any practicing or trainee echocardiographer, cardiologist and internist.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic, practical principles of 3D Echocardiography
    Imaging principles and acquisition modes
    Image optimization tools and image display
    3DE Color Doppler acquisition and optimization and 3DE artifacts, caveats, and pitfalls
    3DE Knobology: A practical guide to use of the available vendor platforms
    Part II. Native and Prosthetic Heart Valves
    3DE of Normal mitral valve: Image display and anatomic correlations
    3DE Spectrum of mitral valve prolapse
    Rheumatic mitral valve diseases and mitral annular calcification: Role of 3DE
    Role of 3DE in assessment of functional mitral regurgitation
    Incremental value of 3DE over 2DE in assessment of mitral clefts and other congenital mitral valve diseases
    3D color flow Doppler assessment of mitral regurgitation: Advantages over 2D color Doppler
    3DE anatomy of normal aortic valve and root. Image display and anatomic correlations
    3DE of the spectrum of native aortic valve and subvalvular diseases and pathological correlations
    Correlation of 3DE with CT and MRI in the diagnosis and assessment of valvular heart disease and new trends
    3DE appearance of the different types of normal mechanical and biological valves
    3DE assessment of the pathological spectrum of mitral prosthesis and sewing ring dysfunction: Incremental value over 2DE
    3DE assessment of pathological spectrum of aortic prosthesis dysfunction: Incremental value over 2DE
    Native and Prosthetic Valve Endocarditis: Incremental value of 3DE over 2DE
    CT and MRI correlations with 3DE in assessment of prosthetic valves including new trends
    Part III. Atria and Atrial Septum
    Normal 3DE anatomy of atrial septum: Image display and anatomical specimen correlations
    Atrial septal defects: 2DE vs 3DE and anatomic specimen
    CT and MRI correlations of atria and atrial septum
    Part IV. Ventricles and Ventricular Septum
    How to acquire and calculate 3D LV and RV volumes and ejection fraction (three vendors)
    Is 3D better than 2D during stress echo?
    Congenital and acquired ventricular septal defects
    CT and MRI of ventricles and ventricular septum
    Part V. Cardiac Masses
    Role of 3DE in assessment of cardiac masses: incremental value over 2DE
    Part VI. Role of 3DE in catheter-based structural heart disease interventions
    Atrial Interventions
    Ventricular interventions
    Edge-to-Edge mitral valve repair
    Periprosthetic leak repair
    Valve-in-valve/ring implantation
    Part VII. Role of 3DE in catheter –based electrophysiologic procedures
    The role of imaging techniques in electrophysiologic procedures
    The Role of CT and MRI in electrophysiologic procedures
    Part VIII. New Trends for 3DE in catheter-based Interventions
    Novel percutaneous techniques for mitral and tricuspid valve repair
    Echo-navigation
    Evolving role of 3D printing in guiding interventional procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    C. Philip Larson Jr., Richard A. Jaffe.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Preoperative Evaluation
    Chapter 2. Induction of General Anesthesia
    Chapter 3. Role of the Laryngeal Mask Airway in Airway Management
    Chapter 4. Essentials of Airway Management
    Chapter 5. Laryngospasm: The Silent Menace
    Chapter 6. Cricothyrotomy: A Lesson to Be Learned
    Chapter 7. Bronchospasm vs. Bronchoconstriction: A Different View
    Chapter 8. Management of the Full Stomach
    Chapter 9. Nitrous Oxide
    Yea or Nay
    Chapter 10. Meperidine: A Forgotten Jewel
    Chapter 11. Sevoflurane: The Best Volatile Anesthetic Ever Developed
    Chapter 12. The Bariatric Challenge
    Chapter 13. Preventing Ischemic Optic Neuropathy during Posterior Spine Surgery
    Chapter 14. Continuous Spinal Anesthesia: A Lost Art
    Chapter 15. Epidural Anesthesia: The Best Technique
    Chapter 16. An Incendiary Issue: Avoiding Operating Room Fires
    Chapter 17. Tension Pneumothorax
    Chapter 18. Tips on Blood-Gas Analysis
    Chapter 19. Preoxygenation
    Chapter 20. Diffusion Hypoxia.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Janine Brooks, Helen Caton-Hughes.
    Summary: "Mentoring is becoming more widely recognised within dentistry as a tool to enhance performance, motivation and well-being. Key national dental organisations promote mentoring. This includes the General Dental Council (2019) where mentoring is noted as a tool for peer learning and the facilitation of sharing experience and expertise. Mentoring is also identified as a long-term relationship that can contribute to an individual's sustained performance over a period of years. Coaching is less well known within the profession, indeed within healthcare generally, certainly at the level of the practitioner. Where coaching is recognised, it is often in a remedial context and because of that, it has been slow to take root. The use of mentoring and coaching as developmental tools is also less well understood, yet there is anecdotal evidence of their value to individuals, teams and organisations. This is a practically focused book showcasing uses of coaching and mentoring within the dental profession in the UK. It will include underlying theory and models; however, the main purpose is to demonstrate examples of how coaching and mentoring make a real difference to service provision. The impact and benefits of using a coaching and mentoring approach range widely to include individual dental professionals, patients, the team and the organisation. Skills that coach/mentors need to develop and hone are included. The book will also promote the importance of mentors receiving training before they begin to use the tools with other individuals. This will include a consideration of the differing methodologies employed in developing and delivering training and the acquisition of qualification"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Mentoring
    Coaching
    The Forton Model
    Practical case studies
    Discussion.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Sarah Pitts, Catherine M. Gordon, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book thoroughly covers bone health in the adolescent, offering evidence-based guidance for clinical care in the primary care setting, and includes aspects of endocrinology, nutrition, radiology, sports medicine, and rehabilitation. A Practical Approach to Adolescent Bone Health begins with an in-depth review of normal bone physiology, and explains how to optimize bone mass accrual in the healthy adolescent. The following chapters detail the importance of nutrition and physical activity to the skeletal system, while later chapters provide a bone-centric review of clinical history taking, the physical examination, laboratory assessment, and imaging to evaluate bone health. Final chapters delve into providing comprehensive care for specific conditions commonly found in the adolescent, including adolescents with multiple fractures, eating disorders, athletic involvement, chronic illness, various ambulatory limitations, and bone fragility. Clinical vignettes are woven into chapters throughout the book, providing real-world application and highlighting key concepts for practitioners. A Practical Approach to Adolescent Bone Health is a unique resource,and ideal for the primary care clinician, including pediatricians, adolescent medicine specialists, and family medicine physicians, as well as endocrinologists, orthopedic surgeons, and any other practitioner working to guide adolescents towards optimal bone health.

    Contents:
    1. Optimizing Bone Mass Accrual in Healthy Adolescents
    2. Normal Bone Physiology 101
    3. Optimizing Nutrition to Promote Adolescent Bone Health
    4. Physical activity to promote bone health in adolescents
    5. The Bone Health History and Physical Examination in Adolescents
    6. Bone Health Laboratory Assessments
    7. Imaging to Evaluate Bone Health
    8. Bone Health in Adolescents with Multiple Fractures
    9. Bone Health in Adolescents with Eating Disorders
    10. Bone Health of Adolescent Athletes
    11. Bone Health in Adolescents with Chronic Disease
    12. Bone Health in Immobile Adolescents
    13. Treatment of Adolescent osteoporosis
    14. Conclusion: A Clinical Bone Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yasushi Sugawara.
    Summary: Difficulty in rhinoplasty takes two forms: the aesthetic and the technical. Rhinoplasty surgeons need a sense of beauty to design the target shape. This shape must comply with the patient's demands, which, however, are often obscure, ambiguous, or inconsistent; thus even the greatest rhinoplasty surgeons have unhappy patients. The only appropriate approach is to suggest two or three shapes that suit the patient's appearance and expectations, and ask the patient to choose between them. Of course, these suggestions must be precise, visualized, and specific. The technical difficulty, on the other hand, lies in assessing the anatomical character of the patient's problem and selecting the procedure that will achieve the desired shape and the means to perform that procedure. This textbook is designed to help all readers: - Make accurate diagnoses by learning morphology based on varied anatomy - Simulate the target shape employing generally used retouch software - Suggest to patients different potential target shapes - Learn how to choose the appropriate procedure in order to produce the selected target shape It is the authors' hope that readers will find this textbook an invaluable aid in the performance of rhinoplasties which are not merely based on the surgeon's "taste" but rather take into account the individual patient's requirements and achieve aesthetic results that guarantee patient satisfaction.

    Contents:
    Clinical Anatomy
    The Presurgical Workflow
    Basic Surgical Techniques
    Dorsal Augmentation or Height Reduction
    Altering the Nasal Tip
    Alar and Pedestals
    Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Curtis L. Baysinger, MD, Professor of Anesthesiology, Division of Obstetric Anesthesia, Department of Anesthesiology, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, Nashville, Tennessee, Brenda A. Bucklin, MD, Professor of Anesthesiology, Assistant Dean, Clinical Core Curriculum, University of California School of Medicine, Aurora, Colorado, David R. Gambling, MB, BS, FRCP, Staff Anesthesiologist, Sharp Mary Birch Hospital for Women and Newborns, Clinical Professor (Voluntary), Department of Anesthesiology, University of California San Diego (UCSD), San Diego, California.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contributors
    Section I: Pharmacology and Physiology
    1 Physiologic Changes of Pregnancy
    2 Uteroplacental Anatomy, Blood Flow, Respiratory Gas Exchange, Drug Transfer, and Teratogenicity
    3 Local Anesthetics and Toxicity
    4 Obstetric Medications
    Section II: Antepartum Considerations
    5 Ethical and Legal Considerations in Obstetric Anesthesia
    6 Nonobstetric Surgery during Pregnancy
    Section III: Labor and Delivery
    7. Fetal Assessment and Monitoring
    8 Maternal Infection and Fever
    9 Non-neuraxial Analgesic Techniques
    10 Choice of Neuraxial Analgesia and Local Anesthetics
    11 Ultrasound and Echocardiographic Techniques in Obstetric Anesthesia
    12 Impact of Neuraxial Analgesia on Obstetric Outcomes
    13 Anesthetic Considerations for Women Receiving Cesarean Delivery
    14 Difficult Airway Management in the Pregnant Patient
    15 Anesthesia for Multiple Gestation and Breech Presentation
    16 Obstetric Emergencies
    17 Newborn Resuscitation
    Section IV: Postpartum Issues
    18 Postcesarean Analgesia
    19 Management of Postdural Puncture Headache
    20 Neurologic Deficits Following Labor and Delivery
    21 Postpartum Tubal Ligation
    Section V: Disease States
    22 Hypertensive Disorders of Pregnancy
    23 Endocrine Disorders
    24 Thrombophilias/Coagulopathies
    25 Cardiac Disease in the Obstetric Patient
    26 Neurologic and Neuromuscular Disease
    27 Renal and Hepatic Disease in the Pregnant Patient
    28 Obstetric Anesthesia for Parturients with Respiratory Diseases
    29 Obesity and Pregnancy
    30 Trauma in the Obstetric Patient
    31 Management of the Opioid Dependent Parturient
    32 Maternal Morbidity and Mortality
    Section VI: Guidelines From National Organizations
    33 Guidelines from National Organizations
    Index.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016
  • Digital
    Robert S. Holzman, MD, MA (Hon.), FAAP, Professor of Anesthesia, Harvard Medical School, Senior Associate in Perioperative Anesthesia, Department of Anesthesiology, Perioperative and Pain Medicine, Boston Children's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Thomas J. Mancuso, MD, FAAP, Associate Professor, Department of Anesthesia, Harvard Medical School, Senior Associate in Perioperative Anesthesia, Pain Management and Critical Care Medicine, Department of Anesthesiology, Perioperative and Pain Medicine, Boston Children's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, David M. Polaner, MD, FAAP, Professor of Anesthesiology and Pediatrics, University of Colorado, Director of Transplant Anesthesia, Anesthesia Informatics, the Children's Hospital, Denver, Aurora, Colorado.
    Contents:
    Fundamental differences between children and adults
    Developmental pharmacology
    General preoperative evaluation and consultative pediatric anesthesia
    Risk management, assessment and quality improvement
    Ethical and legal considerations in pediatric anesthesia
    Anesthetic equipment and facilities
    Management of general anesthesia
    Regional anesthesia
    Postanesthetic recovery
    Pediatric pain management
    Systems-based pediatric anesthesia
    Healing and recovery in pediatric surgery
    Training and education in pediatric anesthesiology: a developmental approach
    The Central nervous system: pediatric neuroanesthesia
    The Eye: pediatric ophthalmological surgery
    The Head and neck: specialty and multidisciplinary surgery
    The Body cavity and wall
    The Cardiovascular system
    Vascular biology and vascular anomalies
    Gut development: surgical and anesthetic implications
    The Foregut and chest
    The Midgut
    The Hindgut
    Abdominal tumors
    The Urogenital system
    The Musculoskeletal system and orthopedic surgery
    Integumentary system
    Hematopoietic system
    Endocrine disease
    Neuromuscular disorders
    Metabolic diseases and inborn errors of metabolism
    Abnormalities of the immune response and infection
    Fetal medicine and anesthesia for fetal surgery
    Delivery room issues and resuscitation of the newborn
    Pediatric resuscitation
    Anesthesia for the preterm newborn
    Minimally invasive surgery
    Solid organ and bone marrow transplantation
    Anesthesia outside the operating room
    Trauma and casualty management
    Anesthesia and childhood obesity
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Joseph M. Neal, De Q.H. Tran, Francis V. Salinas ; editor of the previous editions, Michael F. Mulroy.
    Contents:
    Regional anesthesia systems / Edward R. Mariano
    Equipment / Andrew T. Gray
    Ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia / Michael D. Herrick and Brian D. Sites
    Premedication, monitoring, and multimodal analgesia / Rebecca Lee Johnson and Michael F. Mulroy
    Local anesthetic pharmacology / Francis V. Salinas
    Spinal anesthesia / Francis V. Salinas and De Q.H. Tran
    Epidural anesthesia and analgesia / De Q.H. Tran and Julian Aliste
    Upper extremity blocks / De Q.H. Tran and Joseph M. Neal
    Intravenous regional anesthesia / Joseph M. Neal and Susan B. McDonald
    Lower extremity : lumbar plexus blocks / Francis V. Salinas
    Lower extremity : sacral plexus blocks / Francis V. Salinas
    Truncal blocks / Ki Jinn Chin and Monica Liu
    Head and neck blocks / Roderick J. Finlayson
    Complications associated with regional anesthesia / Joseph M. Neal
    Pediatric regional anesthesia / Kathleen Larkin McGinn
    Acute pain medicine / Kevin E. Vorenkamp and Christine L. Oryhan.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Print
    editor, Stephan U. Schuele.
    Summary: "The book is a complete and practical guide to thinking and doing SEEG which will be a solid reference to practitioners around the world. It starts with a review of the main non-invasive pre-implantation investigations and how they inform the selection of patients and the implantation scheme. It proceeds to implantation techniques and issues specific to the different brain regions, including the complex question of temporal-plus epilepsies and investigation of regions that were practically impossible to reach with subdural electrodes such as the insula. The problem is then attacked according to the different types of epileptogenic lesions; as examples, the tuberous sclerosis complex and periventricular nodular heterotopia can only be investigated with SEEG. The critical importance given by the French and Italian epilepsy schools to the relation between a very carefully observed clinical symptomatology and functional anatomy is evident throughout this book"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Foreword
    Preface
    Abbreviations
    Section I: Introduction
    Chapter 1: The History and Principles of Stereo EEG
    The Prestereo EEG Era
    Laying the Foundation
    Conceptualization of Stereo EEG
    Technical Requirements
    From Comprehensive Brain Sampling to Rational Surgery
    The Stereo EEG Scriptures
    Summary
    Key References
    Section II: Noninvasive Evaluation
    Chapter 2: Phase I Evaluation
    Key Concepts
    Introduction
    Symptomatogenic Zone
    Irritative Zone
    Ictal Onset Zone
    Epileptogenic Lesion Functional Deficit Zone
    Eloquent Cortex
    Epileptogenic Zone and Surgical Planning
    Summary
    Key References
    Chapter 3: Advanced MRI Imaging
    Key Concepts
    Introduction
    An Optimized MRI Epilepsy Protocol
    What MRI "Can See"
    MRI for Identifying Lesions in Mesial Temporal Lobe Epilepsy
    MRI for Identifying Lesions in Neocortical Epilepsies
    The Future of MRI: a Role for Artificial Intelligence and Classifiers?
    Key References
    Chapter 4: Electromagnetic Source Imaging for Stereo EEG Planning
    Key Concepts
    Introduction and History Electrophysiological and Modelling Basis of Magnetoencephalography
    Advantages of Magnetoencephalography for Guidance Of stereo EEG Implantation
    Practical Use of Magnetoencephalography in Preimplantation Planning for Stereo EEG
    Ictal Magnetoencephalography
    Cautions and Limitations
    Summary
    Key References
    Chapter 5: Nuclear Imaging
    Key Concepts
    Introduction
    Single-Photon Emission Computed Tomography
    PET
    Case Examples
    Summary
    Key References
    Chapter 6: Patient Selection for Stereo EEG
    Key Concepts
    Introduction
    Developing a Hypothesis Invasive Monitoring
    Stereo EEG Versus Subdural Grid Implantation
    Indications for Stereo EEG
    Summary
    Key References
    Section III: Technical Aspects
    Chapter 7: Electrodes
    Key Concepts
    Introduction
    Electrode Materials
    Electrode Parameters
    Imaging Compatibility
    Electrode Manufacturers
    Summary
    Key References
    Chapter 8: Coregistration of Multimodal Imaging
    Key Concepts
    Introduction
    Importance of Multimodal Image Coregistration in Stereo EEG
    Identification of Structural Cerebral Abnormalities
    Localization of Epileptic Activity Presurgical Mapping of Eloquent Cortex
    Illustrative Case
    Summary
    Key References
    Chapter 9: Invasive Monitoring
    Key Concepts
    Introduction
    Technical Aspects
    Video-SEEG Monitoring: Early Management
    Patient's Care and Safety Procedures
    Interictal and Ictal Recordings
    Activation Procedures
    Intracerebral Stimulations
    Summary
    Key References
    Section IV: Electrode Placement
    Chapter 10: The Epileptogenic Zone: A Critical Reconstruction
    Key Concepts
    Introduction
    Different Methods, Different Meaning
    What Is Seizure Onset? From Focus to Network
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    editors, Albert C. Perrino, Jr., Scott T. Reeves.
    Contents:
    Principles and technology of two-dimensional echocardiography
    Two-dimensional examination
    Left ventricular systolic performance and pathology
    Diagnosis of myocardial ischemia
    Doppler technology and technique
    Quantitative Doppler and hemodynamics
    A practical approach to the echocardiographic evaluation of ventricular diastolic function
    Mitral regurgitation
    Mitral valve stenosis
    Mitral valve repair
    Aortic regurgitation
    Aortic stenosis
    Prosthetic valves
    Right ventricle
    Transesophageal echocardiography for coronary revascularization
    Echocardiography for percutaneous aortic valve and mitral clip implantation
    Transesophageal echocardiography of the thoracic aorta
    Critical care echocardiography
    Transesophageal echocardiography for congenital heart disease in the adult
    Cardiac masses and embolic sources
    3D TEE imaging
    Common artifacts and pitfalls of clinical echocardiography
    Techniques and tricks for optimizing transesophageal images.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Joachim W. Fluhr, editor.
    Summary: Skin physiology assessment is moving from a descriptive approach to a deeper understanding of biophysical and biochemical processes in the stratum corneum, such as epidermal barrier function and stratum corneum hydration. New, non-invasive approaches offer reliable and reproducible methods for product testing in the pharmaceutical and cosmetic industry, as well as in basic research. While standard instruments focus on functional aspects, innovative devices offer a deeper understanding of underlying mechanisms. This book discusses the assessment of skin physiology and of skin functions in clinical studies using non-invasive biophysical instruments, offering readers a comprehensive guide to planning, performing and evaluating the results of scientific studies in skin measurement and the legal framework for these studies. Written by leading experts in the field, it focuses on practical aspects of non-invasive measurements. After introducing the legal aspects of the current framework for clinical cosmetic studies and basic research in cosmetology, it explores the technical practicalities of organizing a testing lab and the pre-requirements for planning a study. The third and main section addresses specific topics in cosmetic testing e.g. skin hydration, and also includes chapters on sensory aspects and in vivo skin structure vizualization. This new, updated edition of Practical Aspects of Cosmetic Testing is a valuable tool for researchers, students, and medical staff wanting to gain insights into how best to assess skin functions in controlled studies using non-invasive biophysical instruments.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to the Second Edition
    Preface to the First Edition
    Contents
    Part I: Legal Aspects of Cosmetic Testing
    Chapter 1: Regulatory Aspects
    1.1 Comparison Between General Cosmetic Legislation in Europe and Other Countries
    1.2 Recent Changes in European Cosmetic Regulation
    1.3 Important Weblinks
    1.3.1 European Union
    1.3.2 USA
    1.3.3 Canada
    1.3.4 Japan
    1.3.5 Mercosur Countries (Examples)
    1.3.6 ASEAN Countries (Example)
    1.3.7 South Africa
    1.3.8 China
    1.3.9 India
    1.4 Cosmetic Safety Testing 1.5 Responsibility Considerations for Planning and Conduct of a Cosmetic Safety Study
    1.6 Frequent Cosmetic Safety Study Models
    1.7 Cosmetic Efficacy Testing
    1.8 Cosmetic Labeling and Packaging
    References
    Chapter 2: Ethical Aspects of Cosmetic Testing
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Brief History of Research Ethics
    2.3 Ethical Aspects of Cosmetic Testing
    2.4 Ethical Aspects of Noninvasive Skin Measurements
    2.5 Essential Ethical Requirements for Performing a Study
    2.6 Other Considerations
    2.7 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Good Clinical Practice 3.1 Principles of GCP
    3.2 Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
    3.3 Study Design and Protocol Standards
    3.4 Conduct Standards
    3.5 Recording and Reporting Standards
    References
    Chapter 4: Guidelines in Skin Testing
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Skin Bioengineering Endeavour
    4.3 Validation of Methods and Instrumentations
    4.4 Standardization and Quality Controls
    4.5 Search for "Good Biometrological Practice"
    4.6 Guidelines in Perspective
    4.7 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Claim Support: How to Create and Substantiate Claims 5.1 Introduction: Cosmetic Claims and Cosmetic Product Testing
    5.1.1 What Is a Cosmetic Claim?
    5.1.2 Borderline Claims
    5.2 The Process of Creating Cosmetic Claims
    5.2.1 Global or Regional
    5.2.2 Communication Style and Medium
    5.2.3 Consumer Factors
    5.3 Deciding How to Support a Claim
    5.3.1 Classifying Claims
    5.3.2 Level of Evidence
    5.3.2.1 Established and Widely Available Evidence
    5.3.2.2 Established Rationale But Requiring Specific Evidence
    5.3.2.3 Evidence Based Upon a Significant Advance in Science or Technology
    5.4 Generating Information to Support Claims 5.5 Presenting Information in Support of a Claim
    5.6 State of the Art
    5.7 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: General Aspects of Cosmetic Testing
    Chapter 6: Testing Laboratory
    6.1 Requirements for Accommodation and Arrangement
    6.1.1 Reception/Volunteer Recruitment Office
    6.1.2 Data Base/Subject File Room
    6.1.3 Waiting Area for Volunteers
    6.1.4 Room for Conducting General Volunteer Information Sessions
    6.1.5 Investigator's Office(s)/Examination Room(s)
    6.1.6 Testing Lab Room(s)
    6.1.7 Staff Office(s)
    6.1.8 Restrooms for Volunteers
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Damkerng Pathomvanich, Kenichiro Imagawa, editors ; with contributions by Robert Haber.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses the practical aspects of hair transplantation in Asians. The demand for hair transplantation has increased globally in recent years and Follicular Unit Extraction (FUE) is gaining popularity. As such the book examines the techniques used by different ethnic group in Asia, included shaving, non-shaving FUE and robotic hair restoration surgery. With the help of illustrations, it describes surgical techniques and provides numerous practical tips. Written by leading experts and offering an overview of the current state of the art of hair restoration surgery, it enables experienced surgeons in the field to achieve optimal outcomes and to improve patients' QOL. It is a must read for hair surgeons performing hair transplantation on members of the Asian population.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Simona Stolnicu, Isabel Alvarado-Cabrero, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the basic concepts for understanding and practicing breast pathology in routine practice. It explains how to tackle the diagnosis, emphasizing diagnostic clues for each entity as well as pitfalls and mimickers. Each chapter has concise, relevant text illustrated by numerous high-quality pictures highlighting the pearls and challenges in the diagnosis of breast lesions. Experts from around the world describe common and rarer conditions affecting the breast. Histology, immunohistochemistry, cytology, radiology and key morphologic criteria are covered. The book includes a chapter dedicated to breast normal histology, which is very important for understanding breast pathology, and a separate chapter for breast radiology, which is essential in understanding and diagnosing the breast lesions especially in a multidisciplinary team. Also, there is a chapter with the latest TNM staging system as well as the recently revised World Health Organization classification of breast tumors. Since in many breast units the cytology is still used to diagnose breast lesions there is a chapter dedicated to this technique. This book is aimed at trainees and practicing pathologists in surgical pathology, particularly those with an interest in breast pathology and those tackling the daily sign-out.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    W. Dean Wallace, Bita V. Naini.
    Contents:
    Histocompatibility and Immunogenetics for Solid Organ Transplantation
    Heart Transplant Pathology
    Lung Transplant Pathology
    Kidney Transplant Pathology
    Liver Transplant Pathology
    Small Bowel Transplant Pathology
    Vascularized Composite Tissue Transplant Pathology
    Pancreas Transplant Pathology
    Post-transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorder.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Allen M. Khakshooy, Francesco Chiappelli.
    Summary: There is an ever-increasing emphasis on evidence-based medicine that is distinguished by systematic crafting of the patient-centered research question, detailed literature searches, and careful appraisal of the resulting evidence. The consensus that ultimately emerges must then be applied in specific clinical settings, and it is to this process that translational effectiveness analysis refers. This portable and easy-to-use handbook is intended as a practical teaching guide on translational effectiveness for students and clinicians. Specifically, it will serve as a primer on patient-centered outcomes research methodology in the health sciences and explain how to acquire and understand the fundamental data that determine which reports are valued as the "best available" evidence. It presents an accessible and readily intelligible set of principles which doctors, dentists, nurses, and insurance carriers will be able to use in the process of health care-related decision-making. ​
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Yan Peng and Ping Tang.
    Summary: This comprehensive volume reviews current topics and controversies in diagnostic breast pathology, and addresses frequently encountered diagnostic problems using a question and answer format and case presentations. Emphasis is placed on the diagnostic approach as it relates to morphology, clinical and radiographic correlation, differential diagnosis, and ancillary testing including immunohistochemical and molecular analyses. Answers are provided and serve as a practical, evidence-based, and problem solving guide to diagnostic issues having significant impacts on clinical management. Common but diagnostically challenging entities such as papillary lesions and fibroepithelial lesions are discussed in detail, as well as special types of breast cancer including solid papillary carcinoma, lobular lesions and its variants. Uncommon breast lesions such as mesenchymal, lymphoid, and metastatic lesions are also covered. Chapters discuss genetic alterations and molecular abnormalities in breast cancer, and commonly encountered interpretation dilemmas on immunohistochemistry in breast cancer and metastatic cancer to the breast with a focus on prognostic and predictive tumor biomarkers.

    Contents:
    Intraductal Proliferative Disease of the Breast
    Invasive Ductal Carcinoma (NOS) of the Breast
    Invasive Carcinoma of the Breast: Special Types
    Lobular Breast Lesions
    Papillary Lesions of the Breast (IDP, IDPC, EPC, SPC)
    Fibroepothelial Lesions (Phyllodes Tumor and Fibroadenoma) of the Breast
    Immunohistochemistry in Breast Cancer
    Breast Cancer with Hereditary Cancer Predisposition Syndromes
    Mesenchymal and Lymphoid Lesions in the Breast
    Metastatic Cancer in the Breast.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Majid Maleki, Azin Alizadehasl, Majid Haghjoo.
    Contents:
    Evidence-based cardiology practice / Reza Yousefi-Nooraie, Parham Sadeghipour
    Evaluation of patients with cardiovascular problems / Majid Maleki
    Electrocardiography / Mohammad Javad Alemzadeh-Ansari
    Exercise stress testing / Sedigheh Saedi
    Echocardiography / Anita Sadegpour, Azin Alizadehasl
    Chest radiography in cardiovascular disease / Hamidreza Pouraliakbar
    Cardiac computed tomography / Hamidreza Pouraliakbar
    Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging / Hamid Mojibian, Hamidreza Pouraliakbar
    Nuclear cardiology / Hadi Malek
    Catheterization and angiography / Ali Zahedmehr
    Hemodynamic study / Nasim Naderi
    Heart failure and pulmonary hypertension / Nasim Naderi
    Tachyarrhythmias / Majid Haghjoo
    Cardiac implantable electronic devices / Majid Haghjoo
    Bradyarrhythmias / Majid Haghjoo
    Preventive cardiology / Majid Maleki, Zahra Hosseini
    Hypertension / Ali Zahedmehr
    Dyslipidemia / Reza Kiani
    ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction / Bahram Mohebbi
    Percutaneous coronary intervention / Ata Firouzi
    Transcatheter therapies for structural heart disease / Hamidreza Sanati
    Aortic disorders and their management / Omid Shafe
    Peripheral artery disease / Jamal Moosavi
    Cardiomyopathies and myocarditis / Nasim Naderi
    Valvular heart disease / Feridoun Noohi, Anita Sadeghpour, Azin Alizadehasl
    Infective endocarditis / Anita Sadeghpour, Azin Alizadehasl
    Pericardial disease / Anita Sadeghpour, Azin Alizadehasl
    Congenital heart disease / Zahra Khajali
    Venous thromboembolism / Farshad Shakerian, Parham Sadeghipour
    Cardiovascualr genetics / Nejat Mahdieh, Majid Maleki
    Renal disorders and cardiovascular disease / Samira Tabiban, Nasim Naderi
    Endocrine disorders and the cardiovascular system / Zahra Ghaemmaghami
    The heart and pulmonary diseases / Hasan Allah Sadeghi
    Cardiovascular drugs and hemostasis / Bahram Fariboz Farsad, Hanieh Salehi
    Stable ischemic heart disease / Majid Kyavar, Mohammad Javad Alemzadeh-Ansari
    Non-ST-segment elevation acute coronary syndromes / Hamidreza Sanati
    Anesthesia and sedation in cardiac patients / Rasoul Azarfarin
    Principles of cardiovascular surgery / Alireza Alizadeh Ghavidel, Saeid Hosseini.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Ragavendra R. Baliga, Kim A. Eagle.
    Summary: This thoroughly updated new edition of the classic practical textbook provides a user-friendly, authoritative guide to evaluation of common cardiovascular symptoms and evaluation and management of common cardiovascular conditions. Coverage also includes clinical challenges such as management of chronic anticoagulation, assessing and minimizing cardiac risk in noncardiac surgery, and management of the cardiac surgery patient. Numerous tables and algorithms help readers find information quickly and aid in clinical decision-making. Practical Cardiology, Evaluation and Treatment of Common Cardiovascular Disorders reflects the current American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association guidelines and provides a concise yet comprehensive handbook presents practical information on the common cardiovascular problems that clinicians encounter daily.

    Contents:
    Chest Pain
    Dyspnea
    Palpitations
    Edema
    Syncope
    Approach to Claudication
    Coronary Artery Disease
    Primary Prevention of Coronary Artery Disease
    Secondary Prevention of Coronary Artery Disease
    Stable Angina
    Unstable Angina
    Non-ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
    Acute ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
    Hypertension
    Primary Hypertension
    Approach to Secondary Hypertension
    Congestive Heart Failure
    Heart Failure Due to Left Ventricular Systolic Dysfunction
    Heart Failure with Preserved Systolic Function
    Arrhythmias
    Paroxysmal Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Atrial Fibrillation & Atrial Flutter
    Ventricular Tachycardia
    Bradycardia
    Valvular Heart Disease
    Infectious Endocarditis
    Mitral Regurgitation
    Aortic Regurgitation
    Mitral Stenosis
    Aortic Stenosis
    Tricuspid
    Pulmonary Valve Disease
    Pericardial Disease & Cardiac Neoplasms
    Acute Pericarditis
    Pericardial Effusion
    Pericardial Constriction
    Aortic & Major Vascular Diseases
    Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms
    Nondissecting Thoracic Aneurysms
    Aortic Dissection
    Cerebrovascular Disease
    Deep Venous Thrombosis
    Lower Extremity Ischemia
    Pulmonary Vascular Diseases
    Pulmonary Embolism
    Pulmonary Hypertension & Cor Pulmonale
    Diagnosis & Management
    Congenital Heart Disease in Adults
    Management of Chronic Anticoagulation
    Assessing & Minimizing Cardiac Risk of Noncardiac Surgery
    Management of the Cardiac Surgery Patient
    Complementary & Alternative Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Majid Maleki, Azin Alizadehasl, Majid Haghjoo.
    Summary: From basic clinical facts to new advanced guidelines, *Practical Cardiology: Principles and Approaches-covers all aspects of cardiology in one quick and current resource. *Packed with "useful" tips and "step-by-step" guidance, this updated second edition reviews new drugs, new invasive and noninvasive therapeutic approaches, and new developments in-cardiology foundations, imaging modalities, management approaches, and specific interventions for all common cardiovascular disease modalities-in all patient care settings. Offers-practical plans of action for all major cardiovascular topics and diseases. *Includes three "new chapters on electrophysiology" (including tracing interpretation); mechanisms, diagnoses, and therapies; and hypotension, syncope, and sudden cardiac death. *Features updated and expanded content throughout, including new findings, non-ST elevation in specific populations (elderly, women), diabetes in heart disease, and more. *Provides integrated key points "that offer" quick clinical summaries for all aspects of common cardiovascular conditions. *Contains more than "125 full-color" illustrations with many algorithms of diagnostic and therapeutic pathways. -- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Tariq Malik, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on both the management of the pain as well as the pain patient and is formatted as a practical, evidence-based guide to managing chronic pain conditions. It meets the market need for a reference that aides physicians in understanding and improving chronic pain in their patients. Organized across 46 chapters, the book begins with an introduction on chronic pain evaluation, and specifically stresses the importance of complete patient evaluation including social and psychological evaluation. Subsequent chapters then start with an evaluation, medical and interventional options available, how and when to move from one option to another and the level of evidence offered for each intervention. These unique chapter elements provide the reader with a case-based approach to managing their patients. Additionally, a brief discussion of epidemiology and pathophysiology of the disease process is included and the technical aspects of interventional techniques are reviewed. Edited by a leader in the field with international contributing authors across pain medicine, Practical Chronic Pain Management this book is written primarily for anesthesiologists, pain specialists, rheumatologists, and primary care physicians.

    Contents:
    What Is the Prognosis of This Condition? Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: ABCs of Chronic Pain Evaluation
    Evaluating a Chronic Pain Patient
    History and Physical Examination
    Standard Questionnaires
    Pain Quality
    Functional Limitations
    Pain Coping Assessment/Behavioral Assessment
    Conclusion
    References
    2: A 40-Year-Old Woman with Chronic Recurrent Headache (Migraine)
    Case Description
    What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
    How Is the Diagnosis Confirmed?
    What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
    How Is This Problem Managed?
    Acute Treatment
    Preventive Therapy What Is the Prognosis of This Condition?
    Discussion
    Prevalence
    Differential Diagnosis
    Predictive Value of Different Clinical Features (Both on History and Physical Exam) and Lab Testing/Imaging
    History
    Physical Exam
    Lab Testing
    Imaging
    Strength of Evidence for Different Treatment Modalities
    Future Directions or Clinical Trials in Progress
    Conclusion/Summary
    References
    3: Cluster Headache
    Case Description
    What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
    How Is Diagnosis Confirmed?
    What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
    How Is This Problem Managed? What Is the Prognosis of This Condition?
    Discussion
    Prevalence
    Differential Diagnosis
    Predictive Value of Different Clinical Features (Both on History and Physical Exam) and Lab Testing/Imaging
    Strength of Evidence for Different Treatment Modalities
    Future Directions or Clinical Trials in Progress
    Conclusion/Summary
    References
    4: Atypical Facial Pain/Persistent Idiopathic Facial Pain
    Case Description
    What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
    How Is the Diagnosis Confirmed?
    What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
    How Is This Problem Managed? What Is the Prognosis of This Condition?
    Discussion
    Prevalence
    Differential Diagnosis
    Predictive Value of Clinical Features
    Strength of Evidence for Treatment Modalities
    Future Directions
    Conclusion/Summary
    References
    5: A 75-Year-Old Woman with Frequent Fleeting Face Pain (Trigeminal Neuralgia)
    Case Description
    What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
    How is the Diagnosis Confirmed?
    What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
    How Is the Problem Managed?
    Trigeminal Nerve Block Technique
    Ophthalmic Branch (V1) Nerve Block Maxillary (V2) and Mandibular (V3) Nerve Block
    What Is the Prognosis of This Condition?
    Discussion
    Prevalence
    Differential Diagnosis
    Predictive Value of Different Clinical Features and Lab Testing/Imaging
    Strength of Evidence for Different Treatment Modalities
    Future Directions or Clinical Trials in Progress
    Conclusion
    References
    6: A Patient with Chronic Pain in the Back of the Head
    Case Description
    What Is Your Preliminary Diagnosis?
    How Is Diagnosis Confirmed?
    What Is the Pathophysiology of This Condition?
    How Is This Problem Managed?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Carlo Bettocchi, Gian Maria Busetto, Giuseppe Carrieri, Luigi Cormio, editors.
    Summary: This open access book offers a valuable resource for understanding the correct pathways in the context of sexual disorders, couple reproduction, gender identity dysphoria, conditions for which patients commonly ask for consultation and treatment. Based on clinical evidence, international guidelines and experts experience, practical clinical management strategies are presented for each condition. Each clinical care pathway is based on updated algorithm, level of evidence, photos and video-clips that describes the clinical presentations and the best practice management through diagnostic tools and medical or surgical treatment. Leading experts from the most important center of excellence in the field of sexual medicine joined to cover the field of andrology in its entirety, each of them dealing with a single topic from the top of their recognized experience and providing a complete and update textbook that will help urologists and other physicians in their daily clinical practice. This book is thought to be a practical and valuable reference for urologists, gynecologists, endocrinologists, psychiatrics and psychologists, and residents who are not specialty trained in andrology. It is designed for both young fellows training in different specialties and coming into contact with andrological issues for the first time and also more experienced clinicians and surgeons requiring updated guidelines and clear advice on the most controversial issues. This book will represent an invaluable quick consulting tool, updated in its scientific contents and rich in tables, images and video-clips.

    Contents:
    History of Sexual Medicine
    Sexuality and sexual orientation in the 21st century
    Erectile Dysfunction : from pathophysiology to clinical assessment
    Erectile Dysfunction : medical therapy and rehabilitation
    Erectile Dysfunction : surgical and regenerative therapy
    Peyronie's disease & penile curvature
    Orgasm and ejaculation disorders .-Sexual dysfunctions in women - orgasm and female genital disorders
    Penile diseases and Dysmorphisms (Phimosis, frenulum, micropenis, buried penis
    Andrological urgency
    Andrological aspects of penile and testicular cancer
    Male reproduction - from pathophysiology to clinical assessment
    Seminal Analysis, value and reliability .-Therapy in oligozoospermia (varicocele, cryptorchidism, inflammation and seminal tract infections
    Therapy in secretory and obstructive azoospermia
    Pathophysiology of female reproduction and clinical management
    Laboratory and instrumental diagnostics
    Assisted Reproductive Technology : ART
    Male sex hormones in Andrology today
    The Transgender - Psychiatric assessment
    The Transgender - Endocrinological assessment
    The Transgender - Legal path to surgery
    Gender Affirming Surgery - Assigned Male at Birth
    Gender Affirming Surgery - Assigned Female at Birth
    Medico-legal aspects in Andrology today.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    editors, Peter J. Zimetbaum, Alfred E. Buxton, Mark E. Josephson.
    Contents:
    Anatomy in clinical electrophysiology
    Membrane and cellular electrophysiology
    Mechanism of tachycardias
    The basic electrophysiology study
    Basic principles in clinical electrophysiology
    Atrial fibrillation
    Atrial flutter
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome and variants
    Ventricular tachycardia
    Bradycardias
    Syncope
    Sudden death syndromes
    Pacemakers : indications and function
    Pacemaker troubleshooting
    ICD indications and function
    ICD troubleshooting
    Lead management
    Selected forms of congenital heart disease and cardiac arrhythmias
    Noninvasive diagnostic testing
    Antiarrhythmic drugs.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Peter Igaz, editor.
    Summary: This practical book aims to cover the whole scope of clinical endocrinology, including both common and selected rare but important diseases, with an emphasis on practical clinical management. A number of different questions and problems in clinical routine are discussed in this book in an unconventional format. Each topic begins with the presentation of a typical clinical case, and then the topic is approached in a question and answer format linked to the clinical case presented, highlighting the most important questions in diagnosis, differential diagnosis and therapy. Numerous figures and tables are included to help understanding. The book is chiefly intended for doctors in training (preparing for boarding exam in endocrinology or internal medicine), but also for established clinicians who want to broaden or refresh their skills. University students of medicine can also find this book interesting.

    Contents:
    Diseases of the pituitary and hypothalamus: Pituitary tumors
    Craniopharyngeoma
    Hypopituitarism
    Secondary hypogonadism/Kallmann syndrome
    Diabetes insipidus
    Diseases of the thyroid: Hypothyroidism and Hashimoto thyroiditis
    Graves-disease
    Endocrine ophtalmopathy
    Multinodular goiter
    de Quervain thyroiditis
    Thyroid cancer
    Thyroid hormone resistance.-Diseases of the parathyroid and metabolic bone diseases: Primary hyperparathyroidism
    Secondary and tertiary hyperparathyroidism
    Hypoparathyroidism.-Parathyroid cancer.-Osteoporosis.-Osteomalacia
    Diseases of the adrenal: Adrenal incidentaloma
    Adrenal Cushings syndrome
    Primary aldosteronism
    Secondary aldosteronism due to renovascular hypertension
    Adrenocortical cancer
    Addisons disease and pluriglandular autoimmune syndrome type 2
    Congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    Glucocorticoid resistance
    Pheochromocytoma
    Diseases of the gonads: Ovary
    Testicle
    Neuroendocrine tumors and Paraneoplastic endocrine syndromes: Carcinoid syndrome caused by a small intestinal neuroendocrine tumor
    Ectopic ACTH syndrome caused by a bronchial neuroendocrine tumor
    Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors
    Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia syndromes: Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia type 1
    Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia type 2
    von Hippel Lindau syndrome
    Neurofibromatosis type 1
    Familial Isolated Pituitary Adenoma
    McCune-Albright syndrome .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marc Shaw, Claire Wong, editors.
    Summary: This inclusive work presents a comprehensive update on vaccines for the international traveller. In over 21 chapters, written by leading writers in travel medicine from Australia, New Zealand and Singapore, vaccinology for travel is explained in accessible terms with a focus on practical information. An initial introduction to immunology proceeds into common travel-related diseases, and a risk-analysis for acquiring them, followed by vaccine administration techniques and examples of how this knowledge can be applied to the traveller with special risks including children, pregnant women and mass travel. The book also provides a summary of current clinical practice with respect to travel medicine in Australia, New Zealand and Singapore. This straightforward guide to the administration of vaccines for travellers is intended to be the one-stop for the primary healthcare professional needing authoritative practical information speedily. In addition to basic knowledge in vaccinology, guides are offered as to appropriate vaccine recommendations for travel to global regions together with vaccine contents in order to identify any precautions and contraindications. This text presents assessment and management guidelines for common medical presentations to the travel health professional in primary-care health. Easy reference chapters, with practical management parameters for vaccination for travellers, will confidently guide any knowledge acquired permitting self-responsibility in vaccine-preventable disease prevention.

    Contents:
    Requirements For Vaccination
    Indications For Immunisation, Recommending Vaccines
    Travel Vaccines At A Glance
    General Contraindications
    Accelerated Courses In Immunisation
    Special Risk Groups
    Faqs.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Margaret S. Pearle, Stephen Y. Nakada, editors.
    Summary: Practical Controversies in Medical Management of Stone Disease addresses areas of controversy regarding the evaluation and management of recurrent stone formers and provides the best available evidence to support or refute common drug and dietary recommendations. Aimed at dispelling common myths about preventative stone treatment, this book provides practical recommendations for the diagnostic evaluation and treatment of recurrent calcium stone formers, and addresses uric acid and cystine stone formers. Written by experts in stone disease, Practical Controversies in Medical Management of Stone Disease is a concise yet comprehensive resource that provides the best, current evidence supporting medical practices regarding kidney stone prevention. The book will be of value to anyone involved in the medical care of patients with kidney stones, including urologists, nephrologists, primary care physicians, and dieticians.

    Contents:
    Metabolic Evaluation: Underused or Overdone?
    Controversies in the Management of High Urine Oxalate as a Risk Factor for Idiopathic Calcium Oxalate Urolithiasis
    Dietary Calcium and Prevention of Calcium Stones: More or Less?
    Citrus Juices and Prevention of Calcium Stones: Some, but Not All?
    Bariatric Surgery and Stone Disease: Help or Hindrance?
    Protein Restriction and Stone Disease:? Myth or Reality?
    Uric Acid Nephrolithiasis: Uric Acid or Urine pH?
    Cystinuria: Assessing and Managing Risk
    Potassium Citrate and Calcium Stones: Benefit or Risk?
    Thiazides and Calcium Stones: Overrated or Underused?.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andrew S. Field, Matthew A. Zarka.
    Summary: "Employing a systematic pattern recognition approach, Practical Cytopathology: A Diagnostic Approach equips you to achieve a more accurate diagnosis of aspirated and exfolliative tissue samples from all available body organs and sites. Part of the popular Pattern Recognition Series, this volume is designed to successfully guide you from identification of the dominant cytopathologic pattern, through the appropriate work-up, around the pitfalls, to the best diagnosis"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the practical algorithmic pattern recognition approach to fine needle aspiration biopsy
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of salivary gland : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of lymph nodes : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of thyroid : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of breast : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of liver : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of pancreas : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of lung and mediastinum : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of kidney : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
    Fine needle aspiration biopsy cytology of soft tissue : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition
    Intraoperative cytology of central nervous system lesions : a diagnostic approach based on pattern recognition.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Huihong Xu, Xiaohua Qian, He Wang, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, practical, and state-of-the art review addressing the major issues and challenges in cytopathology practice using a question and answer format. Making an accurate diagnosis, especially on a limited cytology sample obtained by minimally invasive procedures, is often challenging, yet crucial to patient care. Using the most current and evidence-based approaches, this book: 1) focuses on frequently asked questions in day-to-day practice of cytopathology as well as surgical pathology; 2) provides quick, accurate, and useful answers; 3) emphasizes the importance of clinical, radiological, and cytological correlation, as well as cyto-histological correlation; and 4) delineates how to judiciously use immunohistochemistry, molecular tests, flow cytometry, cytogenetics, and other established ancillary studies including next generation sequencing and computer-assisted diagnostics. Chapters are written by experts in their fields and provide the most up-to-date information in the field of cytopathology. Practical Cytopathology: Frequently Asked Questions serves as a practical resource and guide to relevant references for trainees, cytotechnologists, and cytopathologists at various skill levels.

    Contents:
    Cytology Techniques
    Cytopathology Laboratory Management
    Overview of Cervical and Anal Cytopathology
    Normal and Benign Cervical Cytology
    Cervical Cytology with Squamous and Glandular Abnormalities
    Gastrointestinal, Pancreas and Bile Ducts Cytology
    Lung and Respiratory Tract Cytology
    Urine Cytology
    Body Cavity Effusions and Washings
    Cerebrospinal Fluid
    Ovary and Peritoneal Washings
    Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology of the Breast
    Thyroid
    Salivary Gland
    Lymph Nodes
    Liver Cytopathology
    Soft Tissue and Bone
    Kidney, Adrenal Gland, and Retroperitoneum
    Ocular Cytology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Peter V. Rabins, Professor of Psychiatry, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, Professor of the Practice, Erickson School, University of Maryland, Baltimore County, Constantine G. Lyketsos, Professor of Psychiatry, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, Cynthia D. Steele, Assistant Professor, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD.
    Contents:
    Definitions and overview of the book / Constantine G. Lyketsos
    Neurodegenerative diseases causing dementia / Paul Rosenberg, Gregory Pontone, Chiadikaobi Onyike
    Other diseases causing dementia / Peter V. Rabins
    The evaluation and formulation of dementia / Constantine G. Lyketsos
    Overview of dementia care / Quincy Samus and Betty Black
    Supportive care for the patient / Constantine G. Lyketsos and Peter V. Rabins
    Support for the family and care providers / Peter V. Rabins and Constantine G. Lyketsos
    Disease specific therapies and symptomatic cognitive enhancement / Christopher Marano and Constantine Lyketsos
    Neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia : general approach and non-pharmacologic treatment / Helen C. Kales
    Pharmacologic treatments for neuropsychiatric symptoms / Christopher Marano and Constantine G. Lyketsos
    Prevention, early detection, and mild cognitive impairment / Paul Rosenberg
    Care in advanced disease / Peter V. Rabins
    Ethical and legal issues / Peter V. Rabins.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Ronald P. Rapini.
    Summary: Written from the perspective of both the histopathologist and clinician, Practical Dermatopathology, 3rd Edition, allows you to search by disease or pathologic feature to quickly locate key criteria and a differential diagnosis. Practical and portable, Practical Dermatopathology is your ideal high-yield microscope companion! Make accurate, complete reports by fully understanding clinical correlations. Accurately diagnose a wide range of conditions using nearly 800 full-color illustrations, with leader lines pointing out key pathologic and clinical features as they would be seen in daily practice. Find critical information quickly through extensive cross-referencing of differential diagnosis lists by finding and disease. Clinical lists are based on location, symptoms, duration, arrangement, morphology, and color. Pathologic lists include major categories such as epidermal changes, dermal changes, and cell types. Gauge your mastery of the material with online multiple-choice review questions (130 are NEW) that provide an ideal study resource for board review or recertification. Stay current with comprehensive updates throughout, as well as unique differential diagnosis lists, numerous tables and boxes, full-color histology images, and supporting clinical photographs including bonus clinical correlation images online. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Jie Liu, Xian-biao Zou.
    Summary: This book aims to provide readers with practical information on the procedure of streamline skin disease recognition with the use of dermoscopy. The first three chapters are mainly focused on the basic knowledge of dermoscopy, such as its history, how it works, the terminology. In the following chapters, the clinical photographs, dermoscopic images and histopathologic images of benign melanocytic neoplasms, malignant melanoma, basal cell carcinoma, seborrheic keratosis and related diseases, vascular diseases, squamous cell neoplasms and other neoplasms are presented in a case-based format. The clinical characteristics are introduced briefly, and the dermoscopic features are highlighted with a number of pictures. The chapter 12 to chapter 14 introduce the dermoscopic appearance of inflammatory skin diseases, infectious and parasitic skin diseases, hair and nail diseases, respectively, which is the extended application of dermoscopy. Last but not least, the development and future of articifial intellegence assisted diagnosis based on dermoscopic images is introduced. Written by dermatologists who have been involved in dermoscopic diagnosis for a long time, this case-based book will be a valuable reference for dermatologists and those who are interested in related field.

    Contents:
    Introduction of Dermoscopy
    Terminology in Dermoscopy
    Devices in Dermoscopy
    Diagnostic Strategies and Algorithms of Dermoscopy
    Benign Melanosytic Neoplasms
    Malignant Melanoma
    Basal Cell Carcinoma
    Seborrheic Keratosis and Related Diseases
    Vascular Diseases
    Squamous Cell Neoplasms
    Other Neoplasms
    Inflammatory Skin Diseases
    Infectious and Parasitic Skin Diseases
    Hair and Nail Diseases
    Artificial Intelligent Applications in Dermoscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    by David Levy.
    Contents:
    Classification, diagnosis, and presentation
    Diabetes emergencies
    Infections and the diabetic foot
    Eyes and kidneys
    Neuropathy, musculoskeletal, and skin
    Diabetes and the cardiovascular system
    Type 1 diabetes : glycaemic control
    Type 1 diabetes : technology and transplants
    Type 2 diabetes : weight loss, exercise, and other "lifestyle" interventions
    Type 2 diabetes : glycaemic control
    Hypertension
    Lipids
    Clinical aspects of the metabolic syndrome
    Youth and emerging adulthood : old age
    Psychological aspects of diabetes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Min En Nga.
    Summary: This book presents rational diagnostic approaches to common areas of cytopathology, such as thyroid, lymph node and effusion cytology. It discusses differential diagnoses for each site, and describes a systematic approach to narrow down differential diagnoses in a logical manner based on cytomorphology and the judicious application of ancillary tests. Further, it introduces discriminatory panels of immunohistochemical tests, with an emphasis on patient-centred approaches with active clinicopathologic correlations. In addition, it provides practical recommendations for optimizing tissue triage for ancillary testing, in terms of both diagnostic and therapy-related testing. The book also includes sample diagnostic reports to help readers formulate appropriate comments and to aid clinicians in specific clinical scenarios, as well as test cases for readers to apply their diagnostic and specimen triage algorithms. The book equips readers to apply logical approaches to sound cytopathology reporting in daily clinical practice, guiding them through specimen collection and triage to diagnostic workup based on morphologic and clinical features, and writing rational and clinically useful diagnostic cytology reports with a focus on clinicopathologic correlation. As such it is relevant for practising cytopathologists and pathology trainees as well as for cytologists (cytotechnologists) and other clinicians involved in cytopathology diagnostic processes.

    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction to cytopathology
    Section II: General approaches to diagnostic cytology
    Diagnostic cytologic evaluation: where to start?
    Writing cytology reports: dos and donts
    On-site evaluation and reporting
    Section III: Effusion cytology
    General approach to effusion cytology
    Ancillary testing in effusion cytology
    Section IV: Aspiration cytology
    General approach to aspiration cytology
    Ancillary testing in aspiration cytology
    Approach to thyroid fine needle aspiration
    Approach to Lymph node fine needle aspiration
    Approach to Salivary gland fine needle aspiration
    Section V: Self-test cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Daniel M. Shindler, Olga I. Shindler, Alicia Wright.
    Summary: This is a practical reference that serves to introduce the discipline of echocardiography. It is meant to be integrated with the search capabilities of a modern cell phone. It enables the reader to quickly find, understand, and quote the relevant literature. The book stems from more than 30 busy years in an academic echocardiography laboratory, and from our initial efforts starting in 1994 to provide free echocardiography education and to promote social media discussions of echocardiography on the Internet.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Ultrasound
    Chapter 2: Doppler
    Chapter 3: Echocardiographic Quantification
    Chapter 4: Echocardiographic Imaging
    Chapter 5: Diastology
    Chapter 6: Heart Failure
    Chapter 7: Coronary Artery Disease
    Chapter 8: Aortic Valve Stenosis
    Chapter 9: Bicuspid Aortic Valve
    Chapter 10: Aortic Regurgitation
    Chapter 11: Mitral Regurgitation
    Chapter 12: Mitral Stenosis
    Chapter 13: Prosthetic Valves
    Chapter 14: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 15: Cardiomyopathies
    Chapter 16: Pericardial Disease
    Chapter 17: Endocarditis
    Chapter 18: Cardiac Tumors and Masses
    Chapter 19: Diabetes and Hypertension
    Chapter 20: Pulmonary Disorders
    Chapter 21: Tricuspid Valve
    Chapter 22: Pulmonic Valve
    Chapter 23: Disorders of the Aorta
    Chapter 24: Stroke
    Chapter 25: Congenital Heart Disorders
    Chapter 26: The Stethoscope
    Chapter 27: The Electrocardiogram in the Echo Lab
    Chapter 28: Radiology
    Chapter 29: Internet Resources.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2020
  • Digital
    Malcolm D.C. Donaldson, John W. Gregory, Guy Van Vliet, Joseph I. Wolfsdorf ; guest chapter "An Endocrinologist's guide to genetic in the age of genomics" contributed by Johnny Deladoëy.
    Contents:
    Diabetes mellitus
    Hypoglycaemia
    Short stature
    Tall stature
    Puberty
    Thyroid disorder
    Differences in sex development and common genital anomalies
    Adrenal disorders
    Salt and water balance
    Calcium and bone
    Obesity
    Endocrine effects of cancer treatment / supplementary chapter by Johnny Deladoëy
    An Endocrinologist's guide to genetic in the age of genomics.
    Digital Access Wiley 2019
  • Digital
    Matthew T. Brodhead, David J. Cox, Shawn P. Quigley.
    Summary: Practical Ethics for Effective Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder is for behavior analysts working directly with, or supervising those who work with, individuals with autism. The book addresses important topics such as the principles and values that underlie the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's ® Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts, and factors that affect ethical decision-making. In addition, the book addresses critical and under-discussed topics of: scope of competence; evidence-based practice in behavior analysis; how to collaborate with professionals within and outside one's discipline; and how to design systems of ethical supervision and training customized to unique treatment settings. Across many of the topics, the authors also discuss errors students and professionals may make during analyses of ethical dilemmas and misapplications of ethical codes within their practice.--Publisher's description
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    Samuel J. Knapp, Leon D. VandeCreek, Randy Fingerhut.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    The legal floor and positive ethics
    Foundations of ethical behavior
    Ethical decision making
    Competence
    Informed consent, empowered collaboration, or shared decision making
    Multiple relationships and professional boundaries
    Confidentiality, privileged communications, and record keeping
    Life-endangering patients
    Forensic psychology
    Assessment
    Special topics in therapy
    Business issues
    Psychologists as educators
    Consultation and clinical supervision
    Research and scholarship
    Afterward
    References
    Index
    About the authors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF76.4 .K64 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Lloyd A. Jacobs ; manuscript editor, Patricia A. James.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    John Heesakkers, Christopher Chapple, Dirk De Ridder, Fawzy Farag, editors.
    Contents:
    Basic: History
    Anatomy and neuroanatomy male / female
    Neurophysiology
    Diagnostics
    Pathology
    Neurourological diseases: Bifid Spine
    SCI
    MS
    Other ( Parkinson, MSA)
    CVA and CCT
    Intervertebral disc and failed back surgery
    Diabetes
    OAB dry / wet: Diagnostics
    Treatment
    Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
    Detrusor Underactivity: Bladder emptying problems
    Catheterization in clinical practice
    Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
    PBS / IC / Prostatitis: Diagnostics
    Treatment
    Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
    SUI female: Diagnostics
    Treatment
    Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
    SUI male: Diagnostics
    Treatment
    Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
    POP: Diagnostics
    Treatment
    Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
    UTI: Diagnostics
    Treatment
    Tips and tricks / do's and don'ts
    Urethral disorders: Urethral diverticula
    Urethral strictures.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Nicholas J. Talley ; section editors, Kenneth R. DeVault, Michael B. Wallace, Bashar A. Aqel, Keith D. Lindor.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Hanlin L. Wang, Zongming Eric Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses practical issues that reflect the current landscape of GI pathology practice and is organized in such a way that fits the fast-pacing daily life of practicing pathologists. It contains more than 540 questions that address difficult, prevailing and controversial issues in GI pathology that are frequently encountered in daily practice and consult service. For most questions, answers are straightforward with ample literature support. However, true diagnostic controversies and clinical dilemma cannot be easily resolved with current knowledge and available information. To such challenges, an expert approach regarding how to synthesize complicated topics and clearly communicate the thinking process is valuable to readers and can help guide clinicians making optimal treatment plans for their patients. The latter types of answers are highly enriched throughout the book. Distinct from other existing GI pathology textbooks, this book is primarily organized according to disease entities and pathological processes instead of specific organs and anatomic locations. Guided by chapter titles and listed questions, readers should be able to look up a disease or a pathological feature and find the most important and relevant diagnostic criteria and pertinent differential diagnoses. Written by experts in the field, Practical Gastrointestinal Pathology provides easy and quick access to concise, evidence-based and up-to-date information to aid accurate diagnosis and serves as a useful resource for practicing pathologists, pathology trainees and GI clinicians as well as allied health professionals who frequently deal with GI pathology.

    Contents:
    Gastrointestinal Disorders in the Infant and Child
    Non-Barrett Esophagitis
    Barrett Esophagus
    Nonneoplastic Diseases of the Stomach
    Malabsorption Disorders
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Non-IBD Non-Infectious Colitis
    Appendiceal Diseases
    Anal Diseases
    Infections of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Drug-Induced Gastrointestinal Tract Injury
    Eosinophilic, Mastocytic, and Histiocytic Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Motility Disorders of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Non-syndromic Epithelial Polyps of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Syndromic Epithelial Polyps of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Mesenchymal Lesions Often Presenting as Polyps of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Carcinomas of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor
    Non-GIST Primary Mesenchymal Tumors of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Lymphomas of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Transplant-related Issues in the Gastrointestinal Tract.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by McKinsey L. Goodenberger, Brittany C. Thomas, Teresa Kruisselbrink.
    Contents:
    Types of laboratories and business relationships
    Regulation of laboratory genetic testing
    Laboratory infrastructure
    Cytogenetic technologies and test issues
    Molecular technologies and test issues
    Biochemical technologies and test issues
    Prenatal screening technologies and test issues
    Genetic counselor role in laboratory case management
    Test development and validation
    Genetic counselor role in hospital test utilization
    Genetic counselor role in sales and marketing
    Genetic counselor communication and counseling skills for the laboratory
    Ethical considerations in the genetic testing laboratory
    The laboratory genetic counselor as an educator
    Genetic counselor contributions to medical literature and generalizable knowledge
    Considering a laboratory genetic counseling position.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    W. Allen Hogge, MD, MA, Professor, Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Sciences, University of Pittsburgh/Magee-Womens Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Aleksandar Rajkovic, MD, PhD, Professor, Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Sciences, University of Pittsburgh/Magee-Womens Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
    Summary: Offers a guide to the clinical application of genetics in ob-gyn practice. Suitable for ob-gyn residents and practitioners, this book surveys the modern field of genetics and provides you with a practical understanding of its clinical uses - a critical skill set that you can leverage continually in the years to come.

    Contents:
    Gene structure and function
    Organization and structure of human chromosomes
    Patterns of inheritance
    Taking a family history
    Principles of genetic counseling
    Preconception counseling
    Common chromosomal abnormalities
    Screening for genetic disorders in pregnancy
    Methods of prenatal diagnosis
    Common fetal malformations diagnosed by ultrasound
    Gynecologic disorders with a genetic causation
    Hereditary cancer syndromes
    Disorders of sexual differentiation
    Genetics of infertility and pregnancy loss
    Methods of modern cytogenetic testing
    Molecular diagnostic testing.
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2015
  • Digital
    Ximing J. Yang, Ming Zhou, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a practical guide and provides updates in Genitourinary (GU) Pathology. By using a questions and Answers format, it addresses frequently encountered diagnostic challenges in daily practice for pathologists. Emphasis is placed on diagnosis and differential diagnosis based on morphological characteristics, clinicopathologic correlation, and interpretation of immunohistochemical and other ancillary tests. Concise answers to each question are provided by experts in the field accompanied by ample high quality illustrations and updated references. This book includes common and rare benign and malignant conditions in the GU system, covering the entire genitourinary system including the prostate, kidney, bladder, testis, urethra, ureter, penis and adrenal. It also reviews current topics, controversies and diagnostic dilemmas in diagnostic GU pathology. Practical Genitourinary Pathology serves as a quick reference for busy practicing pathologists, pathologists in training, urologists, medical students, and other physicians with questions of genitourinary conditions.

    Contents:
    Kidney Tumor
    Upper Urinary Tract Pathology
    Bladder Cancer
    Urethra
    Prostate Pathology
    Testis and Paratesticular Lesions
    Penis and Scrotum
    Adrenal Gland Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Thoru Yamada, Elizabeth Meng.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Evoked potentials. Principles of evoked potentials ; Visual evoked potentials ; Brainstem auditory evoked potentials and auditory evoked potentials ; Somastosensory evoked potentials
    Section 2: Intraoperative neurophysiologic monitoring. The technologist's role in neurophysiologic intraoperative monitoring ; Brain function monitoring for carotid endarterectomy and aortic arch surgery ; Spinal cord monitoring ; Intraoperative monitoring of the brainstem and cranial nerve function
    Section 3: Long-term EEG monitoring. Diagnostic video-EEG monitoring for epilepsy and spells: indications, application, and interpretation ; Invasive video EEG monitoring in epilepsy surgery candidates: indications, technique, and interpretation ; Long-term bedside EEG monitoring for acutely ill patients (LTM/ccEEG)
    Section 4: Sleep studies. Technology of polysomnography ; Sleep physiology and pathology ; Sleep apnea and related conditions ; Evaluating narcolepsy and related conditions ; Parasomnias ; Electrophysiological measurement and rules for sleep-related movement disorders
    Section 5: Nerve conduction studies. Nerve conduction and electromyography studies.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    Thoru Yamada, Elizabeth Meng.
    Contents:
    Introduction : history and perspective of clinical neurophysiologic diagnostic tests / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Basic EEG technology / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Basic electronics and electrical safety / Peter Seaba and Thoru Yamada
    Digital EEG / Malcolm Yeh
    Neuroanatomical and neurophysiologic basis of EEG / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Principles of visual analysis of EEG / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Characteristics of normal EEG / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    The assessment of abnormal EEG / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Activation procedures / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    EEG and epilepsy / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Diffuse EEG abnormalities / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Focal EEG abnormalities / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Continuous EEG monitoring for critically ill patients (CCEEG) / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Benign EEG patterns / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    Artifact recognition and technical pitfalls / Thoru Yamada and Elizabeth Meng
    EEG of premature and full-term infants / Thoru Yamada, Elizabeth Meng, and Michael Ciliberto.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018
  • Print
    edited by John A. Dent, MMEd, MD, FAMEE, FHEA, FRCS(Ed), International Relations Officer, Association for Medical Education in Europe ; Honorary Reader in Medical Education and Orthopaedic Surgery, University of Dundee, Dundee, UK, Ronald M. Harden, OBE, MD, FRCP(Glas), FRCPC, FRCSEd, General Secretary, Association for Medical Education in Europe ; Former Professor of Medical Education, Director of the Centre for Medical Education and Teaching Dean, University of Dundee, UK ; Professor of Medical Education, Al-Imam University, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, Dan Hunt, MD, MBA, Assistant Secretary, Liaison Committee on Medical Education ; Senior Director of Accreditation Services, Association of American Medical Colleges, Washington DC, USA ; foreward by Brian D. Hodges, PhD, MD, FRCPC, Executive Vice-President Education, University Health Network ; Professor, Department of Psychiatry, University of Toronto ; Scientist, Wilson Centre for Research in Education ; Richard and Elizabeth Currie Chair in Health Professions Education Research ; Senior Fellow, Massey College ; Senior Strategy Advisor, the AMS Phoenix Project, Toronto, Canada.
    Summary: "The Fifth Edition of the highly praised Practical Guide for Medical Teachers provides a bridge between the theoretical aspects of medical education and the delivery of enthusiastic and effective teaching in basic science and clinical medicine. Healthcare professionals are committed teachers and this book is an essential guide to help them maximise their performance. This highly regarded book recognises the importance of educational skills in the delivery of quality teaching in medicine. The contents offer valuable insights into all important aspects of medical education today. A leading educationalist from the USA joins the book's editorial team. The continual emergence of new topics is recognised in this new edition with nine new chapters: The role of patients as teachers and assessors; Medical humanities; Decision-making; Alternative medicine; Global awareness; Education at a time of ubiquitous information; Programmative assessment; Student engagement; and Social accountability. An enlarged group of authors from more than 15 countries provides both an international perspective and a multi-professional approach to topics of interest to all healthcare teachers. -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Sect. I: Curriculum development
    New horizons in medical education
    Curriculum planning and development
    The undergraduate curriculum
    Postgraduate medical education: a 'pipeline' to competence
    Continuing professional development
    The hidden curriculum
    Sect. 2: Learning situations
    Lectures
    Learning in small groups
    Learning with patients: inpatient and outpatient
    Learning in the community
    Learning in rural and remote locations
    Learning in longitudinal integrated clerkships
    Learning in a simulated environment
    Distance education
    Sect. 3: Educational strategies and technologies
    Outcome-based education
    Integrated learning
    Interprofessional education
    Problem-based learning
    Team-based learning
    Using digital technologies
    Instructional design
    Sect. 4: Curriculum themes
    Basic sciences and curriculum outcomes
    Social and behavioural sciences in medical school curricula
    Clinical communication
    Ethics and attitudes
    Professionalism
    Evidence-based medicine
    Patient safety and quality of care
    Medical humanities
    Integrative medicine in the training of physicians
    Global awareness
    Medical education in an era of ubiquitous information
    Sect. 5: Assessment
    Concepts in assessment including standard setting
    Written assessments
    Performance and workplace assessment
    Portfolios, projects and theses
    Feedback, reflection and coaching: a new model
    The assessment of attitudes and professionalism
    Programmatic assessment
    Sect. 6: Staff
    Staff development
    Academic standards and scholarship
    Sect. 7: Students
    Student selection
    Student support
    Student engagement in learning
    Peer-assisted learning
    Sect. 8: Medical school
    Understanding medical school leardership: medical teachers as agents of change
    Medical education leardership
    The medical teacher and social accountability
    The educational environment
    Medical education research.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R735 .P73 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Henry W. Lim, Laurie L. Kohen, Samantha L. Schneider, Danielle Yeager, editors.
    Summary: This practical manual provides a real-world educationally focused resource. It enables the reader to gain a good understanding of a range of skin diseases, their differential diagnosis and various medical and/or surgical treatment options. Topics covered include general dermatology, oncodermatology, drugs, phototherapy, pigmentary disorders, skin of color, inpatient dermatology and pediatric dermatology. Emphasis is placed on concise, practical points that one can use in clinic, with informative pearls to reinforce the key messages in each chapter. Practical Guide to Dermatology: The Henry Ford Manual systematically describes a broad range of practical concepts, diagnostic and treatment techniques involving various dermatological disciplines. It represents a valuable reference guide for practising and trainee dermatologists alike.

    Contents:
    Treatments by Disease
    Acanthosis Nigricans
    Acne Vulgaris
    Acne Keloidalis Nuchae
    Actinic Keratoses: Field Treatment
    Alopecia
    Ashy Dermatosis
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Basal Cell Carcinoma
    Brittle Nails
    Bullous Pemphigoid
    Chronic Paronychia
    Chronic Urticaria
    Contact Dermatitis
    Lupus Erythematosus
    Dissecting Cellulitis Erythrasma
    Genital Warts
    Gram Negative Toe Web Infection
    Granuloma Annulare
    Hemangiomas
    Herpes
    Hirsutism
    Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Hypercoagulability Work Up
    Hyperhidrosis
    Intertrigo
    Irritant Dermatitis
    Keloids
    Keratosis Pilaris
    Lichen Planus
    Lichen Sclerosus et Atrophicus, Melasma
    Molluscum Contagiosum
    Mycosis Fungoides
    Nephrogenic Systemic Fibrosis (from Gadolinium)
    Notalgia Paresthetica
    Onychomycosis
    Pediculosis Capitis / Pubis. Pediculosis Corporis
    Pemphigus Vulgaris
    Perioral Dermatitis
    Perleche, Photoprotection
    Porphyria
    Post-Inflammatory Hyperpigmentation
    Pruritus
    Pseudofolliculitis Barbae
    Pseudoporphyria
    Psoriasis
    Pyoderma Gangrenosum
    Rosacea
    Sarcoidosis
    Scabies
    Scalp Folliculitis
    Syphilis
    Tinea Tinea
    Versicolor
    Vitiligo
    Inpatient Diseases of Significance
    Calciphylaxis
    Cutaneous Metastases
    Drug Eruptions
    Graft Versus Host Disease
    Infections
    Ulcers
    Vasculitis
    Treatment By Drug
    Acitretin (Soriatane)
    Adalimumab (Humira)
    Apremilast (Otezla)
    Azathioprine (Imuran)
    Bexarotene (Targretin)
    Brodalumab (Siliq)
    Calcipotriene (Dovonex)
    Cyclosporine
    Dapsone
    Dupilumab (Dupixent)
    Etanercept (Enbrel)
    Finasteride (Propecia)
    Guselkumab (Tremfya)
    Hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil)
    Isotretinoin
    Ixekizumab (Taltz)
    Methotrexate
    Mycophenolate Mofetil (CellCept)
    OCPs, Omalizumab (Xolair)
    Prednisone
    Rituximab (Rituxan)
    Secukinumab (Cosentyx)
    Spironolactone (Aldactone)
    SSKI
    Topical Corticosteroid Chart by Potency
    Ustekinumab (Stelara)
    Vitamins with Anticoagulation Effects
    Side Effects of Commonly Used Dermatology Medications
    Lupus Like Reactions
    Tetracyclines
    Oral/Topical Sulfa Antibiotics
    Penicillin
    Oral and Topical Erythromycin
    Topical Retinoids
    Topical Clindamycin
    Topical Metronidazole
    Benzoyl Peroxide
    Azeleic Acid
    Griseofulvin
    Terbinafine
    Itraconazole
    Voriconazole
    Azoles
    Common Cutaneous Side Effects of Immunotherapies and Chemotherapeutic Agents
    Bleomycin
    BRAF Inhibitors (vemurafenib)
    Anti CTLA-4
    Hand Foot Syndrome vs Hand Foot Skin Reaction
    MEK Inhibitors (trametinib)
    Anti-PD1 (ipilimumab)
    Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors (sorafenib, sunitinib)
    Pregnancy Categories of Commonly Used Dermatology Medications
    Common Dosages for Pediatric Medications
    Antihistamines
    Anti-fungals for tinea capitis
    Antibiotics
    Phototherapy
    General Guidelines
    UVA
    UVB
    Photodynamic Therapy
    Compounds and Recipes
    Anthralin
    Bleach Bath
    Castellani's Paint
    Dapsone
    LCD or Tar Preparations
    Tri-Luma
    Vinegar Soaks
    Xylitol Cream
    Miscellaneous Formulations
    Staging and Management of Malignant Lesions
    Surgical Margin Recommendations
    Clinical Staging of Melanoma
    Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy (SNLB)
    New Treatments for Metastatic Melanoma
    Mycosis Fungoides Staging
    Mohs Appropriate Use Criteria
    Cosmetics Surgery and Laser
    Botulinum toxin, Filler: Perlane/ Restylane/ Juvederm/ Radiesse/ Sculptra, Kybella (Deoxycholic Acid)
    Peels
    Sclerotherapy
    CoolSculpt (cryolipolysis)
    Lasers
    cSkin Surgery
    Premedication for Skin Surgery
    Table of topical anti-septic characteristics
    Topical Injectable Anesthetics
    Diagram of Relaxed Skin Tension Lines
    Table of Suture Characteristics
    Wound Care
    Nail Definitions and Diseases
    Beau's Lines
    Blue lunula.-Brachyonychia
    Dolichonychia
    Habit Tic
    Heller Median Canaliform Dystrophy
    Koilonychia
    Apparent Leukonychia
    True Leukonychia
    Linday's Nails
    Longitudinal Melanonychia
    Mee's Lines
    Muehrcke's Lines
    Oil Spots
    Onychauxis
    Onychogryphosis
    Onycholysis
    Onychomadesis
    Onychomalacia
    Onychorrhexis
    Onychoschizia
    Pachyonychia
    Pitting
    Pincer Nails
    Dorsal Pterygium
    Terry's Nails
    Trachyonychia
    Triangular Lunula
    Yellow Nail Syndrome
    Key Dermoscopy Findings of Common Diagnoses
    Alopecia
    BCC
    Benign nevi
    Melanoma
    SCC / SCCis
    Sebaceous hyperplasia
    Seborrheic Keratoses.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Orit Markowitz.
    Contents:
    Patterns
    Equipment
    Color-wheel intro
    Flat, pink-clear, red
    Elevated, pink-clear, Red
    Flat, pink-clear, multicolored
    Elevated, pink-clear, multicolored
    Flat, pale brown, brown
    Elevated, pale brown, brown
    Flat, pale brown, multicolored
    Elevated, pale brown, multicolored
    Flat, brown-black, brown
    Elevated, brown-black, brown
    Flat, brown-black, multicolored
    Elevated, brown-black, multicolored
    Elevated, pink-clear, yellow
    Flat/elevated, purple, multicolored
    Flat/elevated, red, red
    When do I not use dermoscopy?
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sarah R. Brown, Walter M. Gregory, Christopher Twelves, Julia Brown.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Print
    Daria Mochly-Rosen, Kevin Grimes, editors.
    Summary: "A lot of hard-won knowledge is laid out here in a brief but informative way. Every topic is well referenced, with citations from both the primary literature and relevant resources from the internet." Review of first edition from Nature Chemical Biology Written by the founders of the SPARK program at Stanford University, this book is a practical guide designed for professors, students and clinicians at academic research institutions who are interested in learning more about the drug development process and how to start transforming their basic research discoveries into novel drugs. Often many potentially transformative basic science discoveries are not pursued because they are deemed too early to attract industry interest. This comprehensive book lays out simple, relatively cost-effective things that academic researchers can do to advance their findings to the point that they can be tested in the clinic or attract more industry interest. Each chapter broadly discusses an important topic in drug development, from discovery, optimization and preclinical studies through clinical trial design, regulatory issues and marketing assessments. After the practical overview provided here, the reader is encouraged to consult more detailed texts on specific topics of interest. The SPARK model has been adopted in over 50 institutions on six continents, and the program has been honored with multiple awards including the 2020 Xconomy Award for Ecosystem Development, the 2020 Cures Within Reach Award for Patient Impact Research, and the 2022 California Life Sciences Pantheon Award for Academia, Non-Profits, & Research. The new edition updates every chapter with the latest developments since the 2014 publication of the first edition.

    Contents:
    Getting started
    Discovery and preclinical work
    Preparing for the clinic
    Transferring technology
    Commercialization and entrepreneurship
    Concluding thoughts.
    Digital Access Springer [2023]
  • Digital/Print
    Daria Mochly-Rosen, Kevin Grimes, editors.
    Summary: Written by the founders of the SPARK program at Stanford University, this book is a practical guide designed for professors, students and clinicians at academic research institutions who are interested in learning more about the drug development process and how to help their discoveries become the novel drugs of the future. Often many potentially transformative basic science discoveries are not pursued because they are deemed "too early" to attract industry interest. There are simple, relatively cost-effective things that academic researchers can do to advance their findings to the point that they can be tested in the clinic or attract more industry interest.

    Contents:
    Getting started
    Discovery and preclinical work
    Preparing for the clinic
    Transferring technology
    Commercialization and entrepreneurship
    Concluding thoughts.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM301.25 .P733 2014
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Karen S. Cosby, John L. Kendall.
    Contents:
    The History and philosophy of emergency ultrasound
    Fundamentals of ultrasound
    Trauma
    Echocardiography
    Lung and thorax
    Inferior vena cava
    A Problem-based approach to resuscitation of acute illness or injury: resusciative ultrasound
    Critical procedures for acute resuscitations
    Right upper quadrant: liver, gallbladder, and billiary tree
    Abdominal aorta
    Kidneys
    Bedside sonography of the bowel
    Abdominal procedures
    Pelvic ultrasound in the nongravid patient
    First trimester pregnancy
    Second and third trimester pregnancy
    Lower extremity venous studies
    Arterial emergencies
    Scrotal emergencies
    Skin and soft tissue
    Musculoskeletal
    Soft tissue and musculoskeletal procedures
    Eye emergencies
    Infections of the head and neck
    Head and neck procedures
    General pediatric problems
    Pediatric abdominal emergencies
    Pediatric procedures
    Implementing ultrasound into the community emergency department
    Implementing ultrasound into the academic emergency department
    Implementing ultrasound in the prehospital setting
    Implementing ultrasound in developing countries
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    Tuulia Luomala, PT (Physiotherapist, Lecturer, Teacher, Veterinary Fascial Manipulation Teacher, MT-Physio Oy, Lempäälä, Finland), Mika Pihlman, PT ( Physiotherapist, Lecturer, Teacher, MT-Physio Oy, Lempäälä, Finland) ; consulting technical editor, Carla Stecco, MD (Orthopaedic Surgeon, Assistant Professor of Human Anatomy and Movement Science, University of Padua, Italy) ; English language editor, Warren Hammer, DC, MS (Postgraduate Faculty, New York Chiropractic College, NY, USA, Northwestern Health Sciences University, Bloomington, MN, USA) ; forewords by Luigi Stecco, PT and Carla Stecco, MD.
    Summary: This book focuses on concepts around evaluating the fascia based on functional testing, movement and direction in specific spatial planes, and the location of specific areas to treat safely.

    Contents:
    History of fascial manipulation
    Anatomy of the fascia from the clinical point of view
    Physiology of the fascia from the clinical point of view
    Fascial manipulation
    What kind of disorders and dysfunctions to treat with musculoskeletal fascial manipulation
    Fascial manipulation for internal dysfunctions
    Veterinary fascial manipulation
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Alfred Abuhamad, MD, Professor of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Professor of Radiology, Chairman, Department of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Vice Dean for Clinical Affairs, Eastern Virginia Medical School, Norfolk, Virginia, Rabih Chaoui, MD, Professor of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Prenatal Diagnosis and Human Genetics Center, Berlin, Germany.
    Contents:
    Congenital heart disease: incidence, risk factors, and prevention stragegies
    Guidelines for the performance of the sonographic screening and echocardiography examination of the fetal heart
    Embryology of the heart
    Genetic aspects of congenital heart diseases
    Cardiac anatomy
    Fetal situs
    Cardiac chambers: the four-chamber and short-axis views
    The great vessels: axial, oblique, and sagittal views
    The three-vessel-trachea view and upper mediastinum
    Systematic evaluation of the venous system
    Optimization of the two-dimensional grayscale image in fetal cardiac examination
    Color doppler in fetal echocardiography
    Pulsed doppler in fetal echocardiography
    Fetal cardiac function
    Three- and four-dimensional ultrasound of the fetal heart
    Fetal cardiac measurements and reference ranges
    Atrial, ventricular, and atrioventricular septal defects
    Univentricular atrioventricular connection, double inlet ventricle, and tricuspid atresia and ventricular septal defect
    Ebstein anomaly, tricuspid valve dysplasia, and tricuspid regurgitation
    Aortic stenosis and bicuspid aortic valve
    Hypoplastic left heart syndrome and critical aortic stenosis
    Coarctation of the aorta and interrupted aortic arch
    Pulmonary stenosis, pulmonary atresia with intact ventricular septum, and ductus arteriosus constriction
    Tetralogy of fallot, pulmonary atresia with ventricular septal defect, and absent pulmonary valve syndrome
    Common arterial trunk
    Double outlet right ventricle
    Complete and congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries
    Right aortic arch, double aortic arch, and aberrant subclavian artery
    Fetal heterotaxy and situs inversus
    Anomalies of systemic and pulmonary venous connections
    Fetal cardiomyopathies and fetal heart tumors
    Fetal arrhythmias.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Alfred Abuhamad, Rabih Chaoui.
    Summary: "Covering every aspect of fetal heart examination and all major cardiac malformations, A Practical Guide to Fetal Echocardiography is widely acknowledged as the definitive text in this challenging field. This award-winning title clearly depicts examples of commonly seen abnormalities and day-to-day cases, as well as rare pathology. Authored by renowned experts, the fully updated fourth edition is a lavishly illustrated, easy-to-read text designed to serve as a comprehensive reference for all practitioners involved in cardiac imaging. Features significant revisions including several new chapters, new artwork, and updated reference lists. Discusses disorders in terms of the ultrasound findings with key points summarized at the end of each chapter. Images are accompanied by clear, colorful schematic drawings that depict cardiac abnormalities. Features the addition of Approach to Diagnosis, an algorithm at the end of each chapter to assist providers in reaching the proper diagnosis.^Includes numerous tables that outline common and differentiating features of various cardiac malformations. Covers the technical aspects of the cardiac exam in the first half of the text; the second half features detailed discussions of fetal cardiac malformations, each presented in a practical, methodical format that includes the definition, spectrum of disease and incidence, the use of gray scale, color Doppler, 3D and early gestation ultrasound in diagnosis, followed by the differential diagnosis, prognosis, and outcome. Features a practical, concise, easy-to-use format, making it indispensable for both physicians and sonographers in the detection of congenital heart disease. Winner of British Medical Association Awards 2016: BMA Medical Book of the Year and Obstetrics and Gynecology - First Prize. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone.^Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    Angela Amar, L. Kathleen Sekula.
    Summary: Victims of violence are unfortunately ever-present in healthcare today. Regardless of the setting, nurses are often the first to interact with victims and regularly must step into uncomfortable or difficult situations. To ensure patient and provider safety and enable the best possible outcomes, every nurse should be well- versed in forensic and theoretical issues of violence. A Practical Guide to Forensic Nursing is an evidence-based guide to understanding and applying forensic nursing science. Authors Angela F. Amar and L. Kathleen Sekula introduce practical and theoretical perspectives on violence and provide valuable resources, including injury assessment and violence prevention strategies as well as an overview of relevant legal, ethical, societal, and policy issues. Whether you are a student, new nurse, or experienced clinician, you will find the right tools and strategies to broaden your understanding of violence and help you integrate forensic science into your patient care. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2016
  • Digital
    Shirley V. Hodgson, William D. Foulkes, Charis Eng and Eamonn R. Maher.
    Summary: A Practical Guide to Human Cancer Genetics, 4th edition, is a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to the diagnosis, clinical features and management of inherited disorders conferring cancer susceptibility. This fully updated new edition covers risk analysis and genetic counseling for individuals with a family history of cancer, and includes a discussion of predictive testing and the organisation of the cancer genetics service. There is also information about the genes causing Mendelian cancer predisposing conditions and their mechanisms of action. This book is an invaluable reference source for students, general practitioners, geneticists and specialist clinicians in all disciplines.

    Contents:
    1. Central Nervous System
    2. Eye
    3. Cardiorespiratory System and Thorax
    4. Endocrine System
    5. Gastrointestinal System
    6. Reproductive System
    7. Urinary System
    8. Blood and Lymph
    9. Musculoskeletal System
    10. Skin
    11. Inherited Cancer-Predisposing Syndromes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ost, David E.; Wahidi, Momen M.
    Summary: "Concise, current, and evidence-based, Practical Guide to Interventional Pulmonology provides authoritative guidance on basic and advanced interventional pulmonology (IP) procedures and state-of-the-art technologies. Leading IP experts offer detailed, practical tips on everything from, how to start an IP practice, patient selection, and pre-procedural decision making to practical approaches and alternate therapies such as surgery or radiation. This one-stop manual covers all the latest IP procedures and their efficacy, precautions, safety aspects, complications, and step-by-step illustrated techniques and tips in one convenient volume"-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Guillaume Saliou, Marie Theaudin, Claire Join-Lambert Vincent, Raphaelle Souillard-Scemama.
    Summary: Modern vascular neurology, particularly in the emergency setting, often requires a great capacity for analysis and synthesis. Physicians who manage these patients must have acquired multidisciplinary skills, including a good knowledge of clinical neurology and medical imaging, but they may also need to be skilled in cardiology and intensive care. The initial clinical and imaging examinations play a decisive role in the management strategy. This book, written by neurologists and neuroradiologists, is designed to help all physicians involved in the management of neurovascular disease. The format and contents of this book, including the latest guidelines from learned societies, are designed to provide a succinct and practical guide. Although this book is particularly devoted to ischaemic stroke, other neurovascular diseases, especially haemorrhagic stroke, are also discussed. This book should constitute a valuable tool for everyday practice for all medical personnel involved in neurovascular disease.

    Contents:
    Principles of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Arterial stroke overview
    Territorial brain infarction
    Watershed infarction
    Transient ischemic attack
    Lacunar infarction and small arteries diseases
    Rare cerebral vasculopathy
    Hemopathy
    Cerebral hemorrhage
    Cerebral venous thrombosis
    Medullary infarction
    Imaging differential diagnosis in stroke
    Incidentalomas
    Thrombolysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jolanta Urszula Weaver.
    Summary: Get a quick, expert overview of the many key facets of obesity management with this concise, practical resource by Dr. Jolanta Weaver. Ideal for any health care professional who cares for patients with a weight problem. This easy-to-read reference addresses a wide range of topics - including advice on how to "unpack" the behavioral causes of obesity in order to facilitate change, manage effective communication with patients suffering with weight problems and future directions in obesity medicine.

    Contents:
    The global problem of obesity / Susan E. Jones
    Health economics of obesity / Sarah Hill, Yemi Oluboyede, Frauke Becker
    Glucagon-like peptide 1 and human obesity / Ananthi Anandhakrishnan
    Obesity, cortisol excess, and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis / Ann L. Hunter, Akheel A. Syed
    Thyroid and weight / Angelos Kyriacou
    Obesity and polycystic ovary syndrome / Unaiza Qamar, Stephen L. Atkin, Thozhukat Sathyapalan
    The role of human gut microbiota in obesity / Stephen Hyer
    Obesity and cardiovascular disease prevention / Ray Meleady
    Obesity and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease / Nimantha M.W. de Alwis
    Lipid disorders in obesity / Manoj Wickramasinghe, Jolanta U. Weaver
    Obesity and the effects on the respiratory system / Dr. Anindo Banerjee, Dr. Emily Heiden
    The effect of obesity on reproductive health / Ian A. Aird, Yitka Graham
    Obesity and pregnancy / Emma Slack, Helene Brandon, Dr. Nicola Heslehurst
    Genetics and obesity / Béatrice Dubern, Karine Clément, Christine Poitou
    Childhood obesity / Cristina G. Matei, Philippe Bareille
    Obesity and depression / Floriana S. Luppino, Leonore M. de Witt
    Visual biases in estimating body size / Martin J. Tovée, Piers L. Cornelissen
    Eating disorders and obesity / Dr. Esther M. Cohen-Tovée
    Motivational interviewing and mindfulness in weight management / Lynne Johnston, Charlotte Hilton, Claire Lane
    The role of physical activity and exercise in managing obesity and achieving weight loss / Dr. Matthew D. Campbell, Dr. Zoe H. Rutherford
    Weight management programs / Pamela Dyson
    Breakfast for the prevention and treatment of obesity / Javier T. Gonzalez
    Overview of a range of diets in obesity management / Helen Long, Grace Stonebanks
    New approach to type 2 diabetes reversal in obesity / Sarah Steven
    Historical drug therapies in obesity / Ayat Bashir, Jolanta U. Weaver
    New therapies in obesity / Caroline Day
    Medical management of patients before and after bariatric surgery / Arutchelvam Vijayaraman
    Surgical management of obesity / Arutchelvam Vijayaraman
    Psychological management before and after weight loss surgery / Lynne Johnston, Charlotte Hilton, Claire Lane
    Dietary interventions for weight loss and essential aspects of nutrition post-bariatric surgery / Jordan Barnard, Deborah Snowdon, Lucy Hewitson
    The future of obesity medicine / Jolanta U. Weaver.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Görker Sel.
    Summary: This book, based on non-interactive question-and-answer format, offers an essential guide for medical students who need to prepare for oral exams or clinical visits. Starting from specific clinical situations the volume provides clear questions on the theory related to the cases. Each question is followed by correct answers that summarize the main information. Suggested reading are included to deepen the topics and enhance the readers knowledge. Accordingly, this practical guide will help students get ready for their oral exams, and help prepare young residents for their first clinical cases.

    Contents:
    Prenatal invasive procedures
    Rh incompatibility and fetal hydrops
    Amniotic fluid abnormalities
    Antenatal bleeding
    Vaginal Bleeding in Pregnant Women
    Multiple Pregnancies
    Intrauterine Growth Restriction (IUGR)
    Normal Birth
    Operative Births
    Preterm and postterm pregnancies
    Pregnancy and Diabetes
    Pregnancy and Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Pregnancy and Haematological Disorders
    Pregnancy and Hypertensive Disorders
    Cardiovascular Diseases in Pregnancy
    Pregnancy and Renal Diseases
    Pregnancy and Respiratory Disorders
    Pregnancy and Thyroid Diseases
    Ectopic Pregnancy
    Malpresentation and Dystocia
    Postpartum bleeding
    Diseases encountered in Puerperium
    Contraception
    Painful Conditions in Gynaecology
    Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    STD-Infections-Genital Ulcers
    Endometriosis
    Benign Diseases of Uterus
    Benign Diseases of Ovarian and Tuba Uteri
    Osteoporosis-Menopause
    PCOS
    Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology
    Approach to infertile patients
    Ovulation Induction
    Assisted Reproductive Techniques
    Pelvic Relaxation
    Urinary Incontinence
    Endometrial cancer
    Ovarian and Tuba cancer
    Cervical Pre-invasive Lesions, Cervix and Vulva Cancers
    Vaginal preinvasive lesions and Vaginal cancer
    Gestational Trophoblastic Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Richard Balon, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to the Realm of Paraphilias / Richard Balon
    2. General Information: History, Etiology and Theory (e.g., Courtship), Diagnosis, Comorbidity and Prevalence / Richard Balon
    3. Assessment and Basic Management Principles of Paraphilic Disorders / Deyadira Baez-Sierra, Chandrika Balgobin, and Thomas N. Wise
    4. Treatment of Paraphilic Disorders / Deyadira Baez-Sierra, Chandrika Balgobin, and Thomas N. Wise
    5. Voyeuristic Disorder / Richard Balon
    6. Exhibitionistic Disorder / Richard Balon
    7. Frotteuristic Disorder / Richard Balon
    8. Sexual Masochism Disorder / Rebecca A. Wylie and Kevan R. Wylie
    9. Sexual Sadism Disorder / David V. Hamilton and Jordan Rosen
    10. Pedophilic Disorder / Julia Machado Khoury, Marco Antônio Valente Roque, and Frederico Duarte Garcia
    11. Fetishistic Disorder / Scott F. Martin
    12. Transvestic Disorder / Richard Balon
    13. Other Specified Paraphilic Disorders / Peer Briken, Verena Klein, and Fritjof von Franqué
    14. Non-paraphilic Hypersexual Disorder / Fritjof von Franqué, Verena Klein, and Peer Briken
    15. Emerging Issues: Compulsive Online Sexual Behaviors / Gabriel Tobia and Waguih William IsHak
    16. Ethics and the Therapeutic Relationship in the Care of People Living with Paraphilic Disorders / Christina Tara Khan, Tara C. Collins, and Laura Weiss Roberts
    17. Legal Issues Involved in the Management of Paraphilic Disorders / Brad D. Booth
    18. Cultural Aspects of Unusual Sexual Interests / A. Pacheco Palha and Mário F. Lourenço.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alexandra Armitage, editor.
    Contents:
    The neurobiology of Parkinson's disease
    The patient exam
    Defining idiopathic Parkinson's disease
    Imaging and advanced studies
    Neuropsychological analysis
    Additional evaluations
    Parkinson-plus syndromes
    Other Parkinsonisms
    Treatment of motor symptoms
    Treatment of non-motor symptoms : autonomic dysfunction
    Treatment of non-motor symptoms : sleep disturbances
    Treatment of non-motor symptoms : disturbances of thought
    Treatment of non-motor symptoms : neuropsychiatric symptoms
    Exercise
    Complementary and alternative therapies
    Nutrition
    Caregiver burden and legal considerations.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Eustachio Nettis, Gianni Angelini, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides allergy and dermatology specialists with a practical guide to the correct patch test methodology for their day-to-day clinical practice: it includes the latest available hapten series (standard series and integrative series), the golden rules for concentration and conservation of the haptens themselves, and the indispensable test equipment. The book, coming in a handy softcover format, is also nicely illustrated with over 100 full color pictures and tables. The contents focus on the interpretation of the epicutaneous test reading as well, relating to clinical relevance of the reactions and granting a correct management of the allergic patient. Practical Guide to Patch Testing will be of great value to all practicing allergists or dermatologists and professionals related.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Contact Dermatitis
    Patch Testing
    Reading of Patchtest Reactions
    Evaluation of the Clinical Relevance of a Positive Patchtest Reaction
    Management of the Allergic Patient
    Other Techiniques of Diagnosis
    Examples of Patch Test Reactions and Related 72-hour Readings
    Bibliography.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jayanta Kumar Patra, Swagat Kumar Das, Gitishree Das, Hrudayanath Thatoi.
    Summary: Pharmacological biotechnology is applied to and used to study drug development, working mechanisms, diagnosis, and therapies. This manual is the textbook covering the whole range of experiments related to pharmacology. It also contains basic laboratory safety guidelines along with the basic calculations and formulas used in a laboratory. Each chapter starts with an introduction/theory into the basic approach followed by detailed methods sections with easy-to-follow protocols and comprehensive troubleshooting, calculations and possible questions for examination. The target group is researchers who are studying pharmacological biotechnology in the laboratory.

    Contents:
    General aspects of pharmacology laboratory
    Isolated tissues and organs
    Screening of drugs using cell lines/isolated tissues/intact animals
    Genotoxicity and toxicological studies
    Experimental animal studies
    Clinical trials
    IPR and ethics in animal studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arunangshu Chakraborty, Balakrishnan Ashokka, editors.
    Summary: This book covers point of care ultrasound (POCUS) in a practical, problem oriented and illustrated manner. It begins with introduction to the basic principles of medical ultrasound imaging and ultrasound guided interventions and outlines point of care ultrasound in a lucid manner for rapid learning for medical students as well as practitioners. It contains chapters on ultrasound of the airways, thoracic ultrasound including lungs and transthoracic screening echocardiogram, vascular assessment, ultrasound of the abdomen for focussed trauma assessment, gastric volume assessment and ultrasound guided interventions such as vascular cannulations, pleurocentesis, etc. along with some of the latest point of care ultrasound techniques such as ocular assessment and assessment of the foetus and placenta in the operation theatre. This book will help the intensivist, emergency physician and anaesthesiologist to learn the basics of POCUS, which ostensibly, is the future of medical practice. It also includes objective structured clinical examination (OSCE) questions after every chapter as well as multiple choice questions (MCQs) that will benefit the students greatly. The book also includes videos from some of the celebrated practitioners of POCUS providing a unique learning experience. This book is suited for students, trainees and practitioners alike. The modules of POCUS described here are part of the curriculum of anaesthesiology in the UK, USA, Singapore, Australia/ New Zealand and most of the countries. The book also covers the curriculum of POCUS in critical care and emergency medicine courses.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Basics of USG and POCUS
    Chapter 2 Vascular cannulations: internal jugular vein, subclavian vein, femoral vein, basilic vein, radial artery, femoral artery
    Chapter 3 Ultrasound of the airway: oropharynx, larynx, trachea
    Chapter 4 Lungs ultrasound- imaging, pleural effusion, pneumothorax, consolidation, interventions (pleural aspiration- USG guided, pleurodesis
    Chapter 5 Screening TT echocardiogram, pericardiocentesis
    Chapter 6 Assessment of IVC, femoral vein and vascular incompetencies and thromboses
    Chapter 7 Focused assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST) scan
    Chapter 8 Paediatrics POCUS
    Chapter 9 Miscellaneous: including gastric volume assessment, urinary bladder volume assessment, optic nerve sheath diameter measurement etc
    Chapter 10 Future of ultrasound: 3d-4d RECONSTRUCTION real-time guidance, AI- direct web assistance, connectivity to group consult for remote expertise.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rebecca Case, Sinead Blake.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide, with rationale to supporting people with epilepsy. It encompasses epilepsy guidance such as NICE (2012, revised 2019), The Equality Act (2010), the children and families act (2014), current evidence based-practice, and regulatory organisation standards. It is predominantly aimed at nurses and student nurses, especially, those studying learning disability nursing but also residential, respite and supported living services, schools and family carers, to enable them to offer appropriate and evidence-based support to people with epilepsy of all ages. It is estimated there are approximately 1200 epilepsy related deaths each year in the UK. Many of these are considered to be preventable. High-profile cases have led to an increase in anxiety in people providing services, and greater scrutiny of those services by regulatory bodies. Over the years, the authors have been asked the same questions and witnessed the same misunderstandings and mistakes, by people supporting individuals with epilepsy. So they looked at the common themes and the resources available. It became clear that the information to address these gaps is available, but not easily accessible. There is lots of information in the public domain, however much of it is factual, rather than practical. This book provides practical information and resources with the focus on "what needs to happen"," how to make it happen" and "who needs to do it". This book is useful for supporting people with epilepsy wherever they live (both within and outside the United Kingdom).

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: What Is Epilepsy?
    1.1 What Is Epilepsy?
    1.1.1 Not All Seizures Are Due to Epilepsy (Differential Diagnosis)
    1.1.2 Dissociative Seizures (Also Referred to as Non-epileptic Attack Disorder, Psychogenic Seizures, Organic Seizures, Functional Seizures, Pseudo-Seizures)
    1.2 How Common Is Epilepsy?
    1.2.1 Patterns
    1.2.2 Causes
    1.2.2.1 Genetic Causes
    1.2.2.2 Symptomatic
    1.2.2.3 Unknown
    1.3 Diagnosis
    1.3.1 Witness Account
    1.3.2 Investigations
    1.3.2.1 EEG
    What Does It Mean?
    1.3.2.2 Radiology: MRI or CT Scans 1.3.2.3 MRI Scan (Magnetic Resonance Imaging)
    1.3.2.4 CT Scan (Computer Topography)
    1.3.2.5 Blood Tests
    1.4 Prognosis
    1.5 Summary
    References
    Resources
    Chapter 2: Seizures, Syndromes and Status
    2.1 Seizures
    2.2 Focal Seizures
    2.2.1 Focal Aware Seizures
    2.2.2 Focal Impaired Awareness Seizures
    2.2.3 Common Focal Symptoms
    2.2.3.1 Motor
    2.2.3.2 Non-motor
    2.2.4 Focal to Bilateral Tonic Clonic Seizure
    2.3 Generalised Seizures
    2.3.1 Tonic Clonic Seizures
    2.3.2 Tonic Seizures
    2.3.3 Clonic Seizures
    2.3.4 Atonic Seizures
    2.3.5 Myoclonic Seizures 2.3.6 Absence Seizures
    2.3.7 Epileptic Spasms
    2.4 Unknown Onset Seizures
    2.5 Seizure Syndromes
    2.5.1 Genetic Epilepsies (Previously Called Idiopathic Generalised Epilepsies)
    2.5.2 Childhood Absence Epilepsy (CAE)
    2.5.3 Dravet Syndrome
    2.5.4 Epileptic Encephalopathies
    2.5.5 Juvenile Absence Epilepsy
    2.5.6 Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy
    2.5.7 Lennox Gastaut Syndrome
    2.5.8 Panayiotopoulos Syndrome
    2.5.9 West Syndrome (Infantile Spasms)
    2.6 Summary
    References
    Resources Epilepsy Society (2018) Seizures. https://www.epilepsysociety.org.uk/seizure-types. Accessed 08 Jan 2020
    Chapter 3: Medication: Epilepsy
    3.1 The Likelihood of Getting Seizure Control
    3.2 When Are Antiseizure Medications Prescribed?
    3.3 How Antiseizure Medications Work
    3.4 Choosing a Medication
    3.5 Cost of Medication
    3.6 Monitoring Medications
    3.7 Common Medications
    3.8 Medications with Specific Considerations
    3.8.1 Controlled Antiepileptic Medications
    3.8.2 Sodium Valproate
    3.8.3 Medical Cannabis and CBD Oil 3.8.4 Enzyme-Inducing Medications (and Contraception)
    3.9 Adjusting Medications
    3.10 Withdrawing Medications
    3.11 Side Effects
    3.12 Interactions
    3.13 Addiction
    3.14 Brands of Medication
    3.15 Overdose/Incorrect Dose/Missed Dose
    3.16 Supply Issues
    3.17 Formulations
    3.18 Off Licence Use (Named Patient Basis)
    3.19 Travelling with Antiseizure Medication
    3.20 Summary
    References
    Resources
    Chapter 4: Emergency Medication
    4.1 Overview of Emergency Medications
    4.1.1 Community Treatments
    4.2 Types of Emergency Treatments
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John L. Dornhoffer, Rudolf Leuwer, Konrad Schwager, Sören Wenzel.
    Summary: This book, written by international experts, is a detailed guide to the Eustachian tube, with emphasis on those aspects of most relevance to the practitioner. The opening chapters document the clinical anatomy and provide essential information on physiology, with explanation of the new model of tubal mechanics and the use of Eustachian tube function tests. Diagnosis and therapy for the patulous Eustachian tube are then discussed, placing special emphasis on a novel conservative treatment regimen that has proven to be a breakthrough for patients with this clinical syndrome. A further extensive chapter examines overall function of the Eustachian tube, primarily from the middle ear surgeons viewpoint. Tuboplasty procedures, including laser tuboplasty, and tympanoplasty are described, and the implications of different middle ear pathologies for surgical treatment are explained. Conservative treatment of Eustachian tube obstruction and hearing aids for the nonaerated middle ear are also discussed. The previously unpublished treatment methods that are described in this book will be invaluable in ensuring the best possible clinical outcomes.

    Contents:
    Clinical Anatomy of the Eustachian Tube
    Physiology of the Eustachian Tube
    Pathophysiology of the Eustachian Tube: The Patulous Eustachian Tube
    Tubal Function from a Middle Ear Surgeon's Viewpoint.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Angelo P. Giardino, Michelle A. Lyn, Eileen R. Giardino, editors.
    Summary: This updated second edition assists the reader in recognizing abuse and neglect in children and youth, as well as determining its extent. Complete with clinical illustrations, this guide details systematic evaluation procedures, prevention strategies and more.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; A Short Historical Reflection on Professional Attention to Child Abuse and Neglect; How the Book Is Organized; Acknowledgment; Authors' Note; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Child Abuse as a Health Problem;
    Chapter 1: Introduction: Child Abuse and Neglect; Definition; Child Abuse; Reporting; Scope of the Problem; Epidemiology; Fatal Child Abuse; Inflicted vs. Noninflicted Injuries; Etiology of Physical Abuse and Neglect; Models for Abuse; Helfer's Clinical/Developmental Model for Risk Factors; Caregiver Factors; Child Factors; Environmental Factors EffectsCosts; In Brief; References;
    Chapter 2: Evaluation of Physical Abuse and Neglect; Approach to the Medical Evaluation; The History and Interview; Documentation; The Caregiver-Child Interaction; History Related to Injuries; Past Medical History; Histories That Raise the Concern for Abuse; History Incongruous with the Physical Examination; History of Minor Trauma with Extensive Physical Injury; A History of No Trauma with Evidence of Injury (Unexplained Injury); A History of Self-Inflicted Trauma Incompatible with the Development of the Child Caregiver Blame for Serious Injuries on a Young ChildHistory of Injury Changes with Time; Delay in Seeking Treatment; The Physical Examination; Indicated Laboratory/Diagnostic Evaluation; Radiographic Skeletal Survey; Radionuclide Bone Scan; Computed Tomography; Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); Bleeding Evaluation; Toxicology Screens; Tests for Abdominal Trauma; Photographic Documentation; In Brief; Appendix; References; Part II: Specific Injuries;
    Chapter 3: Skin Injury: Bruises and Burns; Introduction; Bruises; Overview; Pathophysiology; What Is an Inflicted Bruise?; Evaluation for Abuse HistoryPhysical Examination; Shape; Dating of Bruises; The Differential Diagnosis of Bruising; Forensic and Laboratory Evaluation; Burns; Overview; Pathophysiology; Burns and Abuse; Scalds; Tap Water: A Special Case; Contact Burns; Evaluation for Abuse; History; Physical Examination; Indicated Laboratory Assessment; Differential Diagnosis of Burns; Treatment: Overview; Critical Burn; Major Burn; Minor Burns; In Brief; Appendix; References;
    Chapter 4: Fractures and Skeletal Injuries; General Principles; Bone Anatomy and Fracture Description; Imaging Techniques; Skeletal Survey Radionuclide Bone Scan Computed Tomography; Magnetic Resonance Imaging; Stages of Fracture Healing; Stage 1: Induction; Stage 2: Callus Formation; Stage 3: Remodeling; Dating of Skeletal Injuries; Long Bone Fractures; Diaphyseal Fractures; Metaphyseal Fractures; Growth Arrest Lines; Physeal and Epiphyseal Fractures; Skull Fractures; Skull Anatomy; Skull Fractures and Abuse; Dating Skull Fractures; Rib Fractures; Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Rib Fractures; Radiographic Findings of Rib Fractures; Other Fractures Associated with Child Abuse; Vertebral Fractures; Pelvic Fractures
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Helena Knotkova, Michael A. Nitsche, Marom Bikson, Adam J. Woods, editors.
    Summary: Of the Effects of Weak Direct Current Stimulation on Synapses and Neuronal Populations and Open QuestionsEmerging Framework: Functional Targeting by tDCS; References; Chapter 3: Mechanisms of Acute and After Effects of Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation; Introduction; Regional Neuronal Effects of tDCS; Primary or Acute Effects; The Polarization Effect and Acute DCS Polarity-Specific Excitability Changes; Quantification of Polarization Effects with Coupling Constant; Geometry of Stimulation Effects and Sensitivity of Soma, Dendrite, and Axon Compartments.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fiona M Lewis, Fabrizio Bogliatto, Marc van Beurden.
    Contents:
    The normal vulva
    Taking a history and examination
    How to take a vulval biopsy and the importance of clinico-pathological correlation
    Basic histology of the vulva
    Investigations in vulval disease
    Topical treatment in vulval disease
    Symptoms in vulval disease
    Signs in vulval disease
    Eczema, allergy and the vulva
    Psoriasis
    Lichen simplex
    Lichen sclerosus
    Lichen planus
    Hidradenitis suppurativa and Crohn's disease
    Disorders of pigmentation on the vulva
    Other dermatoses
    Vulval infection : sexually transmitted
    Vulval infection : non-sexually transmitted
    Vulval intraepithelial neoplasia
    Extramammary Paget's disease
    Vulval squamous cell carcinoma
    Other vulval cancers
    Vulvodynia
    Psychosexual aspects of vulval disease
    Benign lesions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Andrew D. Hollenbach, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics, Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, New Orleans, LA.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Ruth L. Kirschstein
    The Woman and Her Legacy
    1.1. Ruth L. Kirschstein
    A Brief Biography
    1.2. The Legacy
    The Ruth L. Kirschstein NRSA Grants
    ch. 2 The People Behind the Curtain
    Understanding the Review Process
    2.1. The Review Process
    2.2. The Role of Human Nature in the Review Process
    ch. 3 Who Are You?
    The Fellowship Applicant
    3.1. The Biosketch
    3.2. Goals for Fellowship Training and Career
    3.3. Selection of Sponsor and Institute
    3.4. Previous Research Experience
    3.5. Letters of Recommendation
    3.6. Respective Contributions
    3.7. Activities Planned Under This Award
    ch. 4 Who's the Boss?
    Sponsor, Collaborators, and Consultants
    4.1. Biosketch
    4.2. Sponsor and Cosponsor Information
    ch. 5 Blind Them with Science
    The Research Training Plan
    5.1. Specific Aims
    5.2. Significance
    5.3. Approach
    ch. 6 Last but Not Least: Institutional Environment, Training Potential, and Other Scored Items
    6.1. Institutional Environment and Commitment to Training
    6.2. Training Potential
    6.3. Overall Impact Score
    6.4. Other Scored Items
    ch. 7 Details, Details, Details
    Nonscored Items, Formatting, and the Cover Letter
    7.1. Project Summary/Abstract
    7.2. Project Narrative
    7.3. Responsible Conduct of Research
    7.4. Formatting
    7.5. Cover Letter
    ch. 8 Now What?
    Resubmission
    8.1. The Summary Statement
    8.2. To Resubmit or Not to Resubmit
    8.3. Addressing the Critiques
    8.4. Introduction to the Application.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Andrew D. Hollenbach, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics, Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, New Orleans, LA.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Andrew D. Hollenbach, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Genetics, Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, New Orleans, LA.
    Summary: A Practical Guide to Writing a Ruth L. Kirschstein NRSA Grant, Second Edition, continues to provide F-Series grant applicants and mentors with insider knowledge on the process by which these grants are reviewed, the biases that contribute to the reviews, the extent of information required in an NRSA training grant, and a deeper understanding of the exact purpose of each section of the application. New additions to this edition include coverage of other NIH grants, such as R01, R21, and P20, as well as information on significant modifications to the Biosketch and Letters of Recommendation sections. This book is a solid resource for trainees and their mentors to use as a guide when constructing F30, F31, and F32 grant applications.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Practical guides for general practice to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Jian-Jun Wei, Pei Hui, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a quick review or summary of major diagnostic challenges in gynecologic pathology and embraces a Q/A format by providing the desired diagnostic knowledge. It combines the diagnostic approach as it relates to morphology and the relevant ancillary tests which impact on clinical outcome or management. Each topic is written by subspecialty gynecological pathologists in the field in making this a valuable book for a broad spectrum of readers, particularly pathology trainees, junior pathologists and general practicing pathologists. These authors provide concise and accurate answers for a variety of common, yet challenging diagnostic scenarios that are relevant and frequently encountered in daily practice. The book walks readers through current topics, controversies and diagnostic dilemmas for common gynecologic diseases with morphologic features and key ancillary tests, richly illustrated with figures and tables. To reflex the current advances in diagnostic gynecological pathology, the topics are closely correlated with the updated disease classifications and diagnostic criteria, particularly those recognized by the World Health Organization. Practical Gynecologic Pathology provides a concise summary and review for some of the most difficult, prevailing and emerging concepts in gynecologic pathology.

    Contents:
    Diseases of the Vulva
    Diseases of the Vagina
    HPV-Associated Cervical Neoplasia
    NonHPV-Associated Cervical Neoplasia
    Uterine Epithelial Neoplasia
    Uterine Mesenchymal Neoplasia
    Gestational Trophoblastic Diseases
    Diseases of the Fallopian Tube
    Ovarian Epithelial Neoplasia
    Ovarian Germ cell and Sex Cord-Stromal Neoplasia
    Mescelineous Neoplasia of the Ovary
    Diseases of the Peritoneum
    Intraoperative Consultation
    Inherited Cancer Syndromes
    Immunohistochemistry
    Molecular Diagnosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ulrich Spandau, Heinrich Heimann.
    Summary: Since publication of the first edition of this book in 2012 vitreoretinal surgery has marched with huge steps forward. In 2012 23G was standard, today 25G and 27G are the most commonly used gauge sizes for vitrectomy. In 2012 the cutting rate was 5.000 cuts/min and today with the development of a novel vitreous cutter the cutting rate has increased to 16.000 cuts/min. The advent of 25G/27G made the instruments smaller and surgery less traumatic. Practical Handbook for Small-Gauge Vitrectomy: A Step-By-Step Introduction to Surgical Techniques, 2ndEdition focuses on these new developments and features new chapters on PVR detachment, intraocular tumour, macular translocation, sub macular hemorrhages and ocular trauma. The surgeries are demonstrated step-by-step and the material is shown in detail and videos vsualize the surgery. This book will serve as an immensely useful guide for all surgeons who are intending to make use of this exciting and increasingly used technique.

    Contents:
    Introduction to small-gauge vitrectomy
    Equipment
    General considerations and techniques of pars plana vitrectomy
    Special techniques for pars plana vitrectomy
    Conventional vitrectomy with 3-port trocar system
    Bimanual vitrectomy with 4-port trocar system
    Diabetic retinopathy
    Dislocated IOL and dropped nucleus
    Endophthalmitis
    Detachment
    Trauma
    Ocular trauma
    Iris Prosthesis, Special IOLþs and Submacular Hemorrhages
    Surgical pearls
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Thach Nguyen, Ernest F. Talarico, Jr., Shao Liang Chen, Duane S. Pinto, Moo-Hyun Kim, Cindy Grines, C. Michael Gibson.
    Contents:
    Vascular access / Thach N. Nguyen, Trung Le
    Dynamic coronary angiography and flow / Ernest F. Talarico, Jr. Thach N. Nguyen, Trung Le
    Guides / Dobrin Vassilev, Thach N. Nguyen
    Wires / Thach N. Nguyen
    Balloon angioplasty / Thach N. Nguyen, Nguyen Van Viet Thang, Nguyen Van Lanh, Kim Truong, Ria Shah
    Stenting / Thach N. Nguyen, Nguyen Van Thuan, Vy Le, Riichi André Ota González, Ami Shah
    Bioresorbable vascular scaffolds / Michael Nguyen, Tan Huay Cheem, Thach Nguyen, Azeem Latif
    Transradial approach / Jack Chen, Sandeep Nathan, Xian Kai Li, Thach Nguyen
    Slender transradial intervention / Yuji Ikari
    Left main PCI / Michael S. Lee, Heajung Nguyen, Madhan Shanmugasundaram
    Chronic total occlusion / Minh Vo, Sundeep Mishra, Mohamad Lazkani, Shishir Murarka, Ashish Pershad
    Ostial lesions / Szabolcs G. Szabo, Gautam Kumar, Thach N. Nguyen
    Acute ST segment elevation myocardial infarction / John Soverow, Son Pham, Quan H. Nguyen, Alan Fong, Michael Gibson
    INTERventions in patients after CABG / Faisal Latif, Timir Paul, Phuong Anh Do, Trung Le, Thach N. Nguyen
    Bifurcation lesion / Christian Stumpf, SL Chen, Imad Sheiban, Dobrin Vasilev
    Complications / Nguyen Ngoc Quang, Thach Nguyen
    High risk patients / Nathan Sandeep, Vien Truong, Florian Krackhardt, Khanh Duong, Pham Nguyen Vinh, Thach Nguyen
    Coronary atherectomy / Michael S. Lee, Arthur Lee
    Removal of embolized material / Thach N. Nguyen
    Subclavian artery interventions / Gianluca Rigatelli, Paolo Cardaioli, ARavinda Nanjundappa
    Renal artery interventions / Gianluca Rigatelli, Paolo Cardaioli
    Carotid artery occlusive disease / Gianluca Rigatelli, Paolo Cardaioli, Horst Sievert
    Iliac artery stenosis / Gianluca Rigatelli, Paolo Cardaioli, Aravinda Nanjundappa
    Infrainguinal and infragenicular interventions / Gianluca Rigatelli, Robert S Dieter, Faisal Latif, Nelson Bernardo, Aravinda Nanjundappa
    Pulmonary embolism / Faisal Latif, Mihas Kodenchery, Anas Safadi, Thao Nguyen and Zeeshan Khan
    MitraClip mitral valve repair system / Srinivas Iyengar, James Nguyen and Edgar Tay
    Septal puncture and inoue-balloon mitral valvuloplasty / Pham Manh Hung, Nguyen Ngoc Quang, Jui-Sung Hung
    Retrograde percutaneous aortic valvuloplasty / Ted Feldman, Thach Nguyen, Duane Pinto
    Watchman left atrial appendage closure device / Srinivas Iyengar, James Nguyen, Edgar Tay, Dongming Hou
    Interventions in acute ischemic stroke / Le Van Truong, Ernest Talarico, Thach Nguyen.
    Digital Access Wiley 2020
  • Digital
    Danielle Elliott Range, Xiaoyin "Sara" Jiang, editors.
    Summary: Practical Head and Neck Pathology: Frequently Asked Questions centers around frequently asked questions, but it is not meant to be comprehensive in its approach. Instead, it aims to touch on all major or commonly encountered entities. Each chapter begins with a list of questions typically ordered from basic histologic knowledge, to inflammatory processes, primary tumors, and secondary tumor types. Strategies for the diagnosis of salivary gland, metastatic head and neck cancers and thyroid disease using ancillary testing is highlighted. Small biopsy dilemmas in undifferentiated tumors of the sinonasal and nasopharyngeal tracts are undertaken with emphasis on differential diagnosis and ancillary techniques. The tables are the foundation of the book, offering a quick reference guide for salient features of various entities and differential diagnoses. A comprehensive set of references after each question can be used to supplement the information provided and give the reader a foundation for further learning. This book answers some of the difficult, prevailing and emerging questions in head and neck pathology that arise in everyday practice. While such challenges may not always be frequent, they have tremendous impact on clinical practice. Clinically pertinent, molecular advances in treatment and diagnosis for the practicing and junior pathologist are covered.

    Contents:
    Oral Cavity
    Oropharynx, Nasopharynx and Waldeyer Ring
    Larynx/Hypopharynx
    Sinonasal Tract
    Salivary Gland
    Jaw and Bones of the Head and Face
    Ear Lesions
    Thyroid Gland
    Parathyroid
    Soft Tissue and Lymph Nodes of the Head and Neck.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Ebbing Lautenbach, [and 5 others].
    Summary: "Practical Healthcare Epidemiology takes a hands-on approach to infection prevention for physicians, healthcare epidemiologists, infection preventionists, microbiologists, nurses, and other healthcare professionals. Increased regulatory requirements and patient knowledge and involvement has elevated patient safety, healthcare-associated infections, antibiotic stewardship and quality-of-care to healthcare wide issues. This fully updated new edition brings together the expertise of leaders in healthcare epidemiology to provide best practice expert guidance on infection prevention for adult and pediatric patients in all types of healthcare facilities, from community hospitals and academic institutions, to long-term care and resource limited settings. Written in clear, straightforward terms to address prevention planning and immediate responses to specific situations, this is the go-to resource for any practitioners in medicine or public health involved in infection prevention, regardless of their current expertise in the field"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Nigel S. Key, Michael Makris and David Lillicrap.
    Summary: "Designed as a practical, succinct guide, for quick reference by clinicians with everyday questions, this title guides the reader through the range of approaches available for diagnosis, management, or prevention of hemorrhagic and thrombotic diseases or disorders." -- Back cover.

    Contents:
    Basic Principles Underlying Coagulation / Dougald M Monroe
    Laboratory Tests of Hemostasis / Steve Kitchen, Michael Makris
    Molecular Diagnostic Approaches to Hemostasis / Paula James, David Lillicrap
    Tests of Platelet Function / Marie Lordkipanidz, Gillian C Lowe, Paul Harrison
    Evaluation of the Bleeding Patient / Alice Ma, Marshall Mazepa
    Hemophilia A and B / Rhona M Maclean, Michael Makris
    Von Willebrand Disease / Giancarlo Castaman, Alberto Tosetto, Francesco Rodeghiero
    The Rarer Inherited Coagulation Disorders / Paula HB Bolton-Maggs, Jonathan Wilde, Gillian N Pike
    Acquired Inhibitors of Coagulation / Riitta Lassila, Elina Armstrong
    Quantitative Platelet Disorders / Riten Kumar, Walter HA Kahr
    Qualitative Platelet Disorders / Eti A Femia, Gian Marco Podda, Marco Cattaneo
    Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation / Raj S Kasthuri, Nigel S Key
    Thrombotic Microangiopathies / Marie Scully, David Kavanagh
    Venous Thromboembolism / Sarah Takach Lapner, Lori-Ann Linkins, Clive Kearon
    Myeloproliferative Neoplasms: Thrombosis and Hemorrhage / Brandi Reeves, Stephan Moll
    Arterial Thrombosis / R Campbell Tait, Catherine N Bagot
    Anticoagulation: Heparins and Vitamin K Antagonists / Gualtiero Palareti, Benilde Cosmi
    The Direct Oral Anticoagulants / David A Garcia, Mark A Crowther, Walter Ageno
    Antiphospholipid Syndrome / Henry G Watson, Mark Crowther
    Cardiovascular Medicine / Sreekanth Vemulapalli, Richard C Becker
    Cardiothoracic Surgery / Denise O'Shaughnessy, Ravi Gill
    Neurology / Michael Wang, Natalie Aucutt-Walter, Valerie L Jewells, David Y Huang
    Hepatology / Lara N Roberts, Raj K Patel, Roopen Arya
    Nephrology / Vimal K Derebail, Thomas L Ortel
    Oncology / Anna Falanga, Marina Marchetti
    Obstetrics, Contraception, and Estrogen Replacement / Amy Webster, Sue Pavord
    Pediatrics / Mary E Bauman, Aisha Bruce, M Patricia Massicotte
    Intensive and Critical Care / Beverley J Hunt
    Transfusion / Adrian Copplestone.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Romil Saxena.
    Contents:
    Microscopic anatomy, basic terms, and elemental lesions
    Clinical features of liver disease
    Laboratory tests in liver disease
    Investigative imaging of the liver
    Liver diseases of childhood
    Medical genetics and biochemistry in diagnosis and management
    Histologic patterns of metabolic liver diseases
    Liver in Wilson disease
    Liver disease in alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
    Liver disease in cystic fibrosis
    Liver disease in iron overload
    Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease
    Acute viral hepatitis
    Hepatitis B
    Hepatitis c
    Chronic hepatitis : grading and staging
    Human immunodeficiency virus infection of the liver
    Nonviral infections of the liver
    Hepatic granulomas : differential diagnosis
    Hepatic sarcoidosis
    Autoimmune hepatitis and overlap syndromes
    Metabolism of drugs and xenobiotics
    Liver injury due to drugs and herbal agents
    Alcohol-induced liver disease
    Fibrocystic liver diseases
    Primary biliary cholangitis
    Primary sclerosing cholangitis
    Loss of intrahepatic bile ducts
    Intrahepatic cholestasis
    Vascular disorders of the liver
    Premalignant and early malignant hepatocellular lesions in chronic hepatitis/cirrhosis
    Benign hepatocellular tumors
    Hepatocellular carcinoma
    Benign and malignant tumors of bile ducts
    Liver tumors of childhood
    Miscellaneous liver tumors and tumor-like lesions
    Clinical aspects of liver transplantation
    Pathology of liver transplantation
    Biphenotypic primary liver carcinoma
    Regression of liver fibrosis : from myth to reality
    Cirrhosis : a term in need of a makeover.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Baron F. Branstetter IV.
    Summary: This new edition is a comprehensive source of imaging informatics fundamentals and how those fundamentals are applied in everyday practice. Imaging Informatics Professionals (IIPs) play a critical role in healthcare, and the scope of the profession has grown far beyond the boundaries of the PACS. A successful IIP must understand the PACS itself and all the software systems networked together in the medical environment. Additionally, an IIP must know the workflows of all the imaging team members, have a base in several medical specialties and be fully capable in the realm of information technology. Practical Imaging Informatics has been reorganized to follow a logical progression from basic background information on IT and clinical image management, through daily operations and troubleshooting, to long-term planning. The book has been fully updated to include the latest technologies and procedures, including artificial intelligence and machine learning. Written by a team of renowned international authors from the Society for Imaging Informatics in Medicine and the European Society of Medical Imaging Informatics, this book is an indispensable reference for the practicing IIP. In addition, it is an ideal guide for those studying for a certification exam, biomedical informaticians, trainees with an interest in informatics, and any professional who needs quick access to the nuts and bolts of imaging informatics.

    Contents:
    Section I: Medical Imaging
    Introduction to Medical Images
    Medical Terminology
    Imaging Modalities and Digital Images
    Image Post-Processing
    Incorporating Non-Image Data
    Section II: Information Technology
    Computers and Networking
    Data Storage
    Data Security and Patient Privacy
    PACS and Other Image Management Systems
    Ancillary Software
    Section III: Imaging Informatics
    Databases and Data Retrieval
    Standards and Interoperability
    Billing and Coding
    Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
    Section IV: Image Interpretation and Support
    Roles and Relationships in Healthcare
    Workflow Steps in Radiology
    Viewing Images
    Reporting and Dictation
    User Governance
    External Data
    Section V: Work Environment and User Training
    Reading Room Design
    Enterprise Distribution
    Customer Relations
    User Training
    Quality Improvement and Workflow Engineering
    Change Management and Acceptance Testing
    Section VI: Operations
    Imaging Quality Assurance
    Disaster Recovery
    Downtime Procedures
    Policy Management and Regulatory Compliance
    Availability and Notification
    Section VII: Project Management
    PACS Readiness and PACS Migration
    Procurement
    Imaging Program Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eugenio Leonardo, Ricardo H. Bardales.
    Summary: This book provides current information for a judicious use of conventional and molecular ICC markers performed in cytologic samples to help in the cost-effective diagnosis of superficial and deep-seated masses. By providing both an eminently practical information for appropriate technical preparation of cytologic samples and a systematic exposure of the immunophenotypic and biomolecular characteristics of normal and pathological cells, the reported morphological-molecular findings highlight the characteristics of different lesions that are useful for the practical solution of a particular differential diagnosis. Chapters include description of the cytomorphology followed by a practical ICC staining pattern for each entity. Cytologic materials include serous effusions, exfoliative cytology, fine needle aspiration cytology of superficial and deep-seated masses, and squash preparation from central nervous system masses. Practical Immunocytochemistry in Diagnostic Cytology serves as a valuable resource towards understanding critical differences between tests performed on tissue samples and those carried out on cytologic samples.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Immunocytochemistry: Technical Considerations Applied to Cytology
    Serous Effusions
    Exfoliative Cytology
    Aspiration Cytology of Masses of Superficial Organs
    Aspiration Cytology of Deep-Seated Masses
    Pitfalls in Immunocytochemistry.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Xing-Hua Gao, Hong-Duo Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses typical skin diseases from an immunological point of view, introducing the latest immunological techniques and practices. It begins with a brief overview of the human immune system, including the basic concepts and principles as well as the general symbols used in immunology. Part Two describes the human skin as an integral part of the immune system, explaining the immunological roles of major cellular and molecular composites in the skin. Part Three illustrates typical skin diseases that have immunological involvement (immunodermatological conditions). It describes 40 skin diseases, focusing on immunological causes, pathogenesis, pattern of reaction and treatment choices and responses. The final part discusses advanced immunodiagnostics and immunotherapy in dermatology, providing detailed descriptions of immune techniques for the diagnosis of skin diseases, their principles and background, indications, requirements for sampling, test protocols, interpretation of results and trouble shooting. This work offers insights into both the systemic immune system and the skin immune system, and integrates the information into discussions of clinical diseases, relevant immune techniques and immunological drugs. Presenting the latest advances in clinical immunology, it is an invaluable resource for dermatologists, residents and graduate students in dermatology.

    Contents:
    Part I. The fundamentals of human immune system
    Part II. Skin immune system
    Part III. Immunodermatological conditions
    Part IV. Immuno-techniques, immuno-diagnosis and immunotherapy in dermatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Tamar F. Barlam, Boston Medical Center, Melinda M. Neuhauser, Department of Veteran Affairs, Pranita D. Tamma, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Kavita Trivedi, Stanford University School of Medicine.
    Summary: "Practical Implementation of an Antibiotic Stewardship Program provides an essential resource for healthcare providers in acute care, long-term care, and ambulatory care settings looking either to begin or to strengthen existing antibiotic stewardship programs. Each chapter is written by both physician and pharmacist leaders in the stewardship field and incorporates both practical knowledge as well as evidence-based guidance. This book will also serve as a useful resource for medical students, pharmacy students, residents, and infectious diseases fellows looking to learn more about the field of antibiotic stewardship"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The need for antibiotic stewardship programs
    Structure of an antibiotic stewardship team and core competencies
    The social determinants of antibiotic prescribing
    Selecting and applying antibiotic stewardship strategies
    Syndrome-based antibiotic stewardship
    Duration of therapy
    Measurement in antibiotic stewardship
    What every steward should know about pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
    Collaborating with the microbiology laboratory
    Informatics and stewardship
    Antibiotic allergies and antibiotic stewardship
    Antibiotic stewardship in post-acute care facilities
    Outpatient antibiotic stewardship
    Maintaining an antibiotic stewardship program: keeping everyone happy and remaining relevant
    Practical antibiotic stewardship.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Bryan J. Weiner, Cara C. Lewis, Kenneth Sherr, editors.
    Summary: "Implementation science seeks to close the research-to-practice gap by identifying the barriers that impede the adoption, implementation, sustainability, and scale-up of evidence-based health interventions, and by identifying the best methods for overcoming those barriers. As implementation scientists, our aspiration for the field is to generate useful and usable scientific knowledge to improve the practice of implementation. Put differently, we envision the field of implementation science producing the knowledge and tools to support the evidence-based implementation of evidence-based health interventions. The rapid growth of implementation science as a research enterprise, however, has given rise to concerns that we and other implementation scientists share that implementation science itself will replicate the research-to-practice gap that the field was intended to address. This book represents the first systematic attempt by leading implementation researchers to "translate" implementation science for implementation practitioners by making accessible and practical the wealth of scientific knowledge and associated tools that implementation science has produced"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introducing implementation science / Bryan J. Weiner, Cara C. Lewis, and Kenneth Sherr
    Assessing the practice (know-do) gap / Christine Fahim and Sharon E. Straus
    Selecting evidence-based interventions to reduce practice gaps / Jennifer Leeman, Mary Wangen, and Cam Escoffery
    Adaptation of evidence-based interventions / Heidi La Bash, Fiona C. Thomas, and Shannon Wiltsey Stirman
    Identifying barriers and facilitators for implementation in diverse settings / Maria E. Fernandez, Laura Damschroder, and Bijal Balasubramanian
    Engaging stakeholders / Melanie Pellechhia, Kimberly T. Arnold, Liza Tomczuk, and Rinad S. Beidas
    Creating a structure for implementation : building implementation teams and developing implementation plans / Kevin Fiori, Hueiming Liu, and Lisa R. Hirschhorn
    How to implement an evidence-based intervention / Ryan R. Singh and Lisa Saldana
    An introduction to evaluation and learning in implementation science / Arianna Rubin Means, Bradley H. Wagenaar, Sarah J. Masyuko, and Anjuli D. Wagner
    Disseminating information about evidence-based interventions / Jonathan Purtle, Margaret E. Crane, Katherine L. Nelson, and Ross C. Brownson
    Scaling up evidence-based interventions / Ruth Simmons, Peter Fajans, and Laura Ghiron
    Sustaining evidence-based interventions / Rachel C. Shelton and Nicole Nathan
    De-implementing practices / Christian D. Helfrich
    Implementation science in policy / Heather Bullock, Mile Wilson, and John Lavis.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Liron Pantanowitz, Anil V. Parwani.
    Contents:
    Introduction to informatics / Liron Pantanowitz
    Basic computing / Seung L. Park, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Networking / Muhammad A. Syed, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Databases / Seung L. Park, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Coding / Seung L. Park, Jacqueline Cuda, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Laboratory information systems / Ioan C. Cucoranu, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Laboratory information system operations and regulations / Ioan C. Cucoranu, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Reporting / Liron Pantanowitz
    Quality management / Liron Pantanowitz, Luke T. Wiehagen, and R. Marshall Austin
    Barcoding / Ioan C. Cucoranu, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Informatics projects / Liron Pantanowitz
    Lean Six Sigman / Ioan C. Cucoranu, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Electronic medical records / Seung L. Park, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Digital imaging / Milon Amin, Anil V. Parwani, and Liron Pantanowitz
    Automated pap tests / Liron Pantanowitz
    Telecytology / Sara E. Monaco and Liron Pantanowitz
    Cytology online / Walid E. Khalbuss
    Bioinformatics / Somak Roy, Liron Pantanowitz, and Anil V. Parwani
    Research informatics / Somak Roy, Liron Pantanowitz, Anil V. Parwani.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kwang Hoon Lee, Eung Ho Choi, Chang Ook Park, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, practical guide to the latest developments in the understanding and management of atopic dermatitis. Detailed information is provided on age-specific clinical symptoms, features, and diagnostic methods. Current theories on the pathogenesis of atopic dermatitis are closely examined, with attention to the roles played by genetic, allergic, immunologic, and skin barrier dysfunctions. In the second half of the book, the scientific background to and the practical use of the full range of treatment methods are described, covering topical agents, systemic agents, phototherapy, allergen-specific immunotherapy, and the most recently developed biologics and small molecules. This textbook will be an excellent guide to diagnosis and treatment for not only dermatologists but also practitioners in allergy and general medicine, including pediatricians, allergists, and primary care physicians. In addition, it will be of value for all scientists interested in developing new drugs for atopic dermatitis.

    Contents:
    Introduction to atopic dermatitis
    Epidemiology of atopic dermatitis
    Clinical manifestations
    Pruritus
    Diagnosis and severity assessment of atopic dermatitis (Korean guideline included)
    Genetics of atopic dermatitis
    Immune-mediated pathogenesis of atopic dermatitis
    Environmental factors related to atopic dermatitis
    Food, inhalents, and microbial allergens
    Role of infection and microbial factors
    Psychological stress
    Endophenotype and biomarker
    Topical treatment
    Systemic treatment
    Emerging treatment of AD: biologies and small molecules
    Phototherapy
    Allergen immunotherapy for atopic dermatitis
    Treatment algorithms
    Prevention of atopic dermatitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Vishal Madan, editor.
    Summary: This title introduces readers to the use of lasers in dermatology/aesthetic practice and focuses on the fundamentals of lasers and light-based devices and their clinical application. Each chapter addresses the use of lasers in the treatment of a variety of skin conditions, detailing mechanisms of action, pre-treatment preparation, post-treatment advice, follow-up, and potential complications and pitfalls. Besides discussing ablative, vascular, pigment-specific and epilation lasers, and intense pulsed light, the book also reviews the use of light-emitting diodes, low-level laser therapy and radio frequency devices. In addition, cosmeceuticals complementing laser treatments are also discussed. Readers will also find the chapter on self-assessment questionnaires especially useful. Practical Introduction to Laser Dermatology provides detailed explanation of the topics, while the chapters are supported by illustrative case studies that will enable readers to develop a deeper understanding of the subject of lasers in dermatology. Using clinically relevant Illustrations, it provides a comprehensive resource on a variety of laser technologies for novice readers and trained laser clinicians.

    Contents:
    Fundamentals of lasers and light devices in dermatology
    Vascular lasers
    Pigment Specific lasers and light devices
    Ablative lasers
    Body sculpting including laser liposuction, ultrasound, cool sculpting
    Light emitting diodes and low level laser light therapy
    Lasers in pigmented skin
    Recent advances in cutaneous laser therapy and future trends.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Biagio Allaria, editor.
    Contents:
    1 Perioperative fluid therapy and fluid therapy in patients with sepsis. In search of clarification
    2 Enough has been written about the treatment of ALI, but has enough been said about how to prevent it?
    3 Prevention of perioperative myocardial ischemia
    4 Respiratory complications after major abdominal surgery: causes, diagnosis, and prevention
    5 Positive and negative aspects of aerosol therapies in ventilated patients
    6 Update on lung imaging to select ventilation management in ARDS patients
    7 Chest X-ray in ICU: an examination in which there is too much confidence. Possible alternatives
    8 Continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT) in intensive care
    9 Loss of autoregulation of interstitial fluid dynamic in patients with sepsis and mechanisms causing edema
    10 How to prevent and effectively treat postoperative shivering
    11 Epidemiology, etiopathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of postoperative paralytic ileus in intensive care
    12 Which adult patients undergoing non-cardiac surgery should be monitored postoperatively in ICU?
    13 Invasive candidiasis in the intensive care setting.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Davide Chiumello, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the state of the art concerning some of the most hotly debated topics in anesthesia and intensive care and is at the same time intended to serve as a useful practical guide that will assist in improving outcomes. The topics covered are wide ranging and include, for example, use of the prone position in ARDS, the role of therapeutic hypothermia in the critically ill, the value of immunoglobulins in the treatment of severe sepsis, drug management of septic shock, new strategies for prevention of ventilator-associated pneumonia, non-invasive ventilation outside of the ICU, management of postoperative bleeding, and prognostic factors in cardiac arrest. Written by recognized experts in the field, the book will offer a comprehensive and easy to understand update for specialists and students of anesthesia and intensive care.

    Contents:
    The prone position in the treatment of patients with ARDS: problems and real utility
    Therapeutic hypothermia in the critically ill patient
    Immunoglobulins in the treatment of severe sepsis
    Noradrenaline, vasopressin and terlipressin in the management of septic shock
    The most recent strategies for VAP (ventilator-associated pneumonia) prevention
    Hemodynamic optimization in the perioperative period: guidelines vs tailored strategies
    Management of perioperative bleeding in abdominal surgery
    How to manage coagulation during the perioperative period in patients with non-traumatic intracerebral hemorrhage
    How to improve the outcome after cardiac arrest
    Non-invasive ventilation outside of the Intensive Care Unit
    Interventional cardiology: the role of the anesthesiologist
    Everything you need to know about the plasma lactate level
    Dynamic tests to study liver function: the role of indocyanine green in clinical practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Haodong Xu, Robert W. Ricciotti, Jose G. Mantilla, editors.
    Summary: This text consists of neoplastic and non-neoplastic lung pathology. It discusses frequently encountered issues and diagnostic problems using a Q&A format and case presentations. Emphasis is placed on differentiating one from another based on the histopathological features, ancillary tests including immunohistochemical and molecular analyses, and clinical and radiologic correlation. In particular, clinical-radiologic-pathologic correlation is emphasized in the diagnosis of interstitial lung disease (ILD). This text addresses the issues and diagnostic criteria in segregating a reactive process from adenocarcinoma, poorly differentiated adenocarcinoma from poorly differentiated squamous cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma from other types of neuroendocrine tumors, large cell carcinoma from large cell neuroendocrine carcinoma, spindle cell/sarcomatoid carcinoma from sarcomatoid mesothelioma, and carcinoma from epithelioid mesothelioma in small biopsy specimens. It also discusses key features useful for differentiating usual interstitial pneumonia (UIP) pattern from non-UIP patterns of ILD such as hypersensitivity pneumonitis, nonspecific interstitial pneumonia, and organizing pneumonia patterns in wedge biopsy specimens as well as highlights the differential diagnosis in the granulomatous inflammation. As a whole, this text answers many of the difficult questions relevant to daily practice of lung pathology. Each chapter addresses a specific diagnostic question significantly related to patients treatment options.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Endi Wang, Anand Shreeram Lagoo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a step-by-step and practically applicable approach for the accurate and clinically relevant diagnosis of lymph node (LN) and bone marrow (BM) biopsies. Clinicians expect pathological guidance not only with accurate diagnosis, but also about disease progression, minimal residual disease, disease susceptibility to a particular therapy, effects of prior therapy on prognosis and subsequent therapy etc. This book provides brief but to the point guidance about the prognostic and therapeutic implications of key ancillary studies so that the pathologist is comfortable to answer clinician's questions over the entire arc of manifestations and management of the disease. The text follows the WHO (2016) classification in essence but the material is organized in a fashion most useful to a practicing surgical pathologist. This is achieved by focusing on the morphological findings as the starting point. Using this morphological "backbone" and several frequently asked questions (FAQs) the reader is guided to a rational list of differential diagnoses leading to a definitive diagnosis. The contents of each chapter are carefully selected so that the practically important and directly applicable information is available in an easy-to-find and easy-to-grasp format. Practical Lymph Node and Bone Marrow Pathology serves as a practical introduction and handbook for pathology trainees and hematopathology fellows and will remain a useful reference to practicing pathologists when they are signing out lymph nodes or bone marrow specimens.

    Contents:
    Essentials of the Immune Response and Immunophenotyping
    Molecular Genetics and Cell Biology for Hematopathology
    Evaluation of Excised Lymph Nodes
    Lymphoid Pathology on Small Biopsies (FNA and Small Core)
    Advantages and Limitations: Guidelines for Ancillary Studies According to Clinical Scenario and Morphology
    Small B-Cell Lymphomas With and Without Plasmacytic Differentiation
    Large B-Cell Lymphoma
    High-Grade B-Cell Lymphoma
    Major Subtypes of Mature T- and NK-cell Neoplasms
    Hodgkin Lymphomas
    Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders (PTLD)
    Immunodeficiency-Associated Lymphoproliferative Disorders Other Than PTLD (In Primary Immune Deficiency, HIV, and Iatrogenic Conditions)
    Primary Extranodal Lymphomas of GI Tract, Lung, CNS and Skin With Common Mimics
    Lymphoid Neoplasms With "Benign" Clinical Course or Unclear Malignant Potential
    B-Cell Lymphoma in Children or Pediatric Type
    Indolent T/NK-Cell Lymphoproliferative Disorders
    Composite Lymphoma
    Histiocytic/Dendritic Cell Neoplasms: Primary and Transdifferentiated
    Typical Morphologic Patterns of Infectious and Other Reactive Lymphadenopathies
    HHV8-Associated Lymphoproliferative Disorders
    Bone Marrow at Initial Diagnosis: Clinical Associations and Approach to Diagnosis
    Acute Leukemias
    Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    Chronic Myeloproliferative Neoplasms (Other Than Chronic Myeloid Leukemia)
    Myelodysplastic Syndromes
    Myelodysplastic/Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
    Plasma Cell Neoplasms (Including Plasma Cell Myeloma)
    Bone Marrow Involvement by Lymphoid Neoplasms
    Bone Marrow Involvement by Metastases and Granulomatous Conditions
    Bone Marrow Findings in Congenital/Hereditary Conditions
    Bone Marrow Involvement by More Than One Entity of Hematolymphoid Neoplasm
    Detection of Minimal Residual Disease
    Therapy Induced Marrow Changes.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Honorio T. Benzon, James P. Rathmell, Christopher L. Wu, Dennis C. Turk, Charles E. Argoff and Robert W. Hurley.
    Summary: "This volume is intended for the diverse range of pain clinicians looking for applications in their daily practice, pain researchers seeking extensive background on relevant topics, fellows reviewing for the pain medicine boards, and residents who want a complete discussion of the breadth of the field. Each chapter provides practical applications of the various and diverse acute and chronic pain syndromes"--Pref.

    Contents:
    General considerations
    Basic considerations
    Evaluation and assessment
    Clinical conditions
    Pharmacologic, psychological, and physical medicine treatments
    Nerve block techniques
    Interventional techniques
    Pain management in special situations and special topics
    Research, ethics, and reimbursement in pain.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Honorio T. Benzon, James P. Rathmell, Christopher L. Wu, Dennis C. Turk, Charles E. Argoff, Robert W. Hurley, Andrea L. Chadwick.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Marco Matucci-Cerinic, Christopher P. Denton, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide for managing a variety of problems encountered by the clinician in managing patients with systemic sclerosis. Chapters take a problem-orientated approach to help the reader cut through potential barriers that can arise when working with different medical specialities. Management strategies for a broad range of conditions, including pericardial and pleural effusion, sicca syndrome, calcinosis and watermelon stomach, are presented. Practical Management of Systemic Sclerosis in Clinical Practice describes a range of problems and clinical items encountered by a variety of medical professionals who encounter these patients. It is a valuable resource for rheumatologists, immunologists, specialist nurses and primary care professionals.

    Contents:
    Scleroderma Renal Crisis and Acute Kidney Injury
    Chronic Kidney Disease in Scleroderma
    Anemia
    Breathlessness
    Fatigue
    Itch
    Pain and Tenosynovitis, Tendon Friction Rubs
    Raynaud's
    Critical Ischemia
    Digital Ulcers
    Lower Limb Ulcers
    Decline in PFT
    Arrhytmias
    Pericardial and Pleural Effusion
    Constipation
    Incontinence
    Bloating
    GE reflux
    Diarrhea
    Watermelon Stomach
    Malnutrition
    Calcinosis
    Pregnancy
    Sicca Syndrome
    Sexual dysfunction
    Transitional care for juvenile onset systemic sclerosis
    Assessment for HSCT
    Very early disease
    VEDOSS type case
    Primary Biliary Cholangitis
    Hand Arthritis
    Contractures
    Tendon Friction Rubs
    Interpretation of the Modification of Laboratory Parameters.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ujjal K. Mallick [and 3 others], editors.
    Summary: The new edition of this book highlights the recent advances and state-of-the art in surgical and non-surgical management of thyroid cancer. Readers will learn about the latest advances and recommendations in the field, from molecular studies and biomarkers to the changing epidemiology, kinase inhibition in drug discovery and new surgical approaches, such as intra-operative neural monitoring and robotics. The management of differentiated thyroid cancer as well as childhood cancer, survivorship and clinical trial design and findings and how these fit into cancer management are discussed in detail. This comprehensive volume provides an overview of the current world literature and outlines the practical aspects of management from world leaders in this field and helps clinicians and patients on practical matters. With a selection of authors from around the world it draws on international experience giving a global perspective to the topic. Following on from the success of the first edition, it uses a multidisciplinary, evidence-based approach centered on the patient, discussing guidelines and how these have improved the quality of care and outcomes. This guide is aimed mainly at thyroidologists of all disciplines, (in training or experts) students, non-specialist clinicians, nursing staff, all the disciplines involved in a multidisciplinary team such as surgeons - Head & Neck or Endocrine and General Surgeons, Oncologists, Endocrinologists, Nuclear Medicine Physicians, Nuclear Medicine Physicists, Radiologists, Pathologists, Specialist Nurses, Geneticists, Clinical Psychologists, Palliative Care Physicians and, of course, patients.

    Contents:
    1. Pragmatism, Precision Oncology, International Partnership for Research and Quality-The New Paradigm for Thyroid Cancer
    Section I. Multidisciplinary Approach to Management of Thyroid Cancer
    2. The UK Evidence-Based Guidelines for the Management of Thyroid Cancer: Key Recommendations
    3. The 2015 American Thyroid Association Evidence-Based Guidelines for Management of Patients with Thyroid Nodules and Differentiated Thyroid Cancer: Key Recommendations
    4. Thyroid Cancer: One Doctor-Patient Partnership -The Newcastle Butterfly Model
    Section II. The Diagnosis of Thyroid Cancer
    5. Molecular Diagnosis of Thyroid Nodules
    6. Ultrasonography in Diagnosis and Management of Thyroid Cancer -Current International Recommendations
    Section III. Initial Thyroid Surgery
    7. The 21st Century Endocrine Surgeon
    8. Management of Cervical Lymph Nodes in Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
    9. Advances in Thyroid Surgery
    ^Section IV. Non surgical Management of Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
    10. Risk Stratification and Current Management of Low Risk Thyroid Cancer
    11. Management of Low risk Papillary Thyroid Carcinomo and Papillary Cancer and Microcarcinoma-the Japanese experience
    12. Radioiodine Ablation
    Current Status
    13. Dosimetric Approaches
    Current Concepts
    14. External Radiation in Differentiated Thyroid Cancer in the era of IMRT and modern radiation planning techniques
    Section V. Follow up and Longterm Management of Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
    15. Thyroglobulin
    16. Management of Post-Operative Hypocalcemia
    17. Radioiodine Refractory Thyroid Cancer
    Section VI. Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
    18. Medullary Thyroid Cancer :Surgical Management
    19. Medullary Thyroid Cancer: Diagnosis and Non Surgical Management
    20. Familial Non-Medullary Thyroid Cancer
    Section VII. Thyroid Cancer in Children
    21. Pediatric Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma
    ^Section VIII. Aggressive Thyroid Cancers
    22. Anaplastic Thyroid Cancer
    23. Palliative care
    Section IX. Future Developments and Directions for Research in Thyroid Cancer
    24. Translational Research and Genomics Driven Trials in Thyroid Cancer
    25. Thyroid Cancer Trials
    26. The Barriers to Uniform Implementation of Clinical Practice Guidelines (CPG) for Thyroid Cancer
    27. Survivorship: The Role of the Clinical Psychologist and the Clinical Nurse Specialist in Thyroid Cancer Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Anthony C.F. Ng, Michael Y.C. Wong, Shuji Isotani, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide readers a practical guidance in the management of urolithiasis from diagnosis to surgical treatment. First part introduces related anatomy, symptom, and Imaging of urinary calculi. In the following chapters, techniques, tips and tricks in endourological, ureteroscopic, PCNL, ESWL, and laparoscopic treatment of urinary calculi are described in details with high-resolution illustrations and typical cases. Last part discusses the choice of treatment for some specific case situations. Written by leaders and core faculties from the Asian Urology Surgery Training and Education Group (AUSTEG), this book will be a valuable reference for urologists, as well as practitioners in related disciplines.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Basic Principle and Management of Urinary Calculi
    Symptoms, Signs and Basic Investigations for Urinary Calculi
    Imaging for Urinary Calculi
    Part 2: Instrument for Endourological Treatment of Urinary Calculi
    Understanding the Instruments Endoscope
    Understanding the Instruments Endourology Accessory
    Understanding the Instruments Intracorporeal Lithotripsy Non-Laser Types
    Understanding the Instruments Intracorporeal Lithotripsy Laser
    Understanding the instruments ureteric stent
    Understanding the instruments-imaging system; radiation safety and ultrasound technique. Part 3: Ureteroscopy
    How to Perform Rigid Ureteroscopy Step by Step
    How to Perform Flexible Ureteroscopy Step by Step
    Management of Complications related to Ureteroscopy
    Part 4: Percutaneous Nephrolithotomy
    Percutaneous Nephrolithotomy Preparation and Procedure Overview
    How to Perform Renal Puncture Fluoroscopic Approach
    How to Perform Renal Puncture Ultrasound Approach
    Tips and tricks of Supine PCNL
    Mini-PCNL
    Recent Development of Endoscopic Intrarenal Stone Surgery: Approaches and Surgical Tips
    Percutaneous Nephrolithotomy: Management of complications
    Part 5: Other Approaches
    Principles of Modern ESWL and Best Lithotripsy Practice
    Laparoscopic Stone Surgery
    Part 6: Practical Advices on Special Situation
    Overview of Treatment Selection for Individual Patient
    Challenging Anatomy
    Patients with Special Medical Condition
    Patients with Special Anatomy
    Management of Stone Diseases in Special Patient Population.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Delphine J. Lee, Mark B. Faries, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable resource for all clinicians managing patients with or who may develop melanoma. Each chapter focuses on clinically relevant information on the latest advances in the field, including techniques for early detection of skin cancers, cross-sectional imaging and staging of regional nodes. Algorithms for clinical decision-making along with clinical vignettes are incorporated into each chapter, enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to manage a range of scenarios. Practical Manual for Dermatologic and Surgical Melanoma Management systematically details the latest diagnostic criteria, treatment guidelines and management techniques available for treating these patients and is a valuable resource for the trainee and practising clinician.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Can We End Melanoma As We Know It? The Role of Early Detection in Defeating Deadly Skin Cancer
    Introduction
    Case
    Additional Clinical History
    Melanoma Risk Factors
    Physical Exam Findings
    Discussion
    Critical Take Home Messages
    References
    Chapter 2: Melanoma Risk Factors and Prevention
    Introduction
    Case
    Melanoma Disparities
    Risk Factors
    Phenotypic Features
    Personal Medical History
    Genetic Predisposition/Family History
    Environmental Factors
    Screening
    Prevention
    Discussion of Case
    Conclusions Mutational Load
    Sentinel Lymph Nodes (SLN)
    Discussion of Case
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Melanoma Epidemiology, Staging and Prognostic Factors
    Introduction
    Melanoma Epidemiology
    Melanoma Staging
    Prognostic Factors in Melanoma
    Depth of Invasion
    Ulceration
    Mitotic Rate
    Growth Phase and Melanoma Subtypes
    Regression
    Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocytes
    Lymphatic Invasion and Angiotropism
    Neurotropism
    Nevus Association
    Age
    Gender
    Marital Status
    Anatomical Location
    Tumor Derived Markers
    Molecular Markers of Melanoma Prognosis Conditional Survival
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 5: Imaging in Melanoma
    Lymphoscintigraphy for Sentinel Node Biopsy
    Lymphoscintigraphy Technique
    Possible Radiation Risk of LS
    Potential Problems with LS
    Wide Local Excision (WLE)
    Reproducibility
    The Melanoma Site Immediately Overlies a Node Field
    Conclusion
    Ultrasound in Melanoma Patients
    Diagnosis
    Patient Case
    Does US Have a Role in Primary Assessment of Melanoma?
    Staging
    Case Continued
    What Are the US Criteria for Defining Normal and Abnormal Lymph Nodes? What Is the Role of US Assessment of the Regional Lymph Node Basins Before Sentinel Node Mapping and/or Biopsy?
    Follow Up
    Case Continued
    How Is US Used in Follow Up?
    Conclusion
    Cross Sectional Imaging
    Staging
    Early Stage Disease
    Later Stage Disease
    Monitoring the Effects of Therapy
    Post Treatment Surveillance
    Effect on Survival
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Primary Melanoma Treatment
    Case
    Introduction
    Operative Primary Melanoma Treatment
    Wide Excision
    Technique
    Recommended Margins for Wide Excision
    Clinical vs Pathologic Margins
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by David McCance, Michael Maresh, David Sacks.
    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    1. Epidemiology of diabetes in pregnancy
    2. Pathophysiology of diabetes in pregnancy
    3. The placenta in a diabetic pregnancy
    Section II. Gestational Diabetes
    4. Screening for gestational diabetes
    5. Diagnostic criteria for hyperglycemia in pregnancy
    6. Lifestyle treatment
    7. Obesity and diabetes in pregnancy
    8. Metabolic abnormalities in gestational diabetes
    9. Maternal risk after the gestational diabetes mellitus pregnancy
    Section III. Diabetes Preceding Pregnancy
    10. Pre-pregnancy care in Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes
    11. Malformations
    12. Provision of pregnancy care
    13. Problems encountered more frequently in women with Type 1 diabetes
    14. Problems encountered more frequently in women with Type 2 diabetes
    15. Advances in oral anti-diabetes drugs in pregnancy
    16. Advances in insulin therapy
    17. Putting pregnant women with diabetes on the pump
    18. Pregnancy, perinatal, and fertility outcomes following bariatric surgery
    19. Fetal surveillance
    20. Complications in pregnancy: hypertension and diabetic nephropathy in diabetes
    21. Retinopathy in diabetic pregnancy
    Section IV. Delivery and postnatal care
    22. Delivery and postdelivery care: obstetric management of labor, delivery, and the postnatal period for women with Type 1, Type 2, or gestational diabetes mellitus
    23. Diabetic management in labor, delivery, and postdelivery
    24. Delivery and postdelivery care: care of the neonate
    25. Postpartum contraception for women with diabetes
    26. Breastfeeding and diabetes
    Section V. Implications for the Future
    27. Implications for the mother with diabetes
    28. Diabetes in pregnancy: implications for the offspring
    29. From the bench to the bedside: potential future therapies for gestational diabetes- the enhancement of β-cell mass and function during pregnancy
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Peter H. Scanlon, Ahmed Sallam, Peter van Wijngaarden.
    Contents:
    Diabetes / Jonathan Shaw and Peter H. Scanlon
    Lesions and classifications of diabetic retinopathy / Peter H. Scanlon
    Screening for diabetic retinopathy / Peter H. Scanlon
    Imaging techniques in diabetic retinopathy / Peter van Wijngaarden and Peter H. Scanlon
    The normal eye / Stephen J. Aldington
    Diabetic macular oedema / Ahmed AB Sallam and Abdallah A. Ellabban
    Mild NPDR (background DR) / Peter H. Scanlon
    Moderate and severe NPDR (pre-proliferative DR) / Peter H. Scanlon
    Proliferative DR and advanced DR / Peter H. Scanlon
    Proliferative diabetic retinopathy with maculopathy / Ahmed AB Sallam and Peter H. Scanlon
    The stable treated eye / Peter H. Scanlon
    Vitrectomy surgery in diabetic retinopathy / Charles P. Wilkinson
    Cataract surgery in the diabetic eye
    pre, intra and postoperative considerations / Abdallah A. Ellabban, Ahmed AB Sallam
    Pregnancy and the diabetic eye / Peter H. Scanlon
    Low vision and blindness from diabetic retinopathy / Peter H. Scanlon
    Future advances in the management of diabetic retinopathy / Peter van Wijngaarden
    Other retinal conditions in diabetes / Stephen J. Aldington and Peter H. Scanlon
    Conditions with appearances similar to diabetic retinopathy / Stephen J. Aldington and Peter H. Scanlon.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Jelena Martinovic, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a concise guide to fetal pathology and postnatal fetal examination. The legal and ethical aspects of fetal examination are addressed, along with the modern practical approach to fetal malformations, oriented fetal autopsy, neuro-fetopathological examination, and pathology of the placenta. Practical Manual of Fetal Pathology aims to evaluate recent advancements and the impact they have had on clinical practice. This book is relevant to fetal and perinatal pathologists, geneticists, obstetricians, gynecologists, and pediatricians.

    Contents:
    1. Legal and Ethical Aspects of Fetal Examination Worldwide
    2. Biometrical Charts
    3. Fetal Examination
    4. Neuro-Fetopathological Examination
    5. Placenta Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Enlan Xia, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to provide readers with the latest information on application of hysteroscopy in diagnosis and treatment of gynaecological diseases. The first chapters systematically review current status, equipment and instruments, applied anatomy, preoperative treatment and anesthesia for hysteroscopic surgery. In the following chapters, details in aspect of hysteroscopy from diagnostic to hysteroscopic surgery are explained with clinical cases. After that, advanced techniques in hysteroscopy combined with laparoscopy and ultrasound monitoring hysteroscopic surgery are introduced with high-resolution illustrations. Written by experts with wealthy experience in the field, this book will be a valuable reference for gynecologists at hysteroscopy units, reproductive units, gynecological and oncological units.

    Contents:
    1 History and Development of Hysteroscopy
    2 Equipment and Instruments for Hysteroscopy
    3 Anatomy and Histology In Hysteroscopy
    4 Effects of Preoperative Medication for Hysteroscopy and Commonly used drugs in Gynecology on Endometrium
    5 Application of High-frequency Electricity in Hysteroscopic Surgery and its Thermal Effects on Tissues
    6 Distention Medium in Hysteroscopy
    7 Anesthesia for Hysteroscopy
    8 Diagnostic Hysteroscopy
    9 Operative Hysteroscopy
    10 Combined Hysteroscopy and Laparoscopy
    11 Ultrasonography monitoring during Hysteroscopic surgery
    12 Complications of Hysteroscopic Surgery
    13 Hysteroscopy for Other Purpose
    14 Hysteroscopy Training.
    15 The Future of Hysteroscopy
    16 Digital Storage and Application of Endoscopic Image.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Annapoorna Kini, Samin Sharma, Jagat Narula.
    Summary: This practical handbook is based on an internal working manual developed by staff and fellows at Mount Sinai Heart Cardiovascular Catheterization Laboratory, renowned for its high-volume and low complication complex coronary procedures. The Practical Handbook of Interventional Cardiology captures the knowledge and methodological know-how from leaders in interventional cardiology, it intends to guide users in a stepwise, methodical and practical approach through various cardiac interventional procedures in order to achieve maximum patient safety and improved outcomes. From patient selection, preoperative work-up, setting up equipment to step-by-step illustrations of various procedural details and troubleshooting, this handbook captures all the details necessary to perform the simplest to the most complex cardiac interventions. The book is designed for cardiologists and trainees who desire an efficient way to review the steps of various cardiac interventional procedures and a quick, reliable reference for everyday use.

    Contents:
    Part I: Interventional Basics
    Basics of Radiation Safety
    Achieving Perfect Vascular Access
    The Perfect Shot: Angiographic Views for the Interventionalist
    Physiological assessment during interventional procedures
    Antiplatelet and Antithrombotic therapy in PCI
    Patient Selection and Appropriateness
    Guiding Catheter Selection
    Guidewire Properties and Selection
    Assessment of Lesion Severity (Intravascular Ultrasound, Optical Coherence Tomography, NIRS and Beyond)
    Basics of Intracoronary Devices
    Hemodynamic assessment: Right Heart Catheterization, Pulmonary Hypertension, Left-To-Right Shunt, And Constriction
    Hemodynamic Assessment of Aortic/Mitral Stenosis And Regurgitation
    Vascular Closure Devices and Complications
    Part 2: Coronary Intervention
    Basics of Intervention
    Difficult Stent Delivery
    Bifurcation Lesions
    Ostial Lesion Interventions
    Left Main Coronary Interventions
    Chronic Total Occlusions
    ACS: STEMI/ Non-STEMI Intervention
    Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Interventions
    Calcific Lesion Interventions
    Coronary Complications Of Percutaneous Coronary Interventions
    Radial Coronary Interventions
    Part 3: Special Procedures
    Advanced Hemodynamic Support
    Aortic Valve Interventions-Balloon Aortic Valvuloplasty/ Transcatheter Aortic Valve Implantation
    Balloon Mitral Valvuloplasty
    Alcohol Septal Ablation
    Pericardiocentesis and Balloon Pericardiotomy
    Contrast-Induced Nephropathy Post Percutaneous Interventional Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Annapoorna Kini, Samin K. Sharma, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this essential book provides a practically applicable manual to a variety of procedures in interventional cardiology keeping up to date with the advancements in percutaneous interventions. All included chapters identify areas that have significantly developed, and feature step-by-step user guides for the latest cardiac intervention techniques for the treatment of various conditions and the use of devices. Many new tops have been discussed such as left main coronary interventions and how to use Cangrelor in patients requiring P2Y12 inhibition after surgery. New topics covered include how to select patients for transcatheter aortic valve replacement (TAVR), and appropriately apply in-stent restenosis methodologies. Practical Manual of Interventional Cardiology systematically describes the use of a range of simple and complex interventional cardiology procedures, and the challenges associated with utilizing these techniques. It is therefore ideal for use by practicing and trainee cardiologists seeking an easily accessible reference to apply in their everyday clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Part I Interventional Basics
    Basics of Radiation Safety
    Achieving Perfect Vascular Access
    The Perfect Shot: Angiographic Views for the Interventionalist
    Physiological Assessment During Interventional Procedures
    Antiplatelet and Antithrombotic Therapy in PCI
    Patient Selection and Appropriateness
    Guide Catheter Selection
    Guidewire Properties and Selection
    Assessment of Lesion Severity (Intravascular Ultrasound, Optical Coherence Tomography, NIRS, and Beyond)
    Basics of Intracoronary Devices
    Hemodynamic Assessment: Right Heart Catheterization, Pulmonary Hypertension, Left-to-Right Shunt, and Constriction
    Hemodynamic Assessment of Aortic/Mitral Stenosis and Regurgitation
    Part II Coronary Intervention
    Vascular Closure Devices and Complications
    Basics of Intervention
    Difficult Stent Delivery
    Bifurcation Lesions
    Ostial Lesion Interventions
    Left Main Coronary Interventions
    Chronic Total Occlusions
    ACS: STEMI/Non-STEMI Intervention
    Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Interventions
    Calcific Lesion Interventions
    Coronary Complications of Percutaneous Coronary Interventions
    Radial Coronary Interventions
    Part III Special Procedures
    Advanced Hemodynamic Support
    Aortic Valve Interventions: Balloon Aortic Valvuloplasty/Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Percutaneous Mitral Balloon Valvotomy
    Alcohol Septal Ablation
    Pericardiocentesis and Balloon Pericardiotomy
    Contrast-Induced Nephropathy Post Percutaneous Interventional Procedures
    Guide catheter selection in patients with TAVR
    Transcatheter Mitral valve repair
    In-Stent Restenosis (ISR)
    Laser
    Rota
    IVBT
    Balloon
    Stent.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Osama I. Soliman, Folkert J. ten Cate, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Shad Deering.
    Contents:
    Introduction and basic principles of labor and delivery / Shad Deering
    Common examinations and procedures in labor and delivery / Ashley S. Coggins
    Fetal heart rate monitoring in labor and delivery / Noelle Breslin
    First-stage labor management / Emily Sheikh
    Second stage labor management / Kelsey J. Simpson
    Third stage labor management / Kelsey J. Simpson
    Induction and augmentation of labor / Irina U. Tunnage
    Obstetric analgesia/anesthesia in labor and delivery / Elise Diamond
    Operative vaginal delivery / Morgan Light
    Caesarean delivery / Meghan Yamasaki
    Laceration and episiotomy repair / Allison A.C. Aubanks
    Neonatal resuscitation in labor and delivery / Mary Kathryn Collins
    Postpartum care / Sierra Seamon
    Common OB complications and emergencies in labor and delivery / Devon M. Rupley and Kristen Elmezzi.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Pete S. Batra, Joseph K. Han, editors.
    Summary: Chronic rhinosinusitis (CRS) is an inflammatory disorder of the nose and paranasal sinuses with symptoms persisting for at least 3 months. The treatment paradigm for CRS includes medical therapy as the cornerstone, coupled with endoscopic sinus surgery in refractory cases. To date, however, no FDA-approved treatments exist for medical treatment of CRS, and most treatment algorithms rely on expert opinion supplemented by available peer-review data. This underscores the need for a comprehensive primer to optimize the care of CRS patients. This book is a detailed compendium on the medical and surgical treatment of CRS, with or without polyposis. Detailed coverage is provided of a wide range of topics, including pathophysiologic mechanisms, medical and surgical management of CRS and its subsets, medical therapy in the pre- and postoperative period, specific medical therapeutic classes currently employed in CRS patients, and optimization of the efficacy of endoscopic sinus surgery for postoperative medical therapy. Each chapter highlights key aspects of specific therapies, including mechanism of action, indications, dosages, side-effects, and available clinical efficacy data, and emphasizes practical management pearls and pitfalls from experts in the field. Operative techniques for endoscopic sinonasal procedures for CRS are also outlined. This book will be a valuable resource for practicing general otolaryngologists, rhinologists, and allergists as well as residents and fellows in training. It will also serve as a reference guide for physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and nurses involved in the care of CRS patients.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Pathophysiology of Chronic Rhinosinusitis
    Microbiology of CRS
    Endoscopic Diagnosis of Chronic Rhinosinusitis
    Radiographic Diagnosis of Chronic Rhinosinusitis.-Classification of Chronic Rhinosinusitis and its Subsets
    Nasal Polyposis
    Fungal Rhinosinusitis
    Management of FESS Failures
    Pediatric Sinusitis
    Allergic Rhinitis
    Asthma
    Therapeutic Modalities for CRS
    Overview of Medical Treatment of CRS
    Oral Antibiotics as Anti-Infectives
    Oral Antibiotics as Anti-Inflammatories
    Topical and Intravenous Antibiotics
    Oral Steroids
    Topical Steroids
    Oral and Topical Antifungals
    Leukotriene Modifiers
    Aspirin desensitization
    Saline Irrigations
    Emerging Innovative Medical Therapies
    Endoscopic Sinus Surgery as Adjunct to Medical Therapy
    Endoscopic Sinus Surgery: Rationale, Indications, and Technique
    Medical Therapy in Preoperative and Postoperative Period
    Surgery for Maxillary Sinus Disease
    Ethmoid Sinus Surgery
    Surgery for Frontal Sinus Disease
    Surgery for Sphenoid Sinus Disease
    Surgery for Nasal Polyposis
    Surgery for Fungal Rhinosinusitis
    Surgery for Pediatric Sinusitis
    Surgery of the Nasal Septum and Turbinates.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Antonio Russo, Marc Peeters, Lorena Incorvaia, Christian Rolfo, editors.
    Summary: This textbook combines essential information on clinical cancer medicine with a guide to the latest advances in molecular oncology and tumor biology. Providing a systematic overview of all types of solid tumors, including epidemiology and cancer prevention, genetic aspects of hereditary cancers, differential diagnosis, typical signs and symptoms, diagnostic strategies and staging, and treatment modalities, it also discusses new and innovative cancer treatments, particularly targeted therapy and immunotherapy. Expert commentaries at the end of each chapter highlight key points, offer insights, suggest further reading and discuss clinical application using case descriptions. This textbook is an invaluable, practice-oriented tool for medical students just beginning their clinical oncology studies, as well as for medical oncology residents and young professionals.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Cancer Prevention
    Tumor biology and natural history
    Histopathology of the Tumors
    Biomarkers
    Liquid biopsy
    Diagnosis and staging
    Molecular Diagnostics: innovative technologies for clinical and translational research
    Hereditary cancers and genetics
    Principles of anti-cancer therapy: Chemotherapy
    Principles of anti-cancer therapy: Hormonal therapy
    Principles of anti-cancer therapy: Target Therapy
    Principles of anti-cancer therapy: Immunotherapy
    The role of Surgery
    Surgery in the Management of Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors
    Integrated Treatments: The role of radiotherapy
    Response assessment to cancer therapy
    Clinical trials and methodology in cancer research
    Basic principles of bioinformatics for next generation sequencing molecular testing in oncology
    New drugs development
    Treatment toxicity
    Cardioncology
    The cancer cachexia
    Support and palliative care
    Physician-Patient Communication
    Breast Cancer: Locoregional and locally advanced disease
    Metastatic breast cancer
    Chest Tumors: Lung Cancer
    Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
    Gastrointestinal Cancers: Oesophagus
    Gastric cancer
    Gastrointestinal Cancers: Stomach, advanced/metastatic disease
    Gastrointestinal Cancers: Colorectum, locoregional disease
    Metastatic colorectal cancer
    Anal Carcinoma
    Gastrointestinal Cancers: exocrine pancreas
    Gastrointestinal Cancers - Biliary cancer
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Head and Neck Cancers (HNCs)
    Central Nervous System Malignancies
    Genitourinary cancers: Kidney
    Bladder Cancer
    Genitourinary cancers: Prostate, locoregional disease
    Advanced and Metastatic Prostate Cancer
    Genitourinary cancers: Testis
    Genitourinary cancers: Penis
    Gynaecological cancers: Ovaris, early primary disease
    Gynaecological cancers: Ovaris, primary advanced and recurrent disease
    Gynaecological cancers: Uterus, endometrial and cervical cancer
    Vulvar and Vaginal Cancer
    Endocrine cancers: Adrenal gland
    Endocrine cancers: Thyroid
    Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Cutaneous Melanoma and other skin cancers
    Soft Tissue Sarcomas (STS)
    The Role of Medical Treatment in the management of Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors (GIST)
    Bone health in cancer patients
    Nutrition and cancer
    Personalized medicine
    Categorization of Cancer Survivors
    Precision medicine in oncology: glossary of relevant scientific terms.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Eric Marsault, University of Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada, Mark L. Peterson, Quebec, Canada.
    Contents:
    1. Contemporary macrocyclization technologies
    2. A practical guide to structural aspects of macrocyles (NMR, X-Ray and Modeling)
    3. Designing orally bioavailable peptide and peptoid macrocycles
    4. Natural and nature-inspired macrocycles: a chemoinformatic overview and relevant examples
    5. Bioactive and membrane-permeable cyclic peptide natural products
    6. Chemical approaches to macrocycle libraries
    7. Biological and hybrid biological/chemical strategies in diversity generation of peptidic macrocycles
    8. Macrocycles for protein-protein interactions
    9. Synthetic strategies for macrocyclic peptides
    10. Ring-closing metathesis-based methods in chemical biology: building a natural product-inspired macrocyclic toolbox to tackle protein-protein interactions
    11. the synthesis of peptide-based macrocycles by Huisgen Cycloaddition
    12. Palladium-catalyzed synthesis of macrocycles
    13. Alternative strategies for the construction of macrocycles
    14. Macrocycles from multicomponent reactions
    15.Synthetic approaches used in the scale-up of macrocyclic clinical candidates
    16. Overview of macrocycles in cllinical development and clinically used
    17. The discovery of macrocyclic IAP inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
    18. Discovery and pharmacokietic-pharmacodynamic evaluation of an orally available novel macrocyclic inhibitor of anaplastic lymphoma kinase and c-Ros oncogene 1
    19. Optimization of macrocyclic ghrelin receptor agonist (Part II): development of TZP-102
    20. Solithromycin: fourth generation macrolide antibiotic
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Chunlin Hou, Shimin Chang, Juyu Tang, Zhigang Cai, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to introduce the most recent microsurgical techniques and applications in the pattern of illustrative case presentations, including digit replantation, toe-to-hand transplantation, peripheral nerve injuries especially total brachial plexus avulsion injury, surgical flaps. Microsurgery appeared to be a great procedure suitable for more applications. Anatomic research of the blood supply of skin, fascia, nerve, muscle, and bone identified flaps could be carried by pedicle vessels. Transfer of these flaps and revascularization by micro-vascular anastomoses of the arteries and veins set the stages for free flaps. In free flap surgery, single-stage and complex reconstructions could be achieved, which then lead to earlier mobilization and better restoration of function with a shorter hospital stay. Today, microsurgical technique is fully matured, and micro-vascular free tissue transfer is an essential part of reconstructive surgery. Development of microsurgery in China is introduced in the initiation of the current book. Key technical points and experience of replantation, reconstruction, tissue repair, nerve repair and reconstruction, oncological repair and reconstruction cases together with other applications of microsurgery are further demonstrated.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Upper limbs and hands
    1 Successful replantation of the distal phalanx of the little finger in a newborn: A case report
    2 Replantation of amputated finger composite tissue mass
    3 Replantation of severed fingers in children
    4 Replantation of single hand's multiplane severances with 17 segments
    5 Replantation of severed upper arm of a nine-month-old infant
    6 Replantation with vessel anastomosis for treatment of hand degloving injuries
    7 Transpositional replantation of severed fingers
    8 Salvage of the damaged hand by the emergency reconstruction with heterotopic replantation of discarded fingers
    9 Salvage of an amputated upper extremity with ectopic implantation followed by replantation at the second stage
    10 Emergency repair of a degloving injury in three fingers
    11 Reconstruction for forearm deformities with ulnar shortening induced by capitulum ulnae giant chondroma
    12 First intention combined plastic reconstruction of the thumb through transplanting separated second toe with full dorsal toenail flaps exchange between the first and second toes
    13 Tissues mass replantation of the index and middle finger
    14 The Use of a Third Metacarpal Base Vascularized Osteoarticular Graft for Treatment of Metacarpophalangeal Joint Traumatic Defects
    15 Two-Staged Surgical Treatment of Composite Tissue Defects of the Dorsum of Hand and Finger Involving Fingerweb
    16 Reconstruction of combined thumb amputation at the metacarpal base level and index amputation at the metacarpal level with pollicization and bilateral double toe composite transfer
    17 Harvest and separate the second toe for repair of compound tissue defects for multiple fingers
    18 Combined biological reconstruction can be used to repair large bone defect after resection of malignant bone tumor
    19 Anterolateral thigh flap for the reconstruction of forearm with severe injury
    20 The free peroneal artery perforator flap for combined medial ankle injury
    21 The ultra-long free peroneal artery perforator flap for lateral foot defect coverage
    22 Sural nerve nutritional vessel axial flap for the heel skin defect coverage and calcaneal reconstruction
    Part 2 Lower limbs and hands
    23 Repair and reconstruction of the segmentally destructed lower limb in a child
    24 Exploration of the superior retinacular arterial system of the femoral head after femoral neck fractures in young adults
    25 Replantation of Segmental destructive disconnect of the child's calf
    26 Extension of lower limbs for extreme flexion of knee joint induced by dorsal scar adhesion after burned for 13 years in a child
    27 Posterior tibial artery flap in series with medial plantar artery flap for repair of anterior foot degloving injury
    28 Adipofascial turnover flap for dorsal foot coverage and dead space filling
    29 Repair hot-pressed wound of hand with lobulated chimeric flaps of perforator branch of lateral circumflex femoral artery
    30 The waveform design of decending branch of lateral circumflex femoral artery perforator flap for the heel defect reconstruction
    31 Chimeric peroneal artery perforator flap for reconstruction post-traumatic osteomyelitis of tibia
    32 Dual skin paddles descending branch of the lateral circumflex femoral artery perforator flap for one-staged reconstruction of two adjacent wounds
    33 Dual skin paddles descending branch of the lateral circumflex femoral artery perforator flap for reconstruction of extensive foot defects
    34 Treatment of tibia GUSTILO IIIC fractures by bone transfer combined with flap technique
    35 Large Segmental Free Ectopic Revascularized and Prefabricated Bone Flap for Second Stage Repair of Bone and Soft Tissue Defects
    36 Repair of a lateral malleolus defect with a composite pedicled second metatarsal flap
    Part 3 Head, neck and trunk
    37 Replantation repair of total scalp avulsion
    38 Replantation of facial tissue mass
    39 A case for replantation of amputated ear
    40 Salvage of large scalp defect with exposed skull necrosis by a free vascularized greater omentum graft in a 3-year-old child: a case report and 10-year follow-up
    41 Maxillary and orbital floor reconstruction with anterolateral thigh flap and individual pre-bended titanium mesh
    42 Deep circumflex iliac artery (DCIA) flap for one-staged reconstruction of left mandible defects
    43 Case of facial nerve reconstruction
    44 Mandibular reconstruction with vascularized fibular flap in double-barrel technique
    45 Oromandibular Reconstruction with Intraoral Anastomosis of a Deep Circumflex Iliac Artery Perforator Fascial Flap with Iliac Crest
    46 Bilateral submandibular gland transplantations for paediatric several dry eye disease
    47 Chimeric thoracoacromial artery perforator flap for one-staged reconstruction of complex haryngoesophageal defects
    48 Maxillary reconstruction with vascularized fibula osteomyocutaneous flap using virtual surgical planning
    49 Transoral segmental mandibulectomy and intraoral anastomosis for mandibular reconstruction guided by virtual surgical planning and intraoperative navigation
    50 Reconstructed bladder innervation above the level of spinal cord injury to produce urination by abdomen-to-bladder reflex contractions
    51 Reconstructed bladder innervation below the level of spinal cord injury to produce urination by Achilles tendonto-bladder reflex contractions
    52 Transfer of normal S1 nerve root to reinnervate atonic bladder due to conus medullaris injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eugene G. McNally.
    Contents:
    Shoulder: Anatomy and Techniques
    Shoulder 1: Supraspinatus Tendon
    Shoulder 2: The SASD Bursa, Rotator Interval and Other Rotator Cuff Tendons
    Shoulder 3: Beyond the Rotator Cuff
    Arm and Elbow Joint: Anatomy and Techniques
    Disorders of the Elbow: Lateral
    Disorders of the Elbow: Medial
    Disorders of the Elbow: Anterior
    Disorders of the Elbow: Posterior
    Forearm and Wrist Joint: Anatomy and Techniques
    Disorders of the Wrist: Radial
    Disorders of the Wrist: Ulnar Side
    Disorders of the Wrist: Miscellaneous
    Finger Anatomy and Techniques
    Disorders of the Fingers and Hand
    Hip Joint and Thigh: Anatomy and Techniques
    Disorders of the Groin and Hip: Groin Pain
    Disorders of the Groin and Hip: Anterior
    Disorders of the Groin and Hip: Lateral and Posterior
    Disorders of the Groin and Hip: Paediatric Hip
    Knee Joint and Calf: Anatomy and Techniques
    Knee Pat hology
    Ankle Joint and Forefoot: Anatomy and Techniques
    Disorders of the Ankle and Foot: Posterior
    Disorders of the Ankle and Foot: Anterior
    Disorders of the Ankle and Foot: Lateral
    Disorders of the Ankle and Foot: Medial
    Disorders of the Ankle and Foot: Forefoot
    Musculoskeletal Intervention: General Principles
    Specific Intervention Techniques
    Ultrasound of Soft Tissue Masses
    Ultrasound Imaging of Joint Disease
    Ultrasound of Muscle Injury.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Bijan Siassi, MD, FACC, Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Radiology, Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California, Shahab Noori, MD, MS CBTI, RDCS, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, Fetal and Neonatal Institute, Division of Neonatology, Children's Hospital Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California, Ruben J. Acherman, MD, Professor of Pediatric Cardiology, Children's Heart Center Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada, Pierrce C. Wong, MD, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, Director, Echocardiography Lab and Cardiac Pathology Registry, Children's Hospital Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California.
    Contents:
    Basic principles of echocardiography / Apichai Khongphatthanayothin
    Echocardiographic scanners and transducers / Mahmood (Mac) Ebrahimi
    Cross-sectional neonatal cardiac anatomy as depicted by standard two-dimensional echocardiography / Bijan Siassi, Mahmood Ebrahimi, Shilpa Patil, and Ruben Acherman
    Application of echocardiographic simulators in training for neonatal echocardiography / Bijan Siassi, Mahmood Ebrahimi, and Shahab Noori
    M-mode echocardiography and 2D cardiac measurements / Merujan Uzunyan and Lindsey Miller
    Pulse wave, continuous wave and color flow Doppler in assessment of regurgitant flow and measurement of pressure gradients / Merujan Uzunyan and Lindsey Miller
    Application of pulse wave and continuous wave Doppler in the assessment and measurement of cardiac and systemic blood flow / Shahab Noori
    Assessment of systolic, diastolic and global cardiac function / Shahab Noori
    Shunts through a patent foramen ovale / Bijan Siassi
    Shock, myocardial dysfunction and heart failure / Shahab Noori and Tai Wei Wu
    Patent ductus arteriosus / Shahab Noori
    Persistent pulmonary hypertension in newborn infants : assessment of pulmonary artery pressure / Tina A. Leone
    Desaturation and cyanosis in the newborn infant without congenital heart disease / Tina A. Leone
    Aneurysm of ductus arteriosus, cardiomyopathies, and aortopulmonary collaterals / Ruben Acherman
    Suspecting congenital heart disease / Bijan Siassi, Mahmood Ebrahimi, and Ruben Acherman
    Overview of fetal echocardiography / Ruben J. Acherman and William N. Evans.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2019
  • Digital
    Mark Harber, editor.
    Contents:
    Assessment of the Renal Patient
    Urine Analysis
    Imaging in Nephrology
    Kidney Biopsy
    Acute Kidney Injury: Epidemiology and Assessment
    Acute Kidney Injury: Management and Prevention
    Acute Renal Replacement Therapy
    Hepatorenal Syndrome
    Common Electrolyte Disorders
    Acid-Base Disorders
    Diagnosis and Investigation of the Hypertensive Patient
    Management of High Blood Pressure
    Podocytopathies
    Management of the Nephrotic Patient: The Overall Approach to the Patient with Nephrotic Syndrome (NS)
    Management of the Nephrotic Patient: Treatment of ECF Volume Expansion Due to Nephrotic Syndrome in Adults
    Minimal Change Disease and Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
    Membranous Nephropathy
    Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis and C3 Glomerulopathy
    IgA Nephropathy and Henoch-Schonlein Purpura
    Systemic Small Vessel Vasculitis
    Goodpasture's or Anti-glomerular Basement Membrane (GBM) Disease
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Antiphospholipid Syndrome and the Kidney
    Practical Immunosuppression Guidelines for Patients with Glomerulonephritis
    Infectious Diseases and the Kidney
    Blood-Borne Viruses and the Kidney
    Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Rheumatological Conditions and the Kidney
    Multiple Myeloma and the Kidney
    Amyloidosis
    Thrombotic Microangiopathies
    Sickle Cell Disease and Other Haematological Disorders Involving the Kidney
    Diabetes and the Kidney
    Pregnancy and the Kidney
    Disease of the Renal Vessels
    Urinary Tract Infection
    Renal Stone Disease
    Congenital Anomalies of the Kidneys and Urinary Tract
    Acquired Urinary Tract Obstruction
    Kidney Cancer
    Inherited Renal Tumour Syndromes
    Polycystic Kidney Disease
    Other Cystic Kidney Diseases
    Genetic Disorders of the Glomerular Basement Membrane
    Anderson-Fabry Disease and Other Inherited Lipid Disorders of the Kidney
    Inherited Metabolic Disease
    Dermatology in Kidney Disease
    Chronic Kidney Disease: Epidemiology and Causes
    Chronic Kidney Disease: Management
    Transition
    Anaemia Management in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Chronic Kidney Disease: Mineral and Bone Disorder (CKD-MBD)
    Chronic Kidney Disease: Cardiovascular Complications
    Coagulation in Kidney Disease
    Symptom Control and Palliative Care in Advanced CKD
    Nutrition and Kidney Disease
    Pharmacology and the Kidney
    Prevention of Infection in Kidney Patients
    Setting Up and Running a Haemodialysis Service
    Vascular Access: Improving Outcomes for Haemodialysis Patients
    Vascular Access: Fistulae and Grafts
    Complications of Maintenance Haemodialysis and How to Avoid Them
    Providing a Peritoneal Dialysis Service
    Peritoneal Dialysis Prescription
    Complications of Peritoneal Dialysis and How to Avoid Them
    Assessment of the Potential Transplant Donor
    Assessment of the Potential Transplant Recipient
    Tissue Typing, Crossmatch and Antibody Incompatibility in Kidney Transplantation
    Surgical Aspects of Kidney and Pancreas Transplantation
    Management of the Acute Transplant
    Immunosuppression for Kidney Transplantation
    Infectious Complications of Transplantation
    Long-Term Management of Kidney Transplant Recipients (KTRs)
    International Health Partnerships.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] José Biller, MD, FACP, FAAN, FAHA, professor and chairman, Department of Neurology, Loyola University Chicago, Maywood, Illinois.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. Approach to the Patient with Acute Confusional State (Delirium/Encephalopathy)
    2. Approach to the Patient with Dementia / Joseph Zachariah / Sara Hocker
    3. Approach to the Patient with Aphasia / Nilufer Ertekin-Taner / Neil R. Graff-Radford
    4. Approach to the Patient with Memory Impairment / Jeffrey L. Saver / Jose Biller
    5. Approach to the Comatose Patient / Torricia H. Yamada / Natalie L. Denburg / Daniel Tranel
    6. Approach to the Patient with Seizures / Michael P. Merchut
    7. Approach to the Patient with Syncope / Vicenta Salanova / Meridith Runke
    8. Approach to the Patient with Gait Disturbance and Recurrent Falls / Peter A. Santucci / Joseph G. Akar / David J. Wilber
    9. Approach to the Patient with Sleep Disorders / Xabier Beristain
    10. Approach to the Patient with Visual Loss / Mark E. Dyken / Kyoung Bin Im
    11. Approach to the Patient with Abnormal Pupils / Devin D. Mackay / Valerie Biousse / Nancy J. Newman
    12. Approach to the Patient with Diplopia / Aki Kawasaki
    13. Approach to the Patient with Facial Numbness / Devin D. Mackay / Valerie Purvin
    14. Approach to the Patient with Facial Pain / Arash Salardini / Betsy B. Love
    15. Approach to the Patient with Facial Weakness / Murray S. Flaster
    16. Approach to the Patient with Dizziness and Vertigo / Sam J. Marzo / John P. Leonetti
    17. Approach to the Patient with Hearing Loss / Timothy C. Hain / Marcello Cherchi
    18. Approach to the Patient with Dysphagia / Richard T. Miyamoto / Marcia J. Hay-McCutcheon
    19. Approach to the Patient with Dysarthria / Alejandro A. Rabinstein
    20. Approach to the Patient with Acute Headache / Sarah S. Kramer / Michael J. Schneck / Jose Biller
    21. Approach to the Patient with Chronic and Recurrent Headache / Mark W. Green / Sarah L. Rahal
    22. Approach to the Patient with Neck Pain and/or Arm Pain / Robert G. Kaniecki
    23. Approach to the Patient with Low Back Pain, Lumbosacral Radiculopathy and Lumbar Stenosis / Scott A. Shapiro
    24. Approach to the Patient with Upper Extremity Pain and Paresthesias and Entrapment Neuropathies / Eric M. Horn / Paul B. Nelson
    25. Approach to the Patient with Lower Extremity Pain, Paresthesias and Entrapment Neuropathies / Mark A. Ross
    26. Approach to the Patient with Failed Back Syndrome / Gregory Gruener
    27. Approach to the Patient with Acute Sensory Loss / Tarik F. Ibrahim / Russ P. Nockels / Michael W. Groff
    28. Approach to the Hyperkinetic Patient / Eoin R. Flanagan / Neeraj Kumar
    29. Approach to the Ataxic Patient / Javier Pagonabarraga / Christopher G. Goetz
    30. Approach to the Hypokinetic Patient / Adolfo Ramirez-Zamora
    31. Approach to the Patient with Acute Muscle Weakness / Ergun Y. Uc / Robert L. Rodnitzky
    32. Approach to the Patient with Neurogenic Orthostatic Hypotension, Sexual and Urinary Dysfunction and Other Autonomic Disorders / Holli A. Horak
    33. Approach to the Patient with Functional Disorders in the Neurology Clinic / Emilio Oribe
    34. Approach to the Patient with Suspected Brain Death / Jeannette M. Gelauff / Jon Stone
    35. Neuroimaging of Common Neurologic Conditions / Christopher R. Robinson / Eelco F.M. Wjdicks
    36. Approach to the Selection of Electrodiagnostic Cerebrospinal Fluid and Other Ancillary Testing / Jordan Rosenblum
    37. Approach to Common Office Problems of Pediatric Neurology . / Maria Baldwin / Matthew A. McCoyd
    38. Approach to Common Emergencies in Pediatric Neurology / Eugene R. Schnitzler / Nikolas Mata-Machado
    39. Approach to Ethical Issues in Neurology / Melissa G. Chung / E. Steve Roach
    40. Ischemic Cerebrovascular Disease / Bhupendra O. Khatri / Michael P. McQuillen
    41. Hemorrhagic Cerebrovascular Disease / Jose Biller / Rochelle Sweis
    42. Epilepsies in Children / Harold P. Adams Jr
    43. Epilepsy in Adults / Hema Patel / David W. Dunn
    44. Multiple Sclerosis / Omkar N. Markand
    45. Movement Disorders / Matthew A. McCoyd
    46. Dementia / Andrew P. Duker / Alberto J. Espay
    47. Central Nervous System Infections / Annya D. Tisher / Arash Salardini
    48. Neurologic Complications in Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome / Karen L. Roos
    49. Inherited Metabolic Neurologic Disorders / Krutika Kuppalli / Paul O'Keefe
    50. Spinal Cord Disorders / Marc C. Patterson
    51. Peripheral Neuropathy / Athena Kostidis
    52. Myopathy / John C. Kincaid
    53. Disorders of the Neuromuscular Junction / Holli A. Horak / Raul N. Mandler
    54. Therapy of Migraine, Tension-Type >and Cluster Headache / Robert M. Pascuzzi / Cynthia L. Bodkin
    55. Chronic Pain / Amy R. Tso / Peter J. Goadsby
    56. Complex Regional Pain Syndrome / Troy Buck / Walter S. Jellish
    57. Primary Central Nervous System Tumors / Joseph R. Holtman / Michael J. Frett Jr
    58. Nervous System Complications of Cancer / Edward J. Dropcho
    59. Neurotoxicology / Rimas V. Lukas
    60. Sleep Disorders / Laura M. Tormoehkn / Daniel E. Rusyniak
    61. Dizziness and Vertigo / Phyllis C. Zee / Alon Y. Avidan
    62. Neurologic Diseases in Pregnancy / Matthew L. Kircher / Sara Anderson-Kim
    63. The ABCs of Neurologic Emergencies / Kathleen B. Digre / Michael W. Varner.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editor, Edward (Ted) Parks.
    Contents:
    The knee
    The shoulder
    The hip
    The hand, wrist, and elbow
    The foot and ankle
    Low back pain (spine)
    Orthopedic emergencies
    Fracture management
    Injection techniques.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Yi Ding, Linsheng Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book is a review and high-yield reference on the clinical molecular diagnostics of malignant neoplasms. It aims to address the practical questions frequently encountered in the molecular oncology practice, as well as key points and pitfalls in the clinical interpretation of molecular tests in guiding precision cancer management. The text uses a Q&A format and case presentations, with emphasis on understanding the molecular test methods, diagnosis, classification, risk assessment and clinical correlation. Starting with an update on the molecular biology of cancer, the book focuses on the topics related to molecular diagnostics and genetics-based precision oncology. Separate chapters are dedicated to discussion of the bioinformatics for the analysis of genetic/genomic data generated from molecular assays, and quality control (QC)/quality assurance (QA) programs in the clinical laboratories; both are critical in producing high quality results for clinical care of cancer patients. These are followed by organ system-based reviews and discussions on the molecular genetic abnormalities and related tests covering diverse types of common to rare malignant neoplasms. This book also provides up-to-date knowledge related to malignant neoplasms, discusses the established as well as evolving requirements for pathologic diagnosis of these malignancies. It also discusses the cost effective utilization of molecular tests in clinical oncology. Written by experts in the field, Practical Oncologic Molecular Pathology serves as a valuable reference for practicing pathologists, fellows, residents and other health care professionals.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Molecular Methods and Data Analysis in Clinical Molecular Diagnostic Laboratories
    1: The Molecular Pathobiology of Malignant Process and Molecular Diagnostic Testing for Cancer
    List of Frequently Asked Questions
    Frequently Asked Questions
    Case Presentations
    Case 1
    Learning Objectives
    Case History
    Initial Work-up
    Histologic Findings
    Molecular Genetic Study
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    Case 2
    Learning Objectives
    Case History
    Molecular Genetic Studies
    Final Diagnosis
    Clinical Follow-Up Discussion
    Case 3
    Learning Objectives
    Case History
    Laboratory Findings
    Molecular Genetic Studies
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    Case 4
    Learning Objective
    Case History
    Molecular Genetic Studies
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    Case 5
    Learning Objectives
    Case History
    Molecular Genetic Studies
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    2: Molecular Diagnostic Methods
    List of Frequently Asked Questions
    Frequently Asked Questions
    Case Examples
    Case #1
    Learning Objectives
    Case History
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    Case #2 Learning Objectives
    Case History
    Laboratory Work-up
    Histologic Findings
    Molecular Genetic Studies
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    NGS Sequencing Results
    Case #3
    Learning Objectives
    Case History
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    Case #4
    Learning Objectives
    Case History
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    References
    3: Bioinformatics Analysis in Molecular Pathology
    List of Frequently Asked Questions
    Frequently Asked Questions
    Cases
    Case 1: HGVS Nomenclature and Rules
    Discussion for Case 1
    Case 2: Read Depth and Molecular Bar Coding Discussion for Case 2
    Case 3: FASTQ Format and Mate-Pairs
    Discussion for Case 3
    Case 4: Variant Filtering
    Discussion for Case 4
    Case 5: Protected Health Information and Cloud Services
    Discussion for Case 5
    References
    4: Quality Assurance and Quality Control in Molecular Diagnostic Laboratories
    List of Frequently Asked Questions
    Frequently Asked Questions
    Case Presentations
    Case 1
    Learning Objective
    Case History
    Case 2
    Learning Objective
    Case History
    Case 3
    Learning Objective
    Case History
    References Part II: Molecular Pathology of Solid and Soft Tissue Tumors
    5: Breast and Gynecologic Tumors
    List of Frequently Asked Questions
    Frequently Asked Questions
    Case Presentations
    Case 1
    Case History
    Histologic Finding
    Differential Diagnosis
    Ancillary Studies
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    Case 2
    History
    HER2 Testing
    Final HER2 Interpretation
    Discussion
    Case 3
    History
    Gross Findings
    Histologic Findings
    Differential Diagnosis
    Ancillary Studies
    Final Diagnosis
    Discussion
    Case 4
    History
    Histologic Findings
    MMR Studies
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jaideep Pandit.
    Contents:
    Introduction and scope of book / Jaideep J Pandit
    Defining "efficiency" / Jaideep J Pandit
    Defining "productivity" / Jaideep J Pandit
    Case Scheduling / Jaideep J Pandit
    Capacity planning / Jaideep J Pandit
    Staffing and contracts / Jaideep J Pandit
    Theatre finances / Jaideep J Pandit
    Pre-operative patient preparation / Jaideep J Pandit
    Operating theatre management in New Zealand / Cameron C.R. Buchanan
    Operating theatre management in Japan / Yoshinori Nakata
    Operating theatre management in Two European Countries / André van Zundert and Thomas Sieber
    Operating theatre management in Australia / André van Zundert
    Operating theatre management in the United States / Emily B. Goldenberg and Alex Macario
    Clinical governance and safety in theatres / Meghana Pandit
    Summary and Overview / Peter H.J. Müller.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Andrea T. Deyrup, Gene P. Siegal.
    Contents:
    Normal bone anatomy / Michael J. Klein
    Patterns in radiology / D. Lee Bennett and Georges Y. El-Khoury
    Clinical patterns of orthopedic disease / Kevin B. Jones and Joseph A. Buckwalter
    Patterns of diagnostic evaluation / Michael J. Klein
    Lesions characterized by osteoid deposition and non-aggressive radiology / Luminita Rezeanu
    Lesions characterized by osteoid deposition and aggressive radiology located within bone / Anthony Montag
    Lesions characterized by osteoid deposition and non-aggressive radiology located on bone surface / Shi Wei
    Lesions characterized by osteoid deposition and aggressive radiology located on bone surface or within cortex / Anthony Montag
    Lesions characterized by cartilage deposition and non-aggressive/intermediate radiology / Yong-Koo Park
    Lesions characterized by cartilage deposition and aggressive radiology / Andrea T. Deyrup
    Lesions characterized by large numbers of giant cells replacing trabecular bone / Edward McCarthy
    Lesions characterized by a fibrous, spindle cell proliferation replacing trabecular bone / Frank Gannon and Benjamin Hoch
    Lesions characterized by vascular proliferation replacing trabecular bone / Wendong Yu, Sathiyamoorthy Selvarajan and Andrew E Rosenberg
    Lesions characterized by permeation of cells through trabecular bone with or without bone destruction / M. John Hicks
    Cystic lesions in bone / Yong-Koo Park
    Avascular necrosis bone infarcts, paget disease and "soft tissue tumors" of bone / Shadi A. Qasem
    Metastasis / Julie Fanburg-Smith, Michael E. Mulligan and Mark D. Murphey
    Notochordal and related lesions / Carrie Y. Inwards and Karen J. Fritchie
    Degenerative joint disease / Meera R. Hameed
    Crystalline arthropathies / Edward F. DiCarlo
    Synovial based lesions / Andrea T. Deyrup.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Zhonglin Mu, Jugao Fang, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide clinical advices on diagnosis and treatment of main and rare diseases of ear, nose, throat, head and neck to clinical practitioners. The highlight of this book is that important surgeries, for example, transoral robotic surgery for tongue base tumours, cochlear implant, are displayed in high-resolution videos. The first chapter gives a general introduction of otolaryngology, head and neck foundation which helps clinical practitioners generate the basic ideas of equipment, drugs and treatment used. The following chapters introduce anatomy, physiology, diagnosis and therapeutic approach for common diseases of otolaryngology, head and neck, with brief case studies. For each disease, a brief introduction, clinical symptoms, imaging diagnosis, treatment plan as well as complications management are offered to the readers. With the illustrative figures and videos, this book is a useful reference to otolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, professional clinical staff, and medical students.

    Contents:
    General Otolaryngopharyngology Head and Neck Surgery
    Otology
    Rhinologgy
    Pharyngology
    Laryngology
    Tracheoesophagology
    Head and Neck Surgery
    Complications in Otorhinolaryngopharyngology Head and Neck Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Woodhead, G. Sims.
    Digital Access Google Books 1884-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J111 .W88 1884
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Alberto M. Marchevsky, Aliya N. Husain, Françoise Galateau-Sallé.
    Contents:
    The mesothelium : embryology, anatomy and biology / Thomas Krausz and Stephanie McGregor
    Classification of neoplastic and non-neoplastic lesions of the serosal surfaces / Alberto M. Marchevsky
    Multi-modality imaging of pleural and peritoneal disease / Jane Cunningham and Ritu R. Gill
    Processing of pleural and peritoneal biopsies / Francoise Galateau-Salle
    Cytology of pleural and peritoneal lesions / Shikha Bose
    Surgical pathology of non-neoplastic conditions of the pleura, pericardium and peritoneum / A. Valeria Arrossi and Fadi Abdul-Karim
    Surgical pathology of benign lesions of mesothelial origin / Aliya N. Husain and Marina Ivanovic
    Epidemiology, etiology and pathogenesis of malignant mesothelioma / Alberto M. Marchevsky
    Pathologic "markers" of above background asbestos exposure / Allen Gibbs
    Molecular aspects of malignant mesothelioma and other tumors of the pleura and peritoneum / Sanja Dacic
    Pathology of malignant mesothelioma / Alberto. M. Marchevsky, Francoise Galateau-Salle, Lucian Chirieac, and Aliya N. Husain
    Surgical treatment of pleural and peritoneal mesothelioma / Sean C. Wightman, Eugene A. Choi and Wickii T. Vigneswaran
    Non-surgical treatment of malignant mesothelioma / Manuel Fernández-Bruno, Silvia Fernández, Macarena González, Jordi Remon and Pilar Lianes
    Primary carcinoma of the pleura and peritoneum / Bonnie Balzer
    Lymphoid malignancies of the pleura and peritoneum / Richard Attanoos
    Mesenchymal and other unusual tumors of the pleura and peritoneum / Nicole A. Ciprani and Peter Pytel.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Alan G. Magee, Jan Till, Anna N. Seale, editors.
    Summary: This book is a collection of cases highlighting situations which can ensnare even the best cardiologist working with pediatric patients. Heart disease in children has a number of diagnostic traps for the unwary, and many of those involved in the specialty have been caught at one time or another. Although the cases contained within these pages illustrate the importance of taking a good history and performing a thorough examination, the most important lesson is learning to keep an open mind and develop the ability to think laterally. For example, it is sometimes very difficult to differentiate between respiratory and cardiac disease in infants and between neurological and cardiac conditions in older children, and the consequences of taking the wrong path can be significant. Practical Pediatric Cardiology is made up of concise chapters that are designed to shed some light on the often difficult management decisions in this group of patients. The chapters represent a wide range of clinical experience and thus will be useful for all readers from those in training through nursing and emergency medical professionals to practicing pediatric cardiologists and cardiac surgeons.

    Contents:
    It's Enough to Make You Anxious
    Fetal AVSD or Maybe Not?
    Mind the Gap
    Dilated Cardiomyopathy: If You Don't Suspect, You Can't Diagnose!
    Syncope: It's All in the History
    Chest Pain in Children: Not Always Benign
    Coronary Artery Imaging Is Crucial
    The Woes Lie Below
    When Not to Intubate Babies Receiving 100% Oxygen
    A Child with a Long QT?
    Breathlessness in an Ex-Prem When All Is Not What It Seems
    Think Outside the Chest
    Fontan Circulation: Forget the Atrial Septum at Your Peril
    Is This Really Bronchiolitis?
    A Neonatal Dilemma
    The Collapsing Teenager
    Dilated Cardiomyopathy: Think of the Diet
    A T-Wave Tight Spot
    Don't Forget the Head and Neck Vessels
    The Test that Gets Forgotten
    Don't Ignore Reverse Differential Cyanosis
    Pulmonary Resistance: How Best to Measure?
    Cardiomyopathy in Infants: Look at the Rhythm, Then Look Again.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by George Gershman, Mike Thomson.
    Summary: "The GI endoscopy market generally is on the rise - due to a combination of new techniques and procedures being developed (i.e. robotic endoscopy), higher levels of obesity worldwide causing more GI problems, colon and GI cancer on the rise, poorer diets in Western countries leading to GI problems, etc. The GI endoscopy market in the US alone is worth approximately $2.5 billion. Colonoscopy is the most common endoscopic procedure. It is estimated that there are approx. 14 million colonoscopies performed in the US alone each year, and 3 million flexible sigmoidoscopies (which only looks at the sigmoid colon, not the whole colon). The gastroenterologist him/herself will perform 85% of all colonoscopy procedures. There are many differences between how the gastroenterologist performs an adult and a pediatric endoscopy. The age of a patient is hugely significant: there are clear differences between the pediatric compared with the adult patient in terms of GI pathology, and the response to the non-physiological conditions induced by the procedure itself, such as esophageal intubation, increased abdominal pressure, gastric distension etc., which can compromise cardio-respiratory state. In addition, the reduced thickness of intestinal wall in infants and young children requires appropriate adjustment in technique"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Pediatric Endoscopy Setting. Introduction / George Gershman, Mike Thomson
    History of pediatric gastrointestinal endoscopy / Samy Cadranel, Jean-Fran©ʹois Mougenot, Douglas S Fishman
    The endoscopy unit / Harpreet Pall
    Pediatric procedural sedation and general anesthesia for gastrointestinal endoscopy / Tom Kallay, Rok Orel, Jernej Brecelj
    Pediatric endoscopy training and ongoing assessment / Catharine M Walsh, Looi Ee, Mike Thomson, Jenifer R Lightdale
    Recertification and revalidation as concepts in pediatric endoscopy / Priya Narula, Mike Thomson
    The role of the Global Rating Scale in pediatric endoscopy / Priya Narula, Mike Thomson
    Quality indicators as a critical part of pediatric endoscopy provision / Priya Narula, Mike Thomson
    e-learning in pediatric endoscopy / Claudio Romano, Mike Thomson
    Diagnostic Pediatric Endoscopy. Indications for gastrointestinal endoscopy in childhood / Dalia Belsha, Jerome Viala, George Gershman, Mike Thomson
    Diagnostic upper gastrointestinal endoscopy / George Gershman, Mike Thomson
    Pediatric ileocolonoscopy / George Gershman, Mike Thomson
    Handling of specimens and orientation of biopsies / Marta C Cohen, Paul Arnold
    Enteroscopy / Mike Thomson, Arun Urs
    Wireless capsule endoscopy / Mike Thomson
    Endoscopic ultrasonography / Simona Faraci, Luigi Dall'Oglio, Paola Angelis, Douglas S Fishman
    Chromoendoscopy / Mike Thomson, Paul Hurlstone
    Confocal laser endomicroscopy in the diagnosis of pediatric gastrointestinal disorders / Mike Thomson, Krishnappa Venkatesh
    High-risk pediatric endoscopy / Jenifer R Lightdale, Mike Thomson, Douglas S Fishman
    Pediatric GI Pathologies and the Role of Endoscopy in Their Management. Esophagitis / Mario C Vieira, Luciana B Mendez Ribeiro, Sabine Krger Truppel
    Eosinophilic esophagitis / Calies Menard-Katcher, Glenn T Furuta, Robert E Kramer
    Gastritis and gastropathy / Shishu Sharma, Mike Thomson
    Celiac disease / Alina Popp, Vasile Daniel Balaba, Markku M©Þki
    Role of endoscopy in inflammatory bowel disease including scoring systems / Salvatore Oliva, Mike Thomson, David Wilson, Dan Turner
    Therapeutic Pediatric Endoscopy. Endoscopic management of esophageal strictures / Michael Manfredi, Frederick Gottrand, Luigi Dall'Oglio, Mike Thomson, George Gershman, Antonio Quiros, Thierry Lamireau
    Endoscopic management of caustic ingestion / Erasmo Miele, Samy Cadranel
    Pneumatic balloon dilation and peroral endoscopic myotomy for achalasia / Valerio Balassone, Mike Thomson, George Gershman
    Endoscopic approaches to the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease / Mike Thomson, Chris Fraser
    Foreign body ingestion / Raoul Furlano, George Gershman, Jenifer R Lightdale
    Non-variceal endoscopic hemostasis / George Gershman, Jorge H Vargas, Mike Thomson
    Variceal endoscopic hemostasis / Patrick McKiernan, Lauren Johanson, Mike Thomson
    Endoscopic approach to obscure gastrointestinal bleeding lesions / Natalia Nedelkopoulou, Sara Isoldi, Dalia Belsha, Mike Thomson
    Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy / Natalie Bhesania, Mike Thomson, Marsha Kay
    Single-stage percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy / Andreia Nita, Jorge Amil-Dias, Arun Urs, Mike Thomson, Prithviraj Rao
    Pediatric laparoscopic-assisted direct percutaneous jejunostomy / Mike Thomson, Jonathan Goring, Richard Lindley, Sean Marven
    Naso-jejunal and Gastro-jejunal tube placement / George Gershman
    Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography / Douglas S Fishman, Paola Angelis, Luigi Dall'Oglio, Victor Fox
    Endoscopic drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts / Mike Thomson
    Duodenal web division by endoscopy / Mike Thomson, Shishu Sharma, Filippo Torroni, Jonathan Goring
    Polypectomy / George Gershman, Mike Thomson, Gabor Veres
    Endomucosal resection / Mike Thomson, Paul Hurlstone
    Endoscopic management of polyposis syndromes / Warren Hyer, Mike Thomson, Thomas Attard
    Transnasal gastrointestinal endoscopy / Sara Koo, Kristina Leinwand, Simon Panter, Joel A Friedlander
    Endoscopic bariatric approaches / Mike Thomson, Matjaz Homan
    Over-the-scope clip and full-thickness resection device / Mike Thomson
    Endoscopic treatment of gastrointestinal bezoars / Andreia Nita, Mike Thomson
    Natural orifice transendoluminal surgery / Mike Thomson
    Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Prasad Godbole, Duncan T. Wilcox, Martin A. Koyle, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a case based approach to the problems faced within pediatric urology and an evidence based approach to their solutions. Chapters on urodynamics, external genitalia, the upper urinary tract, the lower urinary tract, and office pediatric urology are included. Practical Pediatric Urology aims to utilise real life scenarios to improve data analysis, diagnosis, and treatment decisions within clinical settings. Key learning objectives are included to enable medical professionals to assimilate, synthesise, and formulate a management plan for pediatric urological conditions encountered in clinical practice in a safe and evidence based approach. This book is relevant to pediatricians, pediatric surgeons, pediatric urologists and adult urologists who undertake some pediatric urology practice.

    Contents:
    The Evolution of Evidence Based Clinical Medicine
    Clinical Practice Guidelines: Choosing wisely
    Antibiotic Stewardship in Pediatric Urology: Editorial Comment
    Pain Management in paediatric urology
    Antenatal Urology
    Office Paediatric Urology
    Neonatal UrologicalEmergencies
    Urinary Tract Infection in Infants and Children
    Upper Urinary Tract Obstruction UPJO, megaureter, ureterocele
    Congenital Upper Tract Anomalies: Duplication, Cystic Renal Dysplasia, Multicystic Dysplastic Kidney
    Practical Pediatric Urology: An Evidence Based Approach- Vesicoureteral Reflux and Bladder Diverticulum
    Lower Urinary Tract Obstruction
    Lower urinary tract : urethra: duplication, prostatic utricle, Cowper's gland cyst
    Hypospadias
    Bladder Exstrophy
    Genitalia: undescended testis, acute scrotum, buried penis
    Inguinal hernia, Hydrocele, Varicocele, Spermatocele and Abdomino-scrotal hydrocele
    Urolithiasis
    Urologic Tumors
    Pediatric Urologic Trauma
    Functional voiding disorders. Neurogenic Bladder
    Disorders of sex development
    Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by S. Abbas Shobeiri.
    Summary: Practical Pelvic Floor Ultrasonography: A Multicompartmental Approach to 2D/3D/4D Ultrasonography of Pelvic Floor provides an introduction to pelvic floor imaging, as well as a resource to be used during initial and more advanced practice. The book helps readers gain competence in performing 2D/3D/4D transperineal, and 2D/3D endovaginal / endoanal ultrasound evaluation of the pelvic floor, including anal sphincter and levator ani complex. The text also shows interested clinicians how to obtain optimal images of pelvic floor muscles and organs, how to obtain useful images of the anal canal, levator ani complex, urethra, and how to interpret clinical implications of alterations of the anatomy. In addition, emerging techniques of dynamic pelvic floor ultrasound and 3D/4D ultrasound are introduced through step by step protocols that are aimed at optimizing sonographic images. Written entirely by experts in their fields, Practical Pelvic Floor Ultrasonography: A Multicompartmental Approach to 2D/3D/4D Ultrasonography of Pelvic Floor is a comprehensive resource that will be of great value to urogynecologists, colorectal surgeons, obstetrician and gynecologists, female urologists, ultrasonographers, radiologists, physiotherapists, as well as fellows in urogynecology and colorectal surgery.

    Contents:
    Pelvic Floor Anatomy
    2D / 3D Endovaginal and Endoanal Instrumentation and Techniques
    Instrumentation and Techniques for Translabial and Transperineal Pelvic Floor Ultrasound
    3D Endovaginal Ultrasound imaging of the Levator Ani Muscles
    Endovaginal Urethra and Bladder Imaging
    3D Endovaginal Imaging of the Anorectal Structures
    Endovaginal Imaging of Vaginal Implants
    Endovaginal Imaging of Pelvic Floor Cysts and Masses
    Three-dimensional Endoanal Ultrasonography of the Anorectal Region
    Endoanal Ultrasonographic Imaging of the Anorectal Cysts and Masses
    Emerging Imaging Technologies and Techniques
    Post-Test Questions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Yvonne Bouwman-Boer, V'lain Fenton-May, Paul Le Brun, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Prescription assessment
    Availability of medicines
    Oral solids
    Oral liquids
    Pulmonary
    Oropharynx
    Nose
    Ear
    Eye
    Rectal and vaginal
    Dermal
    Parenteral
    Irrigation and dialysis
    Product design
    Biopharmaceutics
    Quality risk management
    Physical chemistry
    Microbiology
    Statistics
    Radiopharmacy
    Stability
    Raw materials
    Containers
    Human resources
    Occupational health and safety
    Premises
    Equipment
    Basic operations
    Sterilisation methods
    Aseptic handling
    Quality requirements and analysis
    Documentation
    Production, Validation Quality Control
    Quality systems
    Logistics
    Instructions for the use of medicines
    Impact on Environment
    Information sources
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Takashi Kudo, Kenneth L. Davis, Rafael Blesa Gonzalez, David George Wilkinson.
    Contents:
    Basic theory of pharmacology for Alzheimer's disease
    Practical Pharmacology of Donepezil
    Practical pharmacology of Galantamine
    Practical pharmacology of Rivastigmine
    Practical Pharmacology of Memantine
    How do we use Symptomatic drugs for Dementia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    James M. Daniels, Richard A. Hoppmann, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Equipment
    Knobology
    ENT
    Cardiovascular
    Pulmonary
    Gastrointestinal
    Genitourinary
    Musculoskeletal
    Trauma
    Procedures
    Index. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Anver Kuliev, Svetlana Rechitsky, Joe Leigh Simpson.
    Summary: Fully revised and updated with the most current information, the third edition of this practical clinical text covers all aspects of the rapidly advancing field of preimplantation genetic testing (PGT). Although PGT has become an established procedure for genetics and assisted reproduction practices over the last decade, its wider application has occurred after the introduction of next generation technologies in the last few years, necessitating this much-needed new edition. This will include, first of all, an update on PGT accuracy, reliability and safety, to ensure improved access to PGT for those who may benefit greatly from this technology. New content will also present progress in the primary prevention of genetic disorders, which now discusses approaches for prospective identification of at-risk PGT couples through the application of the extended gene testing panels. In fact, because of dramatic technological improvements in all aspects of PGT, most of the sections have been updated, with the addition of new sections on next generation technologies and universal PGT with combined testing for single gene and chromosomal disorders, which has previously presented a challenge. The guiding PGT strategies for different genetic disorders are presented, with emphasis on the most complicated cases that might be of special utility in the wider application PGT technologies worldwide. Additionally, a new section will be devoted to borderline indications, which will include common adult-onset conditions with genetic predisposition and non-genetic indications, expanding PGT applications to heart disease and cancer and the use of PGT for stem cell transplantation treatment of genetic and acquired disorders, where unique outcome data has become available. Combining the latest research and the most cutting-edge practice, Practical Preimplantation Genetic Testing, 3e is an excellent resource for clinical reproductive medicine specialists, genetic counselors, researchers and analysts.

    Contents:
    Place of Preimplantation Genetic Testing (PGT) in the Options for Primary Prevention of Genetic Disorders
    Major Components of Preimplantation Genetic Testing: Obtaining Biopsy Material
    Major Components of Preimplantation Genetic Testing: Adjustment of Available Genetic Technologies to PGT Practice
    Strategies and Indications for Preimplantation Genetic Testing of Monogenic Disorders (PGT-M)
    Preimplantation Genetic Testing for Human Leucocyte Antigens (HLA) (PGT-HLA)
    Preimplantation Genetic Testing for Chromosomal Disorders
    Clinical Outcomes of Preimplantation Genetic Testing
    Ethical, Social and Legal Issues with Preimplantation Genetic Testing.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Ying Cheong, Togas Tulandi, Tin-Chiu Li.
    Summary: "Authored by leading experts in the field, this user-friendly guide is an invaluable for any IVF practitioner and embryologist, facing everyday hands-on issues, through to high-pressure laboratory problems, efficiency ratings and ensuring cost-effective delivery of care. With the strict governance of regulatory bodies worldwide, the success of any fertility centre depends on successful problem solving, all day every day. Based on a wealth of experience, identify commonly occurring problems, and fresh perspectives of problem- solving, with 'must-have' protocols, patient information sheets and suggested equipment. This go-to companion tackles operational, organizational, clinical and laboratory issues to financial and clinical governance, with a focus on quick and effective solutions for the busy practitioner"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher C.K. Ho.
    Summary: "Master the fundamentals and intricacies of implant dentistry with this comprehensive and practical new resource Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry delivers a comprehensive collection of information demonstrating the science and clinical techniques in implant dentistry. Written in a practical and accessible style that outlines the principles and procedures of each technique, the book offers clinical tips and references to build a comprehensive foundation of knowledge in implantology. Written by an international team of contributors with extensive clinical and academic expertise, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry covers core topics such as: Rationale and assessment for implant placement and restoration, including the diagnostic records and surgical considerations required for optimal planning and risk management; Incision design considerations and flap management, with an essential knowledge of regional neuro-vascular structures; Implant placement, encompassing the timing of the placement, bone requirements and understanding the importance of the peri-implant interface for soft tissue stability; Impression techniques, loading protocols, digital workflows and the aesthetic considerations of implants Prosthetic rehabilitation of single tooth implants to fully edentulous workflows, including discussions of soft tissue support, biomechanics and occlusal verification Perfect for both general dental practitioners and specialists in implant dentistry, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry is also a valuable reference to senior undergraduate and postgraduate dental students"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Patient Assessment and History Taking / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Diagnostic Records / Aodhan Docherty and Christopher C.K. Ho
    Medico-Legal Considerations and Risk Management / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Considerations for Implant Placement: Effects of Tooth Loss / Kyle D. Hogg
    Anatomic and Biological Principles for Implant Placement / Kyle D. Hogg
    Maxillary Anatomical Structures / Kyle D. Hogg
    Mandibular Anatomical Structures / Kyle D. Hogg
    Extraction Ridge Management / Tino Mercado
    Implant Materials, Designs, and Surfaces / Jonathan Du Toit
    Timing of Implant Placement / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Implant Site Preparation / Tom Giblin
    Loading Protocols in Implantology / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Surgical Instrumentation / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Flap Design and Management for Implant Placement / Christopher C.K. Ho, David Attia, and Jess Liu
    Suturing Techniques / Christopher C.K. Ho, David Attia, and Jess Liu
    Pre-surgical Tissue Evaluation and Considerations in Aesthetic Implant Dentistry / Sherif Said
    Surgical Protocols for Implant Placement / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Optimising the Peri-implant Emergence Profile / David Attia
    Soft Tissue Augmentation / Michel Azer
    Bone Augmentation Procedures / Michel Azer
    Impression Taking in Implant Dentistry / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Implant Treatment in the Aesthetic Zone / Christopher C.K. Ho
    The Use of Provisionalisation in Implantology / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Abutment Selection / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Screw versus Cemented Implant-Supported Restorations / Christopher C.K. Ho
    A Laboratory Perspective on Implant Dentistry / Lachlan Thompson
    Implant Biomechanics / Tom Giblin
    Delivering the Definitive Prosthesis / Aodhan Docherty and Christopher C.K. Ho
    Occlusion and Implants / Christopher C.K. Ho and Subir Banerji
    Dental Implant Screw Mechanics / Christopher C.K. Ho and Louis Kei
    Prosthodontic Rehabilitation for the Fully Edentulous Patient / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Implant Maintenance / Kyle D. Hogg and Christopher C.K. Ho
    The Digital Workflow in Implant Dentistry / Andrew Chio and Anthony Mak
    Biological Complications / Christopher C.K. Ho
    Implant Prosthetic Complications / Christopher C.K. Ho and Matthew K. Youssef.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    Maggi A. Budd, Sigmund Hough, Stephen T. Wegener, William Stiers, editors.
    Contents:
    Basics and Biopsychosocial Practicalities
    Information gathering and documentation
    Language of rehabilitation
    Basic lab findings
    Neurology of neuropsychology
    Neurology
    Imaging basics
    Everyday psychopharmacology
    Practical ethics
    Models of adaptation and resilience
    Disability models
    Social participation and ability/disability
    Forensic issues: health care proxy, advance directives, and guardianship
    Populations, Problems, and Procedures
    Traumatic brain injury
    Stroke
    Neurological tumors.? Spinal cord injury
    Multiple sclerosis
    Sensory impairments
    Spine, back, and musculoskeletal disorders
    Amputation
    Total joint replacement
    Developmental similarities and differences: congenital and acquired disabilities
    Pediatric rehabilitation psychology
    Geriatric rehabilitation psychology
    Organ transplantation patients
    Intensive care patients.-Cardiovascular disease patients
    Pain
    Delirium
    Suicidality
    Substance abuse
    Severe mental illness
    Conversion disorder
    Treatment adherence to prevent secondary complications
    Sexual health
    Sleep issues
    Fatigue.-Obesity
    Burns
    Respiratory and pulmonary disorders
    Decision making capacity and competency
    Adaptive/assistive technology
    Incorporating accreditation standards
    Behavioral medicine: nutrition, medication management, exercise
    Biofeedback
    Group psychotherapy
    Assessment and Practical Intervention
    Neurological exam: mental status, cranial nerves, and motor systems
    Assessing acute mental status changes
    Differentiating dementias and delirium
    Depression and anxiety assessment
    Cognitive assessment
    Evaluating for opioid use
    Behavioral activation: smart goals
    Psychotherapy
    Interventions: family adaptation
    Coping effectiveness training.? Self-management.? Cognitive retraining and remediation
    Interventions to increase resilience and adaptation
    Managing challenging patients (countertransference, resistance, apathy, anger, etc.)
    Vocation and recreation
    Consultation and Advocacy
    Models of consultation
    Interdisciplinary teams
    Practice Management and Administration
    CPT and billing codes
    Burnout prophylactics: professional self-care
    Research and Self Evaluation
    Research made useful for clinicians
    Using technology to practice evidence-based medicine
    Systematic program evaluation and improvement activities .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Joseph F. Goldberg, Stephen M. Stahl ; foreword by Alan F. Schatzberg.
    Summary: "The impetus for this book comes from our perception of a distinct unmet need in the world of clinical psychopharmacology, that of a marriage between clinical neuroscience and evidence-based trials, brokered by the matchmaker of pragmatism. There is, on the one hand, an ever-growing literature of randomized controlled trials, crossover trials, open case series, proof of concept studies and case reports that lend varying degrees of support for innovative therapeutic strategies; and, on the other hand, there exists a clinical reality in which patients frequently start and stop drugs not always for compelling reasons, where everyday practitioners manage patients on extensive polypharmacy regimens that may at times look like random assemblages, pharmacodynamic rationales are not always purposeful, mechanisms of action can be unwittingly redundant or contradictory, and ineffective treatments may senselessly get retained (sometimes perhaps even hoarded) rather than deprescribed"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Core Concepts of Good Psychopharmacology
    Targets of Treatment : Categories versus Dimensions of Psychopathology
    Interpreting and Using the Literature : Integrating Evidence-Based Trials with Real World Practice
    Placebo and Nocebo Effects
    Tailoring the Fit : Moderators and Mediators of Treatment Outcome
    Complex Regimens and Rationale-Based Combination Drug Therapies
    Laboratory Values and Psychiatric Symptoms : What to Measure, What Not to Measure, and What to Do With The Results
    Pharmacogenetics : When Relevant, When Not
    Cross-tapering and the Logistics of Drug Discontinuation
    Managing Major Adverse Drug Effects : When to Avoid, Switch, or Treat Through
    Novel Drug Therapeutics : Nutraceuticals, Steroids, Probiotics, and Other Dietary Supplements
    Human Diversity and Considerations in Special Populations
    Disordered Mood and Affect
    Disorders of Impulsivity, Compulsivity, and Aggression
    Psychosis
    Deficit States and Negative Symptoms
    Anxiety
    Addiction and the Reward Pathway
    Trauma and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Personality Disorders
    Cognition
    Putting it All Together.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kevin O. Leslie, Mark R. Wick.
    Contents:
    Lung anatomy / Kevin O. Leslie and Mark R. Wick
    Pulmonary function testing for pathologists / Imre Noth
    Optimal Processing of diagnostic lung specimens / Staci Beamer, Dawn E. Jaroszewski, Robert W. Viggiano, and Maxwell L. Smith
    Computed tomography of diffuse lung diseases and solitary ulmonary nodules / Giorgia Dalpiaz
    Developmental and pediatric lung disease / Megan K. Dishop
    Acute lung injury / Oi-Yee Cheung, Paolo Graziano, and Maxwell L. Smith
    Lung infections / Ann E. McCullough and Kevin O. Leslie
    Chronic diffuse lung diseases / Mikiko Hashisako, Junya Fukuoka, and Maxwell L. Smith
    Nonneoplastic pathology of the large and small airways / Mattia Barbareschi and Alberto Cavazza
    Pneumoconioses / Kelly J. Butnor and Victor L. Roggli
    Pulmonary vasculitis and pulmonary hemorrhage / William David Travis, Kevin O. Leslie, and Mary Beth Beasley
    Pulmonary hypertension / Andrew Churg and Joanne L. Wright
    Pathology of lung transplantation / Andras Khoor
    Neuroendocrine neoplasms of the lung / Alain C. Borczuk
    Sarcomas and sarcomatoid neoplasms of the lungs and pleural surfaces / Mark R. Wick, Kevin O. Leslie, and Mark H. Stoler
    Hematolymphoid disorders / Madeleine D. Kraus and Mark R. Wick
    Nonneuroendocrine carcinomas (excluding "sarcomatoid" carcinoma) and salivary gland analogue tumors of the lung / Philip T. Cagle and Timothy C. Allen
    Metastatic tumors in the lung : a practical approach to diagnosis / Stephen Spencer Raab
    Pseudoneoplastic lesions of the lungs and pleural surfaces / Mark R. Wick, Timothy C. Allen, Jon H. Ritter, and Osamu Matsubara
    Benign and borderline tumors of the lungs and pleura / Mark R. Wick and Stacey E. Mills
    Malignant and borderline mesothelial tumors of the pleura / Mark R. Wick, Kevin O. Leslie, Jon H. Ritter, and Stacey E. Mills.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Leslie, Kevin O.; Smith, Maxwell L.; Wick, Mark R.
    Summary: Part of the in-depth and practical Pattern Recognition series, Practical Pulmonary Pathology, 4th Edition, helps you arrive at an accurate diagnosis by using a pattern-based approach. Leading diagnosticians in pulmonary pathology offer practical assistance in identifying all major neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases of the lungs, guiding you from a pathological pattern through the appropriate work-up, around the pitfalls, and to the best diagnosis. More than 1,000 high-quality illustrations capture key morphologic patterns for a full range of common and rare conditions and assist in the interpretation of complex diagnostic puzzles. A unique "visual index at the beginning of the book directs you to the exact chapter and specific page you need for in-depth diagnostic guidance. Helps you quickly recognize the vast variety of appearances of the lung that result from infections, tumors, and tumor-like lesions, both malignant and benign. Discusses advances in molecular diagnostic testing, its capabilities and its limitations, including targeted/personalized medicine. Incorporates clinicopathologic background and relevant data from ancillary techniques (immunohistochemistry, cytogenetics, and molecular genetics), giving you the tools you need to master the latest breakthroughs in diagnostic technology. Covers the latest TNM staging and WHO classification systems, as well as new diagnostic biomarkers and their utility in differential diagnosis, newly described variants, and new histologic entities. Color-codes patterns to specific entities, and summarizes key points in tables, charts, and graphs so you can quickly and easily find what you are looking for. Shares the knowledge and expertise of new co-editor, Dr. Maxwell L. Smith. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Supriya Mallick, Goura K. Rath, Rony Benson, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses the most relevant aspects of radiation oncology in terms of technical integrity, dose parameters, machine and software specifications, as well as regulatory requirements. Radiation oncology is a unique field that combines physics and biology. As a result, it has not only a clinical aspect, but also a physics aspect and biology aspect, all three of which are inter-related and critical to optimal radiation treatment planning. In addition, radiation oncology involves a host of machines/software. One needs to have a firm command of these machines and their specifications to deliver comprehensive treatment. However, this information is not readily available, which poses serious challenges for students learning the planning aspect of radiation therapy. In response, this book compiles these relevant aspects in a single source. Radiation oncology is a dynamic field, and is continuously evolving. However, tracking down the latest findings is both difficult and time-consuming. Consequently, the book also comprehensively covers the most important trials. Offering an essential ready reference work, it represents a value asset for all radiation oncology practitioners, trainees and students.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Editors; Part I: Practical Physics and Instrument;
    1: Interaction of Radiation with Matter; 1.1 Basic Physics Concepts to Understand Basic Interactions; 1.1.1 Electromagnetic Radiation; 1.1.2 Interaction of Charged Particles with Matter; 1.1.3 Radiative Interaction of Charged Particles; 1.2 Interaction of Electromagnetic Radiation; 1.2.1 Rayleigh Scattering; 1.2.2 Photoelectric Absorption; 1.2.3 Pair Production and Pair Annihilation; 1.2.4 Photodisintegration; 1.2.5 Linear Attenuation Coefficient and Mass Attenuation Coefficient 1.3 Interaction of Neurons with the Matte
    r2: Practical Aspects of QA in LINAC and Brachytherapy; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance; 2.2.1 Acceptance of Linear Accelerator; 2.2.2 Commissioning of Linear Accelerator; 2.2.3 Periodic Quality Assurance of Linear Accelerator; 2.3 Brachytherapy Quality Assurance; 2.3.1 Acceptance of Brachytherapy (Remote Afterloading); 2.3.2 Periodic Quality Assurance of Brachytherapy (Remote Afterloading); References;
    3: Radiation Dosimetry; 3.1 Radiation Dosimeter; 3.2 Ionization; 3.2.1 Free Air Ionization Chamber [3] 3.2.2 Thimble Chamber3.2.3 Farmer Chamber; 3.2.4 Parallel Plate Ionization Chamber; 3.2.5 Well Type Chamber; 3.3 Film; 3.3.1 Radiographic Film; 3.3.2 Radiochromic Film [4]; 3.3.3 Luminescence; 3.3.4 Thermoluminescent Dosimeter (TLD); 3.3.5 Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter (OSLD); 3.4 Semiconductor; 3.4.1 Diode Detector; 3.4.2 MOSFET Detector; 3.5 Gel Dosimeter; References;
    4: Radiation Protection Practical Aspects; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Important Organizations Pertaining to Radiation Safety; 4.3 Basic Quantities and Units in Radiation Safety 4.4 Transport of Radioactive Material4.5 Equipment Required for Radiation Safety; 4.6 Radioactive Waste Disposal; 4.6.1 Management of Radioactive Waste; 4.6.2 Radioactive Waste on the Basis of the Physical Form; 4.6.3 Quality Assurance and Radiation Safety in Radiotherapy; References;
    5: Beam Modifying Devices; 5.1 Shielding; 5.1.1 Gamma and X-Ray Shielding; 5.1.2 Neutron Shielding; 5.2 Custom Blocks [1]; 5.3 Independent Jaws; 5.4 Multileaf Collimator; 5.4.1 Types; 5.5 Compensators; 5.5.1 Types; 5.6 Wedge Filters; 5.7 Bolus; 5.7.1 Uses of Bolus; 5.8 Breast Cone 5.9 Penumbra Trimmers5.10 Flattening Filters; 5.11 Beam Modifying Devices for Electron Beams; References;
    6: Simulators; 6.1 2D Simulators; 6.2 3D Simulators; 6.2.1 CT Simulators (https://www.healthcare.siemens.com/magnetic-resonance-imaging/magnetom-world/hot-topics/mri-in-radiation-therapy/articles-and-case-studies); 6.2.2 MRI Simulators; 6.2.3 PET-CT Simulators; Reference;
    7: Telecobalt; 7.1 History; 7.2 Isotope [1]; 7.3 Machine Details; 7.4 Source Stuck; 7.5 Miscellaneous Points [2]; References;
    8: Gamma Knife; 8.1 Indication of Gamma Knife Surgery
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sonja Dieterich, Eric Ford, Daniel Pavord, Jing Zeng.
    Contents:
    Reference dosimetry for ionizing radiation
    Relative dosimetry for MV beams
    In-vivo dosimetry
    Quality assurance and commissioning of new radiotherapy technology
    Quality assurance of radiotherapy dose calculations
    Immobilization techniques in radiotherapy
    Image guidance and localization technologies for radiotherapy
    Brachytherapy
    Proton radiotherapy
    Radiation safety and shielding in radiotherapy
    Information technology in radiation oncology
    Quality and safety improvement in radiation oncology
    Simulation for radiotherapy treatment planning
    Treatment planning and quality metrics
    The use of electrons for external beam radiotherapy
    IMRT and VMAT
    SRS and SBRT
    Clinical aspects of image guidance and localization in radiotherapy
    Respiratory motion management for external beam radiotherapy
    Intracavitary brachytherapy
    Interstitial brachytherapy
    Prostate seed implant
    Intraoperative radiotherapy (IORT)
    Special procedures
    Resource documents.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Chandra Shekhar Biyani, Ben Van Cleynenbreugel, Alexandre Mottrie, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed overview of a range of simulation models that have been developed which are applicable to urology. Chapters feature critical analysis of techniques including synthetic bench top models, computer-assisted virtual reality and box simulators. Furthermore, details of best practice, the latest innovations and guidance on how to select potential low-cost options is provided, enabling the reader to systematically develop a thorough understanding of the subject. Practical Simulation in Urology is a comprehensive resource that critically analyses the latest simulation techniques that are applicable in urology, making it an ideal resource for the practicing and trainee urologist seeking an up-to-date overview on the subject.

    Contents:
    History of Simulation in Urology
    Surgical Education and Learning Theory
    Role of a Surgeon as an Educator
    Proficiency-Based Progression Simulation Training; Shortening the learning curve
    Importance of e-learning
    Proficiency and Competency Assessment in training
    Procedural Training Simulators
    Basic Laparoscopic skills training
    Advanced Laparoscopic Simulation
    Cystoscopy and Ureteroscopy Simulation
    Simulation for Benign Prostatic Conditions
    PCNL simulation
    Simulation in Female Urology
    Simulation in penoscrotology (circumcision, SPC, catheterisation, Priapism)
    Simulation in Advanced Open Urology(Ileal conduit, ureteric reimplantation)
    Low-cost simulations in urology
    Learning Non-technical skills through Simulation
    Basic Robotic Skills Training
    Procedural Robotic Skills Training
    Validated training curricula in Robotic Urology
    Importance of a TTT Course.-Debriefing and Feedback
    Costs in surgical training, does it outweigh to the benefits?.-Standardisation of Training
    Role of Immersive Technology in Urological Simulation
    Role of 3D technology in simulation
    Simulation in Paediatric Urology
    Developing and Designing a Course.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Diya F. Mutasim.
    Contents:
    Part I. The pathologist's view
    1. What is Atypical Junctional Melanocytic Hyperplasia?
    2. What is Dysplastic Nevus?
    3. What is Hypersensitivity Reaction?
    4. What is Spongiotic Dermatitis?
    5. What is Psoriasiform Dermatitis?
    6. What is Lichenoid Dermatitis?
    7. What is Granulomatous Dermatitis?
    8. What is Dermatitis with Epidermotropism?
    9. What is Drug Eruption?
    10. What is Pseudolymphoma?
    Part II. The clinician's view
    11. Reddish Facial Papules
    12. Face infiltrated Plaques/Nodules
    13. Patchy Alopecia
    14. Diffuse Smooth Alopecia
    15. Follicular Pustules of the Scalp
    16. Scaly Scalp
    17. Oral Erosions
    18. Vulvar Lesions
    19. Penile Lesions
    20. Diffuse Leg Induration
    21. Subcutaneous Leg Nodules
    22. Leg Ulcers
    23. Follicular Papules and Pustules
    Trunk
    24. Palmoplantar Red Hyperkeratosis
    25. Skin Folds Diffuse Rash
    26. Exfoliative Erythroderma
    27. Generalized Pruritus
    28. Photo-Eruptions
    29. Hypopigmented Patches
    30. Pigmented Patches
    31. Red Smooth Patches
    32. Red Scaly Patches
    33. Red Sloughing Patches
    34. Red Scaly Papules
    35. Red Non-facial Papules
    36. Papulo-nodular Lesions with Scale and/or Crust
    37. Edematous Smooth Plaques
    38. Sclerotic Plaques
    39. Diffuse Sclerosis
    40. Purpuric Lesions
    41. Blisters.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jason L. Hornick.
    Contents:
    Introduction : tumor classification and immunohistochemistry / Jason L. Hornick
    Biologic potential, grading, staging, and reporting of sarcomas / Jason L. Hornick
    Spindle cell tumors of adults / Adrian Marino-Enriquez and Jason L. Hornick
    Pediatric spindle cell tumors / Cheryl M. Coffin and Rita Alaggio
    Tumors with myxoid stroma / Vickie Y. Jo and Jason L. Hornick
    Epithelioid and epithelial-like tumors / Leona A. Doyle and Jason L. Hornick
    Pleomorphic sarcomas / J. Frans Graadt van Roggen and Pancras C.W. Hogendoorn
    Round cell tumors / Enrique de Alava
    Biphasic tumors and tumors with mixed patterns / Jason L. Hornick
    Soft tissue tumors with prominent inflammatory cells / Jason L. Hornick
    Giant cell-rich tumors / Bernadette Liegl-Atzwanger and Jason L. Hornick
    Adipocytic tumors / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
    Vascular tumors / Briana Gleason and Jason L. Hornick
    Cartilaginous and osseous soft tissue tumors / Jodi Carter and Andre Oliveira
    Cutaneous mesenchymal tumors / Thomas Brenn and Jason L. Hornick
    Mesenchymal tumors of the gastrointestinal tract / Brian Rubin and Jason L. Hornick
    Lower genital soft tissue tumors / Marisa R. Nucci
    Applications of molecular testing to differential diagnosis / Wei-Lien Wang and Alexander J. Lazar.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    James E. De Muth.
    Summary: "This is an introductory statistics book designed to provide scientists with practical information needed to apply the most common statistical tests to laboratory research data. The book is designed to be practical and applicable, so only minimal information is devoted to theory or equations. Emphasis is placed on the underlying principles for effective data analysis and survey the statistical tests. It is of special value for scientists who have access to Minitab software. Examples are provided for all the statistical tests and explanation of the interpretation of these results presented with Minitab (similar to results for any common software package)"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Essential elements and statistical terms
    Descriptive statistics and univariate analysis
    Statistical inference and making estimates of the truth
    Dealing with inherent statistical error
    Multivariate analysis: tests to identify differences
    Multivariate analysis: tests to evaluate relationships
    Tests to identify similarities
    Tests to evaluate potential outliers
    Appendices. Flow charts for the selection of the most appropriate inferential test given the types of variables in the study
    Common statistical tables
    Summary of initial commands for Minitab 19®
    Calculations for statistical results present in various chapters.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Laura B. Dunn, Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle.
    Contents:
    Late-life depression I : "I can't keep up with my grandkids" / Dolores Gallagher-Thompson, Ann Choryan Bilbrey, Erin Cassidy-Eagle, Larry W. Thompson
    Late-life depression II : "I think of ending my life every day" / Aazaz U. Haq and Christopher O'Connell
    Working with depressed caregivers : behavioral activation: "I can't find the energy or time to leave the house" / Ann Choryan Bilbrey, Erin Cassidy-Eagle, and Dolores Gallagher-Thompson
    Diagnosis and treatment of generalized anxiety disorder in later life : "Getting old is not for wimps!" / Marla Kokesh Daniel D. Sewell
    Somatic complaints and anxiety in older adults : "I wish the doctor would figure out what's wrong with me" / Sheila Lahijani
    Pain and psychological factors in older adults : "I need more pain medication, not less!" / Beth D. Darnall
    Primary sleep disorders : "My wife says I snore loudly and sometimes stop breathing while I'm asleep" / Cathy I. Cheng and Clete A. Kushida
    Evaluation and management of insomnia : "My sleeping pill isn't working anymore" / Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle, Laura B. Dunn, and Oxana Palesh
    Bipolar disorder : "What's wrong with Mom? Is it dementia?" / Barbara R. Sommer
    Post-traumatic stress disorder : "My stomach hurts" / Kelli M. Columbo and Aazaz U. Haq
    Evaluation and treatment of substance use disorders : "I just have one drink with dinner, Doc" / Karen Reimers and Ilse R. Wiechers
    Mild cognitive impairment : "I'm forgetting things. Is this normal for my age, or do I have dementia?" / Iuliana Predescu and Laura B. Dunn
    Neuropsychological testing : "I sometimes forget things" / Tonita E. Wroolie, Erin Cassidy-Eagle, and Laura B. Dunn
    Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia : "Little men are invading my backyard" / Awais Aftab and Daniel Kim
    Delirium in older adults : "Me, confused? Nah!" / Patricia Serrano, Elizabeth Hathaway, and Ajita Mathur
    Inpatient issues
    behavioral and pharmacologic interventions : "He tried to kick a staff member" / Nishina A. Thomas, Monica Mathys, and Mary (Molly) E. Camp
    Post-intensive care syndrome : "He's just not himself" / Duane Allen, Babar Khan, and Sophia Wang
    Physical activity in late life : "I run out of breath" / J. Kaci Fairchild, Kathryn Phillipps, and Peter Louras
    The social worker in geriatric outpatient care : "Can you help me with this patient?" / Laura Clayton
    Initial evaluation and management of frontotemporal dementia : "My wife seems different" / Eveleigh Wagner, Warren Taylor, and R. Ryan Darby
    Legal issues in cognitive disorders : "Mom changed her will" / Leah McGowan, Michael Kelly
    Driving in the older adult : "My husband can be absent-minded when he's driving, that's all" / Christopher O'Connell and Aazaz U. Haq
    LGBT issues in aging : "I've been a woman my whole life" / Kevin K. Johnson
    Practical strategies for approaching grief : "When in doubt, be human" / Alana Iglewicz.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2020
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC451.4.A5 P73 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Craig A. Solid.
    Summary: These days, the idea of value is at the center of many activities and decisions in health care in the United States. While there exist books that detail the technical steps for how to carry out a specific type of value assessment, such as cost-effectiveness or return on investment, there are few that attempt to teach healthcare professionals how to think about value. This book provides a deeper understanding of value as a concept as well as an endeavor (as in, to determine or uncover the value of care) within the healthcare industry by illustrating the different components of value that should guide decision-making processes for policy, infrastructure, and quality improvement. Through an exploration of theories of economics and implementation science, as well as practical suggestions for real-world applications, this text provides a foundation for the long and complicated value journey the US has bet its entire healthcare system on. In the US, policy to promote what is referred to as value-based care is here to stay. As we move forward within this construct, we need to move beyond the over-simplified definition of value as quality per dollar spent to a more functional framework for how to think about value that can adapt to different circumstances and points of view. Only then will it be possible to compare value across settings, conditions, and activities. The book consists of 9 chapters organized in four sections: Part I: Understanding the Challenges of Assessing the Value of Health Care Part II: A Primer on Fundamental Concepts and Current Techniques Used to Measure Value in Health Care Part III: A Discussion of the Real-world Motivations and Requirements that Should be Contemplated when Exploring Value Part IV How to Design and Perform a Value Assessment Practical Strategies to Assess Value in Health Care is an essential resource for healthcare professionals at all levels and points of care who are interested in understanding how best to assess and interpret value for a particular situation including providers, administrators, payers, insurers, health plans, and policy-makers.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    Part I: Understanding the Challenges of Assessing the Value of Health Care
    2. Challenge One: Complexity
    3. Challenge Two: Continuity
    4. Challenge Three: Lack of Consistency
    Part II: A Primer on Fundamental Concepts and Current Techniques Used to Measure Value in Health Care
    5. Key Economic Concepts and Their Implications
    6. Current Methods of Value Assessments
    Part III: A Discussion of the Real-world Motivations and Requirements that Should be Contemplated when Exploring Value
    7. Practical and Human Considerations
    Part IV: How to Design and Perform a Value Assessment
    8. The Value Assessment Framework
    9. Examples and Practical Suggestions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Arie Perry, Daniel J. Brat.
    Summary: "Part of the in-depth and practical Pattern Recognition series, Practical Surgical Neuropathology, 2nd Edition, by Drs. Arie Perry and Daniel J. Brat, helps you arrive at an accurate CNS diagnosis by using a pattern-based approach. Leading diagnosticians in neuropathology guide you from a histological (and/or clinical, radiologic, and molecular) pattern, through the appropriate work-up, around the pitfalls, and to the best diagnosis. Almost 2,000 high-quality illustrations capture key neuropathological patterns for a full range of common and rare conditions, and a "visual index" at the beginning of the book directs you to the exact location of in-depth diagnostic guidance"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Yuichi Hirase.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1 : Reconstruction of Upper Arm and Medial and Lateral Elbow
    Chapter 2 : Reconstruction of Forearm Region
    Chapter 3 : Reconstruction of Dorsum of Hand
    Chapter 4 : Degloving Injury
    Chapter 5 : Reconstruction of Palm and Wrist Area
    Chapter 6 : Reconstruction of First web space Area
    Chapter 7 : Reconstruction of Finger Trunk
    Chapter 8 : Reconstruction of Fingertip
    Chapter 9 : Toe Transfer
    Chapter 10 : Nail Reconstruction
    Chapter 11 : Reconstruction of Mediastinitis/ Pyothorax/ Abdominal Incisional Hernia
    Chapter 12 : Reconstruction of Inguinal Region
    Chapter 13 : Reconstruction of the Gluteal, Sacral, and Trochanteric Regions
    Chapter 14 : Patella Region Reconstruction
    Chapter 15 : Anterior lower leg reconstruction
    Chapter 16 : Reconstruction of Distal 1/3 of Lower Leg
    Chapter 17 : Reconstruction of Achilles Tendon Area
    Chapter 18 : Reconstruction of Calcaneal Region/ Lateral Plantar Region
    Chapter 19 : Reconstruction of the Plantar Forefoot
    Chapter 20 : Reconstruction of Dorsum and Amputated Foot Stump
    Chapter 21 : Reconstruction of Dorsum of Toes
    Chapter 22 : Nerve Transplant & Nerve Transfer
    Chapter 23 : Transplantation of Bone and Joints
    Chapter 24 : Fat graft
    Chapter 25 : Muscle graft.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Tae-Hwan Lim.
    Summary: This up-to-date textbook comprehensively reviews all aspects of cardiac CT and MRI and demonstrates the value of these techniques in clinical practice. A wide range of applications are considered, including imaging of atherosclerotic and non-atherosclerotic coronary artery disease, coronary revascularization, ischemic heart disease, non-ischemic cardiomyopathy, valvular heart disease, cardiac tumors, and pericardial disease. The numerous high-quality images illustrate how to interpret cardiac CT and MRI correctly for the purposes of diagnosis, treatment planning, and follow-up. Helpful summarizing sections in every chapter will facilitate rapid retrieval of information. This book will be of great value to radiologists and cardiologists seeking a reliable guide to the optimal use of cardiac CT and MRI in real clinical situations. An additional feature is the provision of QR codes allowing internet access to references, further figures, and motion pictures. The reader will be able to enjoy this book using a smartphone or tablet PC.

    Contents:
    Part I: Coronary artery imaging
    Chapter 1: Normal anatomy, variations and anomalies
    Chapter 2: Atherosclerotic coronary artery disease
    2-1 Calcium scoring
    2-2 Determination of coronary artery stenosis by CT
    2-3 Plaque morphology evaluation by CT
    2-4 MR coronary angiography
    Chapter 3: Non-atherosclerotic coronary artery disease
    Chapter 4: Imaging of coronary revascularization: stent and CABG
    Part II: Ischemic Heart disease
    Chapter 5: Assessment of myocardial ischemia, non-MI
    Chapter 6: Acute MI
    Chapter 7: Chronic ischemic cardiomyopathy
    Part III: Non-Ischemic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 8: Dilated cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 9: Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 10: Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 11: Myocarditis and Other Cardiomyopathies
    Part IV: Valvular Heart Disease
    Chapter 12: Aortic valvular heart disease
    Chapter 13: Non-aortic valvular heart disease
    Part V: Cardiac tumor
    Chapter 14: Cardiac tumor
    Part VI: Pericardial Disease
    Chapter 15: Pericardial Disease
    Part VII: Technical Overviews
    Chapter 16: Technical Overviews.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    John A. Elefteriades, Bulat A. Ziganshin.
    Summary: This textbook provides practical tips on the conduct of aortic surgery, from the aortic valve to the iliac arteries. It is organized as a series of Plates, each with a key central illustration, followed by bullet items of accompanying explanatory text. The accompanying text concentrates on specific, critical dos and donts that promote and enhance patient safety. Chapters include dozens of color illustrations by one of the nations premier medical illustrators, along with selected classic pen and ink line drawings. Each central illustration is accompanied by additional secondary figures interspersed at intervals within the accompanying text. Each practical tip has an accompanying short (15-30 second) video demonstrating vividly the specific didactic point being made in each Plate. Chapters provide Q & A sections, to promote an interactive feel and experience. The textbook shares practical, potentially life-saving tipsgleaned from over three decades of experience in thousands of aortic operationsregarding virtually every standard operation that arises in aortic surgery. Practical Tips in Aortic Surgery will be an essential resource for surgeons and trainees at all levels of experience: residents and fellows, surgical physician assistants, surgical nurses and technicians, and medical students. The book directly targets two surgical specialties: Cardiac Surgery and Vascular Surgery.

    Contents:
    Section 1. General Tips
    General Approach
    Cannulation Sites
    Bevel Your Distal Ascending or Hemi-Arch Anastomosis
    Aortic Wrap
    Carbon Dioxide Flooding of the Pericardial Well
    Innominate Vein Ligation
    Pericardial Bridge for Delayed Sternal Closure
    Pull Hard on Graft to Measure Length
    Reduction of Graft Diameter
    Increase of Graft Diameter
    Reinforcement of Posterior Wall of Aortic Anastomosis
    Retrosternal Sponge Re-entry Technique
    Reinforced Sternal Closure
    The Tightening Stitch
    Towel Clip Technique to Control Re-entry Bleeding
    Turn Off LV Vent Well Before Finishing Last Ascending Suture Line
    Conduct of DHCA
    Clamping the Aorta
    Other Cerebral Perfusion Strategies
    Swing Venous Line Down to Expose Aortic Root
    Intraoperative Malperfusion
    Surrounding the Ascending AortaWithout Injuring the PA
    Do NOT obliterate a chronic flap
    Hugging but not Restricting the Innominate Artery with the Clamp
    Do Not Cut Too Close to the Clamp
    Graft Sizing
    Valerie Stitch for Exposure of the Aortic Root
    Cannulation of Left Inferior Pulmonary Vein
    Left Atrial Cannulation in Atrial Fibrillation
    The E-Rule: Never Start LA-FA Artery Perfusion w/o the Aorta Clamped
    Remember the Pulmonary Artery for Venous Return
    Mobilize the Posterior Wall Completely
    Mobilize the Descending Aorta from the Esophagus
    Sub-adventitial Hematoma
    Sienna graft for Mega-aorta
    The Inclusion Anastomotic Technique
    Big Needle for Thick Aortas
    Aneurysms of the Branches of the Aortic Arch
    Attaching Arch Graft to Ascending Graft (Configurations)
    BioGlue on Graft-to-Graft Anastomoses
    Lung Adhesions
    Adherence of Aneurysm to Chest Wall
    Reoperative Adhesions
    Extracting old prosthetic valves
    Section 2. Ascending Aorta and Aortic Arch
    Aortic Morphology Determines Extent of Resection
    Use the Corner of the Commissure to Advantage
    Aortic Valve Repair
    Ascending Aortic Replacement (*deeper stitches on non-coronary sinus)
    Composite Graft (Aortic Root Replacement) (Bentall Procedure)
    Composite Graft (Aortic Root Replacement) (Bentall Procedure)
    V-Shaped Aortic Root Remodeling
    Valve-Sparing Aortic Root Replacement
    Arch Replacement Options (2-vessel, 3-vessel, trifurcated graft)
    Standard (Non-Frozen) Elephant Trunk Procedure
    Retrieving the Elephant TrunkFour Options
    Stand-alone Elephant Trunk
    Acute Type A Aortic Dissection
    Ross Procedure
    Section 3. Descending and Thoracoabdominal Aorta
    Descending Aortic Replacement
    Acute Type B Aortic Dissection: Clinical Perspectives to Guide Surgery
    Fenestration Procedure
    Thoracoabdominal Aortic Replacement
    Abdominal aortic replacement
    Visceral artery aneurysms
    Pulmonary Artery Aneurysms
    Section 4. Vascular Rings
    General Comments
    Vascular Rings and Kommerils Diverticula.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Abhay Rané, Burak Turna, Riccardo Autorino, Jens J. Rassweiler, editors.
    Summary: This book is a compact, illustrated reference which provides the reader with practical tips and advice in managing day-to-day urological issues encountered in a clinical setting. Practical Tips in Urology draws on practical experience and offers useful information that is often lacking in didactic textbooks of urology and in journal articles. The chapters provide tips in dealing with urological emergencies, elective surgery and common outpatient consultation problems, among other things. Written by experts in the field, Practical Tips in Urology is key reading for all practicing urologists and residents in training.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Michael F. Murphy, David J. Roberts, Mark H. Yazer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Carolyn A. Sink.
    Contents:
    The blood donor
    Blood collection
    Blood product overview
    Clinical considerations in transfusion practice
    Adverse effects of blood transfusion
    Methods and storage
    Quality assurance.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital/Print
    ... With a paper on the diseases of the breasts, by Robert S. Newton.
    Digital Access Google Books 1857-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    X361 .S43 1857
    1
  • Digital
    editor: Davide Chiumello.
    Summary: This book offers an essential guide to managing the most-debated hot topics of practical interest in anesthesia and intensive care. It reviews the state of the art in issues concerning both intensive care medicine and anesthesia, such as perioperative coagulation management, neuroaxial blockade and complications, postoperative pain management, pediatric airway management, septic shock and hemodynamic management, diagnosis and management of acute respiratory distress syndrome, and antifungal treatments for critically ill patients. Written by leading experts and including updated references, it provides a comprehensive, easy-to-follow update on anesthesia and intensive care. The book clearly explains complex topics, offering practicing clinicians valuable insights into the latest recommendations and evidence in the field while, at the same time, making it a vital resource for students new to the fields of anesthesia and intensive care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Davide Chiumello, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an essential guide to managing the most heatedly debated topics of practical interest in anesthesia and intensive care. It reviews the state of the art in issues concerning both intensive care medicine and anesthesia, such as antibiotic therapy in multidrug resistance infection, acute hepatic failure, weaning, ECMO, difficult airway in pediatric patients, goal directed fluid therapy, preoperative anesthesia evaluation and delirium. Written by leading experts and including updated references, it provides a comprehensive, easy-to-follow guide to anesthesia and intensive care. The book clearly explains complex topics, offering practicing clinicians valuable insights into the latest recommendations and evidence in the field while, at the same time, making it a vital resource for students new to the fields of anesthesia and intensive care.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: The Role of the Heart in Weaning Failure
    1.1 Weaning as an Intense Exercise
    1.2 The Diagnosis of Weaning Failure of Cardiovascular Origin
    1.3 Transthoracic Echocardiography
    1.4 Conclusions
    References
    2: MDR Infections in the ICU
    2.1 Infections and Resistance: The Problem Dimension
    2.2 Infections and Resistance: Definitions
    2.3 MDR Gram Positive
    2.3.1 MRSA
    2.3.2 Potential Role for the New Antibiotics
    2.3.3 VRE
    2.4 MDR Gram Negative
    2.4.1 ESBL-Producing Enterobacteriaceae
    2.4.2 AmpC-Producing Enterobacteriaceae 2.4.2.1 Carbapenem-Resistant Gram Negative
    2.4.3 XDR P. aeruginosa
    2.4.4 XDR A. baumannii
    2.4.5 KPC-Producing K. pneumoniae and Other Carbapenemase-Producing Enterobacteriaceae (CRE)
    2.5 Empiric Therapy
    2.6 Duration of Therapy
    2.7 Role of Additional Therapies in Gram-Negative MDR/XDR Bacteria Septic Shock
    2.8 Prevention and Control of MDR Infections in the ICU
    2.9 Antimicrobial Stewardship
    References
    3: The Diaphragmatic Dysfunction
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 The Diaphragm
    3.3 Anatomy and Respiratory Function 3.4 Diaphragmatic Dysfunction and Fatigue
    3.4.1 Diaphragmatic Dysfunction
    3.5 Invasive Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Function
    3.6 Noninvasive Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Function: The Ultrasound
    3.7 Diaphragmatic Displacement
    3.7.1 Limits of the Technique
    3.8 Thickness and Thickening Fraction
    3.9 Conclusion
    References
    4: Neuromuscular Blocking Agents: Review on Agents (NMBA and Antagonists) and Monitoring
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Neuromuscular Blocking Agents (NMBAs): The Classification [5, 7, 8, 10, 16, 18] 4.2.1 Neuromuscular Junction and Basic Physiology of Neurotransmission [5, 15, 18, 19] (Fig. 4.1)
    4.3 Depolarizing Neuromuscular Blocking Agents: Succinylcholine (SCh) [7, 8, 10, 18, 19] (Fig. 4.2)
    4.3.1 Side Effects [7, 8, 18, 19]
    4.4 Nondepolarizing Neuromuscular Blocking Agents (NDNMBAs)
    4.4.1 Aminosteroidal NDNMBAs
    4.4.2 Benzylisoquinoline Derivatives
    4.5 Monitoring Neuromuscular Function in Anesthesia [5, 15, 16, 17, 20-22]
    4.5.1 Train of Four (TOF) [5, 15, 16, 22]
    4.5.2 Post-Tetanic Twitch Count (PTC) [5, 15, 22] 4.5.3 Double-Burst Stimulation (DBS) [5, 15]
    4.6 Neuromuscular Blockade Antagonization
    4.6.1 Acetylcholinesterase Inhibitors (ACEIs) [5, 7, 8, 17, 18]
    4.6.2 Sugammadex (SUG) [5, 7, 8, 17, 18, 31, 32]
    4.7 Future Perspectives [7, 8, 34-36]
    References
    5: Extracorporeal Circulation in Acute Respiratory Failure: High Flow Versus Low Flow
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 General Principles of Treatment
    5.3 History
    5.4 Techniques
    5.4.1 Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO)
    5.4.2 Extracorporeal CO2 Removal (ECCO2R)
    5.5 Indications and Contraindications
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Davide Chiumello, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an essential guide to managing the most-debated hot topics of practical interest in anesthesia and intensive care. Part I reviews the state of the art in issues concerning both intensive care medicine and anesthesia, such as perioperative medicine, acute liver failure, anesthesia monitoring and ERAS in hepatic surgery. Part II focuses on microbiome in critically ill patients, on COVID-19 aspects and related issues, on sepsis in pediatric patients and ventilatory management in obese patients. Written by leading experts and including updated references, it provides a comprehensive, easy-to-follow update on anesthesia and intensive care. The book clearly explains complex topics, offering practicing clinicians valuable insights into the latest recommendations and evidence in the field while, at the same time, making it a vital resource for students new to the fields of anesthesia and intensive care.

    Contents:
    Part I. Anesthesia
    Perioperative Management of Patients Affected by Ischemic Cardiomyopathy
    Acute Liver Failure: Definition, Epidemiology, Management. Update 2022
    Perioperative Medicine: Technical and Organizational Issues
    Perioperative Hypertension and Anesthesia
    Depth of Anesthesia Monitoring
    ERAS (Enhanced Recovery After Surgery) in Liver Surgery
    Part II. Critical Care Medicine
    The Microbiome in Critically Ill Patients
    Coagulation Abnormalities in Patients with COVID-19
    Vascular Failure and Sepsis In Pediatrics
    Ventilatory Management of the Patient with Severe Obesity.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Taizhu Yang, Hong Luo, editors.
    Summary: With rapid development of ultrasound technology, its clinical application is expanding and deepening. This book is focused on practical application of ultrasound in obstetrics and gynecology. Besides ultrasound diagnosis, the new progress of ultrasound in obstetrics and gynecology, such as interventional ultrasound, 3D ultrasound, and endoscopic ultrasonography, is also discussed. Typical images selected from abundant cases are provided with concise and refining key points. It serves as a valuable reference for sonologists, radiologists and gynaecologists for accurate diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Clinical Basis of Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Application of Ultrasound in Perinatal Period
    Ultrasound Diagnosis in Pathological Obstetrics
    Ultrasound Diagnosis of Fetal Heart
    Application of Ultrasound in Gynecology
    Application of Ultrasound in Female Infertility and Contraception
    Application of Interventional Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Application of 3D Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Application of Endoscopic Ultrasonography.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andrew C. Peterson, Matthew O. Fraser, editors.
    Contents:
    The Basic Science Behind Practical/Clinical Urodynamics Analysis
    Urodynamics Equipment: What the Clinician Needs to Know to Set Up the Lab
    The Clinical Evaluation of the Patient Who Requires Urodynamics
    Noninvasive Urodynamics
    The Cystometrogram
    The Pressure Flow Study
    The EMG
    The Use of Fluoroscopy
    Putting it All Together: Practical Advice on Clinical Urodynamics
    Nomograms
    Ambulatory Urodynamics
    Bedside Urodynamics
    Practical Urodynamics in Children.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Pat F. Fulgham, Bruce R. Gilbert, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive volume covers the basic science of ultrasound - a popular choice in medical imaging - and thoroughly explores its clinical applications in urology. Covers changing technology and regulatory requirements, and includes detailed illustrations.

    Contents:
    1. History of ultrasound in urology
    2. Physical principles of ultrasound
    3. Bioeffects and safety
    4. Maximizing image quality: user-dependent variables
    5. Renal ultrasound
    6. Scrotal ultrasound
    7. Penile ultrasound
    8. Transabdominal pelvic ultrasound
    9. Pelvic floor ultrasound
    10. Transrectal ultrasound
    11. Ultrasound for prostate biopsy
    12. Pediatric urologic ultrasound
    13. Applications of urologic ultrasound during pregnancy
    14. Application of urologic ultrasound in pelvic and transplant kidneys
    15. Intraoperative urologic ultrasound
    16. Urologic ultrasound protocols
    17. Urology ultrasound practice accreditation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pat F. Fulgham, Bruce R. Gilbert, editors.
    Summary: Practical Urological Ultrasound has become a primary reference for urologists and sonographers performing urologic ultrasound examinations. This third edition is comprised of twenty-two chapters including newly added chapters on technical advancements in ultrasound, male reproduction ultrasound, point-of-care ultrasound, quality assessment and implementation for urologic practices, and sonographers in the urologic practice. All chapters are fully updated and expanded, covering additional literature on further elucidation of Doppler ultrasound principles, sonoelastography, quantitative evaluation of the clinical causes of ED, evaluations of the pelvic mesh implant and its complications, developments in multiparametic ultrasound of the prostate, and updated protocols in POCUS. Written by experts in the field of urology, Practical Urological Ultrasound, Third Edition continues to serve as an important resource for the novice and a comprehensive reference for the advanced sonographer.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: History of Ultrasound
    History of Doppler Ultrasound
    History of Ultrasound in Urology
    Prostate
    Kidney and Renal Hilum
    Scrotum
    Emerging Techniques
    High-Intensity Focused Ultrasound
    Elastography
    Histioscanning or Computer-Analyzed Ultrasound
    Harmonics
    Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasonography
    Multiparametric Ultrasound
    Ultrasound in Therapeutics
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Physical Principles of Ultrasound
    Introduction
    The Mechanics of Ultrasound Waves
    Ultrasound Image Generation Interaction of Ultrasound with Biological Tissue
    Artifacts
    Modes of Ultrasound
    Gray-Scale, B-Mode Ultrasound
    Doppler Ultrasound
    Artifacts Associated with Doppler Ultrasound
    Harmonic Scanning
    Contrast Agents in Ultrasound
    References
    3: Bioeffects and Safety
    Introduction
    Bioeffects of Ultrasound
    Thermal Effects
    Mechanical Effects
    Patient Safety
    Mechanical Index
    Thermal Index
    ALARA
    Scanning Environment
    Patient Identification and Documentation
    Equipment Maintenance
    Cleaning and Disinfection of Ultrasound Equipment
    References 4: Maximizing Image Quality: User-Dependent Variables
    Introduction
    Tuning the Instrument
    Transducer Selection
    Scanning Environment
    Monitor Display
    Scanning Technique
    User-Controlled Variables
    Dynamic Range (Contrast)
    Conclusion
    Summary
    References
    5: Renal Ultrasound
    Introduction
    Point-of-Service Ultrasound
    Indications
    Equipment
    Patient Preparation
    Anatomic Considerations for Renal Imaging
    Imaging the Right Kidney
    Technique
    Imaging the Left Kidney
    Technique
    Normal Findings
    Adjacent Structures
    Ultrasound Report Indications
    Equipment
    Findings
    Impression
    Image Documentation
    Doppler
    Resistive Index
    Artifacts
    Renal Findings
    Extrarenal Pelvis
    Normal Parenchymal Variants
    Ultrasound Diagnosis of Renal Pathology
    Renal Cysts
    Parapelvic Cysts
    Hydronephrosis
    Urolithiasis
    Renal Masses
    Angiomyolipomas
    Renal Scars
    Medical Renal Disease
    Applications of Intraoperative Renal Ultrasound
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Scrotal Ultrasound
    Introduction
    Scanning Technique and Protocol
    Transducer Selection
    Overview of the Exam Color and Spectral Doppler
    Documentation
    Indications
    Normal Anatomy of the Testis and Paratesticular Structures
    Scrotum
    Testis
    Epidymis
    Vascular Anatomy
    Embryology Relevant to Ultrasound Imaging of the Scrotum
    Early Gonadal Developmental Anatomy
    Testicular Descent
    Development of the Scrotum
    Pathologic Conditions and the Scrotal Ultrasound
    Extratesticular Findings
    Hydrocele
    Pyocele
    Scrotal Hernia
    Sperm Granuloma
    Tumors of the Spermatic Cord
    Epididymal Findings
    Epididymo-Orchitis
    Torsion of the Appendix Epididymis and Testis
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ruifang Sui, Fu Tang, Minglian Zhang.
    Summary: This book includes the concept, general summary and the equipment of the visual electrophysiological examination. It also covers the clinical application scope, diagnosis protocol, standardized operation steps, clinical report samples, and the key points of reading reports, etc. of visual evoked potential (VEP), electroretinogram (ERG), electrooculogram (EOG), multifocal VEP, multifocal ERG and other commonly used visual electrophysiological examinations. Typical clinical report examples of normal and abnormal waveforms are specially added, which is a highlight of this book and can help clinical technicians quickly grasp the key points of electrophysiological report reading.

    Contents:
    Visual Electrophysiology Summary
    Visual Electrophysiology equipment
    Visual Electrophysiology report reading key points
    Visual Electrophysiology clinical cases
    Visual Electrophysiology equipment install and operation
    ISCEV extended visual electrophysiological examinations
    Visual electrophysiological in animal experiments.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Karen Fenstermacher, Barbara Toni Hudson.
    Summary: Prepare for FNP practice with the latest evidence-based guidelines! Practice Guidelines for Family Nurse Practitioners, 4th Edition provides essential information on current assessment and management protocols for primary care patients of all ages. Key details are easy to find, with the book's concise, outline-style guidelines and abundant summary tables and charts. And you'll be ready to manage care more effectively with the latest information on topics such as pain management, bariatric surgery follow-up, restless legs syndrome, and new medications for diabetes and cardiovascular disorders. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    History and physical examination. Adult assessment ; Pediatric assessment ; Geriatric assessment ; Laboratory and diagnostic pearls
    Common Conditions. Skin conditions ; Respiratory conditions ; Eye, ear, nose, and throat conditions ; Cardiovascular conditions ; Peripheral vascular and hematologic conditions ; Abdominal conditions ; Gynecologic conditions ; Common urinary tract conditions ; Neurologic conditions ; Musculoskeletal conditions ; Pain ; Endocrine conditions ; Pediatric conditions ; Psychiatric conditions.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    American Academy of Neurology.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    1997-<2001>
    (including updates)
    RC346 .A44
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Catherine M. Otto.
    Contents:
    Advanced Principles for the Echocardiographer
    The Left Ventricle
    Ischemic Heart Disease
    Valvular Heart Disease
    Cardiomyopathies and Pericardial Disease
    The Right Heart
    Vascular And Systemic Diseases
    Adult Congenital Heart Disease and the Pregnant Patient.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Gerhard Heinemeyer, Matti Jantunen, Pertti Hakkinen.
    Summary: This book closes a current gap by providing the scientific basis for consumer exposure assessment in the context of regulatory risk assessment. Risk is defined as the likelihood of an event occurring and the severity of its effects. The margin between the dose that leads to toxic effects and the actual dose of a chemical is identified by estimating population exposure. The objective of this book is to provide an introduction into the scientific principles of consumer exposure assessment, and to describe the methods used to estimate doses of chemicals, the statistics applied and computer tools needed. This is presented through the backgrounds of the special fields in exposure analysis, such as exposure via food and by the use of consumer products, toys, clothing and other items. As a general concept, human exposure is also understood to include exposure via the environment and from the work setting. In this context, the specific features of consumer exposure are pointed out and put into the context of regulation, in particular food safety, chemicals safety (REACh) and consumer product safety. The book is structured into three parts: The first part deals with the general concepts of consumer exposure as part of the overall risk analysis framework of risk characterization, risk assessment and risk communication. It describes the three basic features of exposure assessment (i) the exposure scenario (ii) the exposure model and (iii) the exposure parameters, addressing external and internal exposure. Also, the statistical presentation of data to characterize populations, in connection with variability, uncertainty and quality of information and the presentation of exposure evaluation results is described. The second part deals with the specific issues of exposure assessment, exposure via food consumption, exposure from use of consumer products, household products, toys, cosmetic products, textiles, pesticides and others. This part also covers methods for acquisition of data for exposure estimations, including the relevant information from regulations needed to perform an accurate exposure assessment. The third part portrays a prospect for further needs in the development and improvement of consumer exposure assessment, as well as international activities and descriptions of the work of institutions that are involved in exposure assessment on the regulatory and scientific level. And conversely, it creates the rationale for the exposure assessment details necessary to satisfy regulatory needs such as derivation of upper limits and risk management issues.

    Contents:
    1. General Introduction
    2. Major Principles and Concepts of Risk Assessment
    3. General Aspects of Exposure Evaluation
    4. Exposure to Substances via Food Consumption
    5. Exposure to Substances by use of Consumer Products
    6. Data Availability and Data Generation Concepts
    7. Activities Encountered by European and Other International Authorities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Eelco F.M. Wijdicks, MD, PhD, FACP, FNCS, FANA, Professor of Neurology, Mayo Clinic, College of Medicine, Chair, Division of Critical Care Neurology, Consultant, Neurosciences Intensive Care Unit, Mayo Clinic Hospital, Saint Marys Campus, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    Begleitband Selected tables and figures from The practice of emergency and critical care neurology.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    chief editors, I. Kempf, K.S. Leung ; co-editors, A. Grosse ... [et al.].
    Contents:
    v. 1. Scientific basis and standard techniques
    v. 2. Advanced techniques and special applications
    v. 3. New developments in techniques and applications.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital/Print
    by James Tyson and M. Howard Fussell.
    Digital Access Google Books 1896-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L46 .T994 1906
    1
  • Digital
    John C.M. Brust.
    Contents:
    The neurological examination. Overview
    Mental status: the components of thinking are not easily isolated
    Cranial nerves: twelve is a misleading number
    Motor examination: there is always more than weakness
    The sensory examination: boundaries and comparisons are crucial
    Reflexes: remember the afferent limb
    Examination of the comatose patient
    79 ways of looking at the nervous system: case presentations and commentary. Mostly somatosensory
    Mostly visual
    Mostly auditory or vestibular
    Mostly olfactory
    Mostly motor
    Mostly autonomic
    Mixed disorders: somatosensory, motor, and autonomic
    Disorders of consciousness
    Disorders of language, praxis, gnosis, and thought.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2021
  • Digital
    Mohammad Diab, MD, Professor, Chief, Paediatric Orthopaedics, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, University of California, San Francisco, San Francisco, California, Lynn T. Staheli, MD, Emeritus Professor, Department of Orthopaedics, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, Emeritus Editor, Journal of Paediatric Orthopaedics.
    Summary: "Profusely illustrated basic book on pediatric orthopaedics aimed at the resident in orthopaedics, the general orthopaedic surgeon, and the pediatrician. It is densley packed with relevent clinical information and a multitude of illustrations presented in a highly structured style"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Carrie Doehring.
    Contents:
    Intercultural care : trust and theological accountability
    Basic ingredients of caregiving relationships
    Embodied listening
    Establishing a caregiving relationship
    Theological themes and reflexivity
    Narrative themes of loss, violence, and coping
    Systematic assessment
    Planning care : liberative spiritual integration.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    by various authors ; edited by Joseph Brennemann ...
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P23 .B83
    10
  • Digital
    Boris A. Stuck, Joachim T. Maurer, Angelika A. Schlarb, Michael Schredl, Hans-Günter Weeβ.
    Summary: The book provides an overview of the entire field of sleep medicine, from the basics of sleep physiology to the diagnosis and treatment of specific sleep disorders. It offers a valuable introduction to the field of sleep medicine, but also serves as a reference work on all aspects of clinical practice, including diagnosis, differential diagnosis and treatment of all relevant sleep disorders in children and adults. It starts by presenting sleep physiology and the classification of sleep disorders, and explains in detail all the relevant diagnostic measures in the field. Based on these introductory chapters, it discusses the relevant sleep disorders, including insomnia, sleep-related breathing disorders, hypersomnia, sleep-wake-rhythm disorders, parasomnia, sleep related movement disorders, and secondary sleep disorders, as well as various isolated symptoms. In addition, an entire chapter is dedicated to sleep disorders in children. Drawing on the long-time experience of five board-certified sleep physicians with different professional backgrounds, the book reflects the interdisciplinary nature of sleep medicine. It includes the current international classification systems as well as scoring rules and clinical guidelines. It is intended for physicians and therapists from various specialities, including internal medicine (e.g. pulmonology and cardiology), psychology, psychiatry, neurology, paediatrics, otorhinolaryngology and general medicine who are interested in sleep medicine. It also serves as a textbook in these specialties. To optimize its clinical value, a uniform structure is used for the various chapters, including practical tips, comprehension questions and clinical case presentations.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Authors
    1: Physiological Basics of Healthy and Disturbed Sleep
    1.1 History of Sleep Medicine
    1.2 Classification of Sleep Disorders
    1.3 Phenomenology of Sleep
    1.4 Physiological Alterations During Sleep
    1.4.1 Cardiovascular System During Sleep
    1.4.2 Thermoregulation
    1.4.3 Hormone System and Sleep
    1.5 Circadian Rhythm
    1.6 Sleep Regulation
    1.7 Functions of Sleep
    1.8 Dreaming
    1.8.1 Definitions
    1.8.2 Dream Recall
    1.8.3 General Characteristics of Dreams
    1.8.4 Correlation Between Wakefulness and Dream 1.8.5 Function of Dreams
    1.9 Questions
    Further Reading
    2: Diagnostic Methods
    2.1 History Taking
    2.1.1 Sleep-Related Personal Anamnesis
    2.1.2 Sleep-Related History Compiled by Third Parties
    2.1.3 History Taking Regarding Sleepiness, Fatigue, and Daytime Performance
    2.1.4 Further History Taking for Differential Diagnostic: Assessment of Possible Origins of Sleep Disorders
    2.2 Laboratory Parameters for Sleep Disorders
    2.3 Sleep Questionnaire
    2.3.1 Insomnia Questionnaire
    2.3.2 Questionnaires for the Assessment of Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders 2.3.3 Questionnaire Regarding Restless Legs Syndrome
    2.4 Physical Examination
    2.5 Actigraphy
    2.6 Outpatient Step-by-Step Diagnostics for Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders and Polygraphy Systems
    2.7 Polysomnography (PSG)
    2.7.1 Standard Parameters of Polysomnography (PSG)
    2.7.1.1 Measurement of Blood Pressure During Sleep
    2.7.2 Parameters to Be Reported for Polysomnography (PSG)
    2.7.2.1 Sleep Scoring Data
    2.7.2.2 Phenomenology and Classification of Arousals
    2.7.3 Polysomnography (PSG) in Patients with Insomnia 2.7.4 Polysomnography (PSG) in Patients with Periodic Limb Movements in Sleep and Patients with Restless Leg Syndrome
    2.7.5 Polysomnography (PSG) in Cases of Bruxism
    2.7.6 Polysomnography (PSG) in Cases of REM Behavior Disorders
    2.7.7 Polysomnography (PSG) in Cases of Rhythmic Movement Disorders in Sleep
    2.7.8 Polysomnography (PSG) in Cases of Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
    2.8 Examination of Sleepiness- and Fatigue-Related Daytime Impairments
    2.8.1 Diagnostics of Daytime Sleepiness
    2.8.1.1 Diagnostic Procedures of Central Nervous System Alertness Multiple Sleep Latency Test (MSLT)
    Maintenance of Wakefulness Test (MWT)
    Pupillographic Sleepiness Test
    2.8.1.2 Diagnostic Procedures to Assess Vigilance
    Vigilance Test According to Quatember and Maly
    Sub-test of Vigilance of the Test Battery for Attentional Performance
    2.8.1.3 Diagnostic Procedures to Assess Selective Attention
    Achievement Motivation Test Series, Version 3.00 of the Vienna Test System
    Go/NoGo of the Test Battery for Attentional Performance
    2.8.1.4 Diagnostic Procedures to Assess Divided Attention
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Erin E. Ruel, Georgia State University, William E. Wagner, III, California State University, Channel Islands, Brian Joseph Gillespie, Sonoma State University.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HM538 .R84 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Dong Keun Lee, editor.
    Summary: This book combines provision of basic knowledge on anorectal diseases with clear description of special surgical techniques based on 30 yearsâ#x80;#x99; experience in anorectal cases at one hospital. A wide range of anorectal diseases and conditions are covered, in each case with presentation of relevant clinical information and detailed step-by-step descriptions of established surgical procedures and recently introduced approaches. The aim is to enable surgeons unfamiliar or less familiar with the procedures to gain a sound understanding of first principles and technical details that will assist them in the course of their future practice. In addition, expert analyses and commentaries are provided on the clinical practices of proctology in the form of case presentations. Without exception, the contributing authors are recognized authorities in their fields. Practices of Anorectal Surgery will be of high value for all junior surgeons who treat anorectal diseases, assisting in the achievement of optimal outcomes through meticulous technique and avoidance of surgery-related complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    by Tizian Zumthurm.
    Summary: "Tizian Zumthurm uses the extraordinary hospital of an extraordinary man to produce novel insights into the ordinary practice of biomedicine in colonial Central Africa. His investigation of therapeutic routines in surgery, maternity care, psychiatry, and the treatment of dysentery and leprosy reveals the incoherent nature of biomedicine and not just in Africa. Reading rich archival sources against and along the grain, the author combines concepts that appeal to those interested in the history of medicine and colonialism. Through the microcosm of the hospital, Zumthurm brings to light the social worlds of Gabonese patients as well as European staff. By refusing to easily categorize colonial medical encounters, the book challenges our understanding of biomedicine as solely domineering or interactive"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access 2020
  • Digital
    Professor Brian Dolan, FRSA, MSc(Oxon), MSc(Nurs), RGN, RMN, Professor Sue Hinchliff, BA, MSc, RN, RNT [and others].
    Summary: Do you mentor student nurses and/or newly registered nurses? This is a trusted handbook on how to teach others: peers, students, patients and relatives. Using a 'talking through' strategy, this is a practical 'how to' guide, rather than an academic treatise, with a much stronger focus on the use of competencies.

    Contents:
    How we learn and how we can help others to learn--How to make your teaching effective--How to use competencies in teaching--How to support learners--How to assess teaching and learning.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Valerie A. Shepard and April L. Perry.
    Contents:
    Introduction : context, research, and applications / Katherine Hall-Hertel, Lisa C.O. Brandes, and Valerie A. Shepard
    Brief history, background, and definitions / Matthew W. Imboden and Marlaina Kloepfer
    Overview of post-baccalaureate student needs / Brandon S. McLeod and George S. McClellan
    Transition to graduate and professional school / Tammy Briant Spratling and Sarah Valdovinos
    Graduate student success and socialization / Stephanie K. Eberle, Jamie Heck, Angie Cook, and Dawn Loyola
    Graduate student engagement and campus programming / Mariann Sanchez and Trista Beard
    A diversity, equity, and inclusion approach to graduate student access and outcomes / Matt Newlin, Maria Dykema Erb, and Kathy Wood
    A space and a place for graduate dducation : building community and belonging / Karen P. DePauw and Monika Gibson
    Assessment : using data to support graduate student success and program effectiveness / Anne E. Lundquist and Christine Kelly
    Curriculum project / April L. Perry and Katherine Hall-Hertel
    Conclusion : toward thriving / Valerie A. Shepard and April L. Perry
    Appendix: Selected resources and associations : graduate education and graduate student affairs / Lisa C.O. Brandes.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    LB2371.4 .P73 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Louise Cummings.
    Summary: This wide-ranging survey of the state of the art in clinical pragmatics includes an examination of pragmatic disorders in previously neglected populations such as juvenile offenders, children and adults with emotional and behavioural disorders, and adults with non-Alzheimer dementias. This book makes a significant contribution to the discussion of pragmatic disorders by exploring topics which have a fast-rising profile in the field. These topics include disorders in which there are both pragmatic and cognitive components, and studies of the complex impacts of pragmatic disorders such as mental health problems, educational disadvantage and social exclusion. This book also presents a critical evaluation of our current state of knowledge of pragmatic disorders. The author focuses on the lack of integration between theoretical and clinical branches of pragmatics and argues that the work of clinicians is all too often inadequately informed by theoretical frameworks. She attempts to bridge these gaps by pursuing a closer alliance of clinical and theoretical branches of pragmatics. It is claimed that this alliance represents the most promising route for the future development of the field. At once a yardstick measuring progress thus far in clinical pragmatics, and also a roadmap for future research development, this single-author volume defines where we have reached in the field, as well as where we have to go next.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Pragmatics and Language Pathology
    Chapter 2. Pragmatic Disorders across the Life Span
    Chapter 3. Disorders of the Pragmatics-Cognition Interface
    Chapter 4. Theoretical Models and Pragmatic Disorders
    Chapter 5. The Impact of Pragmatic Disorders
    Chapter 6. Pragmatic Disorders in Complex and Undeserved Populations
    Chapter 7. Pragmatic Disorders and Social Communication
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    von T. von Lanz, W. Wachsmuth.
    Contents:
    Bd.1, 3.T., Arm.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    QM23 .L332
    1
  • Print
    von T. von Lanz, W. Wachsmuth.
    Contents:
    Bd. 1, 2. T. Hals
    Bd. 1, 3. T. Arm
    Bd. 1, 4. T. Bein und Statik.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    QM23 .L331
    3
  • Digital/Print
    Pauchet, Victor; Luquet, Gabriel; Martel, Th. de; Quénu, Jean.
    Digital Access Google Books 1921-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M32 .P32 1921
    1
  • Digital
    Manfred Dietel, Christian Wittekind, Gianni Bussolati, Moritz von Winterfeld, editors.
    Summary: This book presents an overview of the most important current developments in the pre-analytical handling of tissue. It addresses in particular potential ways to improve the situation whereby methods employed in the pre-analytical phase ? the period from surgical removal of tissue to the start of pathological processing ? have remained essentially unchanged for decades with only modest standardization. It is examined how the pre-analytical period can be optimized, resulting not only in an increase in diagnostic quality but also in a reduction in processing time and costs. Among the key topics examined are the so-called cold ischemia time between tissue removal and fixation, the potential superiority of vacuum-based preservation over immediate formalin fixation, two-temperature fixation, molecular analysis methods, and the pre-analytics of specimens from particular tissues. Readers will find this book to be an important update that reveals the full importance of the pre-analytical phase for quality of pathological work-up.

    Contents:
    What Is Pre-Analytics in Surgical Pathology?
    Histologic Validation of Vacuum Sealed Formalin
    Free Tissue Preservation and Transport System
    Pre-Analytics and Molecular Pathology
    Experiences in Vacuum Preparation of Routine Specimens
    Tissue Heterogeneity as a Pre-Analytical Source of Variability
    Vacuum Fixation of Breast Specimens Before Grossing
    How Do Short Fixation and Rapid Microwave Processing Affect Her2 Testing?
    Current Projects in Pre-Analytics ? Where to Go?
    Nucleic Acid Extraction from FFPE Tissue as Critical Preanalytic Step for NGS Applications
    Experiences With Pre-Analytics of Lung Specimen
    Experiences With Pre-Analytics of GI-Specimen
    Bone Marrow Work-Up
    Two-Temperature Fixation Preserves Activation Status with High Efficiency
    Towards the Lean Lab. The Industry Challenge. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Adam E.M. Eltorai, Steven Rougas, Paul George.
    Summary: "The perfect, one-of-a-kind companion to clerkship bootcamps, dedicated courses, or independent study, The Pre-Clerkship Guide: Procedures and Skills for Clinical Rotations delivers clear guidance on fundamental skills and basic clinical procedures essential for success in clinical rotations. Concise, step-by-step instructions and supplemental illustrations detail need-to-know information at a glance for quick reference when studying or practicing in a clinical setting, accompanied by professional insights and examples that highlight effective application. Whether paired with Bates's Pocket Guide or used as a standalone resource, this compact, easy-to-use text reinforces key information in a cohesive approach to help students feel comfortable and confident in clinical settings"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Fatma Sarsu [and 9 more].
    Summary: This open access book presents simple, robust pre-field screening protocols that allow plant breeders to screen for enhanced tolerance to heat stress in rice. Two critical heat-sensitive stages in the lifecycle of the rice crop are targeted - the seedling and flowering stages - with screening based on simple phenotypic responses. The protocols are based on the use of a hydroponics system and/or pot experiments in a glasshouse in combination with a controlled growth chamber where the heat stress treatment is applied. The protocols are designed to be effective, simple, reproducible and user-friendly. The protocols will enable plant breeders to effectively reduce the number of plants from a few thousands to less than 100 candidate individual mutants or lines in a greenhouse/growth chamber, which can then be used for further testing and validation in the field conditions. The methods can also be used to classify rice genotypes according to their heat tolerance characteristics. Thus, different types of heat stress tolerance mechanisms can be identified, presenting opportunities for pyramiding different (mutant) sources of heat stress tolerance.

    Contents:
    General Introduction
    Screening Protocols for Heat Tolerance in Rice at the Seedling and Reproductive Stages
    Validation of Screening Protocols for Heat Tolerance in Rice
    Conclusion
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Andrew Griffiths, Tim Lowes, Jeremy Henning, Amy Gospel.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Indications and Decision Making
    3. Pre-Hospital Rapid Sequence Intubation (PRSI)
    4. Crew Resource Management (CRM)
    5. Post-Intubation Management
    6. Equipment and Minimum Monitoring Standards
    7. Drugs and Sedation
    8. Special Circumstances
    9. Complications, Adverse Events and Clinical Governance.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Advanced Life Support Group (ALSG) ; edited by Alan Charters, Hal Maxwell, Paul Reavley.
    Contents:
    Scene management in incidents involving children
    Preparation
    Assessment and immediate management of the seriously ill or injured child
    Immediate management of the seriously ill child
    The structured approach to the seriously injured child
    Management of cardiac arrest
    When a child dies
    The non-seriously ill child
    The chronically ill child
    Safeguarding children
    Pain management in children
    Paediatric triage
    Military
    Practical procedures : airway and breathing
    Practical procedures : circulation
    Practical procedures : trauma.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Joel Thomas, Phillip Wagner, Ray Funahashi, Nitin Agarwal.
    Summary: "In recent years, applying for and getting accepted to medical schools in the U.S. has become increasingly difficult. In 2020-2021, only 38% of the 53,370 students who applied to U.S. medical schools were accepted. For the most prestigious medical schools, the acceptance rate was just 1.4-2%. Pre-Medicine: The Complete Guide for Aspiring Doctors by Joel Thomas, Phillip Wagner, Ray Funahashi, and Nitin Agarwal is a comprehensive roadmap that guides aspiring physicians through the rigorous process of preparing for and getting into medical school in the U.S. By bringing together multiple authors with different life experiences and perspectives, this unique book has broad appeal to students from diverse backgrounds"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    edited by Farhad B. Naini, Daljit S. Gill.
    Summary: "Explore the possibilities of preadjusted edgewise appliances in orthodontics with this essential resource Preadjusted Edgewise Fixed Orthodontic Appliances: Principles and Practice comprehensively covers the increasingly popular preadjusted edgewise technique in orthodontics. The book integrates clinical practice and research findings, focusing on the biomechanics and clinical management of patients with preadjusted edgewise appliances. A unique learning resource for specialists and trainees in orthodontics, the book is highly illustrated and broad in scope, covering everything from informed patient consent to clinical techniques to information about how to manage patient malocclusions. Core topics include: A thorough introduction to the principles of treatment planning, orthodontic biomechanics, anchorage, informed patient consent, and the dentolegal aspects of orthodontic treatment ; An exploration of the preadjusted edgewise appliance, including bracket design, bracket placement, orthodontic bonding and debonding, archwires, mini-implants (TADs) and auxiliaries; Comprehensive description of the stages of treatment with preadjusted edgewise appliances, including alignment and levelling, controlled space closure, finishing and retention Information on the management of the major malocclusions (Class II, Class III, anterior open bite, deep overbite and transverse problems) with preadjusted edgewise appliances Perfect for postgraduate dentists undergoing specialist training in orthodontics, specialist practitioners, and hospital consultant orthodontists, Preadjusted Edgewise Fixed Orthodontic Appliances: Principles and Practice will also be useful to dentists with a special interest in orthodontics, orthodontic therapists, and orthodontic nurses who seek a comprehensive manual of the most popular fixed orthodontic appliance technique"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Principles of Treatment Planning / Farhad B. Naini and Daljit S. Gill
    Principles of Orthodontic Biomechanics / Farhad B. Naini and Daljit S. Gill
    Anchorage / Zaid B. Al-Bitar
    Consent / Gavin J. Mack
    Dentolegal aspects of orthodontic treatment / Alison Williams
    Bracket Design / Chris D. Donaldson
    Bracket Placement / Hemendranath V. Shah, Daljit S. Gill and Farhad B. Naini
    Bonding in Orthodontics / Declan Millett
    Debonding / Lucy Davenport Jones
    Archwires / Leila Khamashta-Ledezma
    Auxiliaries / Andrew T. DiBiase and Jonathan Sandler
    Mini-implants (TADs) / Richard R. J. Cousley
    Care of fixed appliances / Nazan Adali, Daljit S. Gill and Farhad B. Naini
    Stages of Treatment with Preadjusted Edgewise Appliances
    Alignment and Levelling / Farhad B. Naini and Daljit S. Gill
    Controlled Space Closure / Daljit S. Gill and Farhad B. Naini
    Finishing / Mohammed Owaise Sharif and Stephen M. Chadwick
    Retention / Simon J. Littlewood
    Management of Class II malocclusions / Martyn T. Cobourne and Mithran S. Goonewardene
    Management of Class III malocclusions / Grant T. McIntyre
    Management of Deep Incisor Overbite / Farhad B. Naini, Daljit S. Gill and Umberto Garagiola
    Management of Anterior Open Bite / Chung How Kau and Tim S. Trulove
    Management of the Transverse Dimension / Lucy Davenport-Jones.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Oluwole Fadare, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of precancerous lesions and gynecologic tract cancers. Each section discusses the historic evolution of a precancerous lesion, its epidemiology, the nature of the published evidence that supports its characterization as a precancerous lesion, and gives a detailed description of morphologic, immunophenotypic and molecular properties, and patient outcomes. The volume also features two separate chapters on the clinical management of precancerous lesions of the gynecologic tract as a well as the cytopathology of cervical precancerous lesions. Lavishly illustrated and written by some of the foremost experts in the field, Precancerous Lesions of the Gynecologic Tract: Diagnostic and Molecular Genetic Pathology is a definitive account of precancerous lesions of the gynecologic tract and is a valuable resource for pathologists, oncologists, and gynecologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Smith, Christian.
    Contents:
    Contents
    t. 1. Anatomie, urologie, affections de l'urèthre.
    Digital Access Google Books 1880-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    N70 .S64
    1
  • Digital/Print
    par Ch. Dopter et E. Sacquépée.
    Digital Access Google Books 1914-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    G46 .D69 1921
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Redier, Jean.
    Digital Access Google Books 1909-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    S301 .R31
    1
  • Digital
    Shingo Fujii, Kentaro Sekiyama.
    Summary: This extraordinary monograph provides the precise neurovascular anatomy involved in open-abdominal radical hysterectomies, information that is essential for surgeons. For the surgical treatment of invasive cervical cancer, E. Wertheim reported the first systematic data on radical hysterectomy in the early 20th century. While Okabayashi's radical hysterectomy technique, which modified Wertheim's approach, later became the mainstream choice for the treatment of Stage Ib and IIb cervical cancer in Japan, the anatomy of the pericervical area is still not fully understood. The recent spread of laparoscopic surgery and robotic surgery also requires a clear grasp of the anatomy of the blood vessels in the connective tissues of the female pelvis. This book offers comprehensive information on the anatomy required for radical hysterectomies. All illustrations presented in this book were drawn by the first author - a pioneering gynecological surgeon - and reflect real-world procedures. All anatomical features described are essential and practical, and have been refined based on the latest clinical practice. As such, the book offers a valuable resource for all gynecological surgeons and general surgeons with an interest in gynecological oncology.

    Contents:
    1. Brief History of Surgical Treatment for Cervical Cancer
    2. Classification of Radical Hysterectomy
    3. Concept of Original Okabayashi's Radical Hysterectomy
    4. Atlas of Original Okabayashi's Transabdominal Radical Hysterectomy
    5. Novel Points of Okabayashi's Radical Hysterectomy
    6. Step-by-Step Radical Hysterectomy with Pelvic Lymphadenectomy (without nerve-sparing)
    7. What is Nerve-sparing Radical Hysterectomy?
    8. Step-by-Step Nerve-sparing Radical Hysterectomy with Pelvic Lymphadenectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hadi Goubran, Gaafar Ragab, Suzy Hassouna, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Coagulation and Anticoagulants
    Introduction
    The Coagulation Cascade
    Cell-Based Model of Hemostasis
    Natural Anticoagulants, Predisposing Factors, and Exposing Factors of Clot Formation
    Anticoagulants
    Injectable Indirect Thrombin/Anti-Xa Inhibitors
    Unfractionated Heparin (UFH)
    Historic Background
    Route and Dose
    Therapeutic
    Prophylactic
    Side Effects
    Contraindications
    Reversal
    Low-Molecular-Weight Heparins [LMWHs]
    Indications and Dosage [39-46]
    Warning and Precautions
    Monitoring Pentasaccharide
    Fondaparinux
    Indication and Dose
    Deep Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis Following Hip Fracture, Hip Replacement, and Knee Replacement Surgery
    Deep Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis Following Abdominal Surgery
    Deep Vein Thrombosis Prophylaxis in Medical Patients
    Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism Treatment, Including HIT
    Acute Coronary Syndrome
    Warnings and Precautions
    Vitamin K Antagonists [VKAs] and Warfarin
    Warfarin
    Historic Background
    Bioavailability and Half-Life
    Formulation
    Dose and Administration
    Warfarin Resistance Warfarin Interactions
    Food, Food Supplement, and Herbal Interactions
    Other Interactions
    Drug Interactions [69-73]
    Contraindications
    Adverse Events
    Injectable Direct Thrombin Inhibitors
    Hirudins
    Bivaluridin
    Argatroban [103-106]
    NOACs/DOACs
    Contraindications
    NOACs Include
    Oral Direct Thrombin Inhibitor: Dabigatran
    Indications
    Dose
    Contraindications [110]
    Risk of Bleeding
    Drug Interactions [110]
    Other Drugs
    Impact of Dabigatran on Other Drugs
    Conversion to Warfarin [110]
    Converting from or to Parenteral Anticoagulants Oral Direct Factor Xa Inhibitors
    Apixaban [112]
    Formulation
    Indications
    Contraindications [112]
    Dose
    Precautions in Special Populations [112]
    Renal Impairment
    Hepatic Impairment
    Concomitant Use of Antiplatelet Agents
    Drug Interactions [112]
    Switching from to and from Other Anticoagulation Agents
    Switching from or to Parenteral Anticoagulants
    Switching from VKA to Apixaban
    Switching from Apixaban to VKA
    Anticoagulation Bridging (See Chap. 12)
    Betrixaban [121]
    Formulation
    Indications
    Dose
    Precautions
    Side Effects and Bleeding Risks Bleeding Reversal
    Edoxaban [123]
    Formulation
    Indications
    Contraindications [123, 126]
    Precautions [123]
    Drug Interactions: [120]
    Switching Between Agents [123]
    Bridging Anticoagulation (Please refer to Chap. 12)
    Rivaroxaban [129]
    Formulation
    Indications
    Dose
    Precautions and Bleeding Risks
    Switching from One Anticoagulant to Another
    Switching from Parenteral Anticoagulants to Rivaroxaban
    Switching from Rivaroxaban to Parenteral Anticoagulants
    Switching from Vitamin K Antagonists (VKAs) to Rivaroxaban
    Switching from Rivaroxaban to a VKA
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sameek Roychowdhury, Eliezer M. Van Allen, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book was written by leading researchers in the emerging and changing field of precision cancer medicine. Precision cancer medicine entails connecting the right molecular diagnosis to the right treatment plan for individual patients. The textbook covers a range of topics from basic science to clinical application for patient care. Precision cancer medicine includes multi-disciplinary fields of research expertise ranging from genomics, pathology, oncology, hereditary genetics, bioinformatics, immunology, cancer biology, and bioethics. Basic topics include molecular diagnostics, liquid biopsy, immunogenomics, drug resistance mechanisms, and bioinformatics analyses of big data. The clinical topics include clinical interpretation, hereditary cancers, designs of basket clinical trials, exceptional responders, and the ethical, legal, and social implications of clinical genomics research. Readers who are involved in one of the specialities of precision cancer medicine can benefit from this book through exposure to other fields. Any level of training or professional practice can benefit from the broad exposure this book can provide.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Between Hype and Hope, on the Cutting Edge of Precision Cancer Medicine
    Molecular Diagnostics in Cancer: a Fundamental Component of Precision Oncology
    Clinical Interpretation
    Precision Cancer Medicine and Clinical Trial Design
    Resistance to Anti-Cancer Therapeutics
    Exceptional Responders
    Immunogenomics
    Managing Germline Findings from Molecular Testing in Precision Oncology
    Ethical, legal, and social implications of precision cancer medicine
    Liquid Biopsy: Translating Minimally Invasive Disease Profiling From The Lab To The Clinic
    Data Portals and Analysis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Bharat Jasani, Ralf Huss, Clive R. Taylor.
    Summary: This book describes the changing role of pathology in aiding reproducible and accurate patient selection for predictive cancer therapy. Particular attention is given to the clinical application of cutting-edge cancer biomarkers to accurately select patients for targeted cancer therapy and how artificial intelligence can improve the precision of treatments. The advent and basis of predictive cancer care, the role of pathologists in translational cancer research, the analysis of cancer samples, the management of biopsy results, and the accuracy of biopsy results are also discussed. Precision Cancer Medicine: Role of the Pathologist details how pathologists can use the latest biomarkers and apply artificial intelligence technology in cancer diagnosis and management. It is also relevant to oncologists and medical practitioners involved in cancer management seeking an up-to-date resource on the topic.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    Rationale & Role of Pathology in Personalised Precision Cancer Medicine
    Part II Preparation & Analysis of Cancer Samples for Digital & Computational Pathology Analysis
    Methods of Tissue Preparation & Analysis
    Part III Precision diagnostic, prognostic and predictive analysis of cancer for personalised cancer medicine
    Cancer Typing & Reporting
    Cancer Specific Applications
    Part IV Developing Digital and Computational Technology and Methods for Predictive Cancer Analysis
    Cancer Agnostic Predictive Analysis
    Development of Multiplexed Analysis
    Part V Future of Pathology in Cancer Medicine
    Discussion from a pathologist's perspective the fears and opportunities of the increasing use of digital and computational analysis in cancer pathology
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Jeanette McCarthy, Bryce Mendelsohn.
    Contents:
    Preconception carrier screening
    Pregnancy
    The newborn
    Emergency medicine, metabolic disease
    Childhood and adolescence
    Pharmacogenomics
    Heart disease
    Cancer predisposition testing
    Cancer : genomic-guided treatment decisions
    The brain
    Wellness
    Appendices.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Hans-Peter Deigner, Matthias Kohl.
    Summary: Precision Medicine: Tools and Quantitative Approaches discusses precision and personalized medicine, two relevant topics that are revolutionizing diagnostics and treatment, while also providing a shift toward prevention. The book covers the most relevant features and explanations underlying developments in the field. A timely review on prerequisites, causes and consequences is given. Unique to this book is a combined view on technical and data analysis aspects that is mandatory for obtaining and interpreting results. This book is a valuable source for researchers in medical and life sciences, physicians and students with an interest in this emerging field of precision medicine.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Stephen H. Tsang, editor, forward by George M. Church.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to the CRISPR revolution
    1. Viral vectors, engineered cells and the CRISPR revolution
    2. Combining engineered nucleases with adeno-associated viral vectors for therapeutic gene editing
    Part II. CRISPR in model systems
    3. From reductionism to holism: toward a more complete view of development through genome engineering
    4. A transgenic core facility's experience in genome editing revolution
    5. Genome editing to study Ca²⁺ homeostasis in zebrafish cone photoreceptors
    6. CRISPR: from prokaryotic immune systems to plant genome editing tools
    Part III. The future of CRISPR
    7. Target discovery for precision medicine using high-throughput genome engineering
    8. CRISPR in the retina: evaluation of futre potential
    9. The futrue of CRISPR applications in the lab, the clinic, and society.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jules J. Berman.
    Summary: Despite what you may have read in the popular press and in social media, Precision Medicine is not devoted to finding unique treatments for individuals, based on analyzing their DNA. To the contrary, the goal of Precision Medicine is to find general treatments that are highly effective for large numbers of individuals who fall into precisely diagnosed groups. We now know that every disease develops over time, through a sequence of defined biological steps, and that these steps may differ among individuals, based on genetic and environmental conditions. We are currently developing rational therapies and preventive measures, based on our precise understanding of the steps leading to the clinical expression of diseases. Precision Medicine and the Reinvention of Human Disease explains the scientific breakthroughs that have changed the way that we understand diseases, and reveals how medical scientists are using this new knowledge to launch a medical revolution.

    Contents:
    Introduction: seriously, what is precision medicine?
    Redefining disease causality
    Genetics: clues, not answers to the mysteries of precision medicine
    Disease convergence
    The precision of the rare diseases
    Precision organisms
    Reinventing diagnosis
    Precision data
    The alternate futures of precision medicine.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Daniel D. Von Hoff, Haiyong Han.
    Summary: This book presents the latest advances in precision medicine in some of the most common cancer types, including hematological, lung and breast malignancies. It also discusses emerging technologies that are making a significant impact on precision medicine in cancer therapy. In addition to describing specific approaches that have already entered clinical practice, the book explores new concepts and tools that are being developed. Precision medicine aims to deliver personalized healthcare tailored to a patientâ#x80;#x99;s genetics, lifestyle and environment, and cancer therapy is one of the areas in which it has flourished in recent years. Documenting the latest advances, this book is of interest to physicians and clinical fellows in the front line of the war on cancer, as well as to basic scientists working in the fields of cancer biology, drug development, biomarker discovery, and biomedical engineering. The contributing authors include translational physicians with first-hand experience in precision patient care.

    Contents:
    Part I: Individual types of cancer precision medicine, Hematological malignancies
    Lung cancer
    Breast cancer
    Rare malignancies
    Part II: Currently available techniques, Immunohistochemistry enabled precision medicine
    Genomics enabled precision medicine
    Proteomics enabled precision medicine
    Metabolomics enabled precision medicine, Part III: Future precision medicine
    Imaging precision medicine
    Single cell sequencing in precision medicine
    Microbiome in precision medicine
    Perspectives on precision medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC270.8 .P74 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Seth S. Martin, editor.
    Summary: This book contains the current knowledge and potential future developments of precision medicine techniques including artificial intelligence, big data, mobile health, digital health and genetic medicine in the prevention of cardiovascular disease. It reviews the presently used advanced precision medicine techniques and fundamental principles that continue to act as guiding forces for many medical professionals in applying precision and preventative medical techniques in their day-to-day practices. Precision Medicine in Cardiovascular Disease Prevention describes current knowledge and potential future developments in this rapidly expanding field. It therefore provides a valuable resource for all practicing and trainee cardiologists looking to develop their knowledge and integrate precision medicine techniques into their practices.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1 Social Determinants
    Social Determinants of Health and Cardiovascular Care: A Historical Perspective
    Landmark Reports on Health Disparities: Relevance to CVD
    Role of SDOH in Cardiovascular Care: Ignored for Far Too Long
    Current State of CVD Disparities in the US
    SDOH, 'Traditional' Risk Factors and Current Models of CVD Care
    SDOH and CVD: A Review of Current Literature
    SDOH: A Domain-Based Analysis
    Economic Stability
    Current Evidence and Pathways
    Summary
    Education
    Current Evidence and Pathways
    Summary Neighborhood and Physical Environment
    Current Evidence and Pathways
    Summary
    Food
    Current Evidence and Pathways
    Summary
    Community and Social Context
    Current Evidence and Pathways
    Summary
    Healthcare
    Current Evidence and Pathways
    Summary
    Conclusions
    References
    2 Biomarkers
    Introduction
    Lipid Biomarkers and Cardiovascular Risk
    Low-Density Lipoprotein Cholesterol
    Estimation of LDL-C in Precision Medicine
    There is More Than LDL-C: LDL Particles and Apolipoprotein B
    Non-High-Density Lipoprotein Cholesterol (non-HDL-C): The "Poor Man" apoB? Maximizing the Use of the Standard Lipid Panel: The Total Cholesterol to HDL-C Ratio
    Residual Risk and Lipoprotein-Related Risk Beyond LDL: Triglyceride-Rich Lipoproteins
    Lipoprotein (a)-ready for Prime-Time Use?
    Non-Lipid Cardiac Biomarkers in Risk Stratification of Asymptomatic Patients
    Cardiac Biomarkers of Wall Stress and Myocardial Injury
    Factors Affecting Biomarker Interpretation
    Cardiac Troponin and Cardiovascular Risk
    Cardiac Biomarkers in Hypertension
    Cardiac Biomarkers in Aortic Stenosis
    Cardiac Biomarkers in Heart Failure
    HsCRP
    GlycA
    Galectin-3 Lp-PLA2
    Hepatocyte Growth Factor
    Fibrinogen
    Adipokines
    Sex Hormones
    Conclusions
    References
    3 Genetics
    Introduction
    Rare Variation Highlights Novel Disease Pathways
    Background
    Relevance for Cardiovascular Prevention
    Leveraging Common Variant Genomics to Understand Disease Pathophysiology
    Background
    Relevance for Cardiovascular Prevention
    Mendelian Randomization Can Help Us Understand Causal Relationships
    Background
    Relevance for Cardiovascular Prevention
    Polygenic Risk Scores Can Improve Risk Prediction
    Background Relevance for Cardiovascular Prevention
    Conclusions and Future Perspectives
    References
    4 Atherosclerosis Imaging
    Traditional Risk Scores and Individualized Risk Assessment
    Proposed Tools for Personalizing Risk Estimation
    Serum Biomarkers and Genetics: Pros and Cons
    Coronary Artery Calcium
    CAC Imaging
    CAC Scoring
    Early Data
    Major Population-Based Studies
    MESA
    Heinz Nixdorf
    Rotterdam Study
    Meta-Analysis
    CAC in Guidelines
    Shared Decision-Making
    Risk Re-Classification Through CAC
    CAC Future Directions
    CAC Score = 0
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mandana Hasanzad, editor.
    Summary: The book provides complete information on the cornerstones of precision medicine through the omics approach. Clinical applications of genomics and precision medicine have progressed from a theoretical wish list to an impactful force in medical practice.Step-by-step descriptions are provided from basics to the future application and its benefit in clinical practice. Precision medicine aims to personalize health care by tailoring decisions and treatments to each individual in every possible way. Precision medicine includes pharmacogenomics. Essential information is provided on the role of precision medicine and pharmacogenomics in the clinical practice of cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, psychiatric disease, and also the importance for healthcare professionals. This book will assist the practitioners how to integrate precision medicine and pharmacogenomics data into their clinical practice. It is hoped that physicians, pharmacists, and scientists with basic scientific knowledge of precision medicine will findthis book useful.

    Contents:
    Principles of precision medicine
    Principles of pharmacogenomics and pharmacogenetics
    Precision medicine in oncology and cancer therapeutics
    Precision medicine in cardiovascular disease practice
    Precision medicine in endocrinology practice
    Precision medicine in psychiatric Disorders
    Precision public health perspectives
    DNA technologies in precision medicine and pharmacogenetics
    Precision medicine initiatives
    Economic aspects in precision medicine and pharmacogenomics
    Ethical, legal and social aspects of precision medicine
    Personalized Medicine Literacy
    Precision medicine in infectious disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rita Basu, editor.
    Summary: Bringing clarity to the emerging model of precision medicine within the diabetes field, and expanding upon how it will lead to the development of specifically tailored treatment for patients and even macro strategies in public health, this unique book explores the realm of biomarkers in the era of big data. Various experts in their respective areas discuss the current practice to illuminate how creating a more discreet profile of patients and even substratum of populations will lead to more refined therapies targeted towards the phenotype and genotype of the patient. Embracing a multidisciplinary team science approach, this book demonstrates how precision medicine in diabetes can mine a web of data toward diabetes risk stratification and treatment options. The authors skillfully articulate how the construction of various prediction-based models can revolutionize clinical decision-making, and they examine the challenges and pitfalls of integrating disparate sources of information and how the collection of data and cooperation among stakeholders will be key to the future of precision medicine in diabetes treatment. Topics include personalized approaches to the management of both type 1 and type 2 diabetes, various macro and microvascular complications of diabetes, inpatient management of glycemia, nutrition, exercise, advances in diabetes technology and others. Ideal for clinical endocrinologists and other professionals involved in the management of diabetes and its complications, Precision Medicine in Diabetes is first of its kind to address this paradigm-shifting topic in a comprehensive way. .

    Contents:
    Precision Medicine Approaches for Management of type 2 Diabetes
    Precision Medicine for Diabetes and Cardiovascular Disease
    Precision Medicine for Diabetes and Dyslipidemia
    Imaging in Precision Medicine for Diabetes
    Implementation of Precision Genetic Approaches for Type 1 and 2 Diabetes
    Precision Genetics for Monogenic Diabetes
    Precision Medicine for Diabetic Nephropathy
    Precision Medicine for Diabetic Neuropathy
    Inpatient Precision Medicine for Diabetes
    Medical Management for Precision Diabetes Remission
    Surgical Management for Precision Diabetes Remission
    Precision Nutrition for Type 2 Diabetes
    Precision Exercise and Physical Activity for Diabetes
    Diabetes Technology for Precision Therapy in Children, Adults and Pregnancy
    Adaptive and Individualized Artificial Pancreas for Precision Management of Type 1 Diabetes
    Evolving Approaches to Type 1 Diabetes Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Ikuo Konishi, editor.
    Summary: This volume presents the scientific advances and current status of our understanding of precision medicine for common diseases in gynecology and obstetrics. Standard treatments based on clinical guidelines in the field have been established for decades, and those are essential to daily clinical practice. Meanwhile comprehensive genomic and genetic analyses have led to personalized medicine by precise clinical and genomic approaches. This book is organized into two major parts, gynecology and obstetrics, and the chapters in each part give a clear exposition of the current knowledge and the future perspectives for the treatment of various gynecological cancers, maternal disorders, and other diseases that affect female patients. Topics on novel treatment strategy with the application of molecular targeted drugs, immunotherapy, and prevention medicine are also covered. This collection benefits not only experienced gynecologists and obstetricians, but also young physicians who would like to begin clinical and basic research on diseases in women, researchers in basic medicine, and all medical oncologists who are involved in gynecological cancers.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction
    1 Toward Precision Medicine in Gynecology and Obstetrics
    Part 2: Gynecology
    2 Genomics in Gynecological Cancer: Future Perspective
    3 Signal Transduction and Targeted Therapy for Gynecologic Cancer
    4 Immune Therapy for Gynecologic Cancer: Coming True
    5 Prevention of Cervical Cancer: Era of HPV Testing and Vaccination
    6 Pathology, Genomics, and Treatment of Endometrial Cancer
    7 Diversity in Pathology and Genomics in Ovarian Cancer
    8 Hereditary Ovarian and Endometrial Cancers: Current Management
    9 Molecular Pathology and Novel Therapy for Uterine Sarcomas
    Part 3:Obstetrics
    10 Recurrent Pregnancy Loss: Current Evidence and Clinical Guideline
    11 Genomic Approach for Recurrent Abortions: Prevention Feasible?
    12 Prenatal Diagnosis of Embryo and Fetus in the Human
    13 Pathology and Genomics in Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia
    14 Genomic Analysis for Hypertension in Pregnancy
    15 Molecular Mechanisms for Preterm Delivery
    16 Developmental Origins for Health and Disease (DOHaD): Future Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG103 .P75 2017
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Bulent Aydogan, James A. Radosevich.
    Summary: "Most medical treatments have been designed for the "average patient." As a result of this "one-size-fits-all-approach," treatments can be very successful for some patients but not for others. This is changing with the emergence of precision medicine, an innovative approach to disease prevention and treatment that takes into account individual differences in people's genes, environments, and lifestyles. Precision medicine gives clinicians tools to better understand the complex mechanisms underlying a patient's health, disease, or condition, and to better predict which treatments will be most effective. Precision or personalized medicine in cancer treatment was once a buzzword, but it is finally becoming a reality with recent advances in imaging, genetic, and biological sciences. The importance of interpatient and intratumor variability has long been recognized, but realistic opportunities to take these into account in cancer care have emerged only recently. Innovations in patient characterization through genomics, proteomics, and metabolomics have opened new avenues to personalize cancer treatment in ways that were not possible before. Furthermore, advances in quantitative assessment of therapeutic response, as provided by functional and molecular imaging, have been critical in the implementation of precision medicine paradigm in radiation oncology. This book will be a comprehensive review of science and technology making precision medicine possible for radiation oncology, current examples and future direction"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Genomic strategies for personalized cancer therapy
    Blood-based biomarkers for the diagnosis and prognosis of cancer
    Application of circulating cell free DNA for personalized cancer therapy
    Prognostic Implications of EGFR, p53, p16, cyclin D1, Bcl-2 in head & neck squamous cell carcinoma (HNSCC)
    Predictive and prognostic markers for cancer medicine
    Dual energy imaging in precision radiation therapy
    The role of Big Data in personalized medicine.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Ana Catarina Fonseca, José M. Ferro, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the state of the art in precision medicine in stroke. It starts by explaining and giving general information about precision medicine. Current applications in different strokes types (ischemic, haemorrhagic) are presented from diagnosis to treatment. In addition, ongoing research in the field (early stroke diagnosis and estimation of prognosis) is extensively discussed. The final part provides an in-depth discussion of how different interdisciplinary areas like artificial intelligence, molecular biology and genetics are contributing to this area. Precision Medicine in Stroke provides a practical approach to each chapter, reinforcing clinical applications and presenting clinical cases. This book is intended for all clinicians that interact with stroke patients (neurologists, internal medicine doctors, general practitioners, neurosurgeons), students and basic researchers.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Precision Medicine
    Introduction
    Precision Medicine:enabling health care progresso in the 21stcentury
    Do we need precision medicine in stroke
    Part 2: Current applications of precision medicine in Ischemic stroke
    monogenic diseases
    Pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics of stroke therapy
    Acute stroke imaging
    Part 3: Current applications of precision medicine in Haemorrhagic stroke
    Intracerebral haemorrhage
    Part 4: Future application
    Blood protein biomarkers in the diagnosis of stroke
    prognosis determination
    Part 5: Interdisciplinary approach
    Artificial intelligence applications in stroke
    Registry-based stroke research
    From bedside to bench: methods in precision medicine
    Approach for genetic studies
    Part 6: Conclusion
    Precision medicine versus personalized medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Donna E. Hansel, Seth P. Lerner, editors.
    Summary: "This succinct yet comprehensive volume describes current and emerging concepts in molecular pathology of bladder cancer. Divided into two distinct sections, the first part focuses on the general principles of molecular findings in bladder cancer, while the second part focuses on the molecular changes associated with specific histologic subtypes. The volume also addresses such topics as molecular alterations in non-invasive and invasive disease, including bladder cancer variants as appropriate, emerging molecular classifiers of bladder cancer, and molecular associations to outcome and treatment. Written by experts in the field, Precision Molecular Pathology of Bladder Cancer is a valuable resource for those in the urologic community, including urologic pathologists, urologists, urologic oncologists and radiation oncologists, who treat and manage bladder cancer."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1.Risk Factors and Molecular Features Associated with Bladder Cancer Development.- 2.Grading, Staging, and Morphologic Risk Stratification of Bladder Cancer
     3.Genomic Assessment of Muscle-Invasive Bladder Cancer: Insights from The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) Project
     4.Molecular Alterations in the Pathogenesis of Bladder Cancer Subtypes and Urothelial Carcinoma Variants
    5.Treatment Paradigms in Bladder Cancer: Clinical Implications of Histological and Molecular Analysis.- 6.Requisite for Collection and Distribution of Tissue and Fluid Specimens for Molecular Diagnostics and Discovery in Bladder Cancer
     7.Diagnostic, Prognostic and Predictive Biomarkers on Bladder Tissue and Blood
    8.Urine Cytology and Existing Urinary Biomarkers for Bladder Cancer.- 9.Molecular Targeted Therapy of Bladder Cancer
    10.Response to Immunotherapy: Application of Molecular Pathology to Predict Successful Response
    11.Emerging Molecular Approaches in the Analysis of Urine in Bladder Cancer Diagnosis
    12. Stromal Contributions to Tumor Progression in Urothelial  Carcinoma of the Bladder
    13.Modeling Bladder Cancer with Genetic Engineering: Fidelity of Human-to-laboratory Models.      .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ashraf Khan, Ian O. Ellis, Andrew M. Hanby, Ediz F. Cosar, Emad A. Rakha, Dina Kandil, editors.
    Contents:
    Molecular basis of breast cancer imaging
    Familial Breast Cancer and Genetic Predisposition in Breast Cancer
    Modelling the Molecular Pathology of Breast Cancer Initiation
    Molecular Pathology of Precancerous Lesions of the Breast
    Breast Cancer Stem Cells: Role in Tumor Initiation, Progression and Targeted Therapy
    Molecular Pathology of Pre-Invasive Ductal Carcinoma. -Molecular Pathology of Lobular Carcinoma Ali Sakhdari, Lloyd Hutchinson, Ediz Cosar
    Molecular Pathology of Hormone Regulation in Breast Cancer: Hormone Receptor Evaluation and Therapeutic Implications
    Molecular Pathology of HER Family of Oncogenes in Breast Cancer: HER-2 Evaluation and Role in Targeted Therapy
    Molecular Classification of Breast Cancer
    Triple Negative Breast Cancer: Subtypes with Clinical Implications
    Molecular-based Diagnostic, Prognostic and Predictive Tests in Breast Cancer
    Role of MicroRNAs in Breast Cancer
    Molecular Pathology of Fibroepithelial Neoplasms of the Breast
    Molecular Features of Mesenchymal Tumors of the Breast
    Molecular Pathology of Breast Cancer Metastasis
    The molecular pathology of chemoresistance during the therapeutic response in breast cancer
    The Molecular Pathology of Male Breast Cancer
    Specimens for Molecular Testing in Breast Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Victor G. Prieto, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Hematolymphoid Proliferations of the Skin
    Molecular Testing in Cutaneous Mesenchymal Tumors
    Molecular Pathology of Cutaneous Adnexal Tumors
    Infectious diseases of the skin
    Application of Molecular Pathology to Cutaneous Melanocytic Lesions
    Application of Molecular Pathology to Tissue Identification in Cutaneous Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    José Javier Otero, Aline Paixao Becker, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a balanced and realistic review of the current state of glioblastoma, ranging from traditional histological review, molecular pathology of glioma, modern radiomics, neurosurgical focus, and integration of treatment plans by neuro-oncologists. The book reviews basic principles such as epidemiology and etiology, and modern 2016 WHO classification of CNS tumors. Chapters cover a general overview of common molecular techniques used in molecular pathology, molecular pathology in a developing country, key drivers of patient outcomes and predictors of response to radiation and/or chemotherapy treatment, and immunohistochemical surrogates for key molecular pathology. It concludes with reviews on radiomics, animal and stem cell models of glioblastoma, and a chapter on the emerging field of Glioblastoma Neuroscience. Precision Molecular Pathology of Glioblastoma is intended for pathology residents and fellows interested in glioblastoma, general surgical pathologists who need reviews on how to implement modern glioblastoma classification, as well as neuro-radiologists, oncologists, and radiation oncologists needing a holistic perspective to glioblastoma diagnosis and management.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Principles
    Epidemiology and etiology of glioblastoma
    The role of Molecular Genetics of Glioblastoma in the Clinical Setting
    Neurosurgical Approach to the Patient with Glioblastoma
    Machine Learning Approaches Pertinent to Glioma Classification
    Histopathology of Adult and Pediatric Glioblastoma
    Principles of Radiation Therapy for Glioblastoma Patients
    'Implementing Molecular Pathology in a Developing Country
    Part II: Molecular Pathology of Glioblastoma
    Molecular Stratification of Adult and Pediatric High Grade Gliomas
    Genomic Heterogeneity of Aggressive Pediatric and Adult Diffuse Astrocytomas
    Immunohistochemical Surrogates for Molecular Pathology
    Part III: Key Molecular Pathways in Glioblastoma Development and Progression
    Learning-Based Automated Methods for Brain Tumor Segmentation, Subtype Classification, Tracking and Patient Survival Prediction
    Rodent Brain Tumor Models for Neuro-Oncology Research
    Stem cell based modelling of glioblastoma
    The Neuroscience of Glioblastoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Chen Liu, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides the most updated knowledge on the advancement of molecular pathogenesis, molecular diagnosis, and therapy development for hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC). Topics covered include the etiology and pathogenesis of HCC, recent advances in HCC genomics, biomarker discovery and validation in HCC diagnosis, the role of liver biopsy in HCC early diagnosis, and the future prospects of surgical approaches and targeted therapy for HCC. In addition to reviewing the current available knowledge, the book also discusses the future development of a precision and personalized medicine approach for HCC. Written by experts in the field, Precision Molecular Pathology of Liver Cancer is a concise yet comprehensive resource for practitioners who treat patients with hepatocellular carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Larissa V. Furtado, Aliya N. Husain, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of pediatric oncology. The text covers relevant concepts in molecular biology and addresses technical principles, applications, challenges, and integration of current and emerging genomic and molecular methods in the diagnosis and personalized management of childhood cancers. The text also discusses a wide array of pediatric neoplasms in the context of molecular pathology in a concise and understandable manner, with focus on their molecular pathogenesis, clinicopathological features, classification, molecular diagnosis, and approaches to personalized care. Written by experts in the field, Precision Molecular Pathology of Neoplastic Pediatric Diseases serves as a valuable resource for pathologists, pediatric oncologists, trainees and researchers with an interest in pediatric and molecular pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Brian D. Robinson, Juan Miguel Mosquera, Jae Y. Ro, Mukul Divatia, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Michael T. Deavers, Donna M. Coffey, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    Endometrial Carcinoma: Precursor Lesions and Molecular Profiles
    Part II: Endometrial Carcinoma
    Classification of Endometrial Carcinoma
    Immunohistochemical Markers in Endometrial Carcinoma
    Molecular Pathology of Endometrioid Adencarcinoma
    The Molecular Pathology of Serous Endometrial Cancer
    Uterine Clear Cell Carcinoma
    Mucinous Adenocarcinoma of the Endometrium
    Molecular Pathology of Uterine Carcinosarcoma
    Hereditary Endometrial Carcinomas
    Targeted Therapy and Prevention of Endometrial Cancer
    Part III: Uterine Mesenchymal Tumors (Nucci)
    Molecular Pathology of Cervival Dysplasia and Carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Juan Bueno.
    Summary: Translational medicine addresses the gap between research and the clinical application of new discoveries. To efficiently deliver new drugs to care centers, a preclinical evaluation, both in vitro and in vivo, is required to ensure that the most active and least toxic compounds are selected as well as to predict clinical outcome. Antimicrobial nanomedicines have been shown to have higher specificity in their therapeutic targets and the ability to serve as adjuvants, increasing the effectiveness of pre-existing immune compounds. The design and development of new standardized protocols for evaluating antimicrobial nanomedicines is needed for both the industry and clinical laboratory. These protocols must aim to evaluate laboratory activity and present models of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic and toxicokinetic behavior that predict absorption and distribution. Likewise, these protocols must follow a theranostics approach, be able to detect promising formulations, diagnose the infectious disease, and determine the correct treatment to implement a personalized therapeutic behavior. Given the possibilities that nanotechnology offers, not updating to new screening platforms is inadequate as it prevents the correct application of discoveries, increasing the effect of the valley of death between innovations and their use. This book is structured to discuss the fundamentals taken into account for the design of robust, reproducible and automatable evaluation platforms. These vital platforms should enable the discovery of new medicines with which to face antimicrobial resistance (RAM), one of the great problems of our time.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Dedication
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Antimicrobial Screening: Foundations and Interpretation
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing from Anti-infectives Research Until Clinical Use
    1.3 Phenotypic Resistance Versus Genetic Resistance
    1.4 Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing and Virulence Factors
    1.5 Biomarkers and Antimicrobial Testing
    1.6 Integral Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing
    1.7 Biosensors in Antimicrobial Evaluation
    1.8 Conclusions
    References 3.3 Antimicrobial Nanoformulations in Drug Delivery
    3.4 Antimicrobial Nanotheranostics Trojan Horse
    3.5 Cellomics of Synergism Under a Multi-target Strategy
    3.6 Biofilm Penetration: Synergy and Strategy
    3.7 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: In Vitro Nanotoxicity: Toward the Development of Safe and Effective Treatments
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Nanomaterials in Interaction with Tissues
    4.3 Toxic Dose 50 and Lethal Dose 50 in Nanotechnology
    4.4 Drug Interactions and Adverse Events with Nanodrugs
    4.5 Immunotoxicity: Immune Response Without Control 4.6 Genotoxicity, Epi-genotoxicity, and Carcinogenesis
    4.7 Nanotoxicokinetics
    4.8 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5: ADMETox: Bringing Nanotechnology Closer to Lipinski's Rule of Five
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 ADMET Score
    5.3 Absorption and Interaction with Biological Systems in Nanotechnology
    5.4 Distribution: Specificity After Absorption
    5.5 Metabolism: Nanomaterial Clearance
    5.6 Nanopharmaceutical Excretion: The Risk of Gastrointestinal Disorders
    5.7 Conclusions
    References Chapter 2: Antimicrobial Activity of Nanomaterials: From Selection to Application
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Antimicrobial Activity of Nanomaterials
    2.3 Antimicrobial Models for Nanomaterials Evaluation
    2.4 Implementation of Antimicrobial Methods for Nanomaterials Evaluation
    2.5 Selection Criteria on the Basis of Biodegradability and Toxicity
    2.6 Therapeutic Index in Nanomaterials
    2.7 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: Synergy and Antagonism: The Criteria of the Formulation
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Multi-target Antimicrobial Strategy Chapter 6: Antimicrobial Nanotechnology in Preventing the Transmission of Infectious Disease
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Nanomaterials in Antimicrobial Surfaces
    6.3 Antibiofilm Activity of Antimicrobial Nanotechnology
    6.4 Antiquorum Sensing: Avoid Dissemination by Preventing Communication
    6.5 Nanomaterials and Surfactant Activity
    6.6 Nano-Bio Interaction and Antimicrobial Effects
    6.7 Nanotoxicological Models in Antimicrobial Coatings
    6.8 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 7: Nanotechnology in the Discovery of New Antimicrobial Drugs: Is a New Scientific Revolution Possible?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jill Shawe, Eric A.P. Steegers, Sarah Verbiest, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical, multidisciplinary approach to support a broad range of health professionals, social workers, public health workers and others tasked with providing health and care to young adults. The continuum of life begins with the health and wellness of parents prior to conception, followed by embryonic and fetal development, and continues throughout life. Each persons life stages prepare them for the next and determine their health outcome and wellbeing over time. The text highlights the importance of promoting health throughout the lifespan, , the influence of intergenerational health, and the concept of the Developmental Origins of Health and Disease in epigenetic processes and embryology. Authors underscore the importance of advancing health equity and lift up some of the ethical considerations in this work. The authors explore specific interventions in four major categories: Lifestyle, Infections, Nutrition, and Contraception / Pregnancy Planning (LINC). Preconception care is defined by the World Health Organization as the provision of biomedical, behavioural and social health interventions to women and couples before conception. Preconception care includes evidence-based interventions to improve health status, to reduce behaviours, individual and environmental factors that contribute to poor health outcomes. This book offers readers evidence-based guidance regarding fertility awareness and sperm health, genetic counselling and lifestyle assessments, as well as mental wellbeing, alcohol, tobacco and pharmacotherapy, and specialist care for those with chronic conditions, including a review of medications. It also covers relevant infections, including HIV and the Zika virus, as well as different types of environmental and occupational exposure. The book employs a framework focusing on health promotion, the social determinants of health, and the science behind preconception care. Strategies for improving preconception and interconception hea lth, including examples from around the globe, are described in detail.

    Contents:
    Forward
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. Definitions, background, history, challenges and opportunities (global perspectives)
    Chapter 2. Epigenetics, Embryology, Preconception science, Periconception, Sperm health
    Chapter 3. Lifestyle: behavioural health, alcohol, tobacco, substance use
    Chapter 4. Lifestyle: weight (obesity, overweight, underweight)
    Chapter 5. Chronic conditions: risk assessment, diabetes, cardiac, RA, Thyroid, Cystic Fibrosis, Haematological, IBD, pharmacotherapy
    Chapter 6. Infections: vaccinations, toxoplasmosis, listeriosis, CMV, STIs , HIV/AIDS, Zika
    Chapter 7. Nutrition: folic acid, nutrients
    Chapter 8. Occupational Environment: occupational hazards. Environmental Pollutants: exposures to toxins, pollution, water
    Chapter 9. Social Environment: interpersonal violence, trafficking
    Chapter 10. Fertility awareness, maternal/paternal age, menstrual issues, reproductive life plan, birth spacing
    Chapter 11. Genetic health, genetic counselling, consanguinity
    Chapter 12. Strategies for improving preconception health
    examples from around the globe (China, Ethiopia, Europe, Canada, US, Bangladesh)
    Chapter 13. The Way Forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Roman Fuchs, Petr Veselý, Jana Nácarová.
    Summary: This Springer Brief answers the question on how birds recognize their predators using multidisciplinary approaches and outlines paths of the future research of predator recognition. A special focus is put on the role of key features to discriminate against predators and non-predators. The first part of the book provides a comprehensive review of the mechanisms of predator recognition based on classical ethological studies in untrained birds. The second part introduces a new view on the topic treating theories of cognitive ethology. This approach involves examination of conditioned domestic pigeons and highlights the actual abilities of birds to recognize and categorize.

    Contents:
    Intro; Abstract; Acknowledgements; Contents;
    Chapter 1: How to Study Predator Recognition; 1.1 Observation in the Wild; 1.2 Experiments; 1.2.1 Experiments on Nests; 1.2.2 Experiments on Winter Feeders; 1.2.3 Experiments in Aviaries; 1.2.4 Presentation of Predators; 1.3 Predator Recognition Markers; 1.3.1 Behavioural Markers; 1.3.1.1 Mobbing; 1.3.1.2 Alarm Calls; 1.3.2 Physiological Markers;
    Chapter 2: Evidence for Abilities of Predator Recognition; 2.1 Predator vs. Non-predator; 2.2 Ground vs. Aerial Predators; 2.3 Nest vs. Adult Predators; 2.4 Different Species of the Same Ecological Guild
    Chapter 3: Tools Used for Predator Recognition 3.1 Non-manipulative Studies; 3.2 Manipulative Studies; 3.2.1 Silhouettes; 3.2.2 Particular Features: Colouration; 3.2.3 Particular Features: Size; 3.2.4 Particular Features: Eyes and Beaks; 3.2.5 Particular Features: Multiple Features; 3.3 Conclusions;
    Chapter 4: General Principles of the Objects Recognition; 4.1 Particulate Feature Theory x Recognition by Components; 4.2 Local vs. Global Features; 4.3 Category Discrimination and Concepts Formation; 4.4 Features x Exemplars x Prototypes; 4.5 Functional Categorization 4.6 Process of Discrimination and Categorization in Behavioural Experiments with Untrained Birds 4.6.1 Cues Used for Discrimination and Categorization; 4.6.2 Category Formation; 4.7 Future Research Vision; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Chris E. Forsmark, Timothy B. Gardner, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive summary of pancreatitis and its complications, with expert recommendations on prediction and management. The text thoughtfully summarizes the current prediction models for severe acute pancreatitis, including laboratory, clinical and imaging parameters, and highlights the relative advantages and disadvantages of several of these models. Evidenced-based guidelines into medical and surgical management of both the hospitalized and discharged patient are described, with recommendations from expert authors pertaining to various clinical situations. The volume also discusses complications of acute pancreatitis and their management, including the use of cutting-edge minimally-invasive therapies. Prediction and Management of Severe Acute Pancreatitis serves as the fundamental source for those interested in and treating this disease, including practicing gastroenterologists, surgeons, radiologists, intensivists, hospitalists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    1. Revised Atlanta Classification of Acute Pancreatitis
    2. Organ Failure and Acute Pancreatitis
    3. Sterile and Infected Pancreatic Necrosis
    4. Evolving Definitions of Severe Acute Pancreatitits
    5. Clinical Predictors
    6. Imaging Predictors
    7. Predictive Scoring Systems in Acute Pancreatitis
    8. Fluid Resuscitation in Acute Pancreatitis
    9. Antiobiotic Therapy
    10. Nutrition in Severe Acute Pancreatitis
    11. Pharmacologic Therapy
    12. Management of Ductal Leaks
    13. Endoscopic Management of Severe Gallstone Pancreatitis
    14. Direct Endoscopic Necrosectomy
    15. Retroperitoneoscopic Approaches for Infected Necrotizing Pancreatitis
    16. Surgical Approaches
    17. Internventions for Nectrotizing Pancreatitis: A Mutlidisciplinary Approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nabil Djouder, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews recent work on molecular chaperones of the prefoldin family from their discovery in Archaea to the basic clarification of their structure. Even though, there is still a lot to investigate in order to understand the roles and functions of prefoldins, some preliminary work suggests their contribution in assembly and activation of a variety of macromolecular complexes. Hence, the reader is introduced to recent structural findings via cryo-electron microscopy and to the importance of this particular group of proteins in health and disease. This book also discusses the particular structure of the URI prefoldin-like complex. In addition, recent developments in the generation of URI mouse models speculate on the functions and emerging roles of the URI prefoldin-like complex in various cellular processes. This novel protein complex represents a unique cellular machinery, which molecular basis of its activity still remains to be determined. This work is thus a guide to help researchers in the field to have a more comprehensive and critical view of the prefoldin world.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Structure of the molecular chaperone prefoldin
    Structure and function of archaeal prefoldin
    Role and functions of prefoldins
    Nuclear functions of prefoldins
    The yeast prefoldin Bud27
    URI-like prefoldin complex
    HSP90 and its R2TP/Prefoldin-like cochaperone
    Role and functions of URI: mouse models for URI
    Nuclear function of URI-like prefoldin complex
    URI and androgen regulation. Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: Pregnancy, childbirth, postpartum and newborn care: a guide for essential practice (3rd edition) (PCPNC), has been updated to include recommendations from recently approved WHO guidelines relevant to maternal and perinatal health. These include pre-eclampsia & eclampsia; postpartum haemorrhage; postnatal care for the mother and baby; newborn resuscitation; prevention of mother-to- child transmission of HIV; HIV and infant feeding; malaria in pregnancy, interventions to improve preterm birth outcomes, tobacco use and second-hand exposure in pregnancy, post-partum depression, post-partum family planning and post abortion care. The aim of PCPNC is to provide evidence-based recommendations to guide health care professionals in the management of women during pregnancy, childbirth and postpartum, and newborns, and post abortion, including management of endemic diseases like malaria, HIV/AIDS, TB and anaemia. The PCPNC is a guide for clinical decision-making. All recommendations are for skilled attendants working at the primary level of health care, either at the facility or in the community. They apply to all women attending antenatal care, in delivery, postpartum or post abortion care, or who come for emergency care, and to all newborns at birth for routine and emergency care.
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG551 .P74 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Jolien W. Roos-Hesselink, Mark R. Johnson, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    David A. Schwartz, Julienne Ngoundoung Anoko, Sharon A. Abramowitz, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; Part I: The West African Ebola Epidemic, Women, and Their Children;
    1: Ebola's Assault on Women, Children, and Family Reproduction: An Introduction to the Issues; 1.1 An Introduction; References;
    2: Effects of the West African Ebola Epidemic on Health Care of Pregnant Women: Stigmatization With and Without Infection; 2.1 Introduction: Stigma, Ebola Virus, and Pregnant Women; 2.2 Rethinking Stigma in the Context of an Acute Epidemic; 2.3 Gendering Outbreaks; 2.4 Ebola and Women 2.5 Stigmatization of Health Facilities and Health Care Workers: Avoidance of Hospitals and Birthing Centers 2.6 Stigmatization of Pregnant Women Due to Ebola Infection; 2.7 Conclusions; References;
    3: The Challenges of Pregnancy and Childbirth Among Women Who Were Not Infected with Ebola Virus During the 2013-2015 West African Epidemic; 3.1 Introduction: The Story of Aminata; 3.2 Partners In Health; 3.3 The Ebola Epidemic and the Partners In Health Response; 3.4 The Health System in West Africa Prior to Ebola; 3.5 The Impact of Ebola on Health Systems; 3.5.1 Staff; 3.5.2 Stuff 3.5.3 Space 3.5.4 Systems; 3.5.5 Referral Systems and Ambulances; 3.5.6 Travel and Movement Restrictions; 3.5.7 Communication and Messaging; 3.5.8 Cost; 3.5.9 Ebola Screening; 3.6 Impact of the Ebola Epidemic on Women Without Ebola Infection; 3.6.1 The Story of Fatmata; 3.7 Impact on Maternal Health Services; 3.7.1 Maternal Mortality; 3.7.2 Facility-Based Deliveries; 3.7.3 Surgical Delivery; 3.7.4 Antenatal Care; 3.7.5 Economic Impact on Women; 3.7.6 Stigma and Mistrust; 3.8 The Way Forward; 3.9 Conclusions; References
    4: Ebola Virus Disease and Pregnancy: Perinatal Transmission and Epidemiology 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Epidemiology of Ebola Infection in Pregnancy; 4.3 Managing Ebola Virus Disease in Pregnancy-Supportive Care and Obstetric Considerations; 4.4 Transplacental and Perinatal Ebola Virus Transmission; 4.5 Outcomes of Ebola Virus Disease-Affected Pregnancies; 4.6 Nosocomial Ebola Virus Disease Transmission; 4.7 Sexual Transmission; 4.8 Impact of Ebola Virus Disease on Routine Pregnancy Care in West Africa; 4.9 Pregnancy Outcomes After Recovery from Ebola Virus Disase; 4.10 Summary References
    5: Comprehensive Clinical Care for Infants and Children with Ebola Virus Disease; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Protocol Development; 5.3 Admission Criteria for Ebola Treatment Units; 5.4 Accompaniment and Challenges in Pediatric Ebola Care; 5.5 Protocols for the Management of Ebola Virus Disease in Children; 5.5.1 Overview; 5.5.2 Initial Assessment and Management; 5.5.3 Fluid Management; 5.5.3.1 Oral Rehydration; 5.5.3.2 Parenteral Rehydration; 5.5.4 Electrolyte Supplementation; 5.5.4.1 Potassium; 5.5.4.2 Magnesium; 5.5.4.3 Zinc; 5.5.5 Antimicrobial Therapy
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Monique Rainford, MD.
    Summary: "A tragedy is unfolding all around us and is receiving well overdue attention. Black women are three times more likely to die from pregnancy than their white peers. But Dr. Monique Rainford is working to better understand these disparities and do something about them. Pregnant While Black is a hopeful exploration of the issues pregnant Black women face in America. Within these pages, Dr. Rainford draws on over twenty years of experience working in obstetrics and gynecology to offer a primer on Black pregnancies and how to better care for them. She shares the successes and testimonies of Black women who have struggled during pregnancy and childbirth, anchoring the stories of these women with carefully researched facts. Despite medical advances over the last twenty years, for Black women, the overwhelming dangers of carrying and delivering children remain and it only seems to be getting worse. In Pregnant While Black, Rainford begins the work of 'repairing the damage of the past' with an examination of the conditions that plague Black pregnancies. This important book carries the hopes and dreams of a generation looking to effect change, here and now."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Why Black mothers are dying in America
    Black women and fertility: how is the system failing them?
    A deep dive into miscarriages and why they affect Black women more
    Navigating the healthcare system: the added burden
    Preterm birth story: how the disparity perpetuates
    Multiple gestation: how many Black babies will survive?
    Preeclampsia/hypertensive disorders: too common for Black women
    Stillbirth: the searing pain of loss and why Black women suffer more
    Low birthweight babies: what's in a number?
    Social support for Black pregnant women and the role of the father
    Sickle cell disease and lupus: ignored and undertreated
    Mental health challenges: the silent pandemic
    Covid-19 and the effect on Black pregnant women
    The route of delivery
    The postpartum experience: the care that ends too quickly
    The newborn tax on Black children
    The ray of hope.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RG962.5.B53 R35 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Arunangshu Chakraborty, Ashokka Balakrishnan, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the concept of prehabilitation to great depths using all possible modes of prehabilitation across surgical specialities. Prehabilitation is a unique concept that is becoming popular day-by-day. It began from the enhanced recovery after surgery (ERAS) program and has found importance in almost all of the surgeries now. The book possibly being the first on prehabilitation globally introduces the concept, describes the methods of functional assessment of the patients scheduled for extensive cancer surgery, and ways of pre-optimisation. It covers the methods of prehabilitation system-wise and then provides pehabilitation tools specific for individual onco-surgical subspecialties. The book will be an invaluable resource for practitioners of onco-anesthesia and onco-surgery in optimizing their patients before surgery for best results. It will also be useful for the allied disciplines such as nutritionists, physiotherapists, psychiatrists and oncology nurses.

    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction to Prehabilitation
    Concept of prehabilitation
    Functional assessment: MET, ECOG
    Section II: Systemic Prehabilitation
    Cardiovascular prehabilitation
    Respiratory prehabilitation
    Endocrine prehabilitation
    Hematological prehabilitation
    Nutritional prehabilitation
    Role of Physiotherapy in prehabilitation
    Psychological and social prehabilitation
    Section III: Prehabilitation for Cancer Surgery- Speciality wise
    Prehabilitation for Liver, hepato-pancreato-biliary surgery
    Prehabilitation for Colorectal surgery, ERAS elements
    Prehabilitation for thoracic surgery
    Prehabilitation for uro-gynae-oncological surgery
    Prehabilitation for head and neck onco-surgery
    Prehabilitation for Skeletal/muscular cancer surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert P. Olympia, Jeffrey S. Lubin.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Reuven Zimlichman, Stevo Julius, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tarek El-Toukhy, Peter Braude, editors.
    Summary: This unique book offers a comprehensive yet practical user-friendly guide to preimplantation genetic diagnosis (PGD). It provides understanding of and insight into the complete procedure, its recent clinical and laboratory developments and its future prospects, whilst offering an easy point of reference for patient enquiries. Concluding with perspectives on the ethical and social issues often encountered by healthcare professionals counselling patients with regards to PGD. Each chapter within Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis in Clinical Practice is written by established authorities in their fields. An essential resource for PGD specialists and non-specialists, and for all practitioners working within the disciplines of fertility, reproductive medicine and medical genetics.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic Genetics for PGD
    Genetic counselling and its role in PGD
    Complex issues in PGD
    Assisted Reproductive Care for PGD Patients
    Embryology and PGD
    PGD for sex-determination and chromosome rearrangements: FISH and emerging technologies
    PGD analysis of embryos for monogenic disorders
    Managing the PGD cycle
    Training and Accreditation in PGD
    PGD data in the UK and Europe
    PGD Facts and Figures
    Pre-implantation diagnosis and HLA-typing: the potential for selection of unaffected HLA matched siblings
    PGD and human embryonic stem cell technology
    Ethical and Social aspects of PGD
    Preimplantation Genetic screening
    Regulation of PGD in the UK and Worldwide
    New Developments in PGD
    The Future of Preimplantation Genetic Testing.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Peter A. Brennan, Tom Aldridge, Raghav C. Dwivedi, editors.
    Summary: Oral squamous cell carcinoma (SCC) is the 13th commonest cancer worldwide, and the most common cancer in the Asian subcontinent due to the widespread habit of tobacco and betel nut chewing. Despite many advances in diagnosis and treatment, the survival statistics have only marginally improved. However our understanding of the disease process and transformation from pre-cancerous lesions of the oral mucosa to an invasive SCC cancer and their progression has expanded exponentially. There are many conditions of the oral mucosa that can progress to an invasive malignancy. A thorough understanding of these conditions is a prerequisite for all those involved in the management of the diseases of the oral mucosa and head and neck region. The recognition and timely treatment of potentially pre-malignant conditions of the oral cavity can minimize the change to an overt malignancy in many patients through patient education, appropriate treatment and surveillance. In this book we cover relevant anatomy, biology, diagnosis and latest management strategies for pre-cancerous conditions that affect the oral mucosa. The respective chapters are written by expert contributors from around the world, lending the book a global perspective and making it an essential guide for all those involved in the management of pre-malignant lesions arising in this challenging anatomical region.

    Contents:
    Introduction to oral premalignant lesions including epidemiology
    Development, relevant anatomy and physiology of the oral cavity and mucosa
    Basic cellular and molecular biology to include the effects of carcinogens (smoking, alcohol, betel nut, HPV, chronic candida)
    Pathophysiology of the transformation from normal mucosa to invasive malignancy (carcinogenesis) including dysplasia
    Leukoplakia including benign lesions
    Erythroplakia and erythroleukoplakia.-The lichenoid group of diseases including erosive and atrophic lichen planus.-Systemic diseases that are potentially pre-cancerous (iron deficiency anaemic, immunosuppression
    Clinical presentation of oral mucosal premalignant lesions (this will be a larger section), and include high and low risk lesions
    Diagnosis including biopsy techniques and other relevant investigations
    Management of premalignant disease of the oral mucosa with up to date clinical trials and adjuvant therapies. Role of surgery, laser treatments
    The future. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Mansfield Mela.
    Summary: "This book provides clinically relevant information for mental health experts, including professionals in the medical, mental, educational, vocational, legal and correctional, child welfare, and others, who encounter individuals with a hidden disability. Professionals require essential training to appropriately support patients who navigate the mental health system because of the consequences of prenatal alcohol exposure (PAE). Because curricula have only recently begun to incorporate this material, a text providing basic as well as advanced information is necessary. This book is significant because its content is useful for professional training across many mental health disciplines. It covers information missing from curricula about the long-term effects of PAE (fetal alcohol spectrum disorder ["FASD 101"]) and includes clinical information on the mental disorders relevant to FASD. Given the burgeoning research and knowledge in this area, the text also updates, synthesizes, and consolidates current information into one source. Even seasoned mental health professionals well versed in the research data can use this information to become better educated and informed on the intersecting mental health consequences of PAE"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    History of Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder and Mental Disorders
    Epidemiology
    Prenatal Exposure to Multiple Substances
    Understanding Etiological Mechanisms
    Neurocognitive Mechanisms
    Clinical Presentation
    Mental Disorder Manifestation of Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder
    Profile of Associated Mental Disorders
    Neuroimaging
    Psychological Testing
    Laboratory Testing
    Diagnostic Nosology
    Pharmacological Intervention
    Psychological Treatment
    Critical Success Factors
    Special issues in Children and Adolescents (the Young)
    Special Issues in the Elderly
    Special Issues in Forensic Mental Health
    The Emergency Room
    Clinical Relevance of Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder in the Mental Health System
    Future of the Interface of Prenatal Alcohol Exposure and Mental Disorder.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2021
  • Digital
    Joann Paley Galst, Marion S. Verp, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Prenatal genetic screening and diagnostic testing
    2. Preimplantation genetic screening and diagnostic testing
    3. Medical reasons for pregnancy interruption: chromosomal and genetic abnormlaities
    5. Medical reasons for pregnancy interruption: fetal reduction
    6. Fetal pain
    7. Giving bad and ambiguous news
    9. Ethical issues
    10. Religious traditions
    11. Disability perspectives
    12. Feminist perspectives on prenatal and preimplantation diagnosis
    13. Critical aspects of decision-making and grieving after diagnosis of fetal anomaly
    14. Helping patients cope with their decisions
    15. A burden of choice: the ripple effect: parent's grief and the role of family and friends
    16. Postscript: a patient's perspective
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gabriele Tonni, Waldo Sepulveda, Amy E. Wong, editors.
    Contents:
    1. The Genetics of Facial Cleft
    2. Evaluation of the Fetal Face in the First Trimester
    3. The role of 2D/3D/4D Ultrasound in the Prenatal Assessment of Cleft Lip and Palate
    4. 2D/3D/4D Ultrasound of the Fetal Face in Genetic Syndromes
    5. Prenatal Diagnosis of Head and Neck Tumors
    6. Micrognathia
    7. Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) in the Evaluation of the Fetal Face
    8. The Fetal Brain in Fetuses with Orofacial Abnormalities
    9. Development and Autospy Assessment of the head and Face
    10. Postnatal Management of Cleft Lip and Palate
    11. Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Derek Dillane, Barry A. Finegan, editors.
    Summary: This book uses a case-based approach to provide current information on a range of medical issues with the goal of enhancing preoperative evaluation and optimization. It meets the market need for a resource that concisely encapsulates current knowledge on the medical management of specific topics in a setting relevant to the preoperative clinic. In so doing the book aims to improve patient care and safety, enhance resource use, facilitate appropriate and timely management of preexisting conditions and diminish patient concerns. Organized into sections according to body system, each section consists of chapters delineating a specific disorder. Each chapter starts with a clinical vignette followed by a question-and-answer style investigation of the relevant issues. These questions attempt to address commonly encountered clinical dilemmas where opinion often differs between, and occasionally within, medical sub-specialties. Expertly written chapters are also supplemented by a number of chapters which address special considerations such as the frail patient and chronic opioid use. Preoperative Assessment: A Case-Based Approach is an invaluable reference for all physicians involved in preoperative assessment including anesthesiologists, surgeons, internists, family doctors and residents in these fields. Nurse practitioners and other allied heath professionals involved in preoperative evaluation may also find this a book a valuable and timely resource. .

    Contents:
    1. Preoperative Assessment and Optimization
    PART I CARDIAC
    2. The Cardiac Patient Undergoing Non-Cardiac Surgery
    3. The Adult Congenital Cardiac Patient for Non-Cardiac Surgery
    4. Hypertension
    5. Cardiac Failure
    6. Atrial Arrhythmias
    7. Aortic Stenosis
    8. Pulmonary Hypertension
    9.Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices
    PART II VASCULAR
    10. Carotid Endarterectomy
    11. Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    12. Marfan Syndrome
    PART III PULMONARY.-13. Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    14. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
    15. Asthma
    16. Restrictive Lung Disease
    PART IV ENDOCRINE
    17. Diabetes Mellitus
    18. Hyperthyroidism
    19. Adrenal Insufficiency.-20. Pituitary Adenoma.-21. Pheochromocytoma
    PART V HEPATOBILIARY
    22. Liver Dysfunction.-23. The Patient Presenting for Liver Transplantation
    PART VI GASTROINTESTINAL.-24. Crohns Disease
    25. Carcinoid Tumor
    PART VII RENAL
    26. Chronic Kidney Disease and the Dialysis Patient
    27. Non-transplant Surgery for the Transplant Patient.-PART VIII MUSCULOSKELETAL
    28. Systemic Sclerosis
    29. Rheumatoid Arthritis
    30. Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    31. Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy
    IX NEUROLOGICAL
    32
    Myasthenia Gravis
    33. Ischemic Stroke
    34. Parkinson Disease
    35. Multiple Sclerosis
    36. Intracranial Mass
    X HEMATOLOGICAL
    37. Easy Bruising
    38. Thrombocytopenia
    39. Long Term Anticoagulation
    40. Venous Thromboembolic Disease
    41. Anemia
    42. Sickle Cell Disease
    XI MISCELLANEOUS
    43. The Pregnant Patient
    44. The Psychiatric Patient
    45. The Obese Patient Undergoing Non-Bariatric Surgery
    46. The Frail Patient
    47. The Opioid Tolerant Patient
    48. Substance Abuse Disorder
    49. Amyloidosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by BobbieJean Sweitzer.
    Contents:
    Overview
    Preoperative basics
    Heart disease
    Pulmonary disease
    Neurologic/neuromuscular
    Renal disease
    Hepatobiliary disease
    Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Hematologic issues
    Musculoskeletal and autoimmune
    The acutely ill patient
    Psychiatric disorders, chronic pain, and substance abuse
    Miscellaneous issues
    Geriatric patients
    Pediatric patients
    Anesthesia specific issues
    Preoperative assessment for specific locations
    Medication management
    Business logistics.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Arne Staby, Anurag S. Rathore, Satinder Ahuja.
    Summary: "Preparative Chromatography for Separation of Proteins addresses a wide range of modeling, techniques, strategies, and case studies of industrial separation of proteins and peptides. Covers broad aspects of preparative chromatography with a unique combination of academic and industrial perspectives. Presents Combines modeling with compliantce useing of Quality-by-Design (QbD) approaches including modeling. Features a variety of chromatographic case studies not readily accessible to the general public. Represents an essential reference resource for academic, industrial, and pharmaceutical researchers"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Model-Based Preparative Chromatography Process Development in the QbD Paradigm / Arne Staby, Satinder Ahuja, Anurag S Rathore
    Adsorption Isotherms / Jørgen M Mollerup
    Simulation of Process Chromatography / Bernt Nilsson, Niklas Andersson
    Simplified Methods Based on Mechanistic Models for Understanding and Designing Chromatography Processes for Proteins and Other Biological Products-Yamamoto Models and Yamamoto Approach / Noriko Yoshimoto, Shuichi Yamamoto
    Development of Continuous Capture Steps in Bioprocess Applications / Frank Riske, Tom Ransohoff
    Computational Modeling in Bioprocess Development / Francis Insaidoo, Suvrajit Banerjee, David Roush, Steven Cramer
    Chromatographic Scale-Up on a Volume Basis / Ernst B Hansen
    Scaling Up Industrial Protein Chromatography / Chris Antoniou, Justin McCue, Venkatesh Natarajan, Jörg Thömmes, Qing Sarah Yuan
    High-Throughput Process Development / Silvia M Pirrung, Marcel Ottens
    High-Throughput Column Chromatography Performed on Liquid Handling Stations / Patrick Diederich, Jürgen Hubbuch
    Lab-Scale Development of Chromatography Processes / Hong Li, Jennifer Pollard, Nihal Tugcu
    Problem Solving by Using Modeling / Martin P Breil, Søren S Frederiksen, Steffen Kidal, Thomas B Hansen
    Modeling Preparative Cation Exchange Chromatography of Monoclonal Antibodies / Stephen Hunt, Trent Larsen, Robert J Todd
    Model-Based Process Development in the Biopharmaceutical Industry / Lars Sejergaard, Haleh Ahmadian, Thomas B Hansen, Arne Staby, Ernst B Hansen
    Dynamic Simulations as a Predictive Model for a Multicolumn Chromatography Separation / Marc Bisschops, Mark Brower
    Chemometrics Applications in Process Chromatography / Anurag S Rathore, Sumit K Singh
    Mid-UV Protein Absorption Spectra and Partial Least Squares Regression as Screening and PAT Tool / Sigrid Hansen, Nina Brestrich, Arne Staby, Jürgen Hubbuch
    Recent Progress Toward More Sustainable Biomanufacturing / Milton T W Hearn.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Muhammad Waseem, Isabel A. Barata, Jennifer H. Chao, David Foster, Noah Kondamudi.
    Summary: This book outlines the essential knowledge required for the management of critically ill and severely injured children. It is designed to facilitate successful completion of the Pediatric Emergency Medicine Board Examination of the American Board of Pediatrics (ABP). Each chapter follows a Question & Answer format, covering major areas in pediatrics such as cardiology, dermatology, nephrology, surgery and trauma. The book concludes with a comprehensive practice test, allowing it to function as a well-rounded reference and study guide. Prepare for the Pediatric Emergency Medicine Board Examination is an essential resource for any clinician or trainee seeking a concise review of how to manage critically ill and severely injured children.

    Contents:
    1. Resuscitation
    2. Emergency Medical Services/prehospital care
    3. Environmental Emergencies
    4. Airway and respiratory Emergencies
    5. Cardiology
    6. Dermatology
    7. Neonatal
    8. Nephrology
    9. NEUROLOGY
    10. Gynecology
    11. Infectious Diseases
    12. Endocrine and Metabolic Diseases
    13. Hematology and Oncology
    14. Toxicology
    15. Psychosocial Emergencies
    16. Child Abuse
    17. ENT
    18. Ophthalmology
    19. Surgery
    20. Trauma
    21. Emergency Obstetric Ultrasound
    22. Emergency Cardiac Ultrasound
    23. Emergency Ultrasound in Trauma
    24. Emergency point of care Ultrasound
    25. Orthopedics
    26. Procedures
    27. Dental
    28. Dental Procedures
    29. Burns
    30. Snake Envenomation/Animal Bites
    31. Administration
    32. Epidemiology
    33. Biostatistics
    34. Practice Test.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joanne Chaperlo Langan.
    Summary: 'Preparing Nurses for Disaster Management' helps you build the skills you need to prepare for, respond to, and recover from emergency situations efficiently and effectively. It includes the personal stories of nurses who have experienced disasters, describing the specific incident, the response, what worked or didn't work, and the lessons learned. Case studies show how to apply international response guidelines in providing care for those in need.

    Contents:
    Overview of disaster preparedness
    Stages of disaster response
    Nursing roles in disasters and public health emergencies
    Actual diasters and public health emergencies
    Anticipating the future: brainstorming exercies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
  • Digital
    Rosemary M. Caron.
    Summary: In concept and practice, public health casts a wide net, spanning assessment, intervention, and policy; education, prevention, and protection; public, private, and government entities. But key elements are often missing from the picture, including a clear understanding of public health and its goals by the general public, and specific public health education throughout the workforce. Public Health Practice responds to these and related challenges by elegantly summarizing the state of the field in an era of dwindling budgets, competing and overlapping services, and a shaky professional infrastructure. In keeping with public health goals set out by the CDC and other leading agencies, the author makes a real-world case for standardizing training, establishing best practices in the field, and coordinating public health systems with their healthcare counterparts. Theory, case examples, tools, and callout boxes highlight knowledge, preparation, and skills professionals need in addressing chronic issues and complex emergencies. Throughout, the emphasis is on greater competency and visibility for the profession, resulting in a more informed, healthier public. Featured in the coverage: Issues in defining the public health workforce. The state of public health education. Practicing and teaching public health: local, national, and international cases. Standardizing public health practice: benefits and challenges. Integrating public health and healthcare. The future of public health as seen from academia and the frontlines. Identifying urgent issues and providing cogent answers, Public Health Practice is a call to action for those involved in creating the next level of public health, including professors, practitioners, students, and administrators.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Overview
    Public Health Workforce
    Public Health Education: Changing Times
    Public Health Lessons: Practicing and Teaching Public Health
    Standardizing Public Health Practice: Benefits and Challenges
    The Future of the Public?s Health from the Perspective of Public Health Experts
    Vision for Public Health Practice in the 21st Century: Target Improvement Areas.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl
    Summary: "With the range of psychotropic drugs expanding and the usages of existing medications diversifying, we are pleased to present the Seventh Edition of the world's best-selling formulary in psychopharmacology. The new edition features nine new compounds as well as information about several new formulations of existing drugs. Many important new indications are covered for existing drugs, as are updates to the profiles of the entire content and collection, including new injectable and transdermal formulations, as well as updated warnings and indications. The Pearls have all been refreshed and the antipsychotics section has been completely revised. With its easy-to-use, full-colour template-driven navigation system, Prescriber's Guide combines evidence-based data with clinically informed advice to support everyone who is prescribing in the field of mental health"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Janet L. Peacock, Sally M. Kerry, Raymond R. Balise.
    Summary: "As many medical and healthcare researchers have a love-hate relationship with statistics, the second edition of this practical reference book may make all the difference. Using practical examples, mainly from the authors' own research, the book explains how to make sense of statistics, turn statistical computer output into coherent information, and help decide which pieces of information to report and how to present them. --- The book takes you through all the stages of the research process, from the initial research proposal, through ethical approval and data analysis, to reporting on and publishing the findings. Helpful tips and information boxes, offer clear guidance throughout, including easily followed instructions on how to: *develop a quantitative research proposal for ethical/institutional approval or research funding; *write up the statistical aspects of a paper for publication; *choose and perform simple and more advanced statistical analyses; *describe the statistical methods and present the results of an analysis. --- This new edition covers a wider range of statistical programs - SAS, STATA, R, and SPSS, and shows the commands needed to obtain the analyses and how to present it, whichever program you are using. Each specific example is annotated to indicate other scenarios that can be analysed using the same methods, allowing you to easily transpose the knowledge gained from the book to your own research. The principles of good presentation are also covered in detail, from translating relevant results into suitable extracts, through to randomised controlled trials, and how to present a meta-analysis. An added ingredient is the inclusion of code and datasets for all analyses shown in the book on our website (http://medical-statistics.info). --- Written by three experienced biostatisticians based in the UK and US, this is a step-by-step guide that will be invaluable to researchers and postgraduate students in medicine, those working in the professions allied to medicine, and statisticians in consultancy roles." --- from website publisher

    Contents:
    1: Introduction
    2: Introduction to the research process
    3: Writing a research protocol
    4: Writing Up a research study
    5: Introduction to presenting statistical analyses
    6: Single group studies
    7: Comparing two groups
    8: Analysing matched or paired data
    9: Analysing relationshipsbetween variables
    10: Multifactorial analyses
    11: Survival analysis
    12: Presenting a randomized controlled trial
    13: Presenting a meta-analysis
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Clifford D. Packer.
    Summary: Medical students often struggle when presenting new patients to the attending physicians on the ward. Case presentation is either poorly taught or not taught at all in the first two years of medical school. As a result, students are thrust into the spotlight with only sketchy ideas about how to present, prioritize, edit, and focus their case presentations. They also struggle with producing a broad differential diagnosis and defending their leading diagnosis. This text provides a comprehensive guide to give well-prepared, focused and concise presentations. It also allows students to discuss differential diagnosis, incorporate high-value care, educate their colleagues, and participate actively in the care of their patients. Linking in-depth discussion of the oral presentation with differential diagnosis and high value care, Presenting Your Case is a valuable resource for medical students, clerkship directors and others who educate students on the wards and in the clinic. .

    Contents:
    The Importance of a Good Case Presentation, and Why Students Struggle with It
    Organization of the Oral Case Presentation
    Variations on the Oral Case Presentation
    The HPI: A Timeline, Not a Time Machine
    Pertinent Positives and Negatives
    The Diagnostic Power of Description
    The Assessment and Plan
    Approaches to Differential Diagnosi
    Searching and Citing the Literature
    Adding Value to the Oral Presentation
    Teaching Rounds: Speaking Up, Getting Involved, and Learning to Accept Uncertainty
    On Pimping
    The Art of the Five-Minute Talk
    Future Directions of the Oral Case Presentation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Allison Hubel.
    Contents:
    Pre-freeze processing and characterization
    Formulation and introduction of cryopreservation solutions
    Freezing protocols
    Storage and shipping of frozen cells
    Thawing and post-thaw processing
    Post-thaw assessment
    Algorithm-driven protocol optimization
    Protocols.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.